UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017

or

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 814-00998

 

 

Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction

of Incorporation or Organization)

 

46-2176593

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

200 West Street, New York, New York   10282
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (212) 902-0300

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share   The New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐ NO ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐ NO ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES ☐ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer:

  

  

Accelerated filer:

  

Non-accelerated filer:

  

☐ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company:

  

Emerging growth company:

  

     

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES ☐ NO ☒

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock at June 30, 2017 (based upon the closing sale price of the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2017) held by those persons deemed by the registrant to be non-affiliates was approximately $754.07 million. Shares of the registrant’s common stock held by each executive officer and director and by each entity or person that, to the registrant’s knowledge, owned 10% or more of the registrant’s outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2017 have been excluded from this number in that these persons may be deemed affiliates of the registrant. This determination of possible affiliate status for purposes of this computation is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

There were 40,154,489 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 22, 2018.

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 


GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC.

Index to Annual Report on Form 10-K for

Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

          PAGE
PART I.        4
ITEM 1.    Business        4
ITEM 1A.    Risk Factors        31
ITEM 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments        58
ITEM 2.    Properties        58
ITEM 3.    Legal Proceedings        59
ITEM 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures        59
PART II.        59
ITEM 5.   

Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases

of Equity Securities

       59
ITEM 6.    Selected Financial Data        62
ITEM 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations        63
ITEM 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk        88
ITEM 8.    Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data        89
ITEM 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure        131
ITEM 9A.    Controls and Procedures        131
ITEM 9B.    Other Information        131
PART III.        132
ITEM 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance        132
ITEM 11.    Executive Compensation        132
ITEM 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters        132
ITEM 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence        132
ITEM 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services        132
PART IV.        133
ITEM 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules        133

 

2


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. You can identify these statements by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project,” “target,” “estimate,” “intend,” “continue” or “believe” or the negatives of, or other variations on, these terms or comparable terminology. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our plans, strategies, prospects and expectations concerning our business, operating results, financial condition and other similar matters. We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. Our forward-looking statements include information in this report regarding general domestic and global economic conditions, our future financing plans, our ability to operate as a business development company (“BDC”) and the expected performance of, and the yield on, our portfolio companies. There may be events in the future, however, that we are not able to predict accurately or control. The factors listed under “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as any cautionary language in this report, provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. The occurrence of the events described in these risk factors and elsewhere in this report could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial position. Any forward-looking statement made by us in this report speaks only as of the date of this report. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ from our forward-looking statements may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. You are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we in the future may file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including annual reports on Form 10-K, registration statements on Form N-2, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. Under Section 21E(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to statements made in periodic reports we file under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The following factors are among those that may cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements:

 

   

our future operating results;

 

   

changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or conditions affecting the financial and capital markets;

 

   

uncertainty surrounding the financial and political stability of the U.S., the United Kingdom, the European Union and China;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the impact of investments that we expect to make;

 

   

the impact of increased competition;

 

   

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

   

the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;

 

   

the ability of our current and prospective portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

   

the relative and absolute performance of our investment adviser;

 

   

our expected financings and investments;

 

   

the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments;

 

   

our ability to make distributions;

 

   

the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;

 

   

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the impact of future acquisitions and divestitures;

 

   

the effect of changes in tax laws and regulations and interpretations thereof;

 

   

our ability to maintain our status as a BDC and a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”);

 

   

actual and potential conflicts of interest with Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. and its affiliates;

 

   

general price and volume fluctuations in the stock market;

 

   

the ability of our investment adviser to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

   

the impact on our business from new or amended legislation or regulations; and

 

   

the availability of credit and/or our ability to access the equity and capital markets.

 

3


PART I.

Unless indicated otherwise in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or the context so requires, the terms “GS BDC,” “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries, or, for periods prior to our conversion from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation (the “Conversion”), Goldman Sachs Liberty Harbor Capital, LLC. The terms “GSAM,” our “Adviser” or our “Investment Adviser” refer to Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. The term “Group Inc.” refers to The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. The term “Goldman Sachs” refers to Group Inc., together with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (including its predecessors, “GS & Co.”), GSAM and its other subsidiaries and affiliates.

 

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

The Company

We are a specialty finance company focused on lending to middle-market companies. We are a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). In addition, we have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2013. From our formation in 2012 through December 31, 2017, we have originated more than $2.57 billion in aggregate principal amount of debt and equity investments prior to any subsequent exits and repayments. We seek to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation primarily through direct originations of secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last-out portions of such loans, and second lien debt, and unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, as well as through select equity investments.

“Unitranche” loans are first lien loans that may extend deeper in a company’s capital structure than traditional first lien debt and may provide for a waterfall of cash flow priority between different lenders in the unitranche loan. In a number of instances, we may find another lender to provide the “first-out” portion of such loan and retain the “last-out” portion of such loan, in which case, the “first-out” portion of the loan would generally receive priority with respect to payment of principal, interest and any other amounts due thereunder over the “last-out” portion that we would continue to hold. In exchange for the greater risk of loss, the “last-out” portion generally earns a higher interest rate than the “first-out” portion. We use the term “mezzanine” to refer to debt that ranks senior only to a borrower’s equity securities and ranks junior in right of payment to all of such borrower’s other indebtedness. We may make multiple investments in the same portfolio company.

We invest primarily in U.S. middle-market companies, which we believe are underserved by traditional providers of capital such as banks and the public debt markets. In describing our business, we generally use the term “middle-market companies” to refer to companies with earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) of between $5 million and $75 million annually. However, we may from time to time invest in larger or smaller companies. We generate revenues primarily through receipt of interest income from the investments we hold. In addition, we generate income from various loan origination and other fees, dividends on direct equity investments and capital gains on the sales of investments. Fees received from portfolio companies (directors’ fees, consulting fees, administrative fees, tax advisory fees and other similar compensation) are paid to us, unless, to the extent required by applicable law or exemptive relief therefrom, we only receive our allocable portion of such fees when invested in the same portfolio company as another client account managed by our Investment Adviser (including Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC (“GS PMMC”) and Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending Corp. (“GS MMLC”), collectively with other such client accounts managed by our Investment Adviser, the “Accounts”). The companies in which we invest use our capital for a variety of purposes, including to support organic growth, fund acquisitions, make capital investments or refinance indebtedness.

Available Information

We file with or submit to the SEC periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as registration statements and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public SEC’s Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090 or (800) SEC-0330. We maintain a website at www.GoldmanSachsBDC.com and make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this annual report on Form 10-K or any other report we file with the SEC. You may also obtain such information by contacting us, in writing at: 200 West Street New York, New York 10282, or by telephone (collect) at (212) 902-0300. The SEC maintains an Internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

 

4


Investment Strategy

Our origination strategy focuses on leading the negotiation and structuring of the loans or securities in which we invest and holding the investments in our portfolio to maturity. In many cases we are the sole investor in the loan or security in our portfolio. Where there are multiple investors, we generally seek to control or obtain significant influence over the rights of investors in the loan or security. We generally seek to make investments that have maturities between three and ten years and range in size between $10 million and $75 million, although we may make larger or smaller investments on occasion. In addition, part of our strategy involves a joint venture with the Regents of the University of California (“Cal Regents”, and collectively with us, the “Members”) through the Senior Credit Fund, LLC (the “Senior Credit Fund”). The Senior Credit Fund’s principal purpose is to make investments, either directly or indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiary, Senior Credit Fund SPV I, LLC (“SPV I”), primarily in senior secured loans to middle-market companies.

Investment Portfolio

As of December 31, 2017, our portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. of $11.54 million) consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2017  

Investment Type

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Percentage of
Total

Portfolio at
Fair Value
 
     ($ in millions)         

First Lien/Senior Secured Debt

   $ 412.53      $ 407.07        32.4

First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

     279.03        273.96        21.8  

Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt

     443.39        444.60        35.3  

Unsecured Debt

     3.90        3.90        0.3  

Preferred Stock

     11.75        12.84        1.0  

Common Stock

     32.72        23.84        1.9  

Investment Funds & Vehicles

     94.34        92.10        7.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $     1,277.66      $     1,258.31        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, our portfolio consisted of 84 investments in 56 portfolio companies across 29 different industries. The largest industries in our portfolio, based on fair value as of December 31, 2017, were Software, Health Care Providers & Services, Investment Funds & Vehicles and Health Care Equipment & Supplies, which represented 10.3%, 7.5%, 7.3% and 7.1%, respectively, of our portfolio at fair value.

The geographic composition of our portfolio at fair value as of December 31, 2017 was United States 98.8%, Germany 0.7%, Singapore 0.4% and Canada 0.1%.

As of December 31, 2017, the weighted average yield by asset type of our total portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.), at amortized cost and fair value, was as follows:

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Weighted Average Yield (1)

     
First Lien/Senior Secured Debt (2)      11.0%        11.9%  
First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche (2) (3)      11.8%        13.1%  
Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt (2)      10.7%        10.7%  
Unsecured Debt (2)      11.8%        11.8%  
Preferred Stock (4)      –%        –%  
Common Stock (4)      –%        –%  
Investment Funds & Vehicles (5)      12.0%        11.9%  
Total Portfolio      10.8%        11.4%  

 

  (1)    

The weighted average yield of our portfolio does not represent the total return to our stockholders.

  (2)    

Computed based on (a) the annual stated interest rate or yield earned plus amortization of fees and discounts on the performing debt and other income producing investments, divided by (b) the total investments (including investments on non-accrual and non-income producing investments) at amortized cost or fair value, respectively. For investments that are subject to a London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) floor, the yield calculation assumes the greater of the applicable LIBOR floor or 3 month LIBOR as of the respective period end date. The actual interest rate may vary.

 

5


  (3)    

The calculation includes incremental yield earned on the “last-out” portion of the unitranche loan investments.

  (4)    

Computed based on (a) the stated coupon rate, if any, for each income-producing investment, divided by (b) the total investments (including investments on non-accrual and non-income producing investments) at amortized cost or fair value, respectively.

  (5)    

Computed based on (a) the net investment income earned from the Senior Credit Fund for the respective trailing twelve months ended on the measurement date, which may include dividend income and loan origination and structuring fees, divided by (b) our average member’s equity at cost and fair value, adjusted for equity contributions.

The following table presents certain selected information regarding our investment portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.) as of December 31, 2017:

 

     December 31, 2017  

Number of portfolio companies (1)

     56  

Percentage of performing debt bearing a floating rate (2)

     96.4%  

Percentage of performing debt bearing a fixed rate (2)(3)

     3.6%  

Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments, at amortized cost (4)

     11.2%  

Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments, at fair value (4)

     11.7%  

Weighted average leverage (net debt/EBITDA) (5)

     5.3x  

Weighted average interest coverage (5)

     2.3x  

Median EBITDA (5)

   $ 40.06 million  

 

  (1)    

Includes the Senior Credit Fund as a single portfolio company. For details on the portfolio companies held within the Senior Credit Fund, refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations–Senior Credit Fund, LLC – Selected Financial Data.”

  (2)    

Measured on a fair value basis. Excludes investments, if any, placed on non-accrual.

  (3)    

Includes income producing preferred stock investments.

  (4)    

Computed based on (a) the annual stated interest rate or yield earned plus amortization of fees and discounts on the performing debt and other income producing investments, divided by (b) the total performing debt and other income producing investments (excluding investments on non-accrual).

  (5)    

For a particular portfolio company, EBITDA typically represents net income before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. The net debt to EBITDA represents the ratio of a portfolio company’s total debt (net of cash) and excluding debt subordinated to our investment in a portfolio company, to a portfolio company’s EBITDA. The interest coverage ratio represents the ratio of a portfolio company’s EBITDA as a multiple of a portfolio company’s interest expense. Weighted average net debt to EBITDA is weighted based on the fair value of our debt investments, including our exposure to underlying debt investments in the Senior Credit Fund and excluding investments where net debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk, such as cash collateralized loans and investments that are underwritten and covenanted based on recurring revenue. Weighted average interest coverage is weighted based on the fair value of our performing debt investments, including our exposure to underlying debt investments in the Senior Credit Fund and excluding investments where interest coverage may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk, such as cash collateralized loans and investments that are underwritten and covenanted based on recurring revenue. Median EBITDA is based on our debt investments, including our exposure to underlying debt investments in the Senior Credit Fund and excluding investments where net debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk, such as cash collateralized loans and investments that are underwritten and covenanted based on recurring revenue. As of December 31, 2017, investments where net debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk represented 11.3% of total debt investments, including our investment in the Senior Credit Fund, at fair value. Portfolio company statistics are derived from the most recently available financial statements of each portfolio company as of the respective reported end date. Portfolio company statistics have not been independently verified by us and may reflect a normalized or adjusted amount.

Floating rates are primarily LIBOR plus a spread.

As of December 31, 2017, we and Cal Regents had subscribed to fund and contributed the following in the Senior Credit Fund:

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Subscribed to
fund
     Contributed  
     ($ in millions)  

Company

   $     100.00      $     94.34  

Cal Regents

         100.00            94.34  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     200.00      $     188.68  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Senior Credit Fund had total investments in senior secured debt at fair value of $467.07 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2017, the Senior Credit Fund had an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. with a total fair value of $5.84 million. Additionally, as of December 31, 2017, the Senior Credit Fund had eight portfolio companies with unfunded commitments totaling $17.14 million.

Below is a summary of the Senior Credit Fund’s portfolio (excluding an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.) as of December 31, 2017:

 

     December 31, 2017  

Number of portfolio companies

     34  

Total senior secured debt (1)

   $ 496.58 million  

Largest loan to a single borrower (1)

   $ 29.04 million  

Weighted average current interest rate on senior secured debt (2)

     7.3

 

6


     December 31, 2017  

Percentage of performing debt bearing a floating rate (3)

     100.0%  

Percentage of performing debt bearing a fixed rate (3)

     –%  

Weighted average leverage (net debt/EBITDA) (4)

     4.5x  

Weighted average interest coverage (4)

     2.7x  

Median EBITDA (4)

   $ 45.53 million  

 

(1)    

At par amount, including fully unfunded commitments.

(2)    

Computed as (a) the annual stated interest rate on accruing senior secured debt divided by (b) total senior secured debt at par amount, excluding fully unfunded commitments.

(3)    

Measured on a fair value basis.

(4)    

For a particular portfolio company of the Senior Credit Fund, EBITDA typically represents net income before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. The net debt to EBITDA represents the ratio of a portfolio company’s total debt (net of cash) and excluding debt subordinated to the Senior Credit Fund’s investment in a portfolio company, to a portfolio company’s EBITDA. The interest coverage ratio represents the ratio of a portfolio company’s EBITDA as a multiple of interest expense. Weighted average net debt to EBITDA is weighted based on the fair value of the Senior Credit Fund’s debt investments. Weighted average interest coverage is weighted based on the fair value of the Senior Credit Fund’s performing debt investments. Median EBITDA is based on the Senior Credit Fund’s debt investments. Portfolio company statistics are derived from the most recently available financial statements of each portfolio company of the Senior Credit Fund as of the respective reported end date. Statistics of the Senior Credit Fund’s portfolio companies have not been independently verified by us and may reflect a normalized or adjusted amount.

As of December 31, 2017, the Senior Credit Fund was invested across 18 different industries. The largest industries in the Senior Credit Fund’s portfolio, based on fair value as of December 31, 2017, were Health Care Providers & Services, IT Services, Software and Commercial Services & Supplies, which represented 10.3%, 9.8%, 9.8% and 8.8%, respectively, of the Senior Credit Fund’s portfolio at fair value.

Corporate Structure

We were formed as a private fund in September 2012 and commenced operations in November 2012, using seed capital contributions we received from Group Inc. In March 2013, we elected to be treated as a BDC. We have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2013. On March 18, 2015, our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “GSBD”. On March 23, 2015, we closed our initial public offering (“IPO”), issuing 6,000,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $20.00 per share. Net of offering and underwriting costs, we received cash proceeds of $114.57 million. On April 21, 2015, we issued an additional 900,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option in connection with the IPO. On May 24, 2017, we sold 3,250,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $22.50 per share. Net of underwriting costs and offering expenses, we received cash proceeds of $69.65 million. On May 26, 2017, we issued an additional 487,500 shares of our common stock pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise of the option to purchase additional shares that we granted in connection with the May 24, 2017 sale of our common stock. Net of underwriting costs, we received additional cash proceeds of $10.64 million. As a result of the Conversion, subsequent share repurchases, the IPO and the follow-on equity offering completed in May 2017, as of December 31, 2017, Group Inc. owned approximately 16.16% of our common stock.

Our Investment Adviser

GSAM serves as our Investment Adviser and has been registered as an investment adviser with the SEC since 1990. Subject to the supervision of our Board of Directors, a majority of which is made up of independent directors (including an independent Chairman), GSAM manages our day-to-day operations and provides us with investment advisory and management services and certain administrative services. GSAM is a subsidiary of Group Inc., a public company that is a bank holding company (a “BHC”), financial holding company (a “FHC”) and a world-wide, full-service financial services organization. Group Inc. is the general partner and owner of GSAM. GSAM has been providing financial solutions for investors since 1988 and had over $1.29 trillion of assets under supervision as of December 31, 2017.

The GSAM Private Credit Group

The Private Credit Group of GSAM (the “GSAM Private Credit Group”) is responsible for identifying investment opportunities, conducting research and due diligence on prospective investments, negotiating and structuring our investments and monitoring and servicing our investments. The GSAM Private Credit Group was comprised of 20 investment professionals, as of December 31, 2017, all of whom are dedicated to the Company’s investment strategy and other funds that share a similar investment strategy with the Company. These professionals are supported by an additional 15 investment professionals, as of December 31, 2017, who are primarily focused on investment strategies in syndicated, liquid credit (together with the GSAM Private Credit Group, “GSAM Credit Alternatives”). These individuals may have additional responsibilities other than those relating to us, but generally allocate a portion of their time in support of our business and our investment objective as a whole. In addition, GSAM has risk management, legal, accounting, tax, information technology and compliance personnel, among others, who provide services to us. We benefit from the expertise provided by these personnel in our operations.

 

7


The GSAM Private Credit Group is dedicated primarily to private corporate credit investment opportunities in North America and utilizes a bottom-up, fundamental research approach to lending. The senior members of the GSAM Private Credit Group have been working together since 2006 and have an average of over 18 years of experience in leveraged finance and private transactions.

All investment decisions are made by the investment committee of GSAM’s Private Credit Group (the “Investment Committee”), which currently consists of five voting members: Brendan McGovern, Salvatore Lentini, Jon Yoder, David Yu and Jordan Walter, as well as three non-voting members with operational and/or legal expertise. The Investment Committee is responsible for approving all of our investments. The Investment Committee also monitors investments in our portfolio and approves all asset dispositions. We expect to benefit from the extensive and varied relevant experience of the investment professionals serving on the Investment Committee, which includes expertise in privately originated and publicly traded leveraged credit, stressed and distressed debt, bankruptcy, mergers and acquisitions and private equity. The voting members of the Investment Committee collectively have over 50 years of experience in middle-market investment and activities related to middle-market investing. The membership of the Investment Committee may change from time to time.

Allocation of Opportunities

Our investment objectives and investment strategies are similar to those of other client accounts managed by our Investment Adviser (including GS PMMC and GS MMLC), and an investment appropriate for us may also be appropriate for those Accounts. This creates potential conflicts in allocating investment opportunities among us and such other Accounts, particularly in circumstances where the availability of such investment opportunities is limited, where the liquidity of such investment opportunities is limited or where co-investments by us and other Accounts are not permitted under applicable law.

We may be prohibited under the Investment Company Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors (“Independent Directors”) and, in some cases, of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of our outstanding voting securities is our affiliate for purposes of the Investment Company Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any assets from or to, or entering into certain “joint” transactions (which could include investments in the same portfolio company) with such affiliates, absent the prior approval of the Independent Directors. Our Investment Adviser and its affiliates, including persons that control, or are under common control with, us or our Investment Adviser, are also considered our affiliates under the Investment Company Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any assets from or to, or entering into “joint” transactions with, such affiliates without exemptive relief from the SEC.

Subject to applicable law, we may invest alongside Goldman Sachs and its Accounts. In certain circumstances, negotiated co-investments by us and other Accounts may be made only pursuant to an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. On January 4, 2017, we received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us to participate in negotiated co-investment transactions with certain affiliates (including GS PMMC and GS MMLC), each of whose investment adviser is GSAM, in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and pursuant to the conditions required by the exemptive relief. As a result of such order, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolios of GS PMMC, GS MMLC and/or other funds managed by our Investment Adviser. If we are unable to rely on our exemptive relief for a particular opportunity, our Investment Adviser will be required to determine which Accounts should make the investment at the potential exclusion of other Accounts. In such circumstances, the Investment Adviser will adhere to its investment allocation policy in order to determine the Account to which to allocate the opportunity. The policy provides that our Investment Adviser allocate opportunities through a rotation system or in such other manner as our Investment Adviser determines to be equitable. Accordingly, it is possible that we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by other Accounts.

We may also invest alongside other Accounts advised by our Investment Adviser and its affiliates in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law and SEC staff guidance and interpretations. For example, we may invest alongside such Accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the staff of the SEC permitting us and such other Accounts to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that our Investment Adviser, acting on our behalf and on behalf of its other clients, negotiates no term other than price. We may also invest alongside our Investment Adviser’s other clients as otherwise permissible under SEC staff guidance and interpretations, applicable regulations and the allocation policy of our Investment Adviser.

To address these potential conflicts, our Investment Adviser has developed allocation policies and procedures that provide that personnel of our Investment Adviser making portfolio decisions for Accounts will make purchase and sale decisions and allocate investment opportunities among Accounts consistent with its fiduciary obligations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, these policies and procedures may result in the pro rata allocation of limited opportunities across eligible Accounts managed by a particular portfolio management team, but in many other cases the allocations reflect numerous other factors as described below. Accounts managed outside of the GSAM Private Credit Group are generally viewed separately for allocation purposes. There will be cases where certain Accounts receive an allocation of an investment opportunity when we do not and vice versa.

 

8


In some cases, due to information barriers that are in place, other Accounts may compete with us for specific investment opportunities without being aware that we are competing against each other. Goldman Sachs has a conflicts system in place above these information barriers to identify potential conflicts early in the process and determine if an allocation decision needs to be made. If the conflicts system detects a potential conflict, the legal and compliance departments of Goldman Sachs assess investment opportunities to determine whether a particular investment opportunity is required to be allocated to a particular Account (including us) or is prohibited from being allocated to a particular Account. Subject to a determination by the legal and compliance departments (if applicable), portfolio management teams are then charged with ensuring that investment opportunities are allocated to the appropriate Account.

Personnel of our Investment Adviser involved in decision-making for Accounts may make allocation related decisions for us and other Accounts by reference to one or more factors, including: the Account’s portfolio and its investment horizons, objectives, guidelines and restrictions (including legal and regulatory restrictions); strategic fit and other portfolio management considerations, including different desired levels of investment for different strategies; the expected future capacity of the applicable Accounts; cash and liquidity considerations; and the availability of other appropriate investment opportunities. Suitability considerations, reputational matters and other considerations may also be considered. The application of these considerations may cause differences in the performance of different Accounts that have similar strategies. In addition, in some cases our Investment Adviser may make investment recommendations to Accounts where the Accounts make the investment independently of our Investment Adviser, which may result in a reduction in the availability of the investment opportunity for other Accounts (including us) irrespective of our Investment Adviser’s policies regarding allocation of investments. With respect to us, the Investment Adviser may also make allocation-related decisions by reference to Senior Credit Fund, consistent with the nature of the relationship between us and Senior Credit Fund, even though there is no formal investment advisory relationship between the Investment Adviser and Senior Credit Fund. Additional information about our Investment Adviser’s allocation policies is set forth in Item 6 (“Performance-based Fees and Side-by-Side Management—Side-by-Side Management of Advisory Accounts; Allocation of Opportunities”) of our Investment Adviser’s Form ADV.

Our Investment Adviser, including the GSAM Credit Alternatives Team, may, from time to time, develop and implement new trading strategies or seek to participate in new investment opportunities and trading strategies. These opportunities and strategies may not be employed in all Accounts or may be employed pro rata among Accounts, even if the opportunity or strategy is consistent with the objectives of such Accounts.

During periods of unusual market conditions, our Investment Adviser may deviate from its normal trade allocation practices. For example, this may occur with respect to the management of unlevered and/or long-only Accounts that are typically managed on a side-by-side basis with levered and/or long-short Accounts.

We may receive opportunities referred by Goldman Sachs businesses and affiliates, but in no event do we have any rights with respect to such opportunities. Subject to applicable law, including the Investment Company Act, such opportunities or any portion thereof may be offered to other Accounts, Goldman Sachs, all or certain investors in us, or such other persons or entities as determined by Goldman Sachs in its sole discretion. We will have no rights and will not receive any compensation related to such opportunities. Certain of such opportunities may be referred to us by employees or other personnel of GS & Co., or by third-parties. If we invest in any such opportunities, GS & Co. or such third-parties may be entitled, to the extent permitted by applicable law, including the limitations set forth in Section 57(k) of the 1940 Act, to compensation from us or from the borrowers in connection with such investments. Any compensation we pay in connection with such referrals will be an operating expense and will accordingly be borne by us (and will not serve to offset any Management Fee or Incentive Fee payable to the Investment Adviser). For a further explanation of the allocation of opportunities and other conflicts and the risks related thereto, please see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure—Potential conflicts of interest with other businesses of Goldman Sachs could impact our investment returns.”

Market Opportunity

According to the National Center for the Middle Market and the CIA World Fact Book, the U.S. middle market is comprised of approximately 200,000 companies that represent approximately 33% of the private sector gross domestic product. 1 This makes the U.S. middle market equivalent to the world’s third largest global economy on a stand-alone basis. Collectively, the U.S. middle market generates more than $6 trillion in annual revenue. The GSAM Private Credit Group believes that existing market conditions and regulatory changes have combined to create an attractive investment environment for non-bank lenders such as us to provide loans to U.S. middle market companies. Specifically:

 

   

Recent changes in the regulatory capital charges imposed on the banking sector for unrated, illiquid assets have caused banks to reduce their lending activities to middle-market companies. Stakeholders in banks, including their shareholders, lenders and regulators, continue to exert pressure to contain the amount of illiquid, unrated assets held on bank balance sheets. Examples of this include moves to codify the BASEL III accords in the United States, which would increase the regulatory capital charge for lower rated and unrated assets in most instances, and continued investor focus on the amount

 

1  

Estimate for 2017 by the National Center for the Middle Market, which defined middle market as companies with annual revenue of $10 million—$1 billion. See http://www.middlemarketcenter.org (relying on data from the CIA World Factbook, available at https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/).

 

9


 

of illiquid assets whose fair value cannot be determined by using observable measures, or “Level 3 assets,” held on bank balance sheets. As a result, the GSAM Private Credit Group believes that many banks have been forced to reduce their lending to middle-market companies, creating an opportunity for alternative lenders such as us to fill the void.

 

   

Changes in business strategy by banks have further reduced the supply of capital to middle-market companies. The trend of consolidation of regional banks into money center banks has reduced the focus of these businesses on middle-market lending. Money center banks traditionally focus on lending and providing other services to large corporate clients to whom they can deploy larger amounts of capital more efficiently. The GSAM Private Credit Group believes that this has resulted in fewer bank lenders to U.S. middle-market companies and reduced the availability of debt capital to the companies we target.

 

   

The capital markets have been unable to fill the void in middle-market finance left by banks. While underwritten bond and syndicated loan markets have been robust in recent years, middle-market companies are rarely able to access these markets, as participants are generally highly focused on the liquidity characteristics of the bond or loan being issued. For example, mutual funds and exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) are significant buyers of underwritten bonds and broadly syndicated loans. However, mutual funds (and certain ETFs) generally require the ability to liquidate their investments quickly in order to fund investor redemptions. Accordingly, the existence of an active secondary market for their investments is an important consideration in the initial investment decision. Because there is typically no active secondary market for the debt of U.S. middle-market companies, mutual funds and ETFs generally do not provide capital to U.S. middle-market companies. The GSAM Private Credit Group believes that this is likely to be a persistent problem for the capital markets and creates an advantage for investors like us who have a stable capital base and can therefore invest in illiquid assets.

 

   

It is difficult for new lending platforms to enter the middle market and fill the capital void because it is very fragmented. While the middle market is a very large component of the U.S. economy, it is a highly fragmented space with thousands of companies operating in many different geographies and industries. Typically, companies that need capital find lenders and investors based on preexisting relationships, referrals and word of mouth. Developing the many relationships and wide-spread recognition required to become a source of capital to the middle market is a time consuming, highly resource-intensive endeavor. As a result, the GSAM Private Credit Group believes that it is difficult for new lending platforms to successfully enter the middle market, thereby providing insulation from rapid shifts in the supply of capital to the middle market that might otherwise disrupt pricing of capital.

Competitive Advantages

The Goldman Sachs Platform : Goldman Sachs is a leading global financial institution that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base, including companies and high net worth individuals, among others. The firm is headquartered in New York and maintains offices across the United States and in all major financial centers around the world. Group Inc.’s asset management subsidiary, GSAM, is one of the world’s leading investment managers with over 700 investment professionals and over $1.29 trillion of assets under supervision, in each case as of December 31, 2017. GSAM’s investment teams, including the GSAM Private Credit Group, capitalize on the relationships, market insights, risk management expertise, technology and infrastructure of Goldman Sachs. We believe the Goldman Sachs platform delivers a meaningful competitive advantage to us in the following ways:

 

   

Origination of Investment Opportunities: Goldman Sachs has a preeminent network of relationships and the ability to provide valued intellectual, as well as financial, capital to middle market borrowers which we believe significantly enhances our origination capability. We believe that many borrowers prefer to do business with Goldman Sachs and its advised funds because of its ability to offer further services to middle market companies as they grow in their life cycle, including financial advice, acquisition opportunities and capital markets expertise. The GSAM Private Credit Group is also able to leverage the Goldman Sachs platform to provide middle market companies with access to Goldman Sachs’ broad client network, which can be utilized to find new customers and partners as the GSAM Private Credit Group seeks to grow and execute its strategic plans.

 

   

Evaluation of Investment Opportunities: The GSAM Private Credit Group is comprised of seasoned professionals with significant private credit investing experience. The team draws on a diverse array of skill sets, spanning fundamental credit and portfolio management, as well as legal and transactional structuring expertise. The GSAM Private Credit Group is trained in, and utilizes, proprietary investment practices and procedures developed over many decades by Goldman Sachs, including those related to performing due diligence on prospective portfolio investments and reviewing the backgrounds of potential partners. Further, Goldman Sachs is an active participant in a wide array of industries, both in service to clients operating in many different industries and acting as a principal or customer in such industries. Accordingly, Goldman Sachs houses a tremendous amount of industry knowledge and experience. The GSAM Private Credit Group is able to draw upon these industry insights and expertise as it evaluates investment opportunities.

 

10


   

Risk Monitoring of Investments: The GSAM Private Credit Group has significant processes and procedures in place, including proprietary information technology systems, to monitor and evaluate the performance of its investments at the asset level. In addition, we benefit from Goldman Sachs’ extensive risk management capabilities, which have been developed and honed over many investment cycles. Our portfolio is regularly reviewed and stressed under various scenarios by senior risk management personnel within Goldman Sachs. These scenarios are drawn from the expertise developed by Goldman Sachs for its own balance sheet. This risk monitoring is designed to minimize the risk of capital loss and maintain an investment portfolio that is expected to perform in a broad range of economic conditions.

 

   

Financing of Portfolio: As one of the world’s largest asset management firms, GSAM is a significant counterparty to many providers of capital. In addition, GSAM has a world-class asset management infrastructure, including significant resources in operations, legal, compliance and other support functions. This scale, combined with the institutional infrastructure to support it, gives capital providers an incentive to do business with GSAM and confidence that their capital will be well guarded. Accordingly, we believe that we are able to obtain favorable terms from financing providers, including attractive interest rates, advance rates, durations and covenants. We believe that we will continue to benefit from GSAM’s scale and infrastructure through attractive financing terms as we seek additional sources of capital in the future.

 

   

Existing Portfolio of Performing, Predominantly Senior Loans: Since our inception, we have originated a sizable investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2017, we had 84 investments in 56 portfolio companies operating across 29 different industries with an aggregate fair value of $1,258.31 million (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.). We believe that this portfolio will generate attractive risk adjusted levels of income that will support dividend payments to our stockholders.

 

   

Strategic Joint Venture: On July 18, 2014, we agreed to co-invest with Cal Regents through the Senior Credit Fund, an unconsolidated Delaware limited liability company. The objective of the Senior Credit Fund is to generate attractive rates of return by investing primarily in first lien loans to middle-market companies through a vehicle capitalized in part with debt that is non-recourse to the Company. While the loans in the Senior Credit Fund typically bear interest rates lower than the loans held directly on our balance sheet, the return on our investment in the Senior Credit Fund is targeted to be higher than our direct investments, reflecting the impact of the Senior Credit Fund’s financing strategy. The Senior Credit Fund is expected to maintain a debt-to-equity ratio of approximately 2 to 1. The Senior Credit Fund is managed by a six member board of managers, on which we and Cal Regents each have equal representation. Investment decisions generally must be unanimously approved by a quorum of the board of managers. Establishing a quorum for the Senior Credit Fund’s board of managers requires at least four members to be present at a meeting, including at least two of our representatives and two of Cal Regents’ representatives. If there are five members present at a meeting, all three representatives of Cal Regents must be present to constitute a quorum. We and Cal Regents each have a 50% economic ownership of the Senior Credit Fund and each has subscribed to fund $100.00 million. As of December 31, 2017, we and Cal Regents each had contributed $94.34 million to the Senior Credit Fund. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Senior Credit Fund, LLC.”

 

   

Broad Existing Stockholder Base: We believe that the breadth of our stockholder base and our proven ability to attract investors will continue to support our future growth plans.

Operating and Regulatory Structure

We have elected to be treated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act. As a BDC, we are generally prohibited from acquiring assets other than qualifying assets unless, after giving effect to any acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. Qualifying assets generally include securities of eligible portfolio companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. Under the rules of the Investment Company Act, “eligible portfolio companies” include (i) private U.S. operating companies, (ii) public U.S. operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange (e.g., the NYSE) or registered under the Exchange Act, and (iii) public U.S. operating companies having a market capitalization of less than $250 million. Public U.S. operating companies whose securities are quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin board and through OTC Markets Group Inc. are not listed on a national securities exchange and therefore are eligible portfolio companies.

 

11


We have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2013. As a RIC, we generally will not be required to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute to our stockholders as dividends if we meet certain source of income, distribution and asset diversification requirements. We intend to timely distribute to our stockholders substantially all of our annual taxable income for each year, except that we may retain certain net capital gains for reinvestment and, depending upon the level of taxable income earned in a year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following year and pay any applicable U.S. federal excise tax. In addition, the distributions we pay to our stockholders in a year may exceed our net ordinary income and capital gains for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Distributions.”

Investments

We seek to create a portfolio that includes primarily direct originations of secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last-out portions of such loans, and second lien debt, and unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, as well as through select equity investments. We expect to make investments through both primary originations and open-market secondary purchases. We currently do not limit our focus to any specific industry. If we are successful in achieving our investment objective, we believe that we will be able to provide our stockholders with consistent dividend distributions and attractive risk adjusted total returns.

As of December 31, 2017, our portfolio (which term does not include our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.) on a fair value basis, was comprised of approximately 89.5% secured debt investments (54.2% in first lien debt (including 21.8% in first lien/last-out unitranche loans) and 35.3% in second lien debt), 0.3% in unsecured debt investments, 1.0% in preferred stock, 1.9% in common stock and 7.3% in investment funds & vehicles. We expect that our portfolio will continue to include secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last-out portions of such loans, and second lien debt, unsecured debt (including mezzanine debt) and, to a lesser extent, equities. In addition to investments in U.S. middle-market companies, we may invest a portion of our capital in opportunistic investments, such as in large U.S. companies, foreign companies, stressed or distressed debt, structured products or private equity. Such investments are intended to enhance our risk adjusted returns to stockholders, and the proportion of these types of investments will change over time given our views on, among other things, the economic and credit environment in which we are operating, although these types of investments generally will constitute less than 30% of our total assets.

In the future, we may also securitize a portion of our investments in any or all of our assets. We expect that our primary use of funds will be to make investments in portfolio companies, distribute cash to holders of our common stock and pay our operating expenses, including debt service to the extent we borrow or issue senior securities to fund our investments.

On January 4, 2017, the SEC granted GS PMMC, GS MMLC and us exemptive relief to co-invest with other funds managed by the GSAM Credit Alternatives investment team in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Additionally, if our Investment Adviser forms other funds in the future, we may co-invest on a concurrent basis with such other affiliates, subject to compliance with the exemptive relief, applicable regulations and regulatory guidance, as well as applicable allocation procedures.

Investment Criteria

We are committed to a value-oriented philosophy implemented by our Investment Adviser, which manages our portfolio and seeks to minimize the risk of capital loss without foregoing the potential for capital appreciation. We have identified several criteria, discussed below, that GSAM believes are important in identifying and investing in prospective portfolio companies.

These criteria provide general guidelines for our investment decisions. However, not all of these criteria will be met by each prospective portfolio company in which we choose to invest. Generally, we seek to use our experience and access to market information to identify investment candidates and to structure investments quickly and effectively.

 

   

Value orientation and positive cash flow. Our investment philosophy places a premium on fundamental analysis and has a distinct value orientation. We focus on companies in which we can invest at relatively low multiples of operating cash flow and that are profitable at the time of investment on an operating cash flow basis. Typically, we do not expect to invest in start-up companies or companies having speculative business plans.

 

   

Experienced management and established financial sponsor relationships. We generally require that our portfolio companies have an experienced management team. We also require the portfolio companies to have proper incentives in place to induce management to succeed and to act in concert with our interests as investors. In addition, we focus our investments in companies backed by strong financial sponsors that have a history of creating value and with whom members of our Investment Adviser have an established relationship.

 

12


   

Strong and defensible competitive market position. We seek to invest in target companies that have developed leading market positions within their respective markets and are well-positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities. We also seek companies that demonstrate significant competitive advantages versus their competitors, which should help to protect their market position and profitability while enabling us to protect our principal and avoid capital losses.

 

   

Viable exit strategy. We seek to invest in companies that GSAM believes will provide a steady stream of cash flow to repay our loans and reinvest in their respective businesses. We expect that such internally generated cash flow, leading to the payment of interest on, and the repayment of the principal of, our investments in portfolio companies to be a key means by which we exit from our investments over time. In addition, we also seek to invest in companies whose business models and expected future cash flows offer attractive exit possibilities. These companies include candidates for strategic acquisition by other industry participants and companies that may repay our investments through an initial public offering of common stock or other capital markets transactions.

 

   

Due diligence. Our Investment Adviser takes a bottom-up, fundamental research approach to our potential investments. It believes it is critical to conduct extensive due diligence on investment targets and in evaluating new investments. Our Investment Adviser conducts a rigorous due diligence process that is applied to prospective portfolio companies and draws from its experience, industry expertise and network of contacts. In conducting due diligence, our Investment Adviser uses information provided by companies, financial sponsors and publicly available information as well as information from relationships with former and current management teams, consultants, competitors and investment bankers.

Our due diligence typically includes:

 

   

review of historical and prospective financial information;

 

   

review of the capital structure;

 

   

analysis of the business and industry in which the company operates;

 

   

on-site visits;

 

   

interviews with management, employees, customers and vendors of the potential portfolio company;

 

   

review of loan documents;

 

   

background checks; and

 

   

research relating to the portfolio company’s management, industry, markets, products and services and competitors.

Upon the completion of due diligence and a decision to proceed with an investment in a company, the team leading the investment presents the investment opportunity to our Investment Committee. This committee determines whether to pursue the potential investment. All new investments are required to be reviewed by the Investment Committee. The members of the Investment Committee are employees of our Investment Adviser and they do not receive separate compensation from us or our Investment Adviser for serving on the Investment Committee.

Additional due diligence with respect to any investment may be conducted on our behalf (and at our expense) by attorneys prior to the closing of the investment, as well as other outside advisers, as appropriate.

Investment Committee

All investment decisions are made by the Investment Committee which consists of five voting members, Brendan McGovern, Salvatore Lentini, Jon Yoder, David Yu and Jordan Walter, as well as three non-voting members with operational or legal expertise. Our Investment Committee is responsible for approving all of our investments. Our Investment Committee also monitors investments in our portfolio and approves all asset dispositions. We expect to benefit from the extensive and varied relevant experience of the investment professionals serving on our Investment Committee, which includes expertise in privately originated and publicly traded leveraged credit, stressed and distressed debt, bankruptcy, mergers and acquisitions and private equity.

The purpose of our Investment Committee is to evaluate and approve, as deemed appropriate, all investments by our Investment Adviser. Our Investment Committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of our Investment Committee’s members to the analysis and consideration of every investment. Our Investment Committee also serves to provide investment consistency and adherence to our Investment Adviser’s investment philosophies and policies. Our Investment Committee also determines appropriate investment sizing and suggests ongoing monitoring requirements.

 

13


In addition to reviewing investments, our Investment Committee meetings serve as a forum for discussing credit views and outlooks, as well as reviewing investments. Potential transactions and investment opportunities are also reviewed on a regular basis. Members of our Investment Adviser’s investment team are encouraged to share information and views on credits with our Investment Committee early in their analysis. This process improves the quality of the analysis and assists the deal team members to work more efficiently.

Investment Structure

Once we determine that a prospective portfolio company is suitable for investment, we work with the management of that company and its other capital providers, including senior, junior and equity capital providers, to structure an investment. We negotiate among these parties and use creative and flexible approaches to structure our investment relative to the other capital in the portfolio company’s capital structure.

We expect our secured debt to have terms of approximately three to ten years. We generally obtain security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies that will serve as collateral in support of the repayment of this debt. This collateral may take the form of first or second priority liens on the assets of a portfolio company.

We use the term “mezzanine” to refer to debt that ranks senior only to a borrower’s equity securities and ranks junior in right of payment to all of such borrower’s other indebtedness. Mezzanine debt typically has interest-only payments in the early years, payable in cash or in-kind, with amortization of principal deferred to the later years of the mezzanine debt. In some cases, we may enter into mezzanine debt that, by its terms, converts into equity (or is issued along with warrants for equity) or additional debt securities or defers payments of interest for the first few years after our investment. Typically, our mezzanine debt investments have maturities of three to ten years.

We also invest in unitranche loans, which are loans that combine features of first-lien, second-lien and mezzanine debt, generally in a first-lien position. In a number of instances, we may find another lender to provide the “first-out” portion of such loan and retain the “last-out” portion of such loan, in which case, the “first-out” portion of the loan would generally receive priority with respect to payment of principal, interest and other amounts due thereunder over the “last-out” portion that we would continue to hold.

In the case of our secured debt and unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt investments, we seek to tailor the terms of the investments to the facts and circumstances of the transactions and the prospective portfolio companies, negotiating a structure that protects our rights and manages our risk while creating incentives for the portfolio companies to achieve their business plan and improve their profitability. For example, in addition to seeking a senior position in the capital structure of our portfolio companies, we seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

 

   

requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk;

 

   

incorporating “put” rights and call protection into the investment structure; and

 

   

negotiating covenants in connection with our investments that afford our portfolio companies as much flexibility in managing their businesses as possible, consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation or participation rights. Our investments may include equity features, such as direct investments in the equity or convertible securities of portfolio companies or warrants or options to buy a minority interest in a portfolio company. Any warrants we may receive with our debt securities generally require only a nominal cost to exercise, so as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from these equity investments. We may structure the warrants to provide provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as puts, or rights to sell such securities back to the company, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we may also obtain registration rights in connection with these equity investments, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

We expect to hold most of our investments to maturity or repayment but may sell certain investments earlier if a liquidity event takes place, such as the sale or refinancing of a portfolio company. We also may turn over our investments to better position the portfolio as market conditions change.

Ongoing relationships with portfolio companies

Monitoring

Our Investment Adviser monitors our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. It monitors the financial trends of each portfolio company to determine if they are meeting their respective business plans and to assess the appropriate course of action for each company. Our Investment Adviser has several methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair value of our investments, which may include the following:

 

   

assessment of success in adhering to the portfolio company’s business plan and compliance with covenants;

 

14


   

periodic or regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;

 

   

comparisons to our other portfolio companies in the industry, if any;

 

   

attendance at and participation in board meetings or presentations by portfolio companies; and

 

   

review of monthly and quarterly financial statements and financial projections of portfolio companies.

As part of the monitoring process, our Investment Adviser also employs an investment rating system to categorize our investments. In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, the Investment Adviser grades the credit risk of all investments on a scale of 1 to 4 no less frequently than quarterly. This system is intended primarily to reflect the underlying risk of a portfolio investment relative to our initial cost basis in respect of such portfolio investment (i.e., at the time of origination or acquisition), although it may also take into account under certain circumstances the performance of the portfolio company’s business, the collateral coverage of the investment and other relevant factors. The grading system is as follows:

 

   

investments with a grade of 1 involve the least amount of risk to our initial cost basis. The trends and risk factors for this investment since origination or acquisition are generally favorable, which may include the performance of the portfolio company or a potential exit;

 

   

investments with a grade of 2 involve a level of risk to our initial cost basis that is similar to the risk to our initial cost basis at the time of origination or acquisition. This portfolio company is generally performing as expected and the risk factors to our ability to ultimately recoup the cost of our investment are neutral to favorable. All investments or acquired investments in new portfolio companies are initially assessed a grade of 2;

 

   

investments with a grade of 3 indicate that the risk to our ability to recoup the initial cost basis of such investment has increased materially since origination or acquisition, including as a result of factors such as declining performance and non-compliance with debt covenants; however, payments are generally not more than 120 days past due; and

 

   

investments with a grade of 4 indicate that the risk to our ability to recoup the initial cost basis of such investment has substantially increased since origination or acquisition, and the portfolio company likely has materially declining performance. For debt investments with an investment grade of 4, most or all of the debt covenants are out of compliance and payments are substantially delinquent. For investments graded 4, it is anticipated that we will not recoup our initial cost basis and may realize a substantial loss of our initial cost basis upon exit.

Our Investment Adviser grades the investments in our portfolio at least quarterly, and it is possible that the grade of a portfolio investment may be reduced or increased over time. For investments with a grade of 3 or 4, the Investment Adviser enhances its level of scrutiny over the monitoring of such portfolio company.

Managerial Assistance

As a BDC, we must offer, and must provide upon request, significant managerial assistance to certain of our eligible portfolio companies within the meaning of Section 55 of the Investment Company Act. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. Our Investment Adviser or an affiliate thereof may provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request such assistance. We may receive fees for these services. See “Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies.”

Competition

Our primary competitors provide financing to middle-market companies and include other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), private funds, including hedge funds, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Some of our existing and potential competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us.

In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the Investment Company Act imposes on us as a BDC.

While we expect to use the industry information of GSAM’s investment professionals to which we have access to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies, we do not seek to compete primarily based on the interest rates we offer and GSAM believes that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that are

 

15


comparable to or lower than the rates we offer. Rather, we compete with our competitors based on our reputation in the market, our existing investment platform, the seasoned investment professionals of our Investment Adviser, our experience and focus on middle-market companies, our disciplined investment philosophy, our extensive industry focus and relationships and our flexible transaction structuring.

Staffing

We do not currently have any employees. Our day-to-day operations are managed by our Investment Adviser. Our Investment Adviser has hired and expects to continue to hire professionals with skills applicable to our business plan, including experience in middle-market investing, leveraged finance and capital markets.

Properties

We do not own any real estate or other properties materially important to our operations. Our principal executive offices are located at 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is contemplated to be conducted.

Legal Proceedings

We and our Investment Adviser are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation arising out of operations in the normal course of business or otherwise.

Our Administrator

Pursuant to our Administration Agreement, our administrator is responsible for providing various accounting and administrative services to us. Our administrator is entitled to fees as described in “Administration Agreement.” To the extent that our administrator outsources any of its functions, the administrator will pay any compensation associated with such functions. See “Administration Agreement.”

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan, pursuant to which we will reinvest all cash distributions declared by our Board of Directors on behalf of investors who do not elect to receive their cash distributions in cash as provided below. As a result, if our Board of Directors declares a cash distribution, then our stockholders who have not elected (or have not previously been deemed to have elected) to “opt out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock as described below. We intend to continue to pay quarterly distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. Future quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our Board of Directors. All future distributions will be subject to lawfully available funds therefor, and no assurance can be given that we will be able to declare such distributions in future periods.

Each registered stockholder may elect to have distributions distributed in cash rather than participate in the plan. For any registered stockholder that does not so elect, distributions on such stockholder’s shares will be reinvested by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as the plan agent, in additional shares. The number of shares to be issued to the stockholder will be determined based on the total dollar amount of the cash distribution payable, net of applicable withholding taxes. The plan agent maintains all participants’ accounts in the plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts. Shares in the account of each participant are held by the plan agent on behalf of the participant in book entry form in the plan agent’s name or the plan agent’s nominee. Those stockholders whose shares are held through a broker or other nominee may receive cash distributions in cash by notifying their broker or nominee of their election.

The shares are acquired by the plan agent for the participants’ accounts either through (i) newly issued shares or (ii) by purchase of outstanding shares on the open market. If, on the payment date for any distribution, the most recently computed net asset value (“NAV”) per share as of the dividend payment date is equal to or less than the closing market price plus estimated per share fees (which include any applicable brokerage commissions the plan agent is required to pay) (such condition often referred to as a “premium”), the plan agent will invest the distribution amount in newly issued shares on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued shares to be credited to a participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the distribution by the most recently computed NAV per share as of the dividend payment date; provided that, if the most recently computed NAV per share as of the dividend payment date is less than or equal to 95% of the closing market price on the dividend payment date, the dollar amount of the distribution will be divided by 95% of the closing market price per share on the dividend payment date. If on the dividend payment date, the most recently computed NAV per share as of that date is greater than the closing market price per share plus per share fees (such condition referred to as a “market discount”), the plan agent will invest the dividend amount in shares acquired on behalf of the participants by purchasing shares on the open market. Such open market purchases will continue on each successive business day until the entire dividend amount has been invested pursuant to open market purchases; provided, however,

 

16


that if (a) the market discount shifts to a market premium, or (b) the open market purchases have not been completed by the last business day before the next date on which the common stock trades on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the dividend payment date, whichever is sooner, the plan agent will cease making open market purchases and will invest the entire uninvested portion of the dividend amount in newly issued common stock in the manner contemplated above.

Open-market purchases may be made on any securities exchange where shares are traded, in the over-the-counter market or in negotiated transactions, and may be on such terms as to price, delivery and otherwise as the plan agent will determine. Shares purchased in open market transactions by the plan agent will be allocated to a participant based on the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares purchased in the open market with respect to any such distribution. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the distribution cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated.

If a participant elects by telephone, Internet, or written notice to the plan agent to have the plan agent sell all or a part of his or her shares and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan agent will process all sale instructions received no later than five business days after the date on which the order is received. Such sale will be made through the plan agent’s broker on the relevant market and the sale price will not be determined until such time as the broker completes the sale. In each case, the price to each participant will be the weighted average sale price obtained by the plan agent’s broker net of fees for each aggregate order placed by the plan agent and executed by the broker.

The plan agent’s fees for the handling of the reinvestment of distributions will be paid by us. However, each participant will pay a per share fee (currently $0.05) incurred in connection with open market purchases. If a participant elects by telephone, Internet, or written notice to the plan agent to have the plan agent sell all or a part of his or her shares and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan agent is authorized to deduct a $15 sales fee per trade and a per share fee of $0.12 from such proceeds. All per share fees include any applicable brokerage commissions the plan agent is required to pay.

Participation in the plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty. Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan agent by telephone, Internet, or written notice prior to the distribution record date. Such termination will be effective immediately if received by the plan agent prior to a distribution record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. The plan agent seeks to process termination notices received after the dividend record date but before the dividend payment date prior to such dividend payment date to the extent practicable but may in its sole discretion reinvest the participant’s dividends in common stock, as described above. If such dividends are reinvested, the plan agent will process the late termination notice as soon as practicable, but in no event later than five business days after the reinvestment is completed.

A stockholder who does not opt out of the dividend reinvestment plan will generally be subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as a stockholder who elects to receive its distributions in cash, and, for this purpose, a stockholder receiving a distribution in the form of additional shares will generally be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of cash that the stockholder would have received if it had elected to receive the distribution in cash. If we issue additional shares with a fair market value equal to or greater than net asset value, however, stockholders will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of the distributed shares. Because a stockholder that participates in the dividend reinvestment plan will not actually receive any cash, such a stockholder will not have such cash available to pay any applicable taxes on the deemed distribution. A stockholder that participates in the dividend reinvestment plan and thus is treated as having invested in additional shares of our stock will have a basis in such additional shares of stock equal to the total dollar amount treated as a distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The stockholder’s holding period for such stock will commence on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the stockholder’s account. Stockholders that participate in the dividend reinvestment plan will receive tax information annually for their personal records and to help them prepare their federal income tax return. For further information as to tax consequences of participation in the plan, participants should consult with their own tax advisors.

We reserve the right to amend or terminate the plan upon notice in writing to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend or distribution by us. There is no direct transaction fee to participants with regard to purchases in the plan; however, we reserve the right to amend the plan to include a transaction fee payable by the participants. Notice will be sent to participants of any amendments as soon as practicable after such action by us.

All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan agent at Computershare Trust Company, N.A, P.O. Box 505000, Louisville, KY 40233, with overnight correspondence being directed to the plan agent at Computershare Trust Company, N.A, 462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600, Louisville, KY 40202; by calling 855-807-2742; or through the plan agent’s website at www.computershare.com/investor. Participants who hold their shares through a broker or other nominee should direct correspondence or questions concerning the dividend reinvestment plan to their broker or nominee.

 

17


Management Agreements

Investment Management Agreement

Our initial investment management agreement with our Investment Adviser was entered into as of November 15, 2012 and subsequently amended and restated as of April 1, 2013 (as amended and restated as of April 1, 2013, the “Initial Investment Management Agreement”). Our Board of Directors determined at an in person meeting held in November 2014 to approve certain changes to the Initial Investment Management Agreement and to submit the Investment Management Agreement, which included such changes, for stockholder approval as required by the provisions of the Investment Company Act. At a special meeting of stockholders held in January 2015, our stockholders approved the Investment Management Agreement. The Investment Management Agreement became effective as of January 1, 2015.

Management Services

Pursuant to the terms of our Investment Management Agreement, GSAM, subject to the overall supervision of our Board of Directors, manages our day-to-day investment-related operations and provides investment management services to us.

Subject to compliance with applicable law and published SEC guidance, nothing contained in the Investment Management Agreement in any way precludes, restricts or limits the activities of our Investment Adviser or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliated parties. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure—Our Investment Adviser, its principals, investment professionals and employees and the members of its Investment Committee have certain conflicts of interest.”

Management Fee

The management fee (the “Management Fee”) payable to our Investment Adviser is calculated at an annual rate of 1.50% (0.375% per quarter) of the average value of our gross assets (excluding cash or cash equivalents (such as investments in money market funds) but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts) at the end of each of the two most recently completed calendar quarters (and, in the case of our first quarter, our gross assets as of such quarter-end). The Management Fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The Management Fee for any partial quarter will be appropriately prorated.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, Management Fees amounted to $17.83 million. As of December 31, 2017, $4.65 million remained payable. For the year ended December 31, 2016, Management Fees amounted to $17.01 million.

Incentive Fee

The incentive fee (the “Incentive Fee”) payable to our Investment Adviser consists of two components that are determined independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not.

A portion of the Incentive Fee is based on our income and a portion is based on our capital gains, each as described below. Our Investment Adviser is entitled to receive the Incentive Fee based on income from us if our Ordinary Income (as defined below) exceeds a quarterly “hurdle rate” of 1.75%. For this purpose, the hurdle is computed by reference to our NAV and does not take into account changes in the market price of our common stock.

Beginning with the calendar quarter that commenced on January 1, 2015, the Incentive Fee based on income is determined and paid quarterly in arrears at the end of each calendar quarter by reference to our aggregate net investment income, as adjusted as described below, from the calendar quarter then ending and the eleven preceding calendar quarters (or if shorter, the number of quarters that have occurred since January 1, 2015) (such period, the “Trailing Twelve Quarters”). The Incentive Fee based on capital gains is determined and paid annually in arrears at the end of each calendar year by reference to an Annual Period.

The hurdle amount for the Incentive Fee based on income is determined on a quarterly basis and is equal to 1.75% multiplied by our NAV at the beginning of each applicable calendar quarter comprising the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters. The hurdle amount is calculated after making appropriate adjustments for subscriptions (which includes all issuances by us of shares of our common stock, including issuances pursuant to our dividend reinvestment plan) and distributions that occurred during the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters. The Incentive Fee for any partial period will be appropriately prorated.

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Income . For the portion of the Incentive Fee based on income, we pay our Investment Adviser a quarterly Incentive Fee based on the amount by which (A) aggregate net investment income (“Ordinary Income”) in respect of the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters exceeds (B) the hurdle amount for such Trailing Twelve Quarters. The amount of the excess of (A) over (B) described in this paragraph for such Trailing Twelve Quarters is referred to as the “Excess Income Amount.” For the avoidance of doubt, Ordinary Income is net of all fees and expenses, including the Management Fee but excluding any Incentive Fee.

 

18


The Incentive Fee based on income for each quarter is determined as follows:

 

   

No Incentive Fee based on income is payable to our Investment Adviser for any calendar quarter for which there is no Excess Income Amount;

 

   

100% of the Ordinary Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle amount, but is less than or equal to an amount, which we refer to as the “Catch-up Amount,” determined as the sum of 2.1875% multiplied by our NAV at the beginning of each applicable calendar quarter comprising the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters is included in the calculation of the Incentive Fee based on income; and

 

   

20% of the Ordinary Income that exceeds the Catch-up Amount is included in the calculation of the Incentive Fee based on income.

The amount of the Incentive Fee based on income that is paid to our Investment Adviser for a particular quarter is equal to the excess of the Incentive Fee so calculated minus the aggregate Incentive Fees based on income that were paid in respect of the first eleven calendar quarters (or the portion thereof) included in the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters but not in excess of the Incentive Fee Cap (as described below).

The Incentive Fee based on income that is paid to our Investment Adviser for a particular quarter is subject to a cap (the “Incentive Fee Cap”). The Incentive Fee Cap for any quarter is an amount equal to (a) 20% of the Cumulative Net Return (as defined below) during the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters minus (b) the aggregate Incentive Fees based on income that were paid in respect of the first eleven calendar quarters (or the portion thereof) included in the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters.

“Cumulative Net Return” means (x) the Ordinary Income in respect of the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters minus (y) any Net Capital Loss, if any, in respect of the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters. If, in any quarter, the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value, we will pay no Incentive Fee based on income to our Investment Adviser for such quarter. If, in any quarter, the Incentive Fee Cap for such quarter is a positive value but is less than the Incentive Fee based on income that is payable to our Investment Adviser for such quarter (before giving effect to the Incentive Fee Cap) calculated as described above, we will pay an Incentive Fee based on income to our Investment Adviser equal to the Incentive Fee Cap for such quarter. If, in any quarter, the Incentive Fee Cap for such quarter is equal to or greater than the Incentive Fee based on income that is payable to our Investment Adviser for such quarter (before giving effect to the Incentive Fee Cap) calculated as described above, we will pay an Incentive Fee based on income to our Investment Adviser equal to the Incentive Fee calculated as described above for such quarter without regard to the Incentive Fee Cap.

“Net Capital Loss” in respect of a particular period means the difference, if positive, between (i) aggregate capital losses, whether realized or unrealized, in such period and (ii) aggregate capital gains, whether realized or unrealized, in such period.

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the Incentive Fee based on income:

Incentive Fee based on Income

Percentage of Ordinary Income comprising the Incentive Fee based on Income

(expressed as an annualized rate (1) of return on the value of net assets as of the beginning

of each of the quarters included in the Trailing Twelve Quarters)

 

LOGO

 

(1)

The Incentive Fee is determined on a quarterly basis but has been annualized for purposes of the above diagram. The diagram also does not reflect the Incentive Fee Cap.

Annual Incentive Fee Based on Capital Gains. The portion of the Incentive Fee based on capital gains is calculated on an annual basis. For the period beginning on January 1 of each calendar year and ending on December 31 of the calendar year or, in the case of our first and last year, the appropriate portion thereof (each, an “Annual Period”), we pay our Investment Adviser an Incentive Fee equal to (A) 20% of the difference, if positive, of the sum of our aggregate realized capital gains, if any, computed net of our aggregate realized capital losses, if any, and our aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, in each case from April 1, 2013 until the end of such Annual Period minus (B) the cumulative amount of Incentive Fees based on capital gains previously paid to our Investment Adviser from April 1, 2013. For the avoidance of doubt, unrealized capital appreciation is excluded from the calculation in clause (A), above.

 

19


We accrue, but not pay, a portion of the Incentive Fee based on capital gains with respect to net unrealized appreciation. Under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”), we are required to accrue an Incentive Fee based on capital gains that includes net realized capital gains and losses and net unrealized capital appreciation and depreciation on investments held at the end of each period. In calculating the accrual for the Incentive Fee based on capital gains, we consider the cumulative aggregate unrealized capital appreciation in the calculation, since an Incentive Fee based on capital gains would be payable if such unrealized capital appreciation were realized, even though such unrealized capital appreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the Investment Management Agreement. This accrual is calculated using the aggregate cumulative realized capital gains and losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. If such amount is positive at the end of a period, then we record a capital gains incentive fee equal to 20% of such amount, minus the aggregate amount of actual Incentive Fees based on capital gains paid in all prior periods. If such amount is negative, then there is no accrual for such period. There can be no assurance that such unrealized capital appreciation will be realized in the future. For the avoidance of doubt, the Incentive Fee examples below reflect the calculation of the Incentive Fee payable under the Investment Management Agreement rather than accruals of the Incentive Fee as required by GAAP.

 

20


For the year ended December 31, 2017, we incurred Incentive Fees based on income of $12.78 million. As of December 31, 2017, $3.18 million remained payable. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we incurred Incentive Fees based on income of $10.42 million. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we did not accrue any Incentive Fees based on capital gains.

Example of Calculation of the Incentive Fee based on Income Assumptions

Assumptions (1)

 

   

Quarter 1

 

   

Net Asset Value at the start of Quarter 1 = $100.0 million

 

   

Quarter 1 Ordinary Income = $6.0 million

 

   

Quarter 1 Net Capital Gain = $1.0 million

 

   

Quarter 1 Hurdle Amount = $1.75 million (calculated based on an annualized 7.00% hurdle rate)

 

   

Quarter 1 Catch-up Amount = $2.1875 million (calculated based on an annualized 8.75% rate)

 

   

Quarter 2

 

   

Net Asset Value at the start of Quarter 2 = $100.0 million

 

   

Quarter 2 Ordinary Income = $1.5 million

 

   

Quarter 2 Net Capital Gain = $1.0 million

 

   

Quarter 2 Hurdle Amount = $1.75 million (calculated based on an annualized 7.00% hurdle rate)

 

   

Quarter 2 Catch-up Amount = $2.1875 million (calculated based on an annualized 8.75% rate)

 

   

Quarter 3

 

   

Net Asset Value at the start of Quarter 3 = $100.0 million

 

   

Quarter 3 Ordinary Income = $2.0 million

 

   

Quarter 3 Net Capital Loss = ($6.0) million

 

   

Quarter 3 Hurdle Amount = $1.75 million (calculated based on an annualized 7.00% hurdle rate)

 

   

Quarter 3 Catch-up Amount = $2.1875 million (calculated based on an annualized 8.75% rate)

 

   

Quarter 4

 

   

Net Asset Value at the start of Quarter 4 = $100.0 million

 

   

Quarter 4 Ordinary Income = $3.5 million

 

   

Quarter 4 Net Capital Gain = $3.0 million

 

   

Quarter 4 Hurdle Amount = $1.75 million (calculated based on an annualized 7.00% hurdle rate)

 

   

Quarter 4 Catch-up Amount = $2.1875 million (calculated based on an annualized 8.75% rate)

 

(1)  

For illustrative purposes, Net Asset Value is assumed to be $100.0 million as of the beginning of all four quarters and does not give effect to gains or losses in the preceding quarters.

Determination of Incentive Fee based on income

In Quarter 1, the Ordinary Income of $6.0 million exceeds the Hurdle Amount of $1.75 million and the Catch-up Amount of $2.1875 million. There are no Net Capital Losses. As a result, an Incentive Fee based on income of $1.2 million ((100% of $437,500) + (20% of $3,812,500)) is payable to our Investment Adviser for Quarter 1.

In Quarter 2, the Quarter 2 Ordinary Income of $1.5 million does not exceed the Quarter 2 Hurdle Amount of $1.75 million, but the aggregate Ordinary Income for the Trailing Twelve Quarters of $7.5 million exceeds the aggregate Hurdle Amount for the Trailing Twelve Quarters of $3.5 million and the aggregate Catch-up Amount for the Trailing Twelve Quarters of $4.375 million. There are no Net Capital Losses. As a result, an Incentive Fee based on income of $300,000 ($1.5 million ((100% of $875,000) + (20% of 3,125,000)) minus $1.2 million paid in Quarter 1) is payable to our Investment Adviser for Quarter 2.

 

21


In Quarter 3, the aggregate Ordinary Income of the Trailing Twelve Quarters of $9.5 million exceeds the aggregate Hurdle Amount for the Trailing Twelve Quarters of $5.25 million and the aggregate Catch-up Amount for the Trailing Twelve Quarters of $6.5625 million. However, there is an aggregate Net Capital Loss of ($4.0) million for the Trailing Twelve Quarters. As a result, the Incentive Fee Cap would apply. The Incentive Fee Cap equals $(400,000), calculated as follows:

(20% x ($9.5 million minus $4.0 million)) minus $1.5 million paid in Quarters 1 and 2. Because the Incentive Fee Cap is a negative value, there is no Incentive Fee based on income payable to our Investment Adviser for Quarter 3.

In Quarter 4, the aggregate Ordinary Income of the Trailing Twelve Quarters of $13.0 million exceeds the aggregate Hurdle Amount for the Trailing Twelve Quarters of $7.0 million and the aggregate Catch-up Amount for the Trailing Twelve Quarters of $8.75 million. The calculation of the Incentive Fee based on income would be $1.1 million ($2.6 million (100% of $1.75 million) + (20% of $4.25 million) minus $1.5 million paid in Quarters 1 and 2). However, there is an aggregate Net Capital Loss of ($1.0) million for the Trailing Twelve Quarters. As a result, the Incentive Fee Cap would apply. The Incentive Fee Cap equals $900,000 calculated as follows:

(20% x ($13.0 million minus $1.0 million)) minus $1.5 million. Because the Incentive Fee Cap is positive but less than the Incentive Fee based on income of $1.1 million calculated prior to applying the Incentive Fee Cap, an Incentive Fee based on income of $900,000 is payable to our Investment Adviser for Quarter 4.

Examples of Calculation of Incentive Fee based on Capital Gains

Assumptions

 

   

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)

 

   

Year 2: Investment A sold for $30 million, fair value of Investment B determined to be $25 million and fair value of Investment C determined to be $27 million

 

   

Year 3: fair value of Investment B determined to be $29 million and Investment C sold for $30 million

 

   

Year 4: fair value of Investment B determined to be $40 million

Determination of Incentive Fee based on capital gains

The Incentive Fee based on capital gains, if any, would be:

 

   

Year 1: None

 

   

Year 2: $1.0 million

The portion of the Incentive Fee based on capital gains equals (A) 20% of the difference, if positive, of the sum of our aggregate realized capital gains, if any, computed net of our aggregate realized capital losses, if any, and our aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, if any, in each case from April 1, 2013 until the end of the applicable Annual Period minus (B) the cumulative amount of Incentive Fees based on capital gains previously paid to our Investment Adviser from April 1, 2013.

Therefore, using the assumptions above, the Incentive Fee based on capital gains equals (A) 20% x ($10.0 million—$5.0 million) minus (B) $0.

Therefore, the Incentive Fee based on capital gains equals $1.0 million.

 

22


   

Year 3: $1.8 million, which is calculated as follows:

The Incentive Fee based on capital gains equals (A) 20% x ($15.0 million—$1.0 million) minus (B) $1.0 million.

Therefore, the Incentive Fee based on capital gains equals $1.8 million.

 

   

Year 4: $200,000, which is calculated as follows:

The Incentive Fee based on capital gains equals (x) (A) 20% x ($15.0 million—$0 million) minus (B) $2.8 million.

Therefore, the Incentive Fee based on capital gains equals $200,000.

Expenses

Our Investment Adviser pays all costs incurred by it in connection with the performance of its duties under the Investment Management Agreement. Our Investment Adviser pays the compensation and expenses of all its personnel and makes available, without expense to us, the services of such of its partners, officers and employees as may duly be elected as our officers or directors, subject to their individual consent to serve and to any limitations imposed by law. Our Investment Adviser is not required to pay any of our expenses other than those specifically allocated to it, including as set forth below. In particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, our Investment Adviser is not required to pay: (i) our operational and organizational expenses; (ii) fees and expenses, including travel expenses, incurred by our Investment Adviser or payable to third parties related to our investments, including, among others, professional fees (including the fees and expenses of consultants and experts) and fees and expenses from evaluating, monitoring, researching and performing due diligence on investments and prospective investments; (iii) interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments; (iv) fees and expenses incurred by us in connection with membership in investment company organizations; (v) brokers’ commissions; (vi) fees and expenses associated with calculating our NAV (including the costs and expenses of any independent valuation firm); (vii) legal, auditing or accounting expenses; (viii) taxes or governmental fees; (ix) the fees and expenses of our administrator, transfer agent or sub-transfer agent; (x) the cost of preparing stock certificates or any other expenses, including clerical expenses of issue, redemption or repurchase of our shares; (xi) the expenses of and fees for registering or qualifying our shares for sale and of maintaining our registration and registering us as a broker or a dealer; (xii) the fees and expenses of our directors who are not affiliated with our Investment Adviser; (xiii) the cost of preparing and distributing reports, proxy statements and notices to our stockholders, the SEC and other regulatory authorities; (xiv) costs of holding stockholder meetings; (xv) listing fees; (xvi) the fees or disbursements of custodians of our assets, including expenses incurred in the performance of any obligations enumerated by our certificate of incorporation or bylaws insofar as they govern agreements with any such custodian; (xvii) insurance premiums; or (xviii) costs incurred in connection with any claim, litigation, arbitration, mediation, government investigation or dispute in connection with our business and the amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection therewith, or the enforcement of our rights against any person and indemnification or contribution expenses payable by us to any person and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of our business. Our Investment Adviser is not required to pay expenses of activities which are primarily intended to result in sales of our shares, including, all costs and expenses associated with the preparation and distribution of any offering memorandum, subscription agreements, registration statements, prospectuses or stockholder application forms.

Our Investment Adviser may impose a voluntary cap on the amount of expenses that will be borne by us on a monthly or annual basis. Any such expense cap may be increased, decreased, waived or eliminated at any time at our Investment Adviser’s sole discretion.

To the extent that expenses to be borne by us pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement are paid by our Investment Adviser, we will reimburse our Investment Adviser for such expenses, provided, however, that our Investment Adviser may elect, from time to time and in its sole discretion, to bear certain of our expenses set forth above, including organizational and other expenses.

Board Approval of the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement

Our Board of Directors determined at an in person meeting held on July 31, 2017 to approve the continuation of the Investment Management Agreement. In its consideration of the renewal of the Investment Management Agreement, the Board of Directors focused on information it had received relating to, among other things:

 

   

the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services provided to us by the Investment Adviser;

 

   

the contractual terms of the Investment Management Agreement, including the structure of the Management Fee imposed on gross assets (excluding cash) and the Incentive Fee imposed on net investment income and capital gains;

 

   

comparative data with respect to the advisory fees and other expenses paid by other externally managed BDCs with similar investment objectives and strategies;

 

23


   

information about the services performed and the personnel performing such services under the Investment Management Agreement;

 

   

comparative data with respect to our investment performance and the performance of other BDCs with comparable investment objectives and strategies;

 

   

the Investment Adviser’s revenues and pre-tax profit margins with respect to its management of us;

 

   

any existing and potential benefits to the Investment Adviser or its affiliates from its relationship with us;

 

   

other potential benefits to us as a result of our relationship with the Investment Adviser; and

 

   

such other matters as the Board of Directors determined were relevant to their consideration of the Investment Management Agreement.

In connection with their consideration of the renewal of the Investment Management Agreement, our Board of Directors gave weight to each of the factors described above, but did not identify any one particular factor as controlling their decision. After deliberation and consideration of all of the information provided, including the factors described above, the Board of Directors concluded, in the exercise of their business judgment, that the management fees paid by us were reasonable in light of the services provided to us by the Investment Adviser, the Investment Adviser’s costs, and our current and reasonably foreseeable asset levels. The Board of Directors unanimously concluded that the Investment Adviser’s continued management likely would benefit us and our stockholders and that the Investment Management Agreement should be approved and continued with respect to us until August 31, 2018.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we paid our Investment Adviser a total of $25.95 million in fees (excluding fees that are accrued but not paid) pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, which consisted of $14.52 million in Management Fees and $11.43 million in Incentive Fees. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we paid our Investment Adviser a total of $26.15 million in fees (excluding fees that are accrued but not paid) pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, which consisted of $16.84 million in Management Fees and $9.31 million in Incentive Fees. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we paid our Investment Adviser a total of $28.66 million in fees (excluding fees that are accrued but not paid) pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, which consisted of $17.59 million in Management Fees and $11.07 million in Incentive Fees.

Duration and Termination

The Investment Management Agreement will remain in full force and effect for successive annual periods, but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (a) the vote of a majority of our Independent Directors and (b) by a vote of a majority of our Board of Directors or of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, as defined in the Investment Company Act. The Investment Management Agreement may, on 60 days’ written notice to the other party, be terminated in its entirety at any time without the payment of any penalty, by our Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of our outstanding voting stock or by our Investment Adviser. The Investment Management Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

Limitation of Liability of Our Investment Adviser and the Company

The Investment Management Agreement provides that our Investment Adviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by us in connection with the matters to which the Investment Management Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from our Investment Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by our Investment Adviser of its obligations and duties under the Investment Management Agreement. Any person, even though also employed by our Investment Adviser, who may be or become an employee of and paid by us will be deemed, when acting within the scope of such employment, to be acting in such employment solely for us and not as our Investment Adviser’s employee or agent.

Organization of our Investment Adviser

Our Investment Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The principal executive offices of our Investment Adviser are located at 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282.

Administration Agreement

Pursuant to the Administration Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, our administrator, our administrator is responsible for providing various accounting and administrative services to us.

 

24


The Administration Agreement provides that the administrator is not liable to us for any damages or other losses arising out of the performance of its services thereunder except under certain circumstances, and contains provisions for the indemnification of the administrator by us against liabilities to other parties arising in connection with the performance of its services to us.

We pay the administrator fees for its services as we determine are commercially reasonable in our sole discretion. We also reimburse the administrator for all reasonable expenses. To the extent that our administrator outsources any of its functions, the administrator pays any compensation associated with such functions.

We are not obligated to retain our administrator. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 30 days’ written notice to the other party.

The terms of any administration agreement that we may enter with any subsequent administrator may differ materially from the terms of the Administration Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company in effect prior to such retention, including providing for a fee structure that results in us, directly or indirectly, bearing higher fees for similar services and other terms that are potentially less advantageous to us. Our stockholders will not be entitled to receive prior notice of the engagement of an alternate administrator or of the terms of any agreement that is entered into with such administrator.

Transfer Agent

Computershare Trust Company, N.A. serves as our transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”), dividend agent and registrar.

License Agreement

We are party to a license agreement with an affiliate of Goldman Sachs pursuant to which we have been granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the “Goldman Sachs” name. Under this agreement, we do not have a right to use the Goldman Sachs name if GSAM or another affiliate of Goldman Sachs is not our Investment Adviser or if our continued use of such license results in a violation of applicable law, results in a regulatory burden or has adverse regulatory consequences. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “Goldman Sachs” name.

Regulation

We have elected to be treated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act. As with other companies regulated by the Investment Company Act, a BDC must adhere to certain substantive regulatory requirements. The Investment Company Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act. In addition, the Investment Company Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the Investment Company Act as the vote: (i) of 67% or more of the voting securities present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company, whichever is less.

Any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the Investment Company Act. The Investment Company Act requires, among other things, that (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain other matters under the Investment Company Act require a separate class vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would be entitled to vote separately as a class from the holders of common stock on a proposal involving a plan of reorganization adversely affecting such securities.

 

25


We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed a “principal underwriter” as that term is defined under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). We may purchase or otherwise receive warrants, which offer an opportunity (not a requirement) to purchase common stock of a portfolio company in connection with an acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, we may acquire rights that obligate an issuer of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase the securities at certain times, under certain circumstances. We do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company whereby our investment would exceed the limits imposed by the Investment Company Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot (1) acquire more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any registered investment company, (2) invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one registered investment company or (3) invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of registered investment companies in general. These limitations do not apply where we acquire interests in a money market fund as long as we do not pay a sales charge or service fee in connection with the purchase. With respect to the portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of our policies described above are fundamental and each such policy may be changed without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the Investment Company Act.

Private funds that are excluded from the definition of “investment company” pursuant to either Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act are also subject to certain of the limits under the Investment Company Act noted above. Specifically, such private funds may not acquire directly or through a controlled entity more than 3% of our total outstanding voting stock (measured at the time of the acquisition). Investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act are also subject to the restriction as well as other limitations under the Investment Company Act that would restrict the amount that they are able to invest in our securities. As a result, certain investors would be required to hold a smaller position in our shares than if they were not subject to such restrictions.

Qualifying Assets

Under the Investment Company Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets (not including certain assets specified in the Investment Company Act) represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:

 

  (1)

Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding thirteen months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the Investment Company Act as any issuer that:

 

  (a)

is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

  (b)

is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company (“SBIC”) wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the Investment Company Act; and

 

  (c)

satisfies any of the following:

 

   

does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange but has an aggregate market value of outstanding common equity of less than $250 million;

 

   

is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC, and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

 

   

is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million.

 

  (2)

Securities of any eligible portfolio company that we control.

 

  (3)

Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

  (4)

Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own at least 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

26


  (5)

Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

  (6)

Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

A BDC must be organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above under “Qualifying Assets.” However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must also either control the issuer of the securities or offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance (as long as the BDC does not make available significant managerial assistance solely in this fashion). Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Temporary Investments

As a BDC, pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash items (such as money market funds), U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. We may invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would generally not meet the asset diversification requirements in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Our Investment Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Indebtedness and Senior Securities

As a BDC, we are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of shares of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage ratio, as defined under the Investment Company Act, is at least equal to 2 to 1 immediately after each such issuance. Increasing the amount of debt that BDCs may incur by modifying the asset coverage ratio from 200% to 150% has been under recent congressional consideration. In addition, except in limited circumstances, while any indebtedness and senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or stock unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. A loan is presumed to be made for temporary purposes if it is repaid within 60 days and is not extended or renewed; otherwise it is presumed to not be for temporary purposes. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure—Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital.”

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act and we have also approved our Investment Adviser’s Code of Ethics that it adopted in accordance with Rule 17j-1 and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act. These Codes of Ethics establish, among other things, procedures for personal investments and restrict certain personal securities transactions, including transactions in securities that are held by us. Personnel subject to each code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. The Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090 or (800) SEC-0330. The Codes of Ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov . Copies may also be obtained after paying a duplicating fee by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-0102, or by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov.

 

27


Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated the voting of portfolio securities to our Investment Adviser. For client accounts for which our Investment Adviser has voting discretion, our Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures (the “Proxy Voting Policy”) for the voting of proxies. Under the Proxy Voting Policy, our Investment Adviser’s guiding principles in performing proxy voting are to make decisions that favor proposals that tend to maximize a company’s shareholder value and are not influenced by conflicts of interest. To implement these guiding principles for investments in publicly traded equities, our Investment Adviser has developed customized proxy voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”) that it generally applies when voting on behalf of client accounts. These Guidelines address a wide variety of individual topics, including, among other matters, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, board structures, the election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, issues of corporate social responsibility and various shareholder proposals.

The Proxy Voting Policy, including the Guidelines, is reviewed periodically to assure that it continues to be consistent with our Investment Adviser’s guiding principles. The Guidelines embody the positions and factors our Investment Adviser generally considers important in casting proxy votes.

Our Investment Adviser has retained a third-party proxy voting service (the “Proxy Service”), currently Institutional Shareholder Services, to assist in the implementation and administration of certain proxy voting-related functions including operational, recordkeeping, and reporting services. The Proxy Service also prepares a written analysis and recommendation (a “Recommendation”) of each proxy vote that reflects the Proxy Service’s application of the Guidelines to particular proxy issues. While it is our Investment Adviser’s policy generally to follow the Guidelines and Recommendations from the Proxy Service, our Investment Adviser’s portfolio management teams (the “Portfolio Management Teams”) may, on certain proxy votes, seek approval to diverge from the Guidelines or a Recommendation by following an “override” process. Such decisions are subject to a review and approval process, including a determination that the decision is not influenced by any conflict of interest. A Portfolio Management Team that receives approval through the override process to cast a proxy vote that diverges from the Guidelines and/or a Recommendation may vote differently than other Portfolio Management Teams that did not seek to override the vote. In forming their views on particular matters, the Portfolio Management Teams are also permitted to consider applicable regional rules and practices, including codes of conduct and other guides, regarding proxy voting, in addition to the Guidelines and Recommendations. Our Investment Adviser may hire other service providers to replace or supplement the Proxy Service with respect to any of the services our Investment Adviser currently receives from the Proxy Service.

From time to time, our Investment Adviser may face regulatory, compliance, legal or logistical limits with respect to voting securities that it may purchase or hold for client accounts, which can affect our Investment Adviser’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. Among other limits, federal, state and foreign regulatory restrictions or company specific ownership limits, as well as legal matters related to consolidated groups, may restrict the total percentage of an issuer’s voting securities that our Investment Adviser can hold for clients and the nature of our Investment Adviser’s voting in such securities. Our Investment Adviser’s ability to vote proxies may also be affected by, among other things: (i) late receipt of meeting notices; (ii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iv) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (v) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions; and (vi) requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting.

Our Investment Adviser conducts periodic due diligence meetings with the Proxy Service which include a review of the Proxy Service’s general organizational structure, new developments with respect to research and technology, work flow improvements and internal due diligence with respect to conflicts of interest.

Our Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing its proxy voting decisions that our Investment Adviser makes on behalf of a client account and to help assure that such decisions are made in accordance with our Investment Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to its clients. These policies and procedures include our Investment Adviser’s use of the Guidelines and Recommendations from the Proxy Service, the override approval process previously discussed, and the establishment of information barriers between our Investment Adviser and other Goldman Sachs’ businesses. Notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decision of our Investment Adviser may have the effect of benefitting the interest of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of Goldman Sachs and/or its affiliates, provided that our Investment Adviser believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations.

Voting decisions with respect to fixed income securities and the securities of privately held issuers generally will be made by our Investment Adviser based on its assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue.

 

28


Information regarding how we vote proxies relating to portfolio securities during the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2017 is available upon request by writing to Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc., Attention: Katherine Schneider, Investor Relations, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282.

Privacy Principles

The following information is provided to help investors understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

We generally will not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to stockholders who purchase our common stock. We may collect nonpublic personal information regarding our existing investors from sources such as subscription agreements, investor questionnaires and other forms; individual investors’ account histories; and correspondence between us and individual investors. We may share information that we collect regarding an investor with our affiliates and the employees of such affiliates for everyday business purposes, for example, to service the investor’s accounts and, unless an investor opts out, provide the investor with information about other products and services offered by us or our affiliates that may be of interest to the investor. In addition, we may disclose information that we collect regarding investors to third parties who are not affiliated with us (i) as authorized by our investors in investor subscription agreements or our organizational documents; (ii) as required by applicable law or in connection with a properly authorized legal or regulatory investigation, subpoena or summons, or to respond to judicial process or government regulatory authorities having property jurisdiction; (iii) as required to fulfill investor instructions; or (iv) as otherwise permitted by applicable law to perform support services for investor accounts or process investor transactions with us or our affiliates.

Any party not affiliated with us that receives nonpublic personal information relating to investors from us is required to adhere to confidentiality agreements and to maintain appropriate safeguards to protect your information. Additionally, for officers, employees and agents of ours and our affiliates, access to such information is restricted to those who need such access to provide services to us and investors. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards to seek to guard investor nonpublic personal information.

Other

We may also be prohibited under the Investment Company Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of the members of our Board of Directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. The SEC has interpreted the prohibition on transactions by BDCs with affiliates to prohibit “joint” transactions among entities that share a common investment adviser or under common control with the investment adviser. The staff of the SEC has granted no-action relief permitting purchases of a single class of privately placed securities provided that the adviser negotiates no term other than price and certain other conditions are met. Except in certain limited circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which another client sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser has previously invested, including GS PMMC and GS MMLC. On January 4, 2017, the SEC granted GS PMMC, GS MMLC and us, as well as certain other funds that may be managed by GSAM, including the GSAM Credit Alternatives investment team, in the future, exemptive relief to make negotiated co-investments, subject to certain terms and conditions in the exemptive relief. As a result of the exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our portfolio and the investment portfolios of GS PMMC, GS MMLC and/or other funds established by the GSAM Credit Alternatives Team that are able to rely on the order.

As a BDC, the SEC will periodically examine us for compliance with the Investment Company Act.

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company, to protect against larceny and embezzlement, covering each of our officers and employees, who may singly, or jointly with others, have access to our securities or funds. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director, officer, investment adviser or underwriter against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and our Investment Adviser are each required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation and designate a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:

 

   

our principal executive officer and principal financial officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;

 

   

our periodic reports must disclose the conclusions of our principal executive and principal financial officers about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;

 

29


   

our management must prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, which must be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

   

our periodic reports must disclose whether there were any changes in our internal controls over financing reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all future regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

Compliance with Listing Requirements

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GSBD.” As a listed company on the NYSE, we are subject to various listing standards including corporate governance listing standards. We believe we are in compliance with these rules.

Compliance with the Bank Holding Company Act

As a BHC and FHC, the activities of Group Inc. and its affiliates are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), and related regulations. BHCs and FHCs are subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board (the “Federal Reserve”). Because Group Inc. may be deemed to “control” us within the meaning of the BHCA, restrictions under the BHCA could apply to us as well. Accordingly, the BHCA and other applicable banking laws, rules, regulations and guidelines, and their interpretation and administration by the appropriate regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, may restrict our investments, transactions and operations and may restrict the transactions and relationships between our Investment Adviser, Group Inc. and their affiliates, on the one hand, and us on the other hand. For example, the BHCA regulations applicable to Group Inc. and us may, among other things, restrict our ability to make certain investments or the size of certain investments, impose a maximum holding period on some or all of our investments and restrict our and our Investment Adviser’s ability to participate in the management and operations of the companies in which we invest. In addition, certain BHCA regulations may require aggregation of the positions owned, held or controlled by related entities. Thus, in certain circumstances, positions held by Group Inc. and its affiliates (including our Investment Adviser) for client and proprietary accounts may need to be aggregated with positions held by us. In this case, where BHCA regulations impose a cap on the amount of a position that may be held, Goldman Sachs may utilize available capacity to make investments for its proprietary accounts or for the accounts of other clients, which may require us to limit and/or liquidate certain investments. Additionally, Goldman Sachs may in the future, in its sole discretion and without notice to investors, engage in activities impacting us and/or our Investment Adviser in order to comply with the BHCA or other legal requirements applicable to, or reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability of any bank regulatory or other restrictions on, Goldman Sachs, us or other funds and accounts managed by our Investment Adviser and its affiliates. In addition, Goldman Sachs may cease in the future to qualify as a FHC, which may subject us to additional restrictions. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the bank regulatory requirements applicable to Goldman Sachs and us, or the interpretation thereof, will not change, or that any such change will not have a material adverse effect on us. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure—Our activities may be limited as a result of potentially being deemed to be controlled by a bank holding company.”

 

30


ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

Investing in our securities involves certain risks relating to our structure and investment objective. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this report, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set forth below are not the only risks we face, and we may face other risks that we have not yet identified, which we do not currently deem material or which are not yet predictable. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, our NAV and the trading price of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

The capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability. Such market conditions may materially and adversely affect debt and equity capital markets in the United States, which may have a negative impact on our business and operations.

From time to time, capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability. For example, from 2008 to 2009, the global capital markets were unstable as evidenced by the lack of liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of major financial institutions. Despite actions of the U.S. federal government and various foreign governments, these events contributed to worsening general economic conditions that materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial services firms in particular. There have been more recent periods of volatility and there can be no assurance that adverse market conditions will not repeat themselves in the future. If similar adverse and volatile market conditions repeat in the future, we and other companies in the financial services sector may have to access, if available, alternative markets for debt and equity capital in order to grow. Equity capital may be particularly difficult to raise during periods of adverse or volatile market conditions because, subject to some limited exceptions, as a BDC, we are generally not able to issue additional shares of our common stock at a price less than NAV per share without first obtaining approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our Independent Directors. Volatile economic conditions may lead to strategic initiatives such as merger activity in the BDC space.

Moreover, the re-appearance of market conditions similar to those experienced from 2008 through 2009 for any substantial length of time could make it difficult for us to borrow money or to extend the maturity of or refinance any indebtedness we may have under similar terms and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business. The debt capital that will be available to us in the future, if any, may be at a higher cost and on less favorable terms and conditions than what we currently experience. If we are unable to raise or refinance debt, then investors in our common stock may not benefit from the potential for increased returns on equity resulting from leverage and we may be limited in our ability to make new commitments or to fund existing commitments to our portfolio companies.

Given the periods of extreme volatility and dislocation in the capital markets from time to time, many BDCs have faced, and may in the future face, a challenging environment in which to raise or access capital. In addition, significant changes in the capital markets, including the extreme volatility and disruption over the past several years, has had, and may in the future have, a negative effect on the valuations of our investments and on the potential for liquidity events involving these investments. While most of our investments are not publicly traded, applicable accounting standards require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an investment through its maturity). As a result, volatility in the capital markets can adversely affect our investment valuations. Further, the illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments to access capital if required. As a result, we could realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our investments if we were required to sell them for liquidity purposes. In addition, a prolonged period of market illiquidity may cause us to reduce the volume of loans and debt securities we originate and/or fund and adversely affect the value of our portfolio investments, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. An inability to raise or access capital could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our operation as a BDC imposes numerous constraints on us and significantly reduces our operating flexibility. In addition, if we fail to maintain our status as a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company, which would subject us to additional regulatory restrictions.

The Investment Company Act imposes numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs. For example, BDCs generally are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of qualifying U.S. private companies or thinly traded public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the time of investment. These constraints may hinder our Investment Adviser’s ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective. Furthermore, any failure to comply with the requirements imposed on BDCs by the Investment Company Act could cause the SEC to bring an enforcement action against us and/or expose us to claims of private litigants.

 

31


We may be precluded from investing in what GSAM believes are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the Investment Company Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we will be prohibited from making any additional investment that is not a qualifying asset and could be forced to forgo attractive investment opportunities. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position).

If we fail to maintain our status as a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company that is required to register under the Investment Company Act, which would subject us to additional regulatory restrictions and significantly decrease our operating flexibility. In addition, any such failure could cause an event of default under any outstanding indebtedness we might have, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on all of our income if we are unable to maintain our status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

Although we have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain RIC status. To maintain RIC status and be relieved of U.S. federal income taxes on income and gains distributed to our stockholders, we must meet the annual distribution, source-of-income and asset diversification requirements described below.

 

 

The annual distribution requirement for a RIC will generally be satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our investment company taxable income (generally, our net ordinary income plus the excess of our realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction) for each taxable year. Because we use debt financing, we are subject to an asset coverage ratio requirement under the Investment Company Act, and we are subject to certain covenants contained in our credit agreements and other debt financing agreements. This asset coverage ratio requirement and these covenants could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions to our stockholders that are necessary for us to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, and thus are unable to make sufficient distributions to our stockholders, we could fail to maintain our RIC status and thus become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax (and any applicable U.S. state and local taxes).

 

 

The source-of-income requirement will be satisfied if at least 90% of our gross income for each year is derived from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities or similar sources, or net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership.”

 

 

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if, at the end of each quarter of our taxable year, at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other acceptable securities, and no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of our RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

If we fail to maintain our RIC status for any reason, and we do not qualify for certain relief provisions under the Code, we would be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax (and any applicable U.S. state and local taxes). In this event, the resulting taxes and any resulting penalties could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of our income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions to our stockholders, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

We are dependent upon management personnel of our Investment Adviser for our future success.

We do not have any employees. We depend on the experience, diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the GSAM Credit Alternatives investment team. The GSAM Credit Alternatives investment team, together with other investment professionals that our Investment Adviser currently retains or may subsequently retain, identifies, evaluates, negotiates, structures, closes, monitors and manages our investments. Our future success will depend to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of our Investment Adviser’s senior investment professionals. The departure of any of our Investment Adviser’s key personnel, including members of the GSAM Private Credit Group Investment Committee, or of a significant number of the investment professionals of our Investment Adviser, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, we cannot assure you that our Investment Adviser will remain our investment adviser or that we will continue to have access to our Investment Adviser or its investment professionals. See “—Our Investment Adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice. We may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.”

Our Investment Adviser, its principals, investment professionals and employees and the members of its Investment Committee have certain conflicts of interest.

 

32


Our Investment Adviser, its principals, affiliates, investment professionals and employees, the members of its Investment Committee and our officers and directors serve or may serve now or in the future as investment advisers, officers, directors, principals of, or in other capacities with respect to, public or private entities (including other BDCs and other investment funds) that operate in the same or a related line of business as us. For example, we have the same management and investment committee team as GS PMMC and GS MMLC. Therefore, we expect these individuals may have obligations to investors in such other BDCs, the fulfillment of which might not be in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders and we expect that investment opportunities will satisfy the investment criteria for both us and such other BDCs. In addition, GSAM and its affiliates also manage other Accounts, and expect to manage other vehicles in the future, that have investment mandates that are similar, in whole or in part, to ours and, accordingly, may invest in asset classes similar to those targeted by us. As a result, the Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates may face conflicts in allocating investment opportunities between us and such other entities. The fact that our investment advisory fees may be lower than those of certain other funds advised by GSAM could result in this conflict of interest affecting us adversely relative to such other funds.

Subject to applicable law, we may invest alongside Goldman Sachs and its Accounts. In certain circumstances, negotiated co-investments by us and other funds managed by our Investment Adviser may be made only pursuant to an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. In January 2017, we received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us to participate in negotiated co-investment transactions with certain affiliates (including GS PMMC and GS MMLC), each of whose investment adviser is GSAM, in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and pursuant to the conditions required by the exemptive relief. As a result of such order, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolios of GS PMMC, GS MMLC and/or other funds managed by our Investment Adviser. If we are unable to rely on our exemptive relief for a particular opportunity, our Investment Adviser will be required to determine which Accounts should make the investment at the potential exclusion of other Accounts. In such circumstances, the Investment Adviser will adhere to its investment allocation policy in order to determine the Account to which to allocate the opportunity. The policy provides that our Investment Adviser allocate opportunities through a rotation system or in such other manner as our Investment Adviser determines to be equitable. Accordingly, it is possible that we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by other Accounts. See “—Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.”

Goldman Sachs’ financial and other interests may incentivize Goldman Sachs to promote the sale of our common stock or favor other Accounts.

Goldman Sachs and its personnel have interests in promoting sales of our common stock, and the compensation from such sales may be greater than the compensation relating to sales of interests in other Accounts (including business development companies (including GS PMMC and GS MMLC) and other investment funds managed by our Investment Adviser). Therefore, Goldman Sachs and its personnel may have a financial interest in promoting our common stock over interests in other Accounts. The term “Goldman Sachs” refers to Group Inc., together with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (including its predecessors, “GS & Co.”), GSAM and its other subsidiaries.

Our Investment Adviser receives performance-based compensation in respect of its investment management activities on our behalf, which rewards our Investment Adviser for positive performance of our investment portfolio. As a result, our Investment Adviser may make investments for us that present a greater potential for return but also a greater risk of loss or that are more speculative than would be the case in the absence of performance-based compensation. In addition, our Investment Adviser may simultaneously manage other Accounts (including other BDCs (including GS PMMC and GS MMLC)) for which our Investment Adviser may be entitled to receive greater fees or other compensation (as a percentage of performance or otherwise) than it receives in respect of us. In addition, subject to applicable law, Goldman Sachs may invest in other Accounts (including other business development companies (including GS PMMC and GS MMLC)), and such investments may constitute substantial percentages of such other Accounts’ outstanding equity interests. Therefore, our Investment Adviser may have an incentive to favor such other Accounts over us. To address these types of conflicts, our Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures under which investment opportunities will be allocated in a manner that it believes is consistent with its obligations as an Investment Adviser. However, the amount, timing, structuring or terms of an investment by us may differ from, and performance may be different than, the investments and performance of other Accounts.

 

33


Global economic, political and market conditions may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our revenue growth and profitability.

The current worldwide financial market situation, as well as various social and political tensions in the United States and around the world, may contribute to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the United States and worldwide financial markets, and may cause economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. We monitor developments and seek to manage our investments in a manner consistent with achieving our investment objective, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.

In August 2011 and then affirmed in August 2013, Standard & Poor’s Rating Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. from “AAA” to “AA+”. Additionally, in January of 2012, Standard & Poor’s Rating Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating for several large European countries. These ratings negatively impacted global markets and economic conditions. Although U.S. lawmakers have taken steps to avoid further downgrades, U.S. budget deficit concerns and similar conditions in Europe, China and elsewhere have increased the possibility of additional credit-rating downgrades and worsening global economic and market conditions. There can be no assurance that current or future governmental measures to mitigate these conditions will be effective. These conditions, government actions and future developments may cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may adversely affect our ability to access debt financing on favorable terms and may increase the interest costs of our borrowers, hampering their ability to repay us. Continued or future adverse economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In October 2014, the Federal Reserve announced that it was concluding its bond-buying program, or quantitative easing, which was designed to stimulate the economy and expand the Federal Reserve’s holdings of long-term securities, suggesting that key economic indicators, such as the unemployment rate, had showed signs of improvement since the inception of the program. It is possible that, without quantitative easing by the Federal Reserve, these developments, along with the United States government’s credit and deficit concerns and other global economic conditions, could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms. Additionally, the Federal Reserve has raised its federal funds target rate four times since December 2016. However, if key economic indicators, such as the unemployment rate or inflation, do not progress at a rate consistent with the Federal Reserve’s objectives, the target range for the federal funds rate may further increase and cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms and may also increase the costs of our borrowers, hampering their ability to repay us.

As a result of the 2016 U.S. election, the Republican Party currently controls both the executive and legislative branches of government, which increases the likelihood that legislation may be adopted that could significantly affect the regulation of U.S. financial markets. Areas subject to potential change, amendment or repeal include the Dodd-Frank Act and the authority of the Federal Reserve and the Financial Stability Oversight Council. These or other regulatory changes could result in greater competition from banks and other lenders with which we compete for lending and other investment opportunities. The United States may also potentially withdraw from or renegotiate various trade agreements and take other actions that would change current trade policies of the United States. We cannot predict which, if any, of these actions will be taken or, if taken, their effect on the financial stability of the United States. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our financial condition and results of operations depend on our Investment Adviser’s ability to manage our future growth effectively.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our Investment Adviser’s ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. Accomplishing this result on a cost-effective basis is largely a function of the structuring of our investment process and the ability of our Investment Adviser to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us. Our executive officers and the members of our Investment Adviser’s Investment Committee have substantial responsibilities in connection with their roles at our Investment Adviser, with respect to GS PMMC, GS MMLC and other clients of our Investment Adviser, as well as responsibilities under the Investment Management Agreement. We may also be called upon to provide significant managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies. These demands on their time, which will increase as the number of investments grow, may distract them or slow the rate of investment. In order to grow, our Investment Adviser may need to hire, train, supervise, manage and retain new employees. However, we cannot assure you that they will be able to do so effectively. Any failure to manage our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to grow depends on our ability to raise additional capital.

We will need to periodically access the capital markets to raise cash to fund new investments. If we do not have adequate capital available for investment, our performance could be adversely affected. In addition, we have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code beginning with our taxable year ended December 31, 2013. To maintain our status as a RIC, among other requirements, we are required to distribute to our stockholders on a timely basis an amount equal to at least 90% of our investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction), which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses, if any, for each

 

34


taxable year. Consequently, such distributions will not be available to fund new investments. We expect to use debt financing and issue additional securities to fund our growth, if any. Unfavorable economic or capital market conditions may increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. An inability to successfully access the capital markets could limit our ability to grow our business and fully execute our business strategy and could decrease our earnings, if any. We may pursue growth through acquisitions or strategic investments in new businesses. Completion and timing of any such acquisitions or strategic investments may be subject to a number of contingencies and risks. There can be no assurance that the integration of an acquired business will be successful or that an acquired business will prove to be profitable or sustainable.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. These constraints may hinder our Investment Adviser’s ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to raise additional capital, and the ways in which we can do so. Raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage, and may result in dilution to our current stockholders. The Investment Company Act limits our ability to borrow amounts or issue debt securities or preferred stock, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” to amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined under the Investment Company Act, equals at least 2 to 1 immediately after such borrowing or issuance (except in connection with certain trading practices or investments). Consequently, if the value of our assets declines, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when this may be disadvantageous to us and, as a result, our stockholders. A recent legislative proposal, if passed, would modify the relevant section of the Investment Company Act and, subject to stockholder approval, increase the amount of debt that we may incur. As a result, we may be able to incur additional leverage in the future, and the risks associated with an investment in us may increase. We are generally not able to issue and sell our common stock at a price per share below NAV per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current NAV per share of our common stock (i) with the consent of a majority of our common stockholders (and a majority of our common stockholders who are not affiliates of ours) and (ii) if, among other things, a majority of our Independent Directors and a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction determine that a sale is in the best interests of us and our stockholders. If our common stock trades at a discount to NAV, this restriction could adversely affect our ability to raise capital.

We borrow money, which may magnify the potential for gain or loss and may increase the risk of investing in us.

As part of our business strategy, we may borrow from and issue senior debt securities to banks, insurance companies and other lenders or investors. Holders of these senior securities will have fixed-dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause NAV to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have if we did not employ leverage. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distributions to our common stockholders. Our ability to service any debt that we incur will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Moreover, leverage will increase the Management Fee payable to our Investment Adviser, which is based on our gross assets, including those assets acquired through the use of leverage but excluding cash and cash equivalents. Additionally, we will be able to incur additional leverage if we are able to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to exclude the debt of any SBIC subsidiary we may form in the future from the leverage requirements otherwise applicable to BDCs. We have not yet applied to the Small Business Administration (the “SBA”) for approval to form a SBIC and have not yet applied for exemptive relief from the SEC. We can offer no assurances as to whether or when we will be able to form a SBIC subsidiary or obtain such exemptive relief.

In addition to having fixed-dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, any obligations to the lenders will be secured by a first priority security interest in our portfolio of investments and cash. In the case of a liquidation event, those lenders would receive proceeds to the extent of their security interest before any distributions are made to our stockholders. Furthermore, our senior secured revolving credit agreement (as amended, the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with SunTrust Bank as the administrative agent and Bank of America, N.A. as the syndication agent, imposes, and any credit agreement or other debt financing agreement into which we may enter may impose, financial and operating covenants that restrict our investment activities (including restrictions on industry concentrations), remedies on default and similar matters. In connection with borrowings, our lenders may also require us to pledge assets.

Lastly, we may be unable to obtain our desired leverage, which would, in turn, affect your return on investment.

The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock assuming various annual returns on our portfolio, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical, and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.

 

Assumed Return on Our Portfolio (Net of Expenses)

     (10.00 )%      (5.00 )%      0.00     5.00     10.00

Corresponding return to common stockholder (1)

     (20.55 )%      (11.58 )%      (2.61 )%      6.36     15.33

 

(1)

Based on (i) $1,302.32 million in total assets including debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2017, (ii) $546.25 million in outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2017, (iii) $725.83 million in net assets as of December 31, 2017 and (iv) an annualized average interest rate on our indebtedness, as of December 31, 2017, excluding fees (such as fees on undrawn amounts and amortization of financing costs), of 3.47%.

 

35


Based on our outstanding indebtedness of $546.25 million as of December 31, 2017 and an annualized average interest rate on our indebtedness as of December 31, 2017, excluding fees (such as fees on undrawn amounts and amortization of financing costs), of 3.47%, our investment portfolio at fair value would have had to produce an annual return of approximately 1.51% to cover annual interest payments on the outstanding debt.

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities.

A number of entities, including GS PMMC and GS MMLC, compete with us to make the types of investments that we make in middle-market companies. We compete with other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, CLOs, private funds, including hedge funds, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Many of our competitors are more experienced, substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. Some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, certain of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the Investment Company Act imposes on us as a BDC and that the Code imposes on us as a RIC. Additionally, an investment opportunity may be appropriate for one or more of us and GS PMMC, GS MMLC or any other investment fund managed by our affiliates and co-investment may not be possible. In these instances GSAM will adhere to its investment allocation policy in order to determine to which entity to allocate the opportunity. Also, as a result of this competition, we may not be able to secure attractive investment opportunities from time to time.

We do not seek to compete primarily based on the interest rates we offer and GSAM believes that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that are comparable to or lower than the rates we offer. Rather, we compete with our competitors based on our reputation in the market, our existing investment platform, the seasoned investment professionals of our Investment Adviser, our experience and focus on middle-market companies, our disciplined investment philosophy, our extensive industry focus and relationships and our flexible transaction structuring. For a more detailed discussion of these competitive advantages, see “Item 1. Business—Competitive Advantages.”

We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income and increased risk of credit loss. As a result of operating in such a competitive environment, we may make investments that are on less favorable terms than what we may have originally anticipated, which may impact our return on these investments. We cannot assure investors that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our Investment Adviser will be paid the Management Fee even if the value of your investment declines and our Investment Adviser’s Incentive Fee may create incentives for it to make certain kinds of investments.

The Management Fee is payable even in the event the value of your investment declines. The Management Fee is calculated as a percentage of the average value of our gross assets including borrowed funds (excluding cash or cash equivalents) at the end of the prior two completed calendar quarters. Accordingly, the Management Fee is payable regardless of whether the value of our gross assets and/or your investment has decreased during the then-current quarter and creates an incentive for the Investment Adviser to incur leverage.

In addition, the Incentive Fee payable by us to our Investment Adviser may create an incentive for our Investment Adviser to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such a compensation arrangement and also to incur leverage, which will tend to enhance returns where our portfolio has positive returns. Our Investment Adviser receives the Incentive Fee based, in part, upon capital gains realized on our investments. As a result, our Investment Adviser may have an incentive to invest more in companies whose securities are likely to yield capital gains, as compared to income-producing securities. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during cyclical economic downturns.

The Incentive Fee payable by us to our Investment Adviser also may create an incentive for our Investment Adviser to invest on our behalf in instruments that have a deferred interest feature. Under these investments, we accrue the interest over the life of the investment but do not receive the cash income from the investment until the end of the term. Our net investment income used to calculate the income portion of our Incentive Fee, however, includes accrued interest. Thus, a portion of this Incentive Fee is based on income that we have not yet received in cash. This risk could be increased because our Investment Adviser is not obligated to reimburse us for any Incentive Fees received even if we subsequently incur losses or never receive in cash the accrued income (including accrued income with respect to original issue discount (“OID”), payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest and zero coupon securities).

 

36


The Incentive Fee based on income takes into account our past performance.

The Incentive Fee based on income will be determined and paid quarterly in arrears at the end of each calendar quarter by reference to our aggregate net investment income, as adjusted, from the calendar quarter then ending and the Trailing Twelve Quarters. The effect of calculating the Incentive Fee using reference to the Trailing Twelve Quarters is that, in certain limited circumstances, an Incentive Fee based on income will be payable to our Investment Adviser although our net income for such quarter did not exceed the hurdle rate or the Incentive Fee will be higher than it would have been if calculated based on our performance for the applicable quarter without taking into account the Trailing Twelve Quarters. For example, if we experience a net loss for any particular quarter, an Incentive Fee may still be paid to our Investment Adviser if such net loss is less than the net loss for the most recent quarter that preceded the Trailing Twelve Quarters. In such circumstances, our Investment Adviser would be entitled to an Incentive Fee whereas it would not have been entitled to an Incentive Fee if calculated solely on the basis of our performance for the applicable quarter.

We incur significant costs as a result of being a public company.

We incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, which requires significant resources and management oversight. See “Item 1. Business—Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.” We are implementing additional procedures, processes, policies and practices for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We have incurred, and expect to incur in the future, significant additional annual expenses related to these steps and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, additional administrative expenses payable to our administrator to compensate it for hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses associated with being a public company. The systems and resources necessary to comply with public company reporting requirements will increase further now that we are no longer an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act.

Efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act involve significant expenditures, and noncompliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may adversely affect us and the market price of our securities.

We are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. Under current SEC rules, we are required to report on internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and regulations of the SEC thereunder, and, beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, our independent registered public accounting firm must audit this report. We are required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting.

As a result, we incur additional expenses that may negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to make distributions. This process also may result in a diversion of management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of any evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations, and we may not be able to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal control over financial reporting is or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to maintain or achieve compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we and the market price of our common stock would be adversely affected.

Potential conflicts of interest with other businesses of Goldman Sachs could impact our investment returns.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively impact our investment returns. A number of these potential conflicts of interest with affiliates of our Investment Adviser and Group Inc. are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this report.

Group Inc., including its affiliates and personnel, is a BHC and a worldwide, full-service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset management and financial services organization, and a major participant in global financial markets that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and high-net-worth individuals. As such, it acts as an investor, investment banker, research provider, investment manager, financer,

 

37


advisor, market maker, proprietary trader, prime broker, lender, agent and principal. In those and other capacities, Goldman Sachs purchases, sells and holds a broad array of investments, actively trades securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, indices, baskets and other financial instruments and products for its own accounts or for the accounts of its customers, and has other direct and indirect interests, in the global fixed income, currency, commodity, equity, bank loan and other markets in which we invest or may invest. Such additional businesses and interests will likely give rise to potential conflicts of interest and may restrict the way we operate our business. For example, (1) we may not be able to conduct transactions relating to investments in portfolio companies because our Investment Adviser is not permitted to obtain or use material nonpublic information in effecting purchases and sales in public securities transactions for us or (2) Goldman Sachs, the clients it advises, and its personnel may engage (or consider engaging) in commercial arrangements or transactions with us (subject to any limitations under the law), and/or may compete for commercial arrangements or transactions in the same types of companies, assets, securities or other assets or instruments as us. Transactions by, advice to and activities of such accounts (including potentially Goldman Sachs acting on a proprietary basis), may involve the same or related companies, securities or other assets or instruments as those in which we invest and may negatively affect us (including our ability to engage in a transaction or other activities) or the prices or terms at which our transactions or other activities may be effected. For example, Goldman Sachs may be engaged to provide advice to an account that is considering entering into a transaction with us, and Goldman Sachs may advise the account not to pursue the transaction with us, or otherwise in connection with a potential transaction provide advice to the account that would be adverse to us. See “Our Investment Adviser, its principals, investment professionals and employees and the members of its Investment Committee have certain conflicts of interest” and “ Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.” In addition, GS & Co. may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, including the limitations set forth in Section 57(k) of the 1940 Act, receive compensation from us or from the borrowers if we make any investments based on opportunities that such employees or personnel of GS & Co. have referred to us. Such compensation might incentivize GS & Co. or its employees or personnel to refer opportunities or to recommend investments that might otherwise be unsuitable for us. Further, any such compensation paid by us, or paid by the borrower (to which we would otherwise have been entitled) in connection with such investments, may negatively impact our returns. Furthermore, Goldman Sachs is currently, and in the future expects to be, raising capital for new public and private investment vehicles that have, or when formed will have, the primary purpose of middle-market direct lending. These investment vehicles, as well as existing investment vehicles (including GS PMMC and GS MMLC), will compete with us for investments. Although our Investment Adviser and its affiliates will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities among their clients, including us, in a fair and equitable manner and consistent with applicable allocation procedures, it is expected that, in the future, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in investments made by other Accounts or that we may participate in such investments to a lesser extent due to participation by such other Accounts.

In addition, Goldman Sachs or another investment account or vehicle managed or controlled by Goldman Sachs may hold securities, loans or other instruments of a portfolio company in a different class or a different part of the capital structure than securities, loans or other instruments of such portfolio company held by us. As a result, Goldman Sachs or such other investment account or vehicle may pursue or enforce rights or activities, or refrain from pursuing or enforcing rights or activities, on behalf of its own account, that could have an adverse effect on us. In addition, to the extent Goldman Sachs has invested in a portfolio company for its own account, Goldman Sachs may limit the transactions engaged in by us with respect to such portfolio company or issuer for reputational, legal, regulatory or other reasons.

Goldman Sachs has influence, and may continue to exert influence, over our management and affairs and over most votes requiring stockholder approval.

Group Inc. has owned a significant portion of our common stock since the inception of our operations. As of December 31, 2017, Group Inc. owned approximately 16.16% of our outstanding common stock. GS & Co., a wholly owned subsidiary of Group Inc., has acquired shares of our common stock pursuant to a 10b5-1 plan, and may in the future acquire additional shares of our common stock in the open market, but GS & Co. will limit its collective ownership with Group Inc. to 19.9% of our outstanding common stock. Therefore, Group Inc. is able to exert, and may be able to continue to exert, influence over our management and policies and have significant voting influence on most votes requiring stockholder approval. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of us, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of us and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock. Our Investment Adviser has the authority to vote securities held by Group Inc., including on matters that may present a conflict of interest between our Investment Adviser and other stockholders.

Our Board of Directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

Our Board of Directors has the authority to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice (except as required by the Investment Company Act or other applicable laws) and without stockholder approval. However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and market price of our securities. Nevertheless, the effects may adversely affect our business and impact our ability to make distributions.

 

38


Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations or the operations of our portfolio companies, changes in the interpretation thereof or newly enacted laws or regulations, or any failure by us or our portfolio companies to comply with these laws or regulations, could require changes to certain of our or our portfolio companies’ business practices, negatively impact our or our portfolio companies’ operations, cash flows or financial condition, impose additional costs on us or our portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies.

We and our portfolio companies are subject to regulation at the local, state, federal and, in some cases, foreign levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, are likely to change from time to time, and new laws and regulations may be enacted. Accordingly, any change in these laws or regulations, changes in their interpretation, or newly enacted laws or regulations, or any failure by us or our portfolio companies to comply with these laws or regulations, could require changes to certain of our or our portfolio companies’ business practices, negatively impact our or our portfolio companies’ operations, cash flows or financial condition, impose additional costs on us or our portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies. In addition to the legal, tax and regulatory changes that are expected to occur, there may be unanticipated changes and uncertainty regarding any such changes. The legal, tax and regulatory environment for BDCs, investment advisers and the instruments that they utilize (including derivative instruments) is continuously evolving. In addition, there is significant uncertainty regarding certain legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and the regulations that have been adopted and future regulations that will need to be adopted pursuant to such legislation) and, consequently, the full impact that such legislation will ultimately have on us and the markets in which we trade and invest is not fully known. Such uncertainty and any resulting confusion may itself be detrimental to the efficient functioning of the markets and the success of certain investment strategies.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act, which impacts many aspects of the financial services industry. Some of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have been implemented, while others have extended implementation periods and delayed effective dates and will require extensive rulemaking by regulatory authorities. While the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on us and our portfolio companies may not be known for an extended period of time, the Dodd-Frank Act, including current rules and regulations and proposed rules implementing its provisions and the interpretation of those rules, along with other legislative and regulatory proposals directed at the financial services industry or affecting taxation that are proposed or pending in the U.S. Congress, may negatively impact the operations, cash flows or financial condition of us and our portfolio companies, impose additional costs on us and our portfolio companies, intensify the regulatory supervision of us and our portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies.

Over the last several years, there also has been an increase in regulatory attention to the extension of credit outside of the traditional banking sector, raising the possibility that some portion of the non-bank financial sector will be subject to new regulation. While it cannot be known at this time whether any regulation will be implemented or what form it will take, increased regulation of non-bank credit extension could negatively impact our operations, cash flows or financial condition, impose additional costs on us, intensify the regulatory supervision of us or otherwise adversely affect our business.

Pending legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.

As a BDC, under the Investment Company Act we generally are not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our total assets or we may borrow an amount equal to 100% of net assets).

The Financial CHOICE Act of 2017, which was passed by the U.S. House of Representatives in June 2017, would modify this section of the Investment Company Act and increase the amount of debt that BDCs may incur by modifying the asset coverage percentage from 200% to 150%. As a result, we may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future and therefore your risk of an investment in us may increase.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act could have a negative effect on us, our subsidiaries, our portfolio companies and the holders of our Securities.

On December 20, 2017, the U.S. House of Representatives and the U.S. Senate each voted to approve H.R. 1 (the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act”) and, on December 22, 2017, President Trump signed the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act into law. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act makes significant changes to the United States income tax rules applicable to both individuals and entities, including corporations. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act includes provisions that, among other things, reduce the U.S. corporate tax rate, introduce a capital investment deduction, limit the interest deduction, limit the use of net operating losses to offset future taxable income and make extensive changes to the U.S. international tax system. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is complex and far-reaching, and we cannot predict the impact its enactment will have on us, our subsidiaries, our portfolio companies and the holders of our securities.

 

39


Our Investment Adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice. We may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Our Investment Adviser has the right, under the Investment Management Agreement, to resign at any time upon 60 days’ written notice, regardless of whether we have found a replacement. If our Investment Adviser resigns, we may not be able to find a new external investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected, and the market price of our securities may decline.

Our Investment Adviser’s responsibilities and its liability to us are limited under the Investment Management Agreement, which may lead our Investment Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Our Investment Adviser has not assumed any responsibility to us other than to render the services described in the Investment Management Agreement, and it will not be responsible for any action of our Board of Directors in declining to follow our Investment Adviser’s advice or recommendations. Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, our Investment Adviser and its directors, members, stockholders, partners, officers, employees or controlling persons will not be liable to us for its acts under the Investment Management Agreement, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Investment Management Agreement. These protections may lead our Investment Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account. See“ Our Investment Adviser will be paid the Management Fee even if the value of your investment declines and our Investment Adviser’s Incentive Fee may create incentives for it to make certain kinds of investments.”

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.

As a BDC, we are prohibited under the Investment Company Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of a majority of our Independent Directors who have no financial interest in the transaction, or in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. For example, any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities is deemed our affiliate for purposes of the Investment Company Act and, if this is the only reason such person is our affiliate, we are generally prohibited from buying any asset from or selling any asset (other than our capital stock) to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of such directors. The Investment Company Act also prohibits “joint” transactions with an affiliate, which could include joint investments in the same portfolio company, without approval of our Independent Directors or in some cases the prior approval of the SEC. Moreover, except in certain limited circumstances, we are prohibited from buying any asset from or selling any asset to a holder of more than 25% of our voting securities, absent prior approval of the SEC. The analysis of whether a particular transaction constitutes a joint transaction requires a review of the relevant facts and circumstances then existing.

In certain circumstances, negotiated co-investments may be made only pursuant to an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. On January 4, 2017, we received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us to participate in negotiated co-investment transactions with certain affiliates (including GS PMMC and GS MMLC), each of whose investment adviser is GSAM, in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and pursuant to the conditions required by the exemptive relief. As a result of such order, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolios of GS PMMC, GS MMLC and/or other funds managed by our Investment Adviser. Additionally, if our Investment Adviser forms other funds in the future, we may co-invest on a concurrent basis with such other affiliates, subject to compliance with the exemptive relief, applicable regulations and regulatory guidance, as well as applicable allocation procedures. Additionally, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which another client sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser has previously invested, including GS PMMC and GS MMLC.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including interest rates payable on debt investments we make, default rates on such investments, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in certain markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods or the full fiscal year.

We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

Our debt investments may be based on floating rates, such as LIBOR, the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate. General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments, the value of our securities and our rate of return on invested capital. Currently, most of our floating rate investments are linked to LIBOR and it is unclear how increased regulatory oversight and changes in the method for determining LIBOR may affect the value of the financial obligations to be held by or issued to us that are linked to LIBOR, or how such changes could affect our results of operations or financial condition. For example, on July 27, 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. At this time, it is not possible to predict the effect of any such changes, any

 

40


establishment of alternative reference rates or any other reforms to LIBOR that may be enacted in the United Kingdom or elsewhere. The elimination of LIBOR or any other changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR could have an adverse impact on the market for or value of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us or on our overall financial condition or results of operations.

Because we have borrowed money, and may issue preferred stock to finance investments, our net investment income depends, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds or pay distributions on preferred stock and the rate that our investments yield. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could also have an adverse impact on our net interest income. However, an increase in interest rates could decrease the value of any investments we hold which earn fixed interest rates, including subordinated loans, senior and junior secured and unsecured debt securities and loans and high yield bonds, and also could increase our interest expense, thereby decreasing our net income. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make an investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the value of our common stock. Further, rising interest rates could also adversely affect our performance if such increases cause our borrowing costs to rise at a rate in excess of the rate that our investments yield.

In periods of rising interest rates, to the extent we borrow money subject to a floating interest rate, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. Further, rising interest rates could also adversely affect our performance if we hold investments with floating interest rates, subject to specified minimum interest rates (such as a LIBOR floor), while at the same time engaging in borrowings subject to floating interest rates not subject to such minimums. In such a scenario, rising interest rates may increase our interest expense, even though our interest income from investments is not increasing in a corresponding manner as a result of such minimum interest rates.

If general interest rates rise, there is a risk that the portfolio companies in which we hold floating rate securities will be unable to pay escalating interest amounts, which could result in a default under their loan documents with us. Rising interest rates could also cause portfolio companies to shift cash from other productive uses to the payment of interest, which may have a material adverse effect on their business and operations and could, over time, lead to increased defaults. In addition, rising interest rates may increase pressure on us to provide fixed rate loans to our portfolio companies, which could adversely affect our net investment income, as increases in our cost of borrowed funds would not be accompanied by increased interest income from such fixed-rate investments.

A change in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to a change in the interest rate we receive on many of our debt investments. Accordingly, a change in the interest rate could make it easier for us to meet or exceed the performance threshold in the Investment Management Agreement and may result in a substantial increase in the amount of incentive fees payable to our Investment Adviser with respect to the portion of the Incentive Fee based on income.

Our activities may be limited as a result of potentially being deemed to be controlled by a bank holding company.

Goldman Sachs is a BHC under the BHCA and therefore subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve. In addition, Goldman Sachs is a FHC under the BHCA, which is a status available to BHCs that meet certain criteria. FHCs may engage in a broader range of activities than BHCs that are not FHCs. However, the activities of FHCs and their affiliates remain subject to certain restrictions imposed by the BHCA and related regulations. Because Goldman Sachs may be deemed to “control” us within the meaning of the BHCA, these restrictions could apply to us as well. Accordingly, the BHCA and other applicable banking laws, rules, regulations and guidelines, and their interpretation and administration by the appropriate regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, may restrict our investments, transactions and operations and may restrict the transactions and relationships between our Investment Adviser, Goldman Sachs and their affiliates, on the one hand, and us on the other hand. For example, the BHCA regulations applicable to Goldman Sachs and us may, among other things, restrict our ability to make certain investments or the size of certain investments, impose a maximum holding period on some or all of our investments and restrict our and our Investment Adviser’s ability to participate in the management and operations of the companies in which we invest. In addition, certain BHCA regulations may require aggregation of the positions owned, held or controlled by related entities. Thus, in certain circumstances, positions held by Goldman Sachs and its affiliates (including our Investment Adviser) for client and proprietary accounts may need to be aggregated with positions held by us. In this case, where BHCA regulations impose a cap on the amount of a position that may be held, Goldman Sachs may utilize available capacity to make investments for its proprietary accounts or for the accounts of other clients, which may require us to limit and/or liquidate certain investments.

These restrictions may materially adversely affect us by, among other things, affecting our Investment Adviser’s ability to pursue certain strategies within our investment program or trade in certain securities. In addition, Goldman Sachs may cease in the future to qualify as an FHC, which may subject us to additional restrictions. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the bank regulatory requirements applicable to Goldman Sachs and us, or the interpretation thereof, will not change, or that any such change will not have a material adverse effect on us.

 

41


Goldman Sachs may in the future, in its sole discretion and without notice to investors, engage in activities impacting us and/or our Investment Adviser in order to comply with the BHCA or other legal requirements applicable to, or reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability of any bank regulatory or other restrictions on, Goldman Sachs, us or other funds and accounts managed by our Investment Adviser and its affiliates. Goldman Sachs may seek to accomplish this result by causing GSAM to resign as our Investment Adviser, voting for changes to our Board of Directors, causing Goldman Sachs personnel to resign from our Board of Directors, reducing the amount of Goldman Sachs’ investment in us (if any), revoking our right to use the Goldman Sachs name or any combination of the foregoing, or by such other means as it determines in its sole discretion. Any replacement investment adviser appointed by us may be unaffiliated with Goldman Sachs.

Recent Commodity Futures Trading Commission rulemaking may have a negative impact on us and our Investment Adviser.

The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and the SEC have issued final rules establishing that certain swap transactions are subject to CFTC regulation. Engaging in such swap or other commodity interest transactions such as futures contracts or options on futures contracts may cause us to fall within the definition of “commodity pool” under the Commodity Exchange Act and related CFTC regulations. Our Investment Adviser has claimed no-action relief from CFTC registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator pursuant to a CFTC staff no-action letter with respect to our operations, with the result that we will be limited in our ability to use futures contracts or options on futures contracts or engage in swap transactions. Specifically, the CFTC staff no action letter (the “BDC CFTC No-Action Letter”) imposes strict limitations on engaging in such transactions other than for hedging purposes, whereby the use of transactions not used solely for hedging purposes is generally limited to situations where (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions does not exceed five percent of the liquidation value of our portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of such transactions does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of our portfolio. Moreover, we anticipate entering into such transactions to a very limited extent solely for hedging purposes or otherwise within the limitations of the BDC CFTC No-Action Letter.

We are dependent on information systems, and systems failures, as well as operating failures, could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business is dependent on our and third parties’ communications and information systems. Any failure or interruption of those systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any third-party service providers, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. Our financial, accounting, data processing, backup or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control and adversely affect our business. There could be:

 

   

sudden electrical or telecommunications outages;

 

   

natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes;

 

   

disease pandemics;

 

   

events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; and

 

   

cyber-attacks.

In addition to our dependence on information systems, poor operating performance by our service providers could adversely impact us.

These events, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our securities and our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders.

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business by causing a disruption to our operations, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information and/or damage to our business relationships, all of which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information resources. These incidents may be an intentional attack or an unintentional event and could involve a third party or our own personnel gaining unauthorized access to our information systems for purposes of obtaining ransom payments, misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption. The result of these incidents may include disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for loss or misappropriation of data, stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to our reputation or business relationships. As our

 

42


reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our information systems, both internal and those provided by Goldman Sachs and third-party service providers. Goldman Sachs and these third-party service providers have implemented processes, procedures and internal controls to help mitigate cybersecurity risks and cyber intrusions, but these measures, as well as our increased awareness of the nature and extent of a risk of a cyber incident, do not guarantee that a cyber incident will not occur and/or that our financial results, operations or confidential information will not be negatively impacted by such an incident.

There are risks associated with any potential merger with or purchase of assets of another fund.

Our Investment Adviser may in the future recommend to the Board of Directors that we merge with or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of one or more funds including a fund that could be managed by our Investment Adviser (including another BDC). We do not expect that our Investment Adviser would recommend any such merger or asset purchase unless it determines that it would be in our best interests, with such determination dependent on factors it deems relevant, which may include historical and projected financial performance of us and any proposed merger partner, portfolio composition, potential synergies from the merger or asset sale, available alternative options and market conditions. In addition, no such merger or asset purchase would be consummated absent the meeting of various conditions required by applicable law or contract, at such time, which may include approval of the board of directors and common equity holders of both funds. If our Investment Adviser is the investment adviser of both funds, various conflicts of interest would exist with respect to any such transaction. Such conflicts of interest may potentially arise from, among other things, differences between the compensation payable to the Investment Adviser by us and by the entity resulting from such a merger or asset purchase or efficiencies or other benefits to our Investment Adviser as a result of managing a single, larger fund instead of two separate funds.

Our ability to enter into transactions involving derivatives and financial commitment transactions may be limited.

The SEC has proposed a new rule under the Investment Company Act that would govern the use of derivatives (defined to include any swap, security-based swap, futures contract, forward contract, option or any similar instrument) as well as financial commitment transactions (defined to include reverse repurchase agreements, short sale borrowings and any firm or standby commitment agreement or similar agreement) by BDCs. Under the proposed rule, a BDC would be required to comply with one of two alternative portfolio limitations and manage the risks associated with derivatives transactions and financial commitment transactions by segregating certain assets. Furthermore, a BDC that engages in more than a limited amount of derivatives transactions or that uses complex derivatives would be required to establish a formalized derivatives risk management program. If the SEC adopts this rule in the form proposed, our ability to enter into transactions involving such instruments may be hindered, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The United Kingdom referendum decision to leave the European Union may create significant risks and uncertainty for global markets and our investments.

The recent decision made in the United Kingdom referendum to leave the European Union has led to volatility in global financial markets, and in particular in the markets of the United Kingdom and across Europe, and may also lead to weakening in consumer, corporate and financial confidence in the United Kingdom and Europe. The extent and process by which the United Kingdom will exit the European Union, and the longer term economic, legal, political and social framework to be put in place between the United Kingdom and the European Union are unclear at this stage and are likely to lead to ongoing political and economic uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the United Kingdom and in wider European markets for some time. In particular, the decision made in the United Kingdom referendum may lead to a call for similar referenda in other European jurisdictions which may cause increased economic volatility and uncertainty in the European and global markets. This volatility and uncertainty may have an adverse effect on the economy generally and on the ability of us and our portfolio companies to execute our respective strategies and to receive attractive returns.

In particular, currency volatility may mean that the returns of us and our portfolio companies are adversely affected by market movements and may make it more difficult, or more expensive, for us to implement appropriate currency hedging. Potential decline in the value of the British Pound and/or the euro against other currencies, along with the potential downgrading of the United Kingdom’s sovereign credit rating, may also have an impact on the performance of our portfolio companies located in the United Kingdom or Europe.

Certain investors are limited in their ability to make significant investments in us.

Private funds that are excluded from the definition of “investment company” either pursuant to Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act are restricted from acquiring directly or through a controlled entity more than 3% of our total outstanding voting stock (measured at the time of the acquisition, including through conversion of convertible securities). Investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act and BDCs are also subject to this restriction as well as other limitations under the Investment Company Act that would restrict the amount that they are able to invest in our securities. As a result, certain investors may be precluded from acquiring additional shares, at a time that they might desire to do so.

 

43


Risks Relating to Our Portfolio Company Investments

Our investments are very risky and highly speculative.

We invest primarily through direct originations of secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last-out portions of such loans, and second lien debt, and unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, as well as select equity investments. The securities in which we invest typically are not rated by any rating agency, and if they were rated, they would be below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service and lower than “BBB-” by Fitch Ratings or S&P), which is an indication of having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Investments that are rated below investment grade are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds,” “high yield bonds” or “leveraged loans.” Therefore, our investments may result in an above average amount of risk and volatility or loss of principal. We also may invest in other assets, including U.S. government securities and structured securities. These investments entail additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns.

Secured Debt. When we make a secured debt investment, we generally take a security interest in the available assets of the portfolio company, including the equity interests of any subsidiaries, which we expect to help mitigate the risk that we will not be repaid. However, there is a risk that the collateral securing our debt investment may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, our lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors, such as trade creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the debt investment. Consequently, the fact that our debt is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the debt investment’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the loan, in full or at all, should we enforce our remedies.

Unsecured Debt, including Mezzanine Debt. Our unsecured debt investments, including mezzanine debt investments, generally will be subordinated to senior debt in the event of an insolvency. This may result in an above average amount of risk and loss of principal.

Equity Investments. When we invest in secured debt or unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, we may acquire equity securities from the company in which we make the investment. In addition, we may invest in the equity securities of portfolio companies independent of any debt investment. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of such equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we hold may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Investing in middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks.

Investing in middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks, including:

 

   

such companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;

 

   

such companies typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

 

   

such companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;

 

   

such companies generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position;

 

   

there is generally little public information about these companies, they and their financial information are not subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and other regulations that govern public companies and we may be unable to uncover all material information about these companies, which may prevent us from making a fully informed investment decision and cause us to lose money on our investments;

 

44


   

our executive officers, directors and Investment Adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies; and

 

   

such companies may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness, including any debt securities held by us, upon maturity.

Many of our portfolio securities do not have a readily available market price and we value these securities at fair value as determined in good faith under procedures adopted by our Board of Directors. Valuation is inherently subjective and may not reflect what we may actually realize for the sale of the investment.

The majority of our investments are, and are expected to continue to be, in debt instruments that do not have readily ascertainable market prices. The fair value of assets that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available are determined in good faith under procedures adopted by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors utilizes the services of independent third-party valuation firms (“Independent Valuation Advisors”) in determining the fair value of a portion of the securities in our portfolio as of each quarter end. Investment professionals from our Investment Adviser also prepare portfolio company valuations using sources and/or proprietary models depending on the availability of information on our assets and the type of asset being valued, all in accordance with our valuation policy. The participation of our Investment Adviser in our valuation process could result in a conflict of interest, since the Management Fee is based in part on our gross assets and also because our Investment Adviser is receiving a performance-based Incentive Fee.

Because fair valuations, and particularly fair valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and are often based to a large extent on estimates, comparisons and qualitative evaluations of private information, it may be more difficult for investors to value accurately our investments and could lead to undervaluation or overvaluation of our common stock. In addition, the valuation of these types of securities may result in substantial write-downs and earnings volatility.

Our NAV as of a particular date may be materially greater than or less than the value that would be realized if our assets were to be liquidated as of such date. For example, if we were required to sell a certain asset or all or a substantial portion of our assets on a particular date, the actual price that we would realize upon the disposition of such asset or assets could be materially less than the value of such asset or assets as reflected in our NAV. Volatile market conditions could also cause reduced liquidity in the market for certain assets, which could result in liquidation values that are materially less than the values of such assets as reflected in our NAV.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

Various restrictions render our investments relatively illiquid, which may adversely affect our business. As we generally make investments in private companies, substantially all of these investments are subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or are otherwise less liquid than publicly traded securities. Our Investment Adviser is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information in effecting purchases and sales in public securities transactions for us, which could create an additional limitation on the liquidity of our investments. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. Therefore, if we are required to or desire to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we could realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our investments or could be unable to dispose of our investments in a timely manner or at such times as we deem advisable.

Our portfolio may be focused in a limited number of portfolio companies, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies default on their obligations under any of their debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, which means that we are not limited by the Investment Company Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer, excluding limitations on investments in other investment companies. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers or industries, our NAV may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company. In addition, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Additionally, a downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could significantly affect our aggregate returns. Further, any industry in which we are meaningfully concentrated at any given time could be subject to significant risks that could adversely impact our aggregate returns. For example, as of December 31, 2017, Software, together with Internet Software & Services, represented 14.1% of our portfolio at fair value. Our investments in Software and Internet Software & Services are subject to substantial risks, including, but not limited to, intense competition, changing

 

45


technology, shifting user needs, frequent introductions of new products and services, competitors in different industries and ranging from large established companies to emerging startups, decreasing average selling prices of products and services resulting from rapid technological changes, and various legal and regulatory risks.

 

46


We may not be in a position to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

We do not generally hold controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. While we are obligated as a BDC to offer to make managerial assistance available to our portfolio companies, there can be no assurance that management personnel of our portfolio companies will accept or rely on such assistance. To the extent that we do not hold a controlling equity interest in a portfolio company, we are subject to the risk that such portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and the stockholders and management of such portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity for the debt and equity investments that we typically hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

In addition, we may not be in a position to control any portfolio company by investing in its debt securities. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors.

We may be subject to risks associated with investments in real estate loans.

Our Investment Adviser, on our behalf, may periodically invest in loans related to real estate and real estate-related assets, and such investments will be subject to the risks inherent to investment in real estate-related assets generally. These risks include regional, national and international economic conditions, the supply and demand for properties, the financial resources of tenants, buyers and sellers of properties, changes in building, environmental, zoning and other laws and regulations, changes in real property tax rates, changes in interest rates and the availability of financing, which may render the sale or refinancing of properties difficult or impracticable, environmental liabilities, uninsured losses, acts of God, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, acts of war (declared and undeclared), strikes and other factors which are beyond the control of our Investment Adviser and us.

We may be subject to risks associated with investments in energy companies.

The energy industry has been in a period of disruption and volatility that has been characterized by fluctuations in oil and gas prices and production levels. This disruption and volatility has led to, and future disruptions and volatility may lead to, decreases in the credit quality and performance of our potential debt and equity investments in energy companies, which could, in turn, negatively impact the fair value of our investments in energy companies. Any prolonged decline in oil and gas prices or production levels could adversely impact the ability of our potential portfolio companies in the energy industry to satisfy financial or operating covenants that may be imposed by us and other lenders or to make payments to us as and when due, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, energy companies are subject to supply and demand fluctuations in the markets in which they operate, which are impacted by a numerous factors, including weather, use of renewable fuel sources, natural disasters, governmental regulation and general economic conditions, in addition to the effects of increasing regulation and general operational risks, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the performance and value of our energy-related investments as well as our cash flows from such investments.

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, in order to:

 

   

increase or maintain in whole or in part our equity ownership percentage;

 

   

exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or

 

   

attempt to preserve or enhance the value of our investment.

We may elect not to make follow-on investments or may lack sufficient funds to make those investments.

We will have the discretion to make any follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. The failure to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our concentration of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements, compliance with covenants contained in our Revolving Credit Facility or compliance with the requirements for maintenance of our RIC status.

 

47


Our portfolio companies may prepay loans, which may reduce stated yields in the future if the capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.

Certain of the loans we make are prepayable at any time, with some prepayable at no premium to par. We cannot predict when such loans may be prepaid. Whether a loan is prepaid will depend both on the continued positive performance of the portfolio company and the existence of favorable financing market conditions that permit such company to replace existing financing with less expensive capital. In periods of rising interest rates, the risk of prepayment of floating rate loans may increase if other financing sources are available. As market conditions change frequently, it is unknown when, and if, this may be possible for each portfolio company. In the case of some of these loans, having the loan prepaid early may reduce the achievable yield for us in the future below the current yield disclosed for our portfolio if the capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.

Investments in common and preferred equity securities, many of which are illiquid with no readily available market, involve a substantial degree of risk.

Although common stock has historically generated higher average total returns than fixed income securities over the long term, common stock also has experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. Our equity investments may fail to appreciate and may decline in value or become worthless, and our ability to recover our investment will depend on our portfolio company’s success. Investments in equity securities involve a number of significant risks, including:

 

   

any equity investment we make in a portfolio company could be subject to further dilution as a result of the issuance of additional equity interests and to serious risks as a junior security that will be subordinate to all indebtedness (including trade creditors) or senior securities in the event that the issuer is unable to meet its obligations or becomes subject to a bankruptcy process;

 

   

to the extent that the portfolio company requires additional capital and is unable to obtain it, we may not recover our investment; and

 

   

in some cases, equity securities in which we invest will not pay current dividends, and our ability to realize a return on our investment, as well as to recover our investment, will be dependent on the success of the portfolio company.

Even if the portfolio company is successful, our ability to realize the value of our investment may be dependent on the occurrence of a liquidity event, such as a public offering or the sale of the portfolio company. It is likely to take a significant amount of time before a liquidity event occurs or we can otherwise sell our investment. In addition, the equity securities we receive or invest in may be subject to restrictions on resale during periods in which it could be advantageous to sell them.

There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including:

 

   

preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If we own a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, we may be required to report income for tax purposes before we receive such distributions;

 

   

preferred securities are subordinated to debt in terms of priority to income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than debt;

 

   

preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stock or U.S. government securities; and

 

   

generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company, subject to limited exceptions.

Additionally, when we invest in debt securities, we may acquire warrants or other equity securities as well. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of such equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

We may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the equity securities of investment funds that are operating pursuant to certain exceptions to the Investment Company Act and, to the extent we so invest, will bear our ratable share of any such company’s expenses, including management and performance fees. We will also remain obligated to pay the Management Fee and Incentive Fee to our Investment Adviser with respect to the assets invested in the securities and instruments of such companies. With respect to each of these investments, each of our common stockholders will bear his or her share of the Management Fee and Incentive Fee due to our Investment Adviser as well as indirectly bearing the management and performance fees and other expenses of any such investment funds or advisers.

 

48


By originating loans to companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, we may be exposed to distressed lending risks.

As part of our lending activities, we may originate loans to companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, including companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganization and liquidation proceedings. Although the terms of such financing may result in significant financial returns to us, they involve a substantial degree of risk. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful financing to companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties is unusually high. There is no assurance that we will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing our loans or the prospects for a successful reorganization or similar action. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a company that we fund, we may lose all or part of the amounts advanced to the borrower or may be required to accept collateral with a value less than the amount of the loan advanced by us to the borrower.

We may be exposed to special risks associated with bankruptcy cases.

Many of the events within a bankruptcy case are adversarial and often beyond the control of the creditors. While creditors generally are afforded an opportunity to object to significant actions, there can be no assurance that a bankruptcy court would not approve actions that may be contrary to our interests. Furthermore, there are instances where creditors can lose their ranking and priority if they are considered to have taken over management of a borrower.

The reorganization of a company can involve substantial legal, professional and administrative costs to a lender and the borrower; it is subject to unpredictable and lengthy delays; and during the process a company’s competitive position may erode, key management may depart and a company may not be able to invest its capital adequately. In some cases, the debtor company may not be able to reorganize and may be required to liquidate assets. The debt of companies in financial reorganization will, in most cases, not pay current interest, may not accrue interest during reorganization and may be adversely affected by an erosion of the issuer’s fundamental value.

In addition, lenders can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them where they become too involved in the borrower’s business or exercise control over the borrower. For example, we could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, if, among other things, the borrower requests significant managerial assistance from us and we provide such assistance as contemplated by the Investment Company Act.

Declines in market prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets can result in significant net unrealized depreciation of our portfolio, which in turn would reduce our NAV.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith under procedures adopted by our Board of Directors. We may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments: the enterprise value of a portfolio company (the entire value of the portfolio company to a market participant, including the sum of the values of debt and equity securities used to capitalize the enterprise at a point in time), the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow (taking into consideration current market interest rates and credit spreads), the markets in which the portfolio company does business, a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to similar publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. While most of our investments are not publicly traded, applicable accounting standards require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an investment through its maturity). As a result, volatility in the capital markets can also adversely affect our investment valuations. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments are recorded as unrealized depreciation. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio can reduce our NAV by increasing net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and may suffer unrealized losses, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

Our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic downturns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during these periods. Therefore, during these periods our non-performing assets may increase and the value of our portfolio may decrease if we are required to write down the values of our investments. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.

 

49


A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, acceleration of the time when the loans are due and foreclosure on the portfolio company’s assets representing collateral for its obligations. This could trigger cross defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt that we hold and the value of any equity securities we own. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company.

Our portfolio companies may have incurred or issued, or may in the future incur or issue, debt or equity securities that rank equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies, which could have an adverse effect on us in any liquidation of the portfolio company.

Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt, or issue other equity securities that rank equally with, or senior to, our investments. By their terms, such instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of dividends, interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of our investments. These debt instruments would usually prohibit the portfolio companies from paying interest on or repaying our investments in the event and during the continuance of a default under such debt. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of securities ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company typically are entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying such holders, the portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of securities ranking equally with our investments, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other security holders in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

Additionally, certain loans that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt, which will be secured on a first priority basis. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing any junior priority loans we make to our portfolio companies may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an intercreditor agreement, at any time that senior obligations are outstanding, we may forfeit certain rights with respect to the collateral to the holders of the senior obligations. These rights may include the right to commence enforcement proceedings against the collateral, the right to control the conduct of such enforcement proceedings, the right to approve amendments to collateral documents, the right to release liens on the collateral and the right to waive past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights as junior lenders are adversely affected. In addition, a bankruptcy court may choose not to enforce an intercreditor agreement or other arrangement with creditors. Similar risks to the foregoing may apply where we hold the last-out piece of a unitranche loan.

We may also make unsecured loans to portfolio companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on such portfolio companies’ collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured loan obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

 

50


Our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged.

Some of our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged, which may have adverse consequences to these companies and to us as an investor. These companies may be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and the leverage may impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities may be limited. Further, a leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.

Our investments in non-U.S. companies may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

Our investment strategy contemplates potential investments in securities of non-U.S. companies to the extent permissible under the Investment Company Act. Investing in non-U.S. companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of non-U.S. taxes (potentially at confiscatory levels), less liquid markets, less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility. These risks are likely to be more pronounced for investments in companies located in emerging markets and particularly for middle-market companies in these economies.

Although most of our investments are denominated in U.S. dollars, our investments that are denominated in a non-U.S. currency will be subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency will change in relation to the U.S. dollar. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation and political developments. We may employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we cannot assure you that such strategies will be effective or without risk to us.

We may expose ourselves to risks if we engage in hedging transactions.

Subject to applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and applicable CFTC regulations, we may enter into hedging transactions in a manner consistent with SEC guidance, which may expose us to risks associated with such transactions. Such hedging may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Use of these hedging instruments may include counter-party credit risk.

Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transactions may also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions should increase. Moreover, it may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

The success of any hedging transactions we may enter into will depend on our ability to correctly predict movements in currencies and interest rates. Therefore, while we may enter into such transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to (or be able to) establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations. See also “—Risks Relating to Our Business—We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.”

We may form one or more CLOs, which may subject us to certain structured financing risks.

To the extent permissible under risk retention rules and applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, to finance investments, we may securitize certain of our investments, including through the formation of one or more CLOs, while retaining all or most of the exposure to the performance of these investments. This would involve contributing a pool of assets to a special purpose entity, and selling debt interests in such entity on a non-recourse or limited-recourse basis to purchasers. Any interest in any such CLO held by us may be considered a “non-qualifying asset” for purposes of Section 55 of the Investment Company Act.

 

51


If we create a CLO, we will depend on distributions from the CLO’s assets out of its earnings and cash flows to enable us to make distributions to our stockholders. The ability of a CLO to make distributions will be subject to various limitations, including the terms and covenants of the debt it issues. For example, tests (based on interest coverage or other financial ratios or other criteria) may restrict our ability, as holder of a CLO’s equity interests, to receive cash flow from these investments. There is no assurance any such performance tests will be satisfied. Also, a CLO may take actions that delay distributions in order to preserve ratings and to keep the cost of present and future financings lower or the CLO may be obligated to retain cash or other assets to satisfy over-collateralization requirements commonly provided for holders of the CLO’s debt. As a result, there may be a lag, which could be significant, between the repayment or other realization on a loan or other assets in, and the distribution of cash out of, a CLO, or cash flow may be completely restricted for the life of the CLO. If we do not receive cash flow from any such CLO that is necessary to satisfy the annual distribution requirement for maintaining our RIC status, and we are unable to obtain cash from other sources necessary to satisfy this requirement, we could fail to maintain our status as a RIC, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

In addition, a decline in the credit quality of loans in a CLO due to poor operating results of the relevant borrower, declines in the value of loan collateral or increases in defaults, among other things, may force a CLO to sell certain assets at a loss, reducing their earnings and, in turn, cash potentially available for distribution to us for distribution to our stockholders.

To the extent that any losses are incurred by the CLO in respect of any collateral, such losses will be borne first by us as owner of equity interests. Finally, any equity interests that we retain in a CLO will not be secured by the assets of the CLO and we will rank behind all creditors of the CLO.

Risks Relating to Our Securities

Investing in our securities involves an above average degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive, and therefore an investment in our securities may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

The market price of our securities may fluctuate significantly.

The market price and liquidity of the market for our securities may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

 

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of BDCs or other companies in our sector, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;

 

 

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

 

the inclusion or exclusion of our securities from certain indices;

 

 

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or BDCs;

 

 

any loss of RIC or BDC status;

 

 

changes in earnings or perceived changes or variations in operating results;

 

 

changes or perceived changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;

 

 

changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;

 

 

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

 

 

the inability of our Investment Adviser to employ additional experienced investment professionals or the departure of any of our Investment Adviser’s key personnel;

 

 

short-selling pressure with respect to shares of our common stock or BDCs generally;

 

 

future sales of our securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock or the conversion of such securities;

 

 

uncertainty surrounding the strength of the U.S. economic recovery;

 

 

concerns regarding European sovereign debt;

 

 

operating performance of companies comparable to us;

 

 

general economic trends and other external factors; and

 

 

loss of a major funding source.

 

52


In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If our stock price fluctuates significantly, we may be the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDCs, frequently trade at a discount to their NAV per share.

We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. Shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDCs, frequently trade at a discount from their NAV and our common stock may also be discounted in the market. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our NAV per share of common stock may decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, above or below NAV. In addition, if our common stock trades below its NAV, we will generally not be able to sell additional shares of our common stock to the public at its market price without first obtaining the approval of a majority of our stockholders (including a majority of our unaffiliated stockholders) and our Independent Directors for such issuance.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, the availability of such common stock for sale (including as a result of the conversion of our 4.50% Convertible Notes due 2022 (the “Convertible Notes”) into common stock) or the perception that such sales could occur could materially adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock. Both the sale of a substantial amount of our securities and the perception that such sales could occur could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities should we desire to do so. Additionally, as an owner of approximately 16.16% of our common stock as of December 31, 2017, Group Inc. is a significant stockholder that may decide to sell a substantial amount of its common stock, subject to applicable securities laws, and such a sale would exacerbate the effects described above.

Our stockholders may experience dilution upon the conversion of our Convertible Notes.

Our Convertible Notes are convertible into shares of our common stock beginning on October 1, 2021 or, under certain circumstances, earlier. Upon conversion of the Convertible Notes, we have the choice to pay or deliver, as the case may be, at our election, cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock. The initial conversion price of the Convertible Notes is $24.49, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. If we elect to deliver shares of common stock upon a conversion at the time our NAV per share exceeds the conversion price in effect at such time, our stockholders may incur dilution. In addition, our stockholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage of common stock upon our issuance of common stock in connection with the conversion of the Convertible Notes and any dividends paid on our common stock will also be paid on shares issued in connection with such conversion after such issuance.

Our stockholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they opt out of our dividend reinvestment plan.

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan pursuant to which we reinvest all cash distributions declared by the Board of Directors on behalf of investors who do not elect to receive their distributions in cash. As a result, if the Board of Directors declares a cash distribution, then our stockholders who have not opted out of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution. See “Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Distributions” and “Item 1. Business—Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for a description of our distribution policy and obligations.

If, on the payment date for any distribution, the most recently computed NAV per share is equal to or less than the closing market price plus estimated per share fees (which include any applicable brokerage commissions the plan agent is required to pay), the plan agent will invest the distribution amount in newly issued shares on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued shares to be credited to a participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the distribution by the most recently computed NAV per share provided that, if the NAV is less than or equal to 95% of the then current market price per share, the dollar amount of the distribution will be divided by 95% of the market price on the payment date. Accordingly, participants in the dividend reinvestment plan may receive a greater number shares of our common stock than the number of shares associated with the market price of our common stock, resulting in dilution for other stockholders. Stockholders that opt out of our dividend reinvestment plan will experience dilution in their ownership percentage of our common stock over time. See “Item 1. Business—Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

53


Our stockholders that do not opt out of our dividend reinvestment plan should generally expect to have current tax liabilities without receiving cash to pay such liabilities.

Under our dividend reinvestment plan, if we declare a cash distribution, our stockholders who have not elected to “opt out” will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distributions. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of shares of our common stock generally are subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash; however, since their distributions will be reinvested, those stockholders will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes on such reinvested distributions. As a result, stockholders that have not opted out of our dividend reinvestment plan may have to use funds from other sources to pay any tax liabilities imposed upon them based on the value of the common stock received. See “Item 1. Business—Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

We may in the future determine to issue preferred stock, which could adversely affect the market value of our common stock.

The issuance of shares of preferred stock with dividend or conversion rights, liquidation preferences or other economic terms favorable to the holders of preferred stock could adversely affect the market price for our common stock by making an investment in the common stock less attractive. In addition, the dividends on any preferred stock we issue must be cumulative. Payment of dividends and repayment of the liquidation preference of preferred stock must take preference over any distributions or other payments to our common stockholders, and holders of preferred stock are not subject to any of our expenses or losses and are not entitled to participate in any income or appreciation in excess of their stated preference (other than convertible preferred stock that converts into common stock). In addition, under the Investment Company Act, participating preferred stock and preferred stock constitutes a “senior security” for purposes of the 2 to 1 asset coverage test.

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), as well as other aspects of our structure, including the substantial ownership interest of Group Inc., could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as the DGCL, contain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us. Among other things, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

 

 

provide that our Board of Directors is classified, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our Board of Directors;

 

 

do not provide for cumulative voting;

 

 

provide that vacancies on our Board of Directors, including newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;

 

 

provide that our directors may be removed only for cause, and only by a supermajority vote of the stockholders entitled to elect such directors;

 

 

provide that stockholders may only take action at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and may not act by written consent;

 

 

restrict stockholders’ ability to call special meetings;

 

 

require a supermajority vote of stockholders to effect certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws; and

 

 

require stockholders to provide advance notice of new business proposals and director nominations under specific procedures.

We have provisions comparable to those of Section 203 of the DGCL (other than with respect to Group Inc. and its affiliates and certain of its or their direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party). These provisions generally prohibit us from engaging in mergers, business combinations and certain other types of transactions with “interested stockholders” (generally defined as persons or entities that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock), other than the exempt parties as described above, for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless, prior to such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, our Board of Directors has approved the “business combination” that would otherwise be restricted or the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder becoming an interested stockholder or the subsequent transaction with the interested stockholder has been approved by our Board of Directors and 66 2 / 3 % of our outstanding voting stock (other than voting stock owned by the interested stockholder). Such provisions may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer.

These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change of control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the market price for the common stock. In addition, certain aspects of our structure, including the substantial ownership interest of Group Inc., may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us.

 

54


We may not be able to pay you distributions on our common stock or preferred stock, our distributions to you may not grow over time and a portion of our distributions to you may be a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We intend to pay quarterly distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. If we are unable to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC, or if we violate certain covenants under our Revolving Credit Facility and other debt financing agreements, our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders could be limited. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our earnings, financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations, compliance with covenants under our Revolving Credit Facility and other debt financing agreements and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant from time to time.

The distributions we pay to our stockholders in a year may exceed our net ordinary income and capital gains for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes that would reduce a stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our common stock or preferred stock and correspondingly increase such stockholder’s gain, or reduce such stockholder’s loss, on disposition of such shares. Distributions in excess of a stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our common stock or preferred stock will constitute capital gains to such stockholder.

Stockholders who periodically receive the payment of a distribution from a RIC consisting of a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be under the impression that they are receiving a distribution of RIC’s net ordinary income or capital gains when they are not. Accordingly, stockholders should read carefully any written disclosure accompanying a distribution from us and the information about the specific tax characteristics of our distributions provided to stockholders after the end of each calendar year, and should not assume that the source of any distribution is our net ordinary income or capital gains.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize taxable income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will include in our taxable income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as OID or accruals on a contingent payment debt instrument, which may occur if we receive warrants in connection with the origination of a loan, or possibly in other circumstances, or contracted PIK interest, which generally represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such OID, which could be significant relative to our overall investment assets, and increases in loan balances as a result of PIK interest will be included in our taxable income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in our taxable income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash. The credit risk associated with the collectability of deferred payments may be increased as and when a portfolio company increases the amount of interest on which it is deferring cash payment through deferred interest features. Our investments with a deferred interest feature may represent a higher credit risk than loans for which interest must be paid in full in cash on a regular basis. For example, even if the accounting conditions for income accrual are met, the borrower could still default when our actual collection is scheduled to occur upon maturity of the obligation.

Because in certain cases we may recognize taxable income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty making distributions to our stockholders that will be sufficient to enable us to meet the annual distribution requirement necessary for us to maintain our status as a RIC. Accordingly, we may need to sell some of our assets at times and/or at prices that we would not consider advantageous, we may need to raise additional equity or debt capital or we may need to forego new investment opportunities or otherwise take actions that are disadvantageous to our business (or be unable to take actions that are advantageous to our business) to enable us to make distributions to our stockholders that will be sufficient to enable us to meet the annual distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources to meet the annual distribution requirement, we may fail to qualify for the U.S. federal income tax benefits allowable to RICs and, thus, become subject to a corporate-level U.S. federal income tax (and any applicable U.S. state and local taxes).

Our stockholders may receive shares of our common stock or preferred stock as distributions, which could result in adverse tax consequences to them.

In order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement applicable to RICs, we will have the ability to declare a large portion of a distribution in shares of our common stock or preferred stock instead of in cash. We are not subject to restrictions on the circumstances in which we may declare a portion of a distribution in shares of our stock but would generally anticipate doing so only in unusual situations, such as, for example, if we do not have sufficient cash to meet our RIC distribution requirements under the Code. Generally, were we to declare such a distribution, we would allow stockholders to elect payment in cash and/or shares of our stock of equivalent value, with a percentage limitation on the portion of the total distribution available to be received in cash. Under published IRS guidance, the entire distribution will generally be treated as a taxable distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and count towards our RIC distribution requirements under the Code, if certain conditions are satisfied. Among other things, the

 

55


aggregate amount of cash available to be distributed to all stockholders is required to be at least 20% of the aggregate declared distribution. If too many stockholders elect to receive cash, the cash available for distribution is required to be allocated among the stockholders electing to receive cash (with the balance of the distribution paid in stock) under a formula provided in the applicable IRS guidance. The number of shares of our stock declared would thus depend on the applicable percentage limitation on cash available for distribution, the stockholders’ individual elections to receive cash or stock, and the value of the shares of our stock. Each stockholder generally would be treated as having received a taxable distribution (including for purposes of the withholding tax rules applicable to a Non-U.S. stockholder) on the date the distribution is received in an amount equal to the cash that such stockholder would have received if the entire distribution had been paid in cash, even if the stockholder received all or most of the distribution in shares of our common stock or preferred stock. We currently do not intend to pay distributions in shares of our common stock or preferred stock, but there can be no assurance that we will not do so in the future.

If we are not treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, U.S. stockholders that are individuals, trusts or estates will be taxed as though they received a distribution of some of our expenses.

We expect to be treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company” as a result of either (i) shares of our common stock being held by at least 500 persons at all times during a taxable year or (ii) shares of our common stock being treated as regularly traded on an established securities market. However, we cannot assure you that we will be treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company for all years. If we are not treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company for any calendar year, each U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or estate will be treated as having received a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. stockholder’s allocable share of the management and incentive fees paid to our Investment Adviser and certain of our other expenses for the calendar year, and these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. stockholder. Miscellaneous itemized deductions generally are deductible by a U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or estate only to the extent that the aggregate of such U.S. stockholder’s miscellaneous itemized deductions exceeds 2% of such U.S. stockholder’s adjusted gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are not deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and are subject to the overall limitation on itemized deductions under the Code.

Non-U.S. stockholders may be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends we pay.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to a non-U.S. stockholder that are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty) to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits.

Certain properly reported dividends are generally exempt from withholding of U.S. federal income tax where they are paid in respect of our (i) “qualified net interest income” (generally, our U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which we or the non-U.S. stockholder are at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of our net short-term capital gain over our net long-term capital loss for such taxable year), and certain other requirements are satisfied.

NO ASSURANCE CAN BE GIVEN AS TO WHETHER ANY OF OUR DISTRIBUTIONS WILL BE ELIGIBLE FOR THIS EXEMPTION FROM WITHHOLDING OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX OR, IF ELIGIBLE, WILL BE REPORTED AS SUCH BY US. IN PARTICULAR, THIS EXEMPTION WILL NOT APPLY TO OUR DISTRIBUTIONS PAID IN RESPECT OF OUR NON-U.S. SOURCE INTEREST INCOME OR OUR DIVIDEND INCOME (OR ANY OTHER TYPE OF INCOME OTHER THAN GENERALLY OUR NON-CONTINGENT U.S. SOURCE INTEREST INCOME RECEIVED FROM UNRELATED OBLIGORS AND OUR QUALIFIED SHORT-TERM CAPITAL GAINS). IN THE CASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK HELD THROUGH AN INTERMEDIARY, THE INTERMEDIARY MAY WITHHOLD U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX EVEN IF WE REPORT THE PAYMENT AS QUALIFIED NET INTEREST INCOME OR QUALIFIED SHORT-TERM CAPITAL GAIN.

Purchases of our common stock pursuant to the Company’s 10b5-1 Plan (the “Company 10b5-1 Plan”) or otherwise may result in the price of our common stock being higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market.

We are authorized to purchase up to $25.00 million of shares of our common stock if the stock trades below the most recently announced NAV per share (including any updates, corrections or adjustments publicly announced by us to any previously announced NAV per share), subject to certain limitations, until March 18, 2018. Any such purchases will be conducted in accordance with applicable securities laws. Whether purchases will be made under the Company 10b5-1 Plan or otherwise and how much will be purchased at any time is uncertain, dependent on prevailing market prices and trading volumes, all of which we cannot predict. These activities may have the effect of maintaining the market price of our common stock or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market.

 

56


Purchases of our common stock by us under the Company 10b5-1 Plan or otherwise may result in dilution to our NAV per share.

We are authorized to repurchase shares of common stock when the market price per share is below the most recently reported NAV per share (including any updates, corrections or adjustments publicly announced by us to any previously announced NAV per share), including under the Company 10b5-1 Plan. Because purchases may be made beginning at any price below our most recently reported NAV per share, if our NAV per share decreases after the date as of which NAV per share was last reported, such purchases may result in dilution to our NAV per share. This dilution would occur because we would repurchase shares at a price above the then-current NAV per share, which would cause a proportionately smaller increase in our stockholders’ interest in our earnings and assets and their voting interest in us than the decrease in our assets resulting from such repurchase. As a result of any such dilution, our market price per share may decline. The actual dilutive effect will depend on the number of shares of common stock that could be so repurchased, the price and the timing of any repurchases.

The continued uncertainty related to the sustainability and pace of economic recovery in the U.S. and globally could have a negative impact on our business.

Our business is directly influenced by the economic cycle, and could be negatively impacted by a downturn in economic activity in the US as well as globally. Fiscal and monetary actions taken by U.S. and non-U.S. government and regulatory authorities could have a material adverse impact on our business. To the extent uncertainty regarding the U.S. or global economy negatively impacts consumer confidence and consumer credit factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Moreover, Federal Reserve policy, including with respect to certain interest rates and the decision to end its quantitative easing policy, along with the general policies of the current Presidential administration, may also adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend- and interest-paying securities. Market volatility, rising interest rates and/or a return to unfavorable economic conditions could adversely affect our business.

To the extent OID and PIK interest constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with such income being required to be included in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash representing such income.

Our investments may include OID instruments and PIK, interest arrangements, which represents contractual interest added to a loan balance and due at the end of such loan’s term. To the extent OID or PIK interest constitute a portion of our income, we are exposed to typical risks associated with such income being required to be included in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

 

   

The higher interest rates of OID and PIK instruments reflect the payment deferral and increased credit risk associated with these instruments, and OID and PIK instruments generally represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans.

 

   

Even if the accounting conditions for income accrual are met, the borrower could still default when our actual collection is supposed to occur at the maturity of the obligation.

 

   

OID and PIK instruments may have unreliable valuations because their continuing accruals require continuing judgments about the collectability of the deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral. OID and PIK income may also create uncertainty about the source of our cash distributions.

 

   

For accounting purposes, any cash distributions to shareholders representing OID and PIK income are not treated as coming from paid-in capital, even if the cash to pay them comes from offering proceeds. As a result, despite the fact that a distribution representing OID and PIK income could be paid out of amounts invested by our stockholders, the Investment Company Act does not require that stockholders be given notice of this fact by reporting it as a return of capital.

Terms relating to redemption may materially adversely affect your return on any debt securities that we may issue.

If our noteholders’ debt securities are redeemable at our option, we may choose to redeem your debt securities at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on your debt securities. In addition, if our noteholders’ debt securities are subject to mandatory redemption, we may be required to redeem such debt securities also at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on such debt securities. In this circumstance, a noteholder may not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the debt securities being redeemed.

Our credit ratings may not reflect all risks of an investment in our debt securities.

Our credit ratings are an assessment by third parties of our ability to pay our obligations. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of our debt securities. Our credit ratings, however, may not reflect the potential impact of risks related to market conditions generally or other factors discussed above on the market value of or trading market for the publicly issued debt securities.

 

57


Holders of any preferred stock we might issue would have the right to elect members of the board of directors and class voting rights on certain matters.

Holders of any preferred stock we might issue, voting separately as a single class, would have the right to elect two members of the board of directors at all times and in the event dividends become two full years in arrears would have the right to elect a majority of the directors until such arrearage is completely eliminated. In addition, preferred stockholders have class voting rights on certain matters, including changes in fundamental investment restrictions and conversion to open-end status, and accordingly can veto any such changes. Restrictions imposed on the declarations and payment of dividends or other distributions to the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, both by the Investment Company Act and by requirements imposed by rating agencies or the terms of our credit facilities, might impair our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes. While we would intend to redeem our preferred stock to the extent necessary to enable us to distribute our income as required to maintain our qualification as a RIC, there can be no assurance that such actions could be effected in time to meet the tax requirements.

There is a risk that investors in our equity securities may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow over time and that investors in our debt securities may not receive all of the interest income to which they are entitled.

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC, we may in the future be limited in our ability to make distributions. Also, our Revolving Credit Facility may limit our ability to declare dividends if we default under certain provisions or fail to satisfy certain other conditions. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of the tax benefits available to us as a RIC. In addition, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and tax regulations, we include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as contractual PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance that becomes due at the end of the loan term, or the accrual of original issue or market discount. Since we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income to obtain tax benefits as a RIC.

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years. We will not be subject to excise taxes on amounts on which we are required to pay corporate income taxes (such as retained net capital gains).

Finally, if more stockholders opt to receive cash distributions rather than participate in our dividend reinvestment plan, we may be forced to liquidate some of our investments and raise cash in order to make cash distribution payments.

If you do not fully exercise your subscription rights in any rights offering of our common stock, your interest in us may be diluted and, if the subscription price is less than our NAV per share, you may experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate NAV of your shares.

In the event we issue subscription rights to acquire shares of our common stock, stockholders who do not fully exercise their subscription rights should expect that they will, at the completion of the rights offering, own a smaller proportional interest in us than would be the case if they fully exercised their rights.

In addition, if the subscription price is less than the NAV per share of our common stock, a stockholder who does not fully exercise its subscription rights may experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate NAV of its shares as a result of the offering.

We would not be able to state the amount of any such dilution prior to knowing the results of the offering. Such dilution could be substantial.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

We maintain our principal executive office at 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282. We do not own any real estate.

 

58


ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we may be a party to certain legal proceedings, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under loans to or other contracts with our portfolio companies. We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II.

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “GSBD”. Our common stock has historically traded at prices both above and below our NAV per share. It is not possible to predict whether our common stock will trade at, above or below NAV in the future. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Securities.”

The following table sets forth, for each fiscal quarter since January 1, 2016, the NAV per share of our common stock, the range of high and low closing sales prices of our common stock reported on the NYSE, the closing sales price as a premium (discount) to NAV and distributions declared by us. On February 21, 2018, the last reported closing sales price of our common stock on the NYSE was $20.85 per share, which represented a premium of approximately 15.3% to the NAV per share reported by us as of December 31, 2017.

 

     NAV (1)      Closing Sales
Price
     Premium or
Discount of
High Sales
Price to
NAV (2)
     Premium or
Discount of
Low Sales
Price to
NAV (2)
     Declared
Distribution (3)
 
        High      Low           

Fiscal Year Ending December 31, 2017

                 

Fourth Fiscal Quarter

   $ 18.09      $ 23.00      $ 21.63        27.1%        19.6%      $ 0.45  

Third Fiscal Quarter

   $ 18.23      $ 23.01      $ 21.33        26.2%        17.0%      $ 0.45  

Second Fiscal Quarter

   $ 18.23      $ 25.09      $ 22.25        37.6%        22.1%      $ 0.45  

First Fiscal Quarter

   $ 18.26      $ 25.43      $ 22.51        39.3%        23.3%      $ 0.45  

Fiscal Year Ending December 31, 2016

                 

Fourth Fiscal Quarter

   $ 18.31      $ 23.65      $ 20.77        29.2%        13.4%      $ 0.45  

Third Fiscal Quarter

   $ 18.58      $ 22.26      $ 19.98        19.8%        7.5%      $ 0.45  

Second Fiscal Quarter

   $ 18.41      $ 20.02      $ 19.34        8.7%        5.1%      $ 0.45  

First Fiscal Quarter

   $     18.67      $     20.00      $     17.41        7.1%        (6.7)%      $     0.45  

 

(1)  

NAV per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the NAV per share on the date of the high and low closing sales prices. The NAVs shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of the relevant quarter.

(2)  

Calculated as the respective high or low closing sales price less NAV divided by NAV as of the last day in the relevant quarter.

(3)  

Represents the dividend or distribution declared in the relevant quarter.

Holders

As of February 21, 2018, there were approximately 2 holders of record of our common stock (including Cede & Co.).

Distributions

We intend to continue to pay quarterly distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. Future quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our Board of Directors. All future distributions will be subject to lawfully available funds therefor, and no assurance can be given that we will be able to declare such distributions in future periods.

 

59


We have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2013. To maintain our RIC status, we must, among other things, timely distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our investment company taxable income for each taxable year. We intend to timely distribute to our stockholders substantially all of our annual taxable income for each year, except that we may retain certain net capital gains (i.e., realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) for reinvestment and, depending upon the level of taxable income earned in a year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following year and pay any applicable U.S. federal excise tax. We generally will be required to pay such U.S. federal excise tax if our distributions during a calendar year do not exceed the sum of (1) 98.0% of our net ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any net ordinary income and capital gains in excess of capital losses for preceding years that were not distributed during such years. If we retain net capital gains, we may treat such amounts as deemed distributions to our stockholders. In that case, you will be treated as if you had received an actual distribution of the capital gains we retained and then you reinvested the net after-tax proceeds in our common stock. In general, you also will be eligible to claim a tax credit (or, in certain circumstances, obtain a tax refund) equal to your allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to you. Stockholders should read carefully any written disclosure accompanying a distribution from us and should not assume that the source of any distribution is our net ordinary income or capital gains. The distributions we pay to our stockholders in a year may exceed our net ordinary income and capital gains for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The specific tax characteristics of our distributions will be reported to stockholders after the end of the calendar year. Please refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Distribution Policy” for further information regarding the tax treatment of our distributions and the tax consequences of our retention of net capital gains. See also “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Portfolio Company Investments—Risks Relating to Our Securities—We may not be able to pay you distributions on our common stock or preferred stock, our distributions to you may not grow over time and a portion of our distributions to you may be a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes.”

Unless our stockholders elect to receive their distributions in cash, we intend to make such distributions in additional shares of our common stock under our dividend reinvestment plan. Distributions paid in the form of additional shares of our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes in the same manner as cash distributions; however, investors participating in our dividend reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash with which to pay any such applicable taxes. If you hold shares of our common stock through a broker or financial intermediary, you may elect to receive distributions in cash by notifying your broker or financial intermediary of your election to receive distributions in cash in lieu of shares of our common stock. Any distributions reinvested through the issuance of shares through our dividend reinvestment plan will increase our assets on which the Management Fee and the Incentive Fee are determined and paid to the Investment Adviser. See “Item 1. Business—Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

The following tables summarize distributions declared during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2017  

Date Declared

   Record Date      Payment Date      Distributions per
Share
 

February 22, 2017

     March 31, 2017        April 17, 2017      $     0.45  

May 1, 2017

     June 30, 2017        July 17, 2017        0.45  

August 1, 2017

     September 29, 2017        October 16, 2017        0.45  

October 31, 2017

     December 29, 2017        January 16, 2018        0.45  
        

 

 

 

Total Distributions Declared

         $     1.80  
        

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2016  

Date Declared

   Record Date      Payment Date      Distributions per
Share
 

February 25, 2016

     March 31, 2016        April 15, 2016      $     0.45  

May 3, 2016

     June 30, 2016        July 15, 2016        0.45  

August 2, 2016

     September 30, 2016        October 17, 2016        0.45  

November 1, 2016

     December 31, 2016        January 17, 2017        0.45  
        

 

 

 

Total Distributions Declared

         $     1.80  
        

 

 

 

 

60


The distributions declared during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were derived from net investment income, determined on a tax basis. See “Item 1. Business—Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for a description of our distribution policy and obligations.

Issuer and Affiliate Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

Stock Performance Graph

This graph compares the stockholder return on our common stock from March 18, 2015 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the NYSE) to December 31, 2017 with that of the Standard & Poor’s BDC Index and the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index. This graph assumes that on March 18, 2015, $100 was invested in our common stock, the Standard & Poor’s BDC Index and the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index. The graph also assumes the reinvestment of all cash dividends prior to any tax effect. The graph and other information furnished under this Part II Item 5 of this annual report on Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of, the Exchange Act. The stock price performance included in the below graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock performance.

 

LOGO

 

61


ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The table below sets forth our selected consolidated historical financial data for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.

The selected consolidated financial information and other data presented below should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto.

 

     For the
Year
Ended
December 31,
2017
    For the
Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
    For the
Year
Ended
December 31,
2015
    For the
Year
Ended
December 31,
2014
    For the
Year
Ended
December 31,
2013
 

Consolidated statements of operations data (in thousands):

 

Total investment income

   $     136,781     $     125,108     $     118,436     $     73,279     $     22,835  

Net expenses

     55,236       47,844       43,338       20,422       6,899  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss) before excise tax expense

     81,545       77,264       75,098       52,857       15,936  

Excise tax expense

     1,552       1,037       518       119        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss) after excise tax expense

     79,993       76,227       74,580       52,738       15,936  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     (30,445     (35,575     (27,952     (15,816     3,118  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations before income tax expense

   $ 49,548     $ 40,652     $ 46,628     $ 36,922     $     19,054  

Income tax expense

                             (1,070
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations after income tax expense

   $ 49,548     $ 40,652     $ 46,628     $ 36,922     $     17,984  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share data

          

Net investment income (loss) (basic and diluted)

   $     2.07     $     2.10     $     2.14     $     1.77     $     0.67  

Earnings (basic and diluted)

   $     1.28     $     1.12     $     1.34     $     1.24     $     0.76  

Distributions declared

   $     1.80     $     1.80     $     1.80     $     1.69     $     0.50  
     As of
December 31,
2017
    As of
December 31,
2016
    As of
December 31,
2015
    As of
December 31,
2014
    As of
December 31,
2013
 

Consolidated statements of asset and liabilities data (in thousands):

 

Total assets

   $     1,298,592     $     1,190,533     $     1,132,759     $     967,492     $     630,222  

Total investments, at fair value

     1,269,852       1,167,291       1,091,181       943,515       613,935  

Total liabilities

     572,762       525,396       444,109       392,910       22,437  

Total debt, net

     542,526       498,152       419,000       350,000        

Total net assets

     725,830       665,137       688,650       574,582       607,785  

Per share data

          

Net asset value

   $     18.09     $     18.31     $     18.97     $     19.56     $     20.00  

 

62


ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The discussion and analysis contained in this section refers to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this report. Please see “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with this discussion and analysis. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by such forward-looking information due to factors discussed under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” appearing elsewhere in this report.

OVERVIEW

We are a specialty finance company focused on lending to middle-market companies. We are a closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act. In addition, we have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2013. From our formation in 2012 through December 31, 2017, we originated more than $2.57 billion in aggregate principal amount of debt and equity investments prior to any subsequent exits and repayments. We seek to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation primarily through direct originations of secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last-out portions of such loans, and second lien debt, and unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, as well as through select equity investments.

“Unitranche” loans are first lien loans that may extend deeper in a company’s capital structure than traditional first lien debt and may provide for a waterfall of cash flow priority between different lenders in the unitranche loan. In a number of instances, we may find another lender to provide the “first-out” portion of such loan and retain the “last-out” portion of such loan, in which case, the “first-out” portion of the loan would generally receive priority with respect to payment of principal, interest and any other amounts due thereunder over the “last-out” portion that we would continue to hold. In exchange for the greater risk of loss, the “last-out” portion generally earns a higher interest rate than the “first-out” portion. We use the term “mezzanine” to refer to debt that ranks senior only to a borrower’s equity securities and ranks junior in right of payment to all of such borrower’s other indebtedness. We may make multiple investments in the same portfolio company.

We invest primarily in U.S. middle-market companies, which we believe are underserved by traditional providers of capital such as banks and the public debt markets. In this report, we generally use the term “middle market companies” to refer to companies with EBITDA of between $5 million and $75 million annually. However, we may from time to time invest in larger or smaller companies. We generate revenues primarily through receipt of interest income from the investments we hold. In addition, we may generate income from various loan origination and other fees, dividends on direct equity investments and capital gains on the sales of investments. Fees received from portfolio companies (directors’ fees, consulting fees, administrative fees, tax advisory fees and other similar compensation) are paid to us, unless, to the extent required by applicable law or exemptive relief therefrom, we only receive our allocable portion of such fees when invested in the same portfolio company as another client account managed by our Investment Adviser (including the Accounts). The companies in which we invest use our capital for a variety of purposes, including to support organic growth, fund acquisitions, make capital investments or refinance indebtedness.

Our origination strategy focuses on leading the negotiation and structuring of the loans or securities in which we invest and holding the investments in our portfolio to maturity. In many cases, we are the sole investor in the loan or security in our portfolio. Where there are multiple investors, we generally seek to control or obtain significant influence over the rights of investors in the loan or security. We generally seek to make investments that have maturities between three and ten years and range in size between $10 million and $75 million, although we may make larger or smaller investments on occasion. In addition, part of our strategy involves a joint venture with the Cal Regents through the Senior Credit Fund. The Senior Credit Fund’s principal purpose is to make investments, either directly or indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiary, SPV I, primarily in senior secured loans to middle-market companies.

For a discussion of the competitive landscape we face, please see “Item 1A. Risk Factors – We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities” and “Item 1. Business – Competitive Advantages.”

 

63


KEY COMPONENTS OF OPERATIONS

Investments

Our level of investment activity can and does vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount of debt and equity capital available to middle-market companies, the level of merger and acquisition activity for such companies, the general economic environment, the amount of capital we have available to us and the competitive environment for the type of investments we make.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the Investment Company Act, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” Pursuant to rules adopted by the SEC, “eligible portfolio companies” include certain companies that do not have any securities listed on a national securities exchange and public companies whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange but whose market capitalization is less than $250 million.

Revenues

We generate revenues in the form of interest income on debt investments and, to a lesser extent, capital gains and distributions, if any, on equity securities that we may acquire in portfolio companies. Some of our investments may provide for deferred interest payments or PIK income. The principal amount of the debt investments and any accrued but unpaid interest generally becomes due at the maturity date.

We generate revenues primarily through receipt of interest income from the investments we hold. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, structuring, syndication or diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and consulting fees. Portfolio company fees (directors’ fees, consulting fees, administrative fees, tax advisory fees and other similar compensation) will be paid to us, unless, to the extent required by applicable law or exemptive relief, if any, therefrom, we receive our allocable portion of such fees when invested in the same portfolio company as other Accounts, which other Accounts could receive their allocable portion of such fee. We do not expect to receive material fees as it is not our principal investment strategy. We record contractual prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income.

Dividend income on preferred equity investments is recorded on an accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are payable by the portfolio company and are expected to be collected. Dividend income on common equity investments is recorded on the record date for private portfolio companies and on the ex-dividend date for publicly traded portfolio companies. Interest and dividend income are presented net of withholding tax, if any.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses include the payment of the Management Fee and the Incentive Fee to the Investment Adviser, legal and professional fees, interest and other debt expenses and other operating and overhead related expenses. The Management Fee and Incentive Fee compensate our Investment Adviser for its work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions in accordance with our Investment Management Agreement and Administration Agreement, including those relating to:

 

   

our operational and organizational expenses;

 

   

fees and expenses, including travel expenses, incurred by our Investment Adviser or payable to third parties related to our investments, including, among others, professional fees (including the fees and expenses of consultants and experts) and fees and expenses from evaluating, monitoring, researching and performing due diligence on investments and prospective investments;

 

   

interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments;

 

   

fees and expenses incurred by us in connection with membership in investment company organizations;

 

   

brokers’ commissions;

 

   

the expenses of and fees for registering or qualifying our shares for sale and of maintaining our registration and registering us as a broker or a dealer;

 

   

fees and expenses associated with calculating our NAV (including the costs and expenses of any independent valuation firm);

 

   

legal, auditing or accounting expenses;

 

   

taxes or governmental fees;

 

   

the fees and expenses of our administrator, transfer agent or sub-transfer agent;

 

64


   

the cost of preparing stock certificates or any other expenses, including clerical expenses of issue, redemption or repurchase of our shares;

 

   

the fees and expenses of our directors who are not affiliated with our Investment Adviser;

 

   

the cost of preparing and distributing reports, proxy statements and notices to our stockholders, the SEC and other regulatory authorities;

 

   

costs of holding stockholder meetings;

 

   

listing fees;

 

   

the fees or disbursements of custodians of our assets, including expenses incurred in the performance of any obligations enumerated by our certificate of incorporation or bylaws insofar as they govern agreements with any such custodian;

 

   

insurance premiums; and

 

   

costs incurred in connection with any claim, litigation, arbitration, mediation, government investigation or dispute in connection with our business and the amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection therewith, or the enforcement of our rights against any person and indemnification or contribution expenses payable by us to any person and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of our business.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to be relatively stable or decline as a percentage of total assets during periods of asset growth and to increase during periods of asset declines. Costs relating to future offerings of securities would be incremental.

Leverage

Our Revolving Credit Facility with SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, and the Convertible Notes allow us to borrow money and lever our investment portfolio, subject to the limitations of the Investment Company Act, with the objective of increasing our yield. This is known as “leverage” and could increase or decrease returns to our stockholders. The use of leverage involves significant risks. As a BDC, under current laws and with certain limited exceptions, we are only permitted to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined in the Investment Company Act, equals at least 2 to 1 after such borrowing. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered borrowings or involve leverage and thus may be subject to Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with applicable SEC staff guidance and interpretations, when we engage in such transactions, instead of maintaining an asset coverage ratio of at least 2 to 1, we may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to our exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to such transactions (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered borrowings for these purposes. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered borrowings are not subject to the Investment Company Act’s asset coverage requirement, and we will not otherwise segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions for such transactions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our Investment Adviser’s and our Board of Directors’ assessment of market conditions and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing.

PORTFOLIO AND INVESTMENT ACTIVITY

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, our portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group, Inc. of $11.54 million and $0.00 million, respectively) consisted of the following:

 

     As of  
     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Percentage
of Total
Portfolio at
Fair Value
    Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Percentage
of Total
Portfolio at
Fair Value
 
     (in millions)            (in millions)         

First Lien/Senior Secured Debt

   $ 412.53      $ 407.07        32.4   $ 436.90      $ 421.03        36.1

First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

     279.03        273.96        21.8       329.45        310.25        26.6  

Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt

     443.39        444.60        35.3       352.70        336.18        28.8  

Unsecured Debt

     3.90        3.90        0.3       3.12        3.12        0.3  

Preferred Stock

     11.75        12.84        1.0       11.12        11.83        1.0  

Common Stock

     32.72        23.84        1.9       11.63        6.49        0.5  

Investment Funds & Vehicles

     94.34        92.10        7.3       77.59        78.39        6.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $     1,277.66      $     1,258.31            100.0   $     1,222.51      $     1,167.29            100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

65


As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the weighted average yield by asset type of our total portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.), at amortized cost and fair value, was as follows:

 

     As of  
     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
     Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value
 

Weighted Average Yield (1)

        

First Lien/Senior Secured Debt (2)

     11.0     11.9     10.0     10.6

First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche (2) (3)

     11.8     13.1     11.3     14.2

Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt (2)

     10.7     10.7     10.5     11.0

Unsecured Debt (2)

     11.8     11.8     12.0     12.0

Preferred Stock (4)

             0.5     0.5

Common Stock (4)

         %          

Investment Funds & Vehicles (5)

     12.0     11.9     14.5     14.5

Total Portfolio

     10.8     11.4     10.6     11.8

 

  (1)    

The weighted average yield of our portfolio does not represent the total return to our stockholders.

  (2)    

Computed based on (a) the annual stated interest rate or yield earned plus amortization of fees and discounts on the performing debt and other income producing investments, divided by (b) the total investments (including investments on non-accrual and non-income producing investments) at amortized cost or fair value, respectively. For investments that are subject to a LIBOR floor, the yield calculation assumes the greater of the applicable LIBOR floor or 3 month LIBOR as of the respective period end date. The actual interest rate may vary.

  (3)    

The calculation includes incremental yield earned on the “last-out” portion of the unitranche loan investments.

  (4)    

Computed based on (a) the stated coupon rate, if any, for each income-producing investment, divided by (b) the total investments (including investments on non-accrual and non-income producing investments) at amortized cost or fair value, respectively.

  (5)    

Computed based on (a) the net investment income earned from the Senior Credit Fund for the respective trailing twelve months ended on the measurement date, which may include dividend income and loan origination and structuring fees, divided by (b) our average member’s equity at cost and fair value, adjusted for equity contributions.

The weighted average yield measured at amortized cost and fair value as of December 31, 2017 remained relatively consistent compared to December 31, 2016. Within First Lien/Senior Secured Debt, the yield increase at amortized cost and fair value was driven by an increase in LIBOR and higher yields on new originations than on sales and repayments. Within First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche Debt, the decrease in yield at fair value was driven by the restructure of Bolttech Mannings, Inc. and lower yields on new originations than on sales and repayments. Within Investment Funds & Vehicles, the decrease in yield at amortized cost and fair value was due to lower loan origination and structuring fees earned from the Senior Credit Fund.

The following table presents certain selected information regarding our investment portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.) as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 

     As of  
     December 31, 2017      December 31, 2016  

Number of portfolio companies (1)

     56        40  

Percentage of performing debt bearing a floating rate (2)

     96.4%        92.8%  

Percentage of performing debt bearing a fixed rate (2)(3)

     3.6%        7.2%  

Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments, at amortized cost (4)

     11.2%        11.2%  

Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments, at fair value (4)

     11.7%        12.2%  

Weighted average leverage (net debt/EBITDA) (5)

     5.3x        4.8x  

Weighted average interest coverage (5)

     2.3x        2.7x  

Median EBITDA (5)(6)

   $     40.06 million      $      25.02 million  

 

  (1)    

Includes the Senior Credit Fund as a single portfolio company. For details on the portfolio companies held within the Senior Credit Fund, refer to “Senior Credit Fund, LLC – Selected Financial Data.”

  (2)    

Measured on a fair value basis. Excludes investments, if any, placed on non-accrual.

  (3)    

Includes income producing preferred stock investments.

  (4)    

Computed based on (a) the annual stated interest rate or yield earned plus amortization of fees and discounts on the performing debt and other income producing investments, divided by (b) the total performing debt and other income producing investments (excluding investments on non-accrual).

  (5)    

For a particular portfolio company, EBITDA typically represents net income before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. The net debt to EBITDA represents the ratio of a portfolio company’s total debt (net of cash) and excluding debt subordinated to our investment in a portfolio company, to a portfolio company’s EBITDA. The interest coverage ratio represents the ratio of a portfolio company’s EBITDA as a multiple of a portfolio company’s interest expense. Weighted average net debt to EBITDA is weighted based on the fair value of our debt investments, including our exposure to underlying debt investments in the Senior Credit Fund and excluding investments where net debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk, such as cash collateralized loans and investments that are underwritten and covenanted based on recurring revenue. Weighted average interest coverage is weighted based on the fair value of our performing debt investments, including our exposure to underlying debt investments in the Senior Credit Fund and excluding investments where interest coverage may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk, such as cash collateralized loans and investments that are underwritten and covenanted based on recurring revenue. Median EBITDA is based on our debt investments, including our exposure to underlying debt investments in the Senior Credit Fund and excluding investments where net debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk, such as cash collateralized loans and investments that are underwritten and covenanted based on recurring revenue. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, investments where net debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk represented 11.3% and 1.3%, respectively, of total debt investments, including our investment in the Senior Credit Fund, at fair value. Portfolio company statistics are derived from the most recently available financial statements of each portfolio company as of the respective reported end date. Portfolio company statistics have not been independently verified by us and may reflect a normalized or adjusted amount.

  (6)    

The increase in the portfolio’s median EBITDA in 2017 was primarily driven by investment activity in new portfolio companies.

 

66


Floating rates are primarily LIBOR plus a spread.

Our Investment Adviser monitors our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. It monitors the financial trends of each portfolio company to determine if it is meeting its respective business plan and to assess the appropriate course of action for each company. Our Investment Adviser has several methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair value of our investments, which may include the following:

 

   

assessment of success in adhering to the portfolio company’s business plan and compliance with covenants;

 

   

periodic or regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;

 

   

comparisons to our other portfolio companies in the industry, if any;

 

   

attendance at and participation in board meetings or presentations by portfolio companies; and

 

   

review of monthly and quarterly financial statements and financial projections of portfolio companies.

As part of the monitoring process, our Investment Adviser also employs an investment rating system to categorize our investments. In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, our Investment Adviser grades the credit risk of all investments on a scale of 1 to 4 no less frequently than quarterly. This system is intended primarily to reflect the underlying risk of a portfolio investment relative to our initial cost basis in respect of such portfolio investment (e.g., at the time of origination or acquisition), although it may also take into account under certain circumstances the performance of the portfolio company’s business, the collateral coverage of the investment and other relevant factors. The grading system is as follows:

 

   

investments with a grade of 1 involve the least amount of risk to our initial cost basis. The trends and risk factors for this investment since origination or acquisition are generally favorable, which may include the performance of the portfolio company or a potential exit;

 

   

investments with a grade of 2 involve a level of risk to our initial cost basis that is similar to the risk to our initial cost basis at the time of origination or acquisition. This portfolio company is generally performing as expected and the risk factors to our ability to ultimately recoup the cost of our investment are neutral to favorable. All investments or acquired investments in new portfolio companies are initially assessed a grade of 2;

 

   

investments with a grade of 3 indicate that the risk to our ability to recoup the initial cost basis of such investment has increased materially since origination or acquisition, including as a result of factors such as declining performance and non-compliance with debt covenants; however, payments are generally not more than 120 days past due; and

 

   

investments with a grade of 4 indicate that the risk to our ability to recoup the initial cost basis of such investment has substantially increased since origination or acquisition, and the portfolio company likely has materially declining performance. For debt investments with an investment grade of 4, most or all of the debt covenants are out of compliance and payments are substantially delinquent. For investments graded 4, it is anticipated that we will not recoup our initial cost basis and may realize a substantial loss of our initial cost basis upon exit.

Our Investment Adviser grades the investments in our portfolio at least quarterly and it is possible that the grade of a portfolio investment may be reduced or increased over time. For investments graded 3 or 4, our Investment Adviser enhances its level of scrutiny over the monitoring of such portfolio company. The following table shows the composition of our portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.) on the 1 to 4 grading scale as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 

     As of  
     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  

Investment

Performance Rating

   Fair Value      Percentage
of Total
Portfolio
at Fair
Value
    Fair Value      Percentage
of Total
Portfolio
at Fair
Value
 
    

(in

millions)

          

(in

millions)

        

Grade 1

   $ 31.28        2.5   $ 164.98        14.1

Grade 2

     1,135.48        90.2       817.88        70.1  

Grade 3

     91.55        7.3       167.60        14.4  

Grade 4

                  16.83        1.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $     1,258.31        100.0   $     1,167.29            100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The decrease in investments with a grade 4 investment performance rating as of December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016 was due to an investment with a fair value of $6.91 million being upgraded to grade 2 due to a restructuring and the exit of an investment with a fair value of $9.92 million. The decrease in investments with a grade 3 investment performance rating as of December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016 was due to an investment with a fair value of $20.57 million being upgraded to grade 2 due to a restructuring, investments with an aggregate fair value of $51.24 million being upgraded to grade 2 due to improved financial performance, an investment with a fair value of $31.28 being upgraded to grade 1 due to potential exit, and the exit of an investment with a fair value of $11.61 million. The decrease was partially offset by investments with an aggregate fair value of $38.78 million being downgraded to grade 3 due to declining financial performance. The increase in investments with a grade 2 investment performance rating as of December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016 was primarily driven by net investment activity and the aforementioned investment upgrades. The decrease in investments with a grade 1 investment performance rating as of December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016 was primarily driven by the exit of investments with an aggregate fair value of $164.98 million and the aforementioned investment upgrade.

 

67


The following table shows the amortized cost of our performing and non-accrual investments (excluding our investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.) as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 

     As of  
     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
     Amortized
Cost
     Percentage
of Total
Portfolio
at
Amortized
Cost
    Amortized
Cost
     Percentage
of Total
Portfolio
at
Amortized
Cost
 
    

(in

millions)

          

(in

millions)

        

Performing

   $     1,276.88            99.9   $     1,176.24        96.2

Non-accrual

     0.78        0.1       46.27        3.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 1,277.66            100.0   $     1,222.51            100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans or debt securities are placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that principal or interest will not be collected according to the contractual terms. Accrued interest generally is reversed when a loan or debt security is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans or debt securities may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans and debt securities are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, principal and interest payments are likely to remain current. We may make exceptions to this treatment if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection.

The following table shows our investment activity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 by investment type:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2016      2015  
     ($ in millions)  

New investments committed at cost:

        

Gross originations

   $ 632.52      $ 337.05      $ 335.25  

Less: Syndications (1)

    

 
     20.00         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net amount of new investments committed at cost:

   $ 632.52      $ 317.05      $ 335.25  

Amount of investments committed at cost (2) :

        

First Lien/Senior Secured Debt

   $ 177.96      $ 107.25      $ 206.87  

First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

     47.44        8.65        29.69  

Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt

     386.58        157.83        67.52  

Unsecured Debt

     0.40        3.10         

Preferred Stock

     0.60        8.79         

Common Stock

     2.79               10.00  

Investment Funds & Vehicles

     16.75        31.43        21.17  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 632.52      $ 317.05      $ 335.25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Proceeds from investments sold or repaid:

        

First Lien/Senior Secured Debt

   $ 166.09      $ 49.76      $ 22.60  

First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

     73.25        35.12        8.60  

Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt

     264.67        92.79        89.07  

Unsecured Debt

                    

Preferred Stock

            21.25         

Common Stock

                   10.00  

Investment Funds & Vehicles

                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     504.01      $     198.92      $     130.27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in portfolio

   $     128.51      $     118.13      $     204.98  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of new portfolio companies with new investment commitments (3)

     28        5        9  

Total new investment commitment amount in new portfolio companies (3)

   $ 459.54      $ 223.89      $ 276.50  

Average new investment commitment amount in new portfolio companies (3)

   $ 16.41      $ 44.78      $ 30.72  

Number of existing portfolio companies with new investment commitments (3)

     6        7        4  

Total new investment commitment amount in existing portfolio companies (3)

   $ 172.98      $ 93.16      $ 58.75  

Weighted average remaining term for new investment commitments (in years) (3)(4)

     6.0        5.2        4.3  

 

68


     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2017     2016     2015  
     ($ in millions)  

Percentage of new debt investment commitments at floating interest rates (3)

     97.7     90.9     100.0

Percentage of new debt investment commitments at fixed interest rates (3)(5)

     2.3     9.1    

Weighted average yield on new debt and income producing investment commitments (2)(3)(6)

     10.2     11.5     10.1

Weighted average yield on new investment commitments (2)(3)(7)

     10.1     11.1     9.8

Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments sold or paid down (8)

     10.7     10.9     10.6

Weighted average yield on investments sold or paid down (9)

     10.6     10.9     9.8

 

(1)    

Only includes syndications that occurred at the initial close of the investment.

(2)    

Net of capitalized fees, expenses and OID.

(3)    

May include positions originated during the period but not held at the reporting date.

(4)    

Calculated as of the end of the relevant period and the maturity date of the individual investments.

(5)    

May include preferred stock investments.

(6)    

Computed based on (a) the annual stated interest rate on new debt and income producing investment commitments, divided by (b) the total new debt and income producing investment commitments. The calculation includes incremental yield earned on the “last-out” portion of the unitranche loan investments and excludes investments that are non-accrual. For investments that are subject to a LIBOR floor, the calculation assumes the greater of the applicable LIBOR floor or 3 month LIBOR as of the respective period end date. The actual interest rate may vary.

(7)    

Computed based on (a) the annual stated interest rate on new investment commitments, divided by (b) the total new investment commitments (including investments on non-accrual and non-income producing investments). The calculation includes incremental yield earned on the “last-out” portion of the unitranche loan investments. For investments that are subject to a LIBOR floor, the calculation assumes the greater of the applicable LIBOR floor or 3 month LIBOR as of the respective period end date. The actual interest rate may vary.

(8)    

Computed based on (a) the annual stated interest rate on debt and income producing investments sold or paid down, divided by (b) the total debt and income producing investments sold or paid down. The calculation includes incremental yield earned on the “last-out” portion of the unitranche loan investments and excludes prepayment premiums earned on exited investments and investments that are non-accrual. For investments that are subject to a LIBOR floor, the calculation assumes the greater of the applicable LIBOR floor or 3 month LIBOR as of the respective period end date. The actual interest rate may vary.

(9)    

Computed based on (a) the annual stated interest rate on investments sold or paid down, divided by (b) the total investments sold or paid down (including investments on non-accrual and non-income producing investments). The calculation includes incremental yield earned on the “last-out” portion of the unitranche loan investments and excludes prepayment premiums earned on exited investments. For investments that are subject to a LIBOR floor, the calculation assumes the greater of the applicable LIBOR floor or 3 month LIBOR as of the respective period end date. The actual interest rate may vary.

 

69


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Total investment income

   $ 136.78      $ 125.11      $ 118.44  

Net expenses

     (55.24      (47.85      (43.34
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss) before taxes

     81.54        77.26        75.10  

Excise tax expense

     (1.55      (1.04      (0.52
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss) after taxes

     79.99        76.22        74.58  

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

     (66.31      (21.99      (0.07

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

     35.87        (13.58      (27.88
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $     49.55      $     40.65      $     46.63  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations can vary from period to period as a result of various factors, including acquisitions, the level of new investment commitments, the recognition of realized gains and losses and changes in unrealized appreciation and depreciation on the investment portfolio. As a result, comparisons may not be meaningful.

Investment Income

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Interest

   $     115.26      $     110.60      $     109.70  

Dividend income

     9.68        8.73        6.47  

Payment-in-kind

     7.23        1.50         

Other income

     4.61        4.28        2.27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment income

   $     136.78      $     125.11      $     118.44  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest

Interest from investments, which includes prepayment premiums and accelerated accretion of upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts, increased from $110.60 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $115.26 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily due to an increase in non-recurring prepayment premiums and accelerated accretion of upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts. Included in interest for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 is $2.54 million and $0.70 million, respectively, in prepayment premiums and $4.53 million and $1.25 million, respectively, in accelerated accretion of upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts.

Interest from investments, which includes prepayment premiums and accelerated accretion of upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts, increased from $109.70 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $110.60 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily due to an increase in recurring interest income, which resulted primarily from an increase in the size of our portfolio, partially offset by a decrease in non-recurring prepayment premiums. The amortized cost of the portfolio increased from $1,122.70 million as of December 31, 2015 to $1,222.51 million as of December 31, 2016. Included in interest for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is $0.70 million and $1.38 million, respectively, in prepayment premiums and $1.25 million and $1.23 million, respectively, in accelerated accretion of upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts.

Dividend income

Dividend income increased from $8.73 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $9.68 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily as a result of increased distributions from the Senior Credit Fund during the year ended December 31, 2017, partially offset by the exit from Crowley Holdings Preferred LLC during the year ended December 31, 2016. The dividend income from Senior Credit Fund increased from $6.58 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $9.65 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Dividend income increased from $6.47 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $8.73 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily as a result of increased distributions from the Senior Credit Fund during the year ended December 31, 2016. The dividend income from Senior Credit Fund increased from $3.99 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $6.58 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

70


Payment-in-kind

Payment-in-kind income from investments increased from $1.50 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7.23 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily as a result of an increase in the number of investments earning PIK income for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Payment-in-kind income from investments increased from $0.00 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $1.50 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily as a result of an increase in the number of investments earning PIK income for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Other income

Other income for the year ended December 31, 2017 remained relatively consistent as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

Other income increased from $2.27 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $4.28 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily as a result of excess loan origination fee income accrued from the Senior Credit Fund.

Expenses

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Interest and other debt expenses

   $ 19.61      $ 14.30      $ 10.71  

Management fees

     17.83        17.01        15.44  

Incentive fees

     12.78        10.42        11.79  

Professional fees

     2.19        2.56        2.75  

Administration, custodian and transfer agent fees

     0.82        0.87        0.97  

Directors’ fees

     0.72        1.01        0.62  

Other expenses

     1.29        1.68        1.06  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Expenses

   $     55.24      $     47.85      $     43.34  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest and other debt expenses

Interest and other debt expense increased from $14.30 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $19.61 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily due to the interest expenses related to the Convertible Notes that were issued on October 3, 2016.

Interest and other debt expense increased from $10.71 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $14.30 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to an increase in the average aggregate daily borrowings from $358.44 million to $464.44 million. Included in interest and other debt expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 is $1.48 million in interest expense, accretion of original issue discount and amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Convertible Notes that were issued on October 3, 2016.

Management Fees and Incentive Fees

Management Fees increased from $17.01 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $17.83 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of an increase in gross assets, excluding cash and investments in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. Incentive Fees increased from $10.42 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $12.78 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of an increase in the cap on Incentive Fees for the period which is primarily due to an increase in net investment income and a decrease in net capital loss on portfolio companies.

Management Fees increased from $15.44 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $17.01 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as a result of an increase in gross assets, excluding cash and investments in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. Incentive Fees decreased from $11.79 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $10.42 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as a result of a decrease in the cap on Incentive Fees for the period which is primarily due to an increase in net capital loss on portfolio companies.

 

71


Professional fees and other general and administrative expenses

Professional fees for the year ended December 31, 2017 remained relatively consistent as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016; and other general and administrative expenses decreased from $3.56 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $2.83 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily due to a decrease in expenses related to the reduction in the number of directors.

Professional fees for the year ended December 31, 2016 remained relatively consistent as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015; and other general and administrative expenses increased from $2.65 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to $3.56 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 due to an increase in costs associated with servicing a larger investment portfolio.

Net Realized Gains (Losses) and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) on Investments

The realized gains and losses on fully exited and partially exited portfolio companies during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Bolttech Mannings, Inc.

   $ (25.09    $      $  

Hunter Defense Technologies

            (22.12       

Iracore International Holdings, Inc.

     (14.40              

Washington Inventory Service

     (23.71              

Other, net

     (3.11      0.13        (0.07
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net realized gain (loss)

   $ (66.31    $ (21.99    $ (0.07
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, net realized losses were primarily driven by three portfolio companies. Effective December 22, 2017, we completed a restructuring with Bolttech Mannings, Inc. whereby the first lien/last out unitranche debt held by us was converted into non-income producing common equity and new first lien/last out unitranche debt investments. As a result, $22.70 million of unrealized depreciation was reversed, and we realized a loss of $25.09 million. Effective April 13, 2017, we entered into an exchange agreement with Iracore International Holdings, Inc. whereby the first lien debt held by us was exchanged for non-income producing common equity. As a result, $13.62 million of unrealized depreciation was reversed, and we realized a loss of $14.40 million. In addition, effective June 6, 2017, we fully exited Washington Inventory Service. As a result, $15.03 million of unrealized depreciation was reversed, and we realized a loss of $23.71 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, net realized losses were primarily driven by Hunter Defense Technologies, Inc. for which, effective July 1, 2016, we completed a restructuring whereby the second lien debt held by us was converted into non-interest bearing preferred and common equity. As a result, $22.12 million of unrealized depreciation was reversed, and we realized a loss of $22.12 million.

Any changes in fair value are recorded as a change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments. For further details on the valuation process, refer to “Critical Accounting Policies – Valuation of Portfolio Investments.” Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
     (in millions)  

Change in unrealized appreciation

   $ 56.16      $ 37.71      $ 9.63  

Change in unrealized depreciation

     (20.29      (51.29      (37.51
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

   $     35.87      $ (13.58    $ (27.88
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

72


The change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments for years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016      2015  
Portfolio Company:    (in millions)  

Bolttech Mannings, Inc.

   $ 15.89      $ (14.43    $ (0.95

CB-HDT Holdings, Inc.

     0.45        2.82         

Data Driven Delivery Systems, LLC

     (2.01      (0.29      2.30  

Global Tel*Link Corporation

     0.72        10.26        (10.58

Iracore International Holdings, Inc.

     13.62        (9.30      0.41  

Kawa Solar Holdings Limited

     (3.24      0.05         

NTS Communications, Inc.

     (3.05      0.03        (1.40

Prairie Provident Resources, Inc.

     (0.95      (1.87      (2.53

Reddy Ice Corporation

     1.56        2.72        (1.53

Securus Technologies Holdings, Inc.

     0.50        8.57        (8.96

Senior Credit Fund, LLC

     (3.05      2.07        (0.90

US Med Acquisition, Inc.

     (1.91      (0.09      0.59  

Washington Inventory Service

     15.03        (11.14      (3.16

Other, net (1)

     2.31        (2.98      (1.17
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 35.87      $ (13.58    $ (27.88
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1)    

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 other, net includes gross unrealized appreciation of $8.39 million, $11.19 million, and $6.33 million, respectively, and gross unrealized depreciation of $6.08 million $14.17 million, and $7.50 million, respectively.

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in our investments for year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily driven by the reversal of unrealized depreciation in connection with Bolttech Mannings, Inc., Iracore International Holdings, Inc. and Washington Inventory Service, each as described above.

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in our investments for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due unrealized depreciation in Bolttech Mannings, Inc., Iracore International Holdings, Inc., and Washington Inventory Service, due to financial underperformance, which was partially offset by unrealized appreciation in Global Tel*Link Corporation and Securus Technologies Holdings, Inc. due to a favorable changes in regulation impacting the diversified telecommunication services industry.

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) in our investments for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily driven by the unrealized depreciation in Global Tel*Link Corporation and Securus Technologies Holdings, Inc. due to the potential changes in regulation impacting the diversified telecommunication services industry.

SENIOR CREDIT FUND, LLC

Overview

The Senior Credit Fund, an unconsolidated Delaware limited liability company, was formed on May 7, 2014 and commenced operations on October 1, 2014. We invest together with Cal Regents through the Senior Credit Fund. The Senior Credit Fund’s principal purpose is to make investments, either directly or indirectly through SPV I, primarily in senior secured loans to middle-market companies. Each of us and Cal Regents has a 50% economic ownership in the Senior Credit Fund and each has subscribed to fund $100.00 million. Except under certain circumstances, contributions to the Senior Credit Fund cannot be redeemed. The Senior Credit Fund is managed by a six member board of managers, on which we and Cal Regents have equal representation. Investment decisions generally must be unanimously approved by a quorum of the board of managers. Establishing a quorum for the Senior Credit Fund’s board of managers requires at least four members to be present at a meeting, including at least two of our representatives and two of Cal Regents’ representatives. If there are five members present at a meeting, all three representatives of Cal Regents must be present to constitute a quorum. On July 31, 2017, we and Cal Regents, as members of the Senior Credit Fund, entered into an amendment to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the Senior Credit Fund to extend the investment period for the Senior Credit Fund from August 1, 2017 to November 1, 2017. On November 1, 2017, we and Cal Regents, as members of the Senior Credit Fund, entered into an amendment to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the Senior Credit Fund to extend the investment period for the Senior Credit Fund from November 1, 2017 to January 2, 2018.

We and Cal Regents are each responsible for sourcing the Senior Credit Fund’s investments. If the loan origination and structuring fees earned by the Senior Credit Fund (including directly or indirectly through SPV I or another vehicle) during a period exceed the Senior Credit Fund’s expenses (excluding interest and other debt expenses), such excess is paid as a fee to the Member(s) responsible for the origination of the loans pro rata in accordance with the total loan origination and structuring fees earned by the Senior Credit Fund with respect to the loans originated by such Member.

 

73


Selected Financial Data

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we and Cal Regents had subscribed to fund and contributed the following in the Senior Credit Fund:

 

     December 31, 2017      December 31, 2016  
     Subscribed to
fund
     Contributed      Subscribed to
fund
     Contributed  
     (in millions)      (in millions)  

Company

   $ 100.00      $ 94.34      $ 100.00      $ 77.59  

Cal Regents

     100.00        94.34        100.00        77.59  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     200.00      $     188.68      $     200.00      $     155.18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Senior Credit Fund had total investments in senior secured debt at fair value of $467.07 million and $479.53 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Senior Credit Fund had no investments on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Senior Credit Fund had an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. with a total fair value of $5.84 million and $1.94 million, respectively. In addition, the Senior Credit Fund had eight portfolio companies with unfunded commitments totaling $17.14 million as of December 31, 2017 and three portfolio companies with unfunded commitments totaling $6.30 million as of December 31, 2016.

Below is a summary of the Senior Credit Fund’s portfolio (excluding an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.) followed by a listing of the individual loans in the Senior Credit Fund’s portfolio as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 

Number of portfolio companies

     34        37  

Total senior secured debt (1)

   $ 496.58 million      $ 489.66 million  

Largest loan to a single borrower (1)

   $ 29.04 million      $ 24.62 million  

Weighted average current interest rate on senior secured debt (2)

     7.3%        6.6%  

Percentage of performing debt bearing a floating rate (3)

     100.0%        100.0%  

Percentage of performing debt bearing a fixed rate (3)

     –%        –%  

Weighted average leverage (net debt/EBITDA) (4)

     4.5x        3.8x  

Weighted average interest coverage (4)

     2.7x        3.2x  

Median EBITDA (4)

   $ 45.53 million      $ 68.70 million  

 

  (1)    

At par amount, including fully unfunded commitments.

  (2)    

Computed as (a) the annual stated interest rate on accruing senior secured debt divided by (b) total senior secured debt at par amount, excluding fully unfunded commitments.

  (3)    

Measured on a fair value basis.

  (4)    

For a particular portfolio company of the Senior Credit Fund, EBITDA typically represents net income before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization. The net debt to EBITDA represents the ratio of a portfolio company’s total debt (net of cash) and excluding debt subordinated to the Senior Credit Fund’s investment in a portfolio company, to a portfolio company’s EBITDA. The interest coverage ratio represents the ratio of a portfolio company’s EBITDA as a multiple of interest expense. Weighted average net debt to EBITDA is weighted based on the fair value of the Senior Credit Fund’s debt investments. Weighted average interest coverage is weighted based on the fair value of the Senior Credit Fund’s performing debt investments. Median EBITDA is based on the Senior Credit Fund’s debt investments. Portfolio company statistics are derived from the most recently available financial statements of each portfolio company of the Senior Credit Fund as of the respective reported end date. Statistics of the Senior Credit Fund’s portfolio companies have not been independently verified by us and may reflect a normalized or adjusted amount.

 

74


Senior Credit Fund Portfolio as of December 31, 2017

 

 

Portfolio Company    Industry    Interest (+)   Maturity   Par
Amount
    Cost     Fair
Value
 
                  (in millions)  

1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

 

3SI Security Systems, Inc.    Commercial Services & Supplies    7.87% (L + 6.25%; 1.00% Floor)   06/16/2023     $    14.96     $     14.75     $     14.74  
A Place For Mom, Inc.    Diversified Consumer Services    5.69% (L + 4.00%; 1.00% Floor)   08/10/2024     3.99       3.97       3.99  
Ansira Partners, Inc.    Media    8.19% (L + 6.50%; 1.00% Floor)   12/20/2022     8.64       8.56       8.57  
Ansira Partners, Inc. (1)    Media    8.19% (L + 6.50%; 1.00% Floor)   12/20/2022     1.27       0.69       0.69  
ASC Acquisition Holdings, LLC (2)    Distributors    8.89% (L + 7.50%; 1.00% Floor)   12/15/2021     10.69       10.60       10.47  
ASC Acquisition Holdings, LLC (1)(2)(3)    Distributors    (L + 7.50%; 1.00% Floor)   12/15/2021     3.75       (0.04     (0.08
ATX Networks Corp.    Communications Equipment    8.69% (L + 6.00%; 1.00% Floor)
(7.69% Cash and 1.00% PIK)
  06/11/2021     16.42       16.30       16.18  
Badger Sportswear, Inc.    Textiles, Apparel & Luxury Goods    6.07% (L + 4.50%; 1.00% Floor)   09/11/2023     14.81       14.69       14.54  
Barbri, Inc.    Media    5.73% (L + 4.25%; 1.00% Floor)   12/01/2023     14.00       13.93       13.97  
Crowne Group, LLC    Auto Components    10.73% (L + 9.25%; 1.00% Floor)   05/26/2021     16.36       16.24       16.53  
CST Buyer Company    Diversified Consumer Services    7.75% (L + 6.25%; 1.00% Floor)   03/01/2023     19.66       19.18       19.27  
CST Buyer Company (1)(3)    Diversified Consumer Services    (L + 6.25%; 1.00% Floor)   03/01/2023     1.80       (0.04     (0.04
DBRS Limited    Capital Markets    6.73% (L + 5.25%; 1.00% Floor)   03/04/2022     11.67       11.59       11.67  
DiscoverOrg, LLC (2)    Software    6.07% (L + 4.50%; 1.00% Floor)   08/25/2023     7.98       7.94       7.90  
FWR Holding Corporation    Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure    7.66% (L + 6.00%; 1.00% Floor)   08/21/2023     9.08       8.86       8.85  
FWR Holding Corporation (1)    Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure    7.57% (L + 6.00%; 1.00% Floor)   08/21/2023     1.18       0.12       0.12  
FWR Holding Corporation (1)    Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure    7.60% (L + 6.00%; 1.00% Floor)   08/21/2023     2.93       0.40       0.40  
GK Holdings, Inc.    IT Services    7.69% (L + 6.00%; 1.00% Floor)   01/20/2021     17.46       17.39       13.63  
HC Group Holdings III, Inc.    Health Care Providers & Services    6.57% (L + 5.00%; 1.00% Floor)   04/07/2022     8.80       8.77       8.87  
Help/Systems, LLC    Software    6.19% (L + 4.50%; 1.00% Floor)   10/08/2021     17.72       17.30       17.77  
Hygiena Borrower LLC    Life Sciences Tools & Services    6.44% (L + 4.75%; 1.00% Floor)   08/26/2022     15.88       15.74       15.56  
Hygiena Borrower LLC (1)(3)    Life Sciences Tools & Services    (L + 4.75%; 1.00% Floor)   08/26/2022     1.67       (0.02     (0.03
Jill Acquisition LLC    Textiles, Apparel & Luxury Goods    6.38% (L + 5.00%; 1.00% Floor)   05/08/2022     14.00       13.91       13.18  
Lattice Semiconductor Corporation    Semiconductors & Semiconductor Equipment    5.65% (L + 4.25%; 1.00% Floor)   03/10/2021     10.75       10.61       10.85  
Liquidnet Holdings, Inc.    Capital Markets    5.82% (L + 4.25%; 1.00% Floor)   07/15/2024     9.75       9.66       9.77  
MB Aerospace Holdings Inc.    Aerospace & Defense    7.13% (L + 5.50%; 1.00% Floor)   12/15/2022     15.69       15.57       15.65  
Netsmart Technologies, Inc.    Health Care Technology    6.19% (L + 4.50%; 1.00% Floor)   04/19/2023     18.75       18.70       18.94  
Pathway Partners Vet Management Company, LLC (2)    Health Care Providers & Services    5.82% (L + 4.25%; 1.00% Floor)   10/10/2024     6.96       6.93       6.96  
Pathway Partners Vet Management Company, LLC (1) (2)    Health Care Providers & Services    5.82% (L + 4.25%; 1.00% Floor)   10/10/2024     3.02       0.28       0.29  
Pomeroy Group LLC    IT Services    7.51% (L + 6.00%; 1.00% Floor)   11/30/2021     15.76       15.39       15.40  
Professional Physical Therapy    Health Care Providers & Services    9.50% (P + 5.00%)   12/16/2022     10.40       10.31       10.19  
Radiology Partners Holdings, LLC    Health Care Providers & Services    7.59% (L + 5.75%; 1.00% Floor)   12/04/2023     7.71       7.63       7.71  
Radiology Partners Holdings, LLC (1)    Health Care Providers & Services    7.59% (L + 5.75%; 1.00% Floor)   12/04/2023     2.29       1.39       1.41  
RealD, Inc.    Media    8.98% (L + 7.50%; 1.00% Floor)   03/22/2021     16.64       16.52       16.43  
SciQuest, Inc. (4)    Internet Software & Services    5.56% (L + 4.00%; 1.00% Floor)   12/28/2024     20.00       19.90       19.90  
Smarte Carte, Inc.    Air Freight & Logistics    7.20% (L + 5.50%; 1.00% Floor)   08/30/2021     10.56       10.48       10.48  
SMS Systems Maintenance Services, Inc.    IT Services    6.57% (L + 5.00%; 1.00% Floor)   10/30/2023     14.85       14.78       12.47  
Stackpath, LLC    Internet Software & Services    6.38% (L + 5.00%; 1.00% Floor)   02/03/2023     16.91       16.77       16.75  
Tronair Parent Inc.    Air Freight & Logistics    6.16% (L + 4.75%; 1.00% Floor)   09/08/2023     13.82       13.71       13.65  
U.S. Acute Care Solutions, LLC    Health Care Providers & Services    6.69% (L + 5.00%; 1.00% Floor)   05/14/2021     12.87       12.76       12.74  

 

 

75


Senior Credit Fund Portfolio as of December 31, 2017

 

 

Portfolio Company    Industry    Interest (+)   Maturity    
Par
Amount
 
 
    Cost      
Fair
Value
 
 

VRC Companies, LLC

   Commercial Services & Supplies    8.12% (L + 6.50%; 1.00% Floor)   03/31/2023     19.91       19.50       19.66  

VRC Companies, LLC

   Commercial Services & Supplies    7.85% (L + 6.50%; 1.00% Floor)   03/31/2023     3.52       3.45       3.48  

VRC Companies, LLC (1)

   Commercial Services & Supplies    7.97% (L + 6.50%; 1.00% Floor)   03/31/2023     4.20       2.18       2.18  

VRC Companies, LLC (1)

   Commercial Services & Supplies    10.00% (P + 5.50%)   03/31/2022     1.41       1.10       1.11  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

           448.45       442.77  

1st Lien/First-Out Unitranche

          

Infogix, Inc.

   Software    6.69% (L + 5.00%; 1.00% Floor)   12/31/2021     9.59       9.52       9.57  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 1st Lien/First-Out Unitranche

           9.52       9.57  

2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

          

DiscoverOrg, LLC (2)

   Software    10.07% (L + 8.50%; 1.00% Floor)   02/23/2024     10.50       10.35       10.39  

GK Holdings, Inc.

   IT Services    11.94% (L + 10.25%; 1.00% Floor)   01/20/2022     6.00       5.92       4.34  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

           16.27       14.73  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate Debt

         $ 474.24     $ 467.07  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(+)  

Variable rate loans bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to either LIBOR (“L”) or alternate base rate (commonly based on the Prime Rate (“P”)), at the borrower’s option. L loans are typically indexed to 12 month, 6 month, 3 month, 2 month, 1 month or 1 week L rates. The terms in the Schedule of Investments disclose the actual interest rate in effect as of the reporting date. For investments with multiple interest rate contracts, the interest rate shown is the weighted average interest rate in effect at December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2017, rates for the 12 month, 6 month, 3 month, 2 month, 1 month or 1 week LIBOR were 2.11%, 1.84%, 1.69%, 1.62%, 1.56% and 1.48%, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, P was 4.50%.

(1)  

Position or portion thereof is an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned on the unfunded portion. The unfunded loan commitment may be subject to a commitment termination date that may expire prior to the maturity date stated.

(2)  

We also hold a portion of the 2nd lien/senior secured debt in this portfolio company.

(3)  

The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan. The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan.

(4)  

Position or portion thereof unsettled as of December 31, 2017.

(5)  

The rate shown is the annualized seven-day yield as of December 31, 2017.

 

76


Senior Credit Fund Portfolio as of December 31, 2016

 

 

Portfolio Company    Industry    Interest   Maturity  

Par

Amount

    Cost    

Fair

Value

 
                  (in millions)  

1 st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

             

Affordable Care Holding Corp. (+++)

   Health Care Providers & Services    L + 4.75% (1.00% Floor)   10/22/2022   $     4.95     $ 4.86     $     4.95  

Ansira Partners, Inc. (1)

   Media    L + 6.50% (1.00% Floor)   12/20/2022     8.73       8.64       8.64  

Ansira Partners, Inc. (1)(2)

   Media    L + 6.50% (1.00% Floor)   12/20/2022     1.27              

ASC Acquisition Holdings, LLC (+++)(3)

   Distributors    L + 7.50% (1.00% Floor)   12/15/2021     11.25       11.14       11.14  

ASC Acquisition Holdings, LLC (+++)(2)(3)

   Distributors    L + 7.50% (1.00% Floor)   12/15/2021     3.75              

ATX Networks Corp. (+++)

   Communications Equipment    L + 6.00% (1.00% Floor)   06/11/2021     16.77       16.60       16.35  

Badger Sportswear, Inc. (+++)

   Textiles, Apparel & Luxury Goods    L + 4.50% (1.00% Floor)   09/11/2023     14.96       14.86       14.85  

ConvergeOne Holdings Corporation (+++)(4)

   Communications Equipment    L + 5.38% (1.00% Floor)   06/17/2020     17.40       17.26       17.31  

Crowne Group, LLC (+++)

   Auto Components    L + 9.25% (1.00% Floor)   05/26/2021     16.87       16.72       17.04  

DBRS Limited (+++)

   Capital Markets    L + 5.25% (1.00% Floor)   03/04/2022     11.79       11.70       10.73  

DiscoverOrg, LLC (+)(3)

   Software    L + 4.25% (1.00% Floor)   06/02/2020     7.15       7.12       7.08  

Edgewood Partners Insurance Center (+)

   Insurance    L + 6.00% (1.00% Floor)   03/16/2023     15.88       15.59       15.92  

Explorer Holdings, Inc. (+++)

   Health Care Technology    L + 5.00% (1.00% Floor)   05/02/2023     9.95       9.85       10.02  

GK Holdings, Inc. (+++)

   IT Services    L + 5.50% (1.00% Floor)   01/20/2021     17.64       17.56       17.46  

HC Group Holdings III, Inc. (+++)

   Health Care Providers & Services    L + 5.00% (1.00% Floor)   04/07/2022     8.89       8.85       8.51  

Help/Systems, LLC (+++)

   Software    L + 5.25% (1.00% Floor)   10/08/2021     17.95       17.41       17.91  

Imagine! Print Solutions, Inc. (+++)

   Commercial Services & Supplies    L + 6.00% (1.00% Floor)   03/30/2022     4.96       4.91       5.04  

Jill Acquisition LLC (+++)

   Textiles, Apparel & Luxury Goods    L + 5.00% (1.00% Floor)   05/08/2022     15.81       15.70       15.75  

Lattice Semiconductor Corporation (+++)

   Semiconductors & Semiconductor Equipment    L + 4.25% (1.00% Floor)   03/10/2021     11.99       11.80       11.96  

Liquidnet Holdings, Inc. (+)(4)

   Capital Markets    L + 6.75% (1.00% Floor)   05/22/2019     24.62       24.34       24.43  

Loar Group, Inc. (++)

   Aerospace & Defense    L + 4.75% (1.00% Floor)   01/12/2022     9.93       9.68       9.88  

MB Aerospace Holdings Inc. (+++)

   Aerospace & Defense    L + 5.50% (1.00% Floor)   12/15/2022     15.85       15.71       15.77  

Mister Car Wash, Inc. (1)

   Automobiles    L + 4.25% (1.00% Floor)   08/20/2021     6.65       6.60       6.66  

Mister Car Wash, Inc. (1)(2)

   Automobiles    L + 4.25% (1.00% Floor)   08/20/2021     1.33             0.01  

Netsmart Technologies, Inc. (+++)

   Health Care Technology    L + 4.50% (1.00% Floor)   04/19/2023     18.94       18.88       19.00  

Oasis Outsourcing Holdings, Inc. (+)

   Diversified Financial Services    L + 4.75% (1.00% Floor)   12/27/2021     3.98       3.97       3.99  

PGX Holdings, Inc. (+++)(4)

   Professional Services    L + 5.25% (1.00% Floor)   09/29/2020     13.58       13.51       13.55  

Playcore Wisconsin, Inc. (+++)

   Leisure Equipment & Products    L + 4.25% (1.00% Floor)   05/29/2020     18.00       17.82       17.82  

Pomeroy Group LLC (++++)

   IT Services    L + 6.00% (1.00% Floor)   11/30/2021     15.92       15.47       15.76  

Precyse Acquisition Corp. (+)

   Health Care Technology    L + 5.50% (1.00% Floor)   10/20/2022     7.47       7.37       7.55  

Professional Physical Therapy (+++)

   Health Care Providers & Services    L + 6.00% (1.00% Floor)   12/16/2022     10.50       10.40       10.40  

RealD, Inc. (++)

   Media    L + 7.50% (1.00% Floor)   03/22/2021     16.87       16.72       16.70  

Research Now Group, Inc. (+++)

   Professional Services    L + 4.50% (1.00% Floor)   03/18/2021     9.59       9.48       9.45  

SciQuest, Inc. (++++)

   Internet Software & Services    L + 4.75% (1.00% Floor)   07/28/2023     13.93       13.86       13.86  

Smarte Carte, Inc. (+++)

   Air Freight & Logistics    L + 5.50% (1.00% Floor)   08/30/2021     11.21       11.11       11.10  

Tronair Parent Inc. (+++)

   Air Freight & Logistics    L + 4.75% (1.00% Floor)   09/08/2023     13.86       13.76       13.72  

U.S. Acute Care Solutions, LLC (1)

   Health Care Providers & Services    L + 5.00% (1.00% Floor)   05/14/2021     13.00       12.87       12.87  

Veresen Midstream Limited Partnership (+++)

   Energy Equipment & Services    L + 4.25% (1.00% Floor)   03/31/2022     10.81       10.61       10.87  

Zep Inc. (+++)

   Chemicals    L + 4.00% (1.00% Floor)   06/27/2022     11.90       11.88       11.96  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 1 st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

           454.61       456.01  

1 st Lien/First-Out Unitranche

          

Infogix, Inc. (+++)

   Software    L + 4.75% (1.00% Floor)   12/31/2021     9.76       9.68       9.66  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 1 st Lien/First-Out Unitranche

        9.68       9.66  

2 nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

          

DiscoverOrg, LLC (+++)(3)

   Software    L + 9.00% (1.00% Floor)   02/10/2022     8.00       7.86       7.86  

GK Holdings, Inc. (+++)

   IT Services    L + 9.50% (1.00% Floor)   01/20/2022     6.00       5.90       6.00  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 2 nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

           13.76       13.86  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate Debt

            $     478.05     $     479.53  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(+)    

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 1 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 1 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 0.77%.

(++)    

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 2 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 2 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 0.82%.

(+++)    

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 3 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 3 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 1.00%.

(++++)    

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 12 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 12 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 1.69%.

(1)    

Position or portion thereof unsettled as of December 31, 2016.

(2)    

Position or portion thereof is an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned on the unfunded portion. The unfunded loan commitment may be subject to a commitment termination date that may expire prior to the maturity date stated.

(3)    

We also hold a portion of the 2nd lien/senior secured debt in this portfolio company.

(4)    

Initial investment was purchased at fair value from us in October 2014.

L – LIBOR

 

77


Below is certain summarized balance sheet information for the Senior Credit Fund as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 
     (in millions)  

Selected Balance Sheet Information

  

Total investments, at fair value

   $ 472.91      $ 481.47  

Cash and other assets

     31.83        10.93  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 504.74      $ 492.40  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt (1)

   $ 291.52      $ 300.57  

Other liabilities

     29.03        35.04  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 320.55      $ 335.61  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Members’ equity

   $ 184.19      $ 156.79  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $     504.74      $     492.40  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)    

Net of deferred financing costs for the SPV I Term Loan Facility (as defined below) as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, which were in the amount of $2.49 million and $2.68 million, respectively.

Below is certain summarized Statement of Operations information for the Senior Credit Fund for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2017
     Year Ended
December 31,
2016
     Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 
     (in millions)  

Selected Statement of Operations Information:

        

Total investment income

   $ 37.68      $ 25.53      $ 14.68  

Expenses

        

Interest and other debt expenses

     13.45        9.10        5.28  

Excess loan origination and structuring fees

     1.31        2.31        0.75  

Professional fees

     0.62        0.43        0.32  

Administration and custodian fees

     0.40        0.35        0.30  

Other expenses

     0.15        0.10        0.04  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

     15.93        12.29        6.69  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss)

     21.75        13.24        7.99  

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

     0.11        (0.02      0.05  

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

     (8.65      4.07        (1.87
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in members’ equity

   $     13.21      $     17.29      $     6.17  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt

On December 19, 2016, SPV I entered into an amended and restated credit facility (as amended, the “Asset Based Facility”), which consists of a revolving credit facility (the “SPV I Revolving Credit Facility”), a term loan facility (the “SPV I Term Loan Facility”) and a Class B loan facility (the “SPV I Class B Facility”), with various lenders. For the Asset Based Facility, Natixis, New York Branch (“Natixis”) serves as the facility agent, and State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the collateral agent. The Asset Based Facility includes a maximum borrowing capacity of $400.00 million. The SPV I Revolving Credit Facility provided for borrowings in an aggregate amount up to $120.00 million on a committed basis as of December 31, 2017. Borrowings under the SPV I Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.30%. As of December 31, 2017, the SPV I Term Loan Facility consisted of a $240.00 million fully drawn term loan and the SPV I Class B Facility consisted of a $40.00 million fully drawn Class B loan. Borrowings under the SPV I Term Loan Facility and SPV I Class B Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.30% and LIBOR plus 3.50%, respectively. Any amounts borrowed under the Asset Based Facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable, on December 19, 2025.

 

78


As of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the SPV I’s outstanding borrowings under the Asset Based Facility were $294.00 million, $303.25 million and $139.85 million, respectively. The summary information of the Asset Based Facility for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2017
     Year Ended
December 31, 2016
     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 
            (in millions)         

Borrowing interest expense

   $ 11.92      $ 7.04      $ 2.59  

Facility fees

     0.76        0.73        0.92  

Amortization of financing costs

     0.77        0.69        0.41  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13.45      $ 8.46      $ 3.92  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate

     3.68%        3.24%        2.76%  

Average outstanding balance

   $     324.25      $     217.19      $     93.71  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Senior Credit Fund had entered into a revolving credit facility (the “Subscription Facility”) with Versailles Assets LLC as lender, and with Natixis as the facility agent. The Subscription Facility provided for borrowings in an aggregate amount up to $50.00 million on a committed basis. The Senior Credit Fund’s obligations to Natixis and the lenders were secured by the unfunded subscriptions of us and Cal Regents, proceeds of such subscriptions and certain other assets. On September 30, 2016, the Senior Credit Fund paid in full all loans outstanding and the Subscription Facility was terminated. In connection thereof, the related documents governing the Subscription Facility were also terminated. The summary information of the Subscription Facility for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2017
     Year Ended
December 31, 2016
     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 
            (in millions)         

Borrowing interest expense

   $     N/A      $ 0.50      $ 1.05  

Facility fees

     N/A        0.04         

Amortization of financing costs

     N/A        0.09        0.31  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     N/A      $ 0.63      $ 1.36  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate

     N/A        2.47%        2.12%  

Average outstanding balance

   $     N/A      $     20.12      $     49.73  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The primary use of existing funds and any funds raised in the future is expected to be for our investments in portfolio companies, cash distributions to our stockholders or for other general corporate purposes, including paying for operating expenses or debt service to the extent we borrow or issue senior securities.

We expect to generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of any future offerings of securities, future borrowings and cash flows from operations. To the extent we determine that additional capital would allow us to take advantage of additional investment opportunities, if the market for debt financing presents attractively priced debt financing opportunities, or if our Board of Directors otherwise determines that leveraging our portfolio would be in our best interest and the best interests of our stockholders, we may enter into credit facilities in addition to our existing credit facilities as discussed below, or issue other senior securities. We would expect any such credit facilities may be secured by certain of our assets and may contain advance rates based upon pledged collateral. The pricing and other terms of any such facilities would depend upon market conditions when we enter into any such facilities as well as the performance of our business, among other factors. As a BDC, with certain limited exceptions, we are only permitted to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined in the Investment Company Act, is at least 2 to 1 after such borrowing. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, our asset coverage ratio was 2.33 to 1 and 2.32 to 1, respectively. We may also refinance or repay any of our indebtedness at any time based on our financial condition and market conditions.

As of December 31, 2017, we had cash of approximately $11.61 million, an increase of $7.04 million from December 31, 2016. Cash used by operating activities for year ended December 31, 2017 was approximately $49.30 million, primarily driven by an increase in net assets resulting from operations of $49.55 million, proceeds from sales and principal repayments of $464.26 million and proceeds from other operating activities of $17.89 million, offset by purchases of investments of $569.46 million and net purchase of investments in affiliated money market fund of $11.54 million. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was approximately $56.34 million, primarily driven by repayments on debt of $473.35 million, distributions paid of $67.43 million and other financing activities of $1.30 million, offset by borrowings on debt of $516.85 million and proceeds from the issuance of common stock (net of underwriting and offering costs) of $81.57 million.

As of December 31, 2016, we had cash of approximately $4.57 million, a decrease of $18.14 million from December 31, 2015. Cash used by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was approximately $31.35 million, primarily driven by purchases of investments of $310.17 million, partially offset by an increase in net assets resulting from operations of $40.65 million, proceeds from sales and principal repayments of $195.36 million, net purchase of investments in the affiliated money market fund of $10.12 million and proceeds from other operating activities of $32.69 million. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was approximately $13.21 million, primarily driven by proceeds from the borrowings on debt of $387.00 million, partially offset by repayments on debt of $303.25 million, distributions paid of $64.87 million, and other financing activities of $5.67 million.

 

79


As of December 31, 2015, we had cash of approximately $22.71 million, an increase of $14.10 million from December 31, 2014. In addition, as of December 31, 2015, we had an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. of $10.12 million, a decrease of $19.45 million from December 31, 2014. Cash used by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was approximately $121.41 million, primarily driven by purchases of investments of $320.74 million, partially offset by an increase in net assets resulting from operations of $46.63 million, proceeds from sales and principal repayments of $131.09 million, proceeds from the net sale of investments in the affiliated money market fund of $19.45 million and other operating activities of $2.16 million. Cash provided by financing activities was approximately $135.51 million, which was the result of proceeds from the issuance of common stock (net of underwriting costs) of $135.11 million and borrowings on debt of $288.00 million, partially offset by repayments on debt of $219.00 million, distributions paid of $63.57 million, and other financing activities of $5.03 million.

To the extent permissible under the risk retention rules and applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, we may raise capital by securitizing certain of our investments, including through the formation of one or more CLOs or asset based facilities, while retaining all or most of the exposure to the performance of these investments. This would involve contributing a pool of assets to a special purpose entity, and selling debt interests in such entity on a non-recourse or limited-recourse basis to purchasers. We may also pursue other forms of debt financing, including potentially from the Small Business Administration through a future small business investment company subsidiary (subject to regulatory approvals).

Equity Issuances

On May 24, 2017, we completed a follow-on offering under our shelf registration statement, issuing 3,250,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $22.50 per share. Net of offering and underwriting costs, we received cash proceeds of $69.65 million.

On May 26, 2017, we sold an additional 487,500 shares of our common stock pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise of the option to purchase additional shares we granted in connection with the aforementioned offering. Net of underwriting costs, we received additional cash proceeds of $10.64 million.

There were no sales of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2016.

On March 23, 2015, we completed our IPO, issuing 6,000,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $20.00 per share. Net of offering and underwriting costs, we received cash proceeds of $114.57 million. In connection with the IPO, our Investment Adviser paid 70%, or approximately $5.04 million, of the sales load.

In April 2015, we issued a total of 900,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option in connection with the IPO. Net of underwriting costs, we received additional total cash proceeds of $17.27 million. In addition, our Investment Adviser paid 70%, or approximately $0.76 million, of the sales load.

10b5-1 Plan

GS & Co. adopted a 10b5-1 plan (the “GS 10b5-1 Plan”) in accordance with Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, which provided for the purchase by GS & Co. in the open market of up to the lesser of (i) $25.00 million in the aggregate of our common stock and (ii) such amount that would not bring its collective ownership (with Group Inc.) of our common stock over 19.9%. The GS 10b5-1 Plan expired on March 18, 2016. The GS 10b5-1 Plan required GS & Co. to purchase shares of our common stock when the market price per share was below our most recently reported NAV per share (including any updates, corrections or adjustments publicly announced by us to any previously announced NAV per share). The purchase of shares by GS & Co. pursuant to the GS 10b5-1 Plan was intended to satisfy the conditions of Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, and was otherwise subject to applicable law. Under the GS 10b5-1 Plan, GS & Co. increased the volume of purchases made anytime the market price per share of our common stock declined below the most recently reported NAV per share, subject to volume restrictions. Purchases of our common stock by GS & Co. under the GS 10b5-1 Plan may have resulted in the price of our common stock being higher than the price that otherwise might have existed in the open market. For the period January 1, 2016 through March 18, 2016, GS & Co. purchased 432,638 shares of our common stock pursuant to the GS 10b5-1 Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2015, GS & Co. purchased 219,716 shares of Company’s common stock pursuant to the 10b5-1 Plan.

Common Stock Repurchase Plan

In February 2015, our Board of Directors approved a common stock repurchase plan (the “Company Repurchase Plan”), which authorized our purchase of up to $35.00 million of our common stock in the open market during open trading periods. No repurchases were made pursuant to the Company Repurchase Plan which expired March 18, 2016.

In February 2016, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $25.00 million of our common stock if the stock trades below the most recently announced NAV per share (including any updates, corrections or adjustments publicly announced by us to any previously announced NAV per share), from March 18, 2016 to March 18, 2017, subject to certain limitations. In February 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors renewed its authorization of the stock repurchase plan to extend the expiration to March 18, 2018.

 

80


In connection with this authorization, we entered into a 10b5-1 plan (the “Company 10b5-1 Plan”). The Company 10b5-1 Plan provides that purchases will be conducted on the open market on a programmatic basis in accordance with Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Exchange Act and will otherwise be subject to applicable law, including Regulation M, which may prohibit purchases under certain circumstances. No purchases will be effected pursuant to the Company 10b5-1 Plan if such purchase would (i) cause the aggregate ownership of our outstanding stock by Group Inc. and GS & Co. to equal or exceed 25.0% (due to the reduction in outstanding shares of stock as a result of purchase) or (ii) cause our debt/equity ratio to exceed 0.75. The Company 10b5-1 Plan initially took effect on March 18, 2016 (with any purchases to commence after the opening of NYSE trading on March 21, 2016), was subsequently renewed and is scheduled to expire on March 18, 2018. Further, no purchases will be effected during the applicable restricted period under Regulation M as a result of an offering of securities by us or for a period of 60 days after the expiration of any overallotment option included in any common equity offering.

Repurchases of our common stock under the Company 10b5-1 Plan or otherwise may result in the price of our common stock being higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we did not repurchase any of our common stock pursuant to the Company 10b5-1 Plan or otherwise.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Concurrent with the IPO, we adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of all cash distributions declared by the Board of Directors unless a stockholder elects to “opt out” of the plan. As a result, if the Board of Directors declares a cash distribution, then the stockholders who have not “opted out” of the dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution. Due to regulatory considerations, Group Inc. has opted out of the dividend reinvestment plan, and GS & Co. has opted out of the dividend reinvestment plan in respect of any shares of our common stock acquired through the GS 10b5-1 Plan.

The following table summarizes shares distributed pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan during the year ended December 31, 2017 to stockholders who had not opted out of the dividend reinvestment plan.

 

Date Declared

   Record Date    Payment Date    Shares  

November 1, 2016

   December 31, 2016    January 17, 2017      11,124  

February 22, 2017

   March 31, 2017    April 17, 2017      11,202  

May 1, 2017

   June 30, 2017    July 17, 2017      18,417  

August 1, 2017

   September 29, 2017    October 16, 2017      20,760  

The following table summarizes shares distributed pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan during the year ended December 31, 2016 to stockholders who had not opted out of the dividend reinvestment plan.

 

Date Declared

   Record Date    Payment Date    Shares  

November 3, 2015

   December 31, 2015    January 28, 2016      8,206  

February 25, 2016

   March 31, 2016    April 15, 2016      5,555  

May 3, 2016

   June 30, 2016    July 15, 2016      8,937  

August 2, 2016

   September 30, 2016    October 17, 2016      10,288  

The following table summarizes shares distributed pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan during the year ended December 31, 2015 to stockholders who had not opted out of the dividend reinvestment plan.

 

Date Declared

   Record Date    Payment Date    Shares  

February 25, 2015

   March 31, 2015    April 30, 2015      6,982  

May 13, 2015

   June 30, 2015    July 15, 2015      5,336  

August 4, 2015

   September 30, 2015    October 15, 2015      13,437  

Contractual Obligations

We have entered into certain contracts under which we have future commitments. Payments under the Investment Management Agreement, pursuant to which GSAM has agreed to serve as our Investment Adviser, are equal to (1) a percentage of value of our average gross assets and (2) a two-part Incentive Fee. Under the Administration Agreement, pursuant to which State Street Bank and Trust Company has agreed to furnish us with the administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations, we pay our administrator such fees as may be agreed between us and our administrator that we determine are commercially reasonable in our sole discretion. Either party or the stockholders, by a vote of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, may terminate the Investment Management Agreement without penalty on at least 60 days’ written notice to the other party. Either party may terminate the Administration Agreement without penalty upon at least 30 days’ written notice to the other party.

 

81


The following table shows our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017:

 

     Payments Due by Period (in millions)  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1 – 3 Years      3 – 5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 

Revolving Credit Facility

   $ 431.25      $      $      $ 431.25      $  

Convertible Notes

   $     115.00      $     –      $     –      $     115.00      $     –  

Revolving Credit Facility

On September 19, 2013, we entered into the Revolving Credit Facility with various lenders. SunTrust Bank serves as administrative agent and Bank of America N.A. serves as syndication agent.

On October 3, 2014, we amended and restated the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things: increase the aggregate borrowing amount on a committed basis, increase the total borrowing capacity, extend the maturity date, and reduce the applicable margin of borrowings.

On January 16, 2015, we exercised the right under the accordion feature and increased the size of the Revolving Credit Facility to $535.00 million, on a committed basis.

On March 27, 2015, we exercised the right under the accordion feature and increased the size of the Revolving Credit Facility to $560.00 million, on a committed basis.

On November 3, 2015, we amended the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things:

 

   

increase the aggregate borrowing amount to $570.00 million on a committed basis;

 

   

increase the total borrowing capacity to a maximum of $1,000.00 million;

 

   

extend the final maturity date to November 4, 2020; and

 

   

reduce the applicable margin of borrowings with respect to (i) any loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the alternate base rate from 1.25% to 0.75% or 1.00%, subject to borrowing base conditions and (ii) any loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the adjusted LIBOR rate from 2.25% to 1.75% or 2.00%, subject to borrowing base conditions.

On December 16, 2016, we further amended the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things:

 

   

increase aggregate borrowing amount to $605.00 million on a committed basis; and

 

   

extend the final maturity date to December 16, 2021.

On November 14, 2017, we exercised the right under the accordion feature and increased the size of the Revolving Credit Facility to $620.00 million, on a committed basis.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, including amounts drawn in respect of letters of credit, bear interest (at the Company’s election) of either LIBOR plus an applicable margin or applicable margin plus the higher of the Prime Rate, Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% or overnight LIBOR plus 1.0%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. We pay a fee of 0.375% per annum on committed but undrawn amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility, payable quarterly in arrears. Any amounts borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable, on December 16, 2021.

The Revolving Credit Facility may be guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries that are formed or acquired by us in the future (collectively, the “Guarantors”). The Senior Credit Fund is not a Guarantor of the Revolving Credit Facility. Proceeds from borrowings may be used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of portfolio investments.

Our obligations to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our portfolio of investments and cash, with certain exceptions. The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain customary covenants, including: (i) maintaining a minimum shareholder’s equity of $478.62 million, subject to increase from certain equity sales, (ii) maintaining an asset coverage ratio of at least 2 to 1, (iii) maintaining a minimum liquidity test of at least 10% of the “covered debt amount” during any period when the “adjusted covered debt balance” is greater than 90% of the “adjusted borrowing base,” as such quoted terms are defined in the Revolving Credit Facility and (iv) restrictions on industry concentrations in our investment portfolio. We are in compliance with these covenants.

The Revolving Credit Facility also includes customary representations and warranties, conditions precedent to funding of draws and events of default.

 

82


Convertible Notes

On October 3, 2016, we closed an offering of $115.00 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured Convertible Notes, which included $15.00 million aggregate principal amount issued pursuant to the initial purchasers’ exercise in full of an over-allotment option. The Convertible Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture between us and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and/or its affiliates provide bank lending and distribution services to certain Goldman Sachs funds. The Convertible Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.50% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on April 1, 2017. The Convertible Notes will mature on April 1, 2022, unless repurchased or converted in accordance with their terms prior to such date. In certain circumstances, the Convertible Notes will be convertible into cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, based on an initial conversion rate of 40.8397 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $24.49 per share of common stock, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments and the other terms of the indenture governing the Convertible Notes. The conversion price is approximately 10.0% above the $22.26 per share closing price of our common stock on September 27, 2016. We will not have the right to redeem the Convertible Notes prior to maturity. The sale of the Convertible Notes generated net proceeds of approximately $110.90 million. We used the net proceeds of the offering to pay down debt under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Holders may convert their notes at their option at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding October 1, 2021 only under the following circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter commencing after December 31, 2016, if the last reported sale price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (2) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after October 1, 2021, until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the occurrence or nonoccurrence of any of the foregoing circumstances.

The Convertible Notes are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options . Upon conversion of any of the Convertible Notes, we intend to pay the outstanding principal amount in cash and, to the extent that the conversion value exceeds the principal amount, we have the option to pay the excess amount in cash or shares of our common stock (or a combination of cash and shares), subject to the requirements of the indenture governing the Convertible Notes. We have determined that the embedded conversion options in the Convertible Notes are not required to be separately accounted for as derivatives under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging . At the time of issuance the values of the debt and equity components of the Convertible Notes were approximately 99.4% and 0.6%, respectively.

The OID equal to the equity component of the Convertible Notes was recorded in “paid-in capital in excess of par” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. We record interest expense comprised of both stated interest and amortization of the OID. At the time of issuance, the equity component of the Convertible Notes was $0.74 million. Additionally, the issuance costs associated with the Convertible Notes were allocated to the debt and equity components in proportion to the allocation of the values at the time of issuance and accounted for as debt issuance costs and equity issuance costs, respectively.

HEDGING

Subject to applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and applicable CFTC regulations, we may enter into hedging transactions in a manner consistent with SEC guidance. To the extent that any of our loans is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, we may enter into currency hedging contracts to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. We may also enter into interest rate hedging agreements. Such hedging activities, which will be subject to compliance with applicable legal requirements, may include the use of futures, options, swaps and forward contracts. Costs incurred in entering into such contracts or in settling them, if any, will be borne by us. The Investment Adviser has claimed no-action relief from CFTC registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator pursuant to the BDC CFTC No-Action Letter with respect to our operations, with the result that we will be limited in our ability to use futures contracts or options on futures contracts or engage in swap transactions. Specifically, the BDC CFTC No-Action Letter imposes strict limitations on using such derivatives other than for hedging purposes, whereby the use of derivatives not used solely for hedging purposes is generally limited to situations where (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions does not exceed five percent of the liquidation value of our portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of such derivatives does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of our portfolio. Moreover, we anticipate entering into transactions involving such derivatives to a very limited extent solely for hedging purposes or otherwise within the limitations of the BDC CFTC No-Action Letter. As of December 31, 2017, no hedging arrangements were used.

 

83


OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We may become a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of our business to fund investments and to meet the financial needs of our portfolio companies. These instruments may include commitments to extend credit and involve, to varying degrees, elements of liquidity and credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. As of December 31, 2017, we believed that we had adequate financial resources to satisfy our unfunded commitments. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, our unfunded commitments to provide funds to portfolio companies were as follows:

 

     As of  
     December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2016
 
     (in millions)  

Unfunded Commitments

  

First Lien/Senior Secured Debt

   $ 18.82      $ 6.80  

First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

     1.50         

Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt

     9.91         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     30.23      $     6.80  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

On January 2, 2018, we and Cal Regents, as members of the Senior Credit Fund, entered into an amendment to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the Senior Credit Fund to extend the investment period for the Senior Credit Fund from January 2, 2018 to March 3, 2018.

On February 21, 2018, Janet Clark notified us that she intends to resign as our director upon our Board of Directors’ selection of a replacement for her. Ms. Clark’s decision to resign is not the result of any disagreement with us.

On February 21, 2018, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly distribution of $0.45 per share payable on April 16, 2018 to holders of record as of March 30, 2017.

On February 21, 2018, we amended the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, increase the aggregate borrowing amount to $695 million on a committed basis, extend the final maturity to February 21, 2023, and revise the financial covenants to require that we maintain a minimum stockholder’s equity of $500 million plus 25% of the net proceeds from any sale of our equity securities.

In February 2018, our Board of Directors approved the renewal of our stock repurchase plan to extend the expiration date from March 18, 2018 to March 18, 2019. Under the stock repurchase plan, we are authorized to repurchase up to $25.00 million of our common stock if the market price for the common stock is below our most recently announced net asset value per share, subject to certain regulatory and other limitations. The stock repurchase plan authorized us to enter into an agreement that provides that purchases will be conducted on the open market on a programmatic basis or to repurchase in privately negotiated transactions in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act and will otherwise be subject to applicable law, including Regulation M, which may prohibit purchases under certain circumstances. We will only enter into such agreement to the extent permitted by Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ materially. In addition to the discussion below, our critical accounting policies are further described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

As a BDC, we conduct the valuation of our assets, pursuant to which our NAV is determined, consistent with GAAP and the Investment Company Act. Our Board of Directors, with the assistance of our Audit Committee, determines the fair value of our assets within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, on at least a quarterly basis, in accordance with the terms of Financial Accounting Standards Board ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures (“ASC 820”).

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. For some assets and liabilities, observable market transactions or market information might be available. For other assets and liabilities, observable market transactions and market information might not be available. However, the objective of a fair value measurement in both cases is the same—to estimate the price when an orderly transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability would take place between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions (that is, an exit price at the measurement date from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability).

ASC 820 establishes a hierarchal disclosure framework which ranks the observability of inputs used in measuring financial instruments at fair value. The observability of inputs is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of financial instruments and their specific characteristics. Financial instruments with readily available quoted prices, or for which fair value can be measured from quoted prices in active markets, generally will have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment applied in determining fair value. The levels used for classifying investments are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with investing in these securities.

 

84


The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurement is defined as follows:

Level 1 —inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices available in active markets for identical instruments as of the reporting date. The types of financial instruments included in Level 1 include unrestricted securities, including equities and derivatives, listed in active markets.

Level 2 —inputs to the valuation methodology are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. The type of financial instruments in this category includes less liquid and restricted securities listed in active markets, securities traded in other than active markets, government and agency securities, and certain over-the-counter derivatives where the fair value is based on observable inputs.

Level 3 —inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to overall fair value measurement. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. Financial instruments that are included in this category include investments in privately held entities and certain over-the-counter derivatives where the fair value is based on unobservable inputs.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the determination of which category within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate for any given financial instrument is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and considers factors specific to the financial instrument.

 

85


Currently, the majority of our investments fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We do not expect that there will be readily available market values for most of the investments which are in our portfolio, and we value such investments at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our Board of Directors using a documented valuation policy, described below, and a consistently applied valuation process. The factors that may be taken into account in pricing our investments at fair value include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, and the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors. Available current market data are considered such as applicable market yields and multiples of publicly traded securities, comparison of financial ratios of peer companies, and changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments would trade in their principal market, and other relevant factors. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we consider the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate or revise our valuation.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, or for which market quotations are deemed not reflective of the fair value, the valuation procedures adopted by our Board of Directors contemplates a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

  (1)

Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of our Investment Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

  (2)

Our Board of Directors also engages independent valuation firms (the “Independent Valuation Advisors”) to provide independent valuations of the investments for which market quotations are not readily available, or are readily available but deemed not reflective of the fair value of an investment. The Independent Valuation Advisors independently value such investments using quantitative and qualitative information provided by the investment professionals of the Investment Adviser as well as any market quotations obtained from independent pricing services, brokers, dealers or market dealers. The Independent Valuation Advisors also provide analyses to support their valuation methodology and calculations. The Independent Valuation Advisors provide an opinion on a final range of values on such investments to our Board of Directors or the Audit Committee. The Independent Valuation Advisors define fair value in accordance with ASC 820 and utilize valuation approaches including the market approach, the income approach or both. A portion of the portfolio is reviewed on a quarterly basis, and all investments in the portfolio for which market quotations are not readily available, or are readily available, but deemed not reflective of the fair value of an investment, are reviewed at least annually by an Independent Valuation Advisor;

 

  (3)

The Independent Valuation Advisors’ preliminary valuations are reviewed by our Investment Adviser and the Valuation Oversight Group (“VOG”), a team that is part of the Controllers Department within the Finance Division of Goldman Sachs. The Independent Valuation Advisors’ ranges are compared to our Investment Adviser’s valuations to ensure our Investment Adviser’s valuations are reasonable. VOG presents the valuations to the Private Investment Valuation and Side Pocket Sub-Committee of the Investment Management Division Valuation Committee, which is comprised of representatives from GSAM who are independent of the investment making decision process;

 

  (4)

The Investment Management Division Valuation Committee ratifies fair valuations and makes recommendations to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors;

 

  (5)

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors reviews valuation information provided by the Investment Management Division Valuation Committee, our Investment Adviser and the Independent Valuation Advisors. The Audit Committee then assesses such valuation recommendations; and

 

  (6)

Our Board of Directors discusses the valuations and, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, determines the fair value of our investments in good faith, based on the input of our Investment Adviser, the Independent Valuation Advisors and the Audit Committee.

Investment Transactions and Related Investment Income

We record our investment transactions on a trade date basis. Realized gains and losses are based on the specific identification method. Dividend income on common equity investments is recorded on the record date for private portfolio companies or on the ex-dividend date for publicly traded portfolio companies. Interest income and dividend income are presented net of withholding tax, if any. Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums, which are included in interest income and expense, are recorded over the life of the underlying instrument using the effective interest method.

 

86


Fair value generally is based on quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative price sources. In the absence of quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative price sources, investments in securities are measured at fair value as determined by our Investment Adviser and/or by one or more independent third parties.

Due to the inherent uncertainties of valuation, certain estimated fair values may differ significantly from the values that would have been realized had a ready market for these investments existed, and these differences could be material. For additional information, see Note 2 “Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

Non-Accrual Status

Loans or debt securities are placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that principal or interest will not be collected according to the contractual terms. Accrued interest generally is reversed when a loan or debt security is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans or debt securities may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans and debt securities are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, principal and interest payments are likely to remain current. We may make exceptions to this treatment if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. As of December 31, 2017, we had one investment on non-accrual status, which represented 0.1% and 0.0% of the total investments (excluding an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. of $11.54 million) at amortized cost and at fair value, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, we had two investments on non-accrual status, which represented 3.8% and 1.4% of the total investments (excluding an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. of $0.00 million) at amortized cost and at fair value, respectively.

Distribution Policy

We intend to pay quarterly distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. Future quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our Board of Directors. All distributions will be subject to lawfully available funds therefor, and no assurance can be given that we will be able to declare distributions in future periods.

We have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2013. To obtain and maintain RIC status, we must, among other things, timely distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our investment company taxable income for each taxable year. We intend to timely distribute to our stockholders substantially all of our annual taxable income for each year, except that we may retain certain net capital gains for reinvestment and, depending upon the level of taxable income earned in a year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following year and pay any applicable U.S. federal excise tax. The distributions we pay to our stockholders in a year may exceed our net ordinary income and capital gains for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The specific tax characteristics of our distributions will be reported to stockholders after the end of the calendar year. Stockholders should read carefully any written disclosure regarding a distribution from us and should not assume that the source of any distribution is our net ordinary income or capital gains.

We have adopted an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if our Board of Directors declares a cash distribution, each stockholder that has not “opted out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have its distribution automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock rather than receiving the cash distribution. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of shares of common stock will generally be subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as if they received cash distributions; however, since their cash distributions will be reinvested, those stockholders will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes. Due to regulatory considerations, Group Inc. has opted out of the dividend reinvestment plan, and GS & Co. has opted out of the dividend reinvestment plan in respect of any shares of our common stock acquired through the GS 10b5-1 Plan.

Federal Income Taxes

As a RIC, we generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To maintain our RIC status, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and timely distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our investment company taxable income for each year. Depending upon the level of taxable income earned in a year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following year and pay any applicable U.S. federal excise tax. We generally will be required to pay such U.S. federal excise tax if our distributions during a calendar year do not exceed the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any net ordinary income and capital gains in excess of capital losses for preceding years that were not distributed during such years.

 

87


Because federal income tax regulations differ from GAAP, distributions in accordance with tax regulations may differ from net investment income and realized gains recognized for financial reporting purposes. Differences may be permanent or temporary. Permanent differences are reclassified among capital accounts in the consolidated financial statements to reflect their tax character. Temporary differences arise when certain items of income, expense, gain or loss are recognized at some time in the future. Differences in classification may also result from the treatment of short-term gains as ordinary income for tax purposes.

 

ITEM 7A.     QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are subject to financial market risks, most significantly changes in interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity refers to the change in our earnings that may result from changes in the level of interest rates. Because we expect to fund a portion of our investments with borrowings, our net investment income is expected to be affected by the difference between the rate at which we invest and the rate at which we borrow. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, on a fair value basis, approximately 3.6% and 7.2%, respectively, of our performing debt investments bore interest at a fixed rate (including income producing preferred stock investments), and approximately 96.4% and 92.8%, respectively, of our performing debt investments bore interest at a floating rate. Our borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a floating rate and the Convertible Notes bear interest at a fixed rate.

We regularly measure our exposure to interest rate risk. We assess interest rate risk and manage our interest rate exposure on an ongoing basis by comparing our interest rate sensitive assets to our interest rate sensitive liabilities.

Based on our December 31, 2017 balance sheet, the following table shows the annual impact on net income of base rate changes in interest rates (considering interest rate floors for variable rate instruments) assuming no changes in our investment and borrowing structure:

 

As of December 31, 2017

Basis Point Change

   Interest
Income
     Interest
Expense
     Net
Income
 
(in millions)                     

Up 300 basis points

   $ 29.71    $ (12.07 )    $ 17.64

Up 200 basis points

     19.81      (8.05 )      11.76

Up 100 basis points

     9.90      (4.02 )      5.88

Up 75 basis points

     7.43      (3.02 )      4.41

Up 50 basis points

     4.95      (2.01 )      2.94

Up 25 basis points

     2.48      (1.01 )      1.47

Down 25 basis points

     (2.48 )      1.01      (1.47 )

Down 50 basis points

     (4.92 )      2.02      (2.90 )

Down 75 basis points

     (6.29 )      3.02      (3.27 )

Down 100 basis points

     (6.44 )      4.03      (2.41 )

Down 200 basis points

     (6.70 )      6.29      (0.41 )

Down 300 basis points

     (6.77 )      6.29      (0.48 )

We may, in the future, hedge against interest rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as futures, options and forward contracts subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, applicable CFTC regulations and in a manner consistent with SEC guidance. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments with fixed interest rates.

 

88


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     90  

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December  31, 2017 and 2016

     91  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

     92  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

     93  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

     94  

Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2017 and 2016

     95  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     101  

 

89


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedules of investments, of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in net assets and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 , and the results of their operations, changes in their net assets and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of investments owned as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 by correspondence with the custodian, transfer agent and brokers; when replies were not received from brokers, we performed other auditing procedures. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

February 22, 2018

We have served as the auditor of one or more

companies in the following group of business

development companies since 2012 - Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.,

Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC, and

Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending Corp.

 

90


Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  

Assets

 

Investments, at fair value

 

Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments (cost of $1,053,226 and $1,055,203, respectively)

   $ 1,050,179     $ 1,004,793  

Non-controlled affiliated investments (cost of $109,528 and $89,715, respectively)

     95,468       84,103  

Controlled affiliated investments (cost of $114,911 and $77,592, respectively)

     112,666       78,394  

Investments in affiliated money market fund (cost of $11,539 and $1, respectively)

     11,539       1  

Cash

     11,606       4,565  

Interest and dividends receivable from non-controlled/affiliated investments and non-controlled/non-affiliated investments

     8,302       7,841  

Dividend receivable from controlled affiliated investments

     2,400       1,925  

Other income receivable from controlled affiliated investments

     1,308       2,212  

Deferred financing costs

     4,847       6,018  

Deferred offering costs

     275       605  

Other assets

     2       76  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,298,592     $ 1,190,533  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

Debt (net of debt issuance costs of $3,724 and $4,598, respectively)

   $ 542,526     $ 498,152  

Interest and other debt expenses payable

     1,688       1,569  

Management fees payable

     4,647       4,406  

Incentive fees payable

     3,180       1,474  

Distribution payable

     18,059       16,349  

Accrued offering costs

     289       518  

Directors’ fees payable

           8  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,373       2,920  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 572,762     $ 525,396  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 7)

 

Net Assets

 

Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding)

   $     $  

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share (200,000,000 shares authorized, 40,130,665 and 36,331,662 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively)

     40       36  

Paid-in capital in excess of par

     799,936       719,847  

Accumulated net realized gain (loss)

     (85,451     (23,729

Accumulated undistributed net investment income

     32,078       25,624  

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

     (19,352     (55,220

Allocated income tax expense

     (1,421     (1,421
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL NET ASSETS

   $ 725,830     $ 665,137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND NET ASSETS

   $             1,298,592     $             1,190,533  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value per share

   $ 18.09     $ 18.31  

 

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

91


Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     For the year ended
December 31, 2017
    For the year ended
December 31, 2016
    For the year ended
December 31, 2015
 

Investment Income:

      

From non-controlled/non-affiliated investments:

      

Interest income

   $ 113,402     $ 109,568     $ 109,700  

Dividend income

           2,107       2,476  

Other income

     3,273       2,058       1,584  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income from non-controlled/non-affiliated investments

     116,675       113,733       113,760  

From non-controlled affiliated investments:

      

Payment-in-kind

     7,198       1,503        

Interest income

     1,861       1,026        

Dividend income

     27       46       3  

Other income

     25       13        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income from non-controlled affiliated investments

     9,111       2,588       3  

From controlled affiliated investments:

      

Payment-in-kind

     37              

Dividend income

     9,650       6,575       3,992  

Other income

     1,308       2,212       681  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income from controlled affiliated investments

     10,995       8,787       4,673  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income

   $ 136,781     $ 125,108     $ 118,436  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

      

Interest and other debt expenses

   $ 19,607     $ 14,299     $ 10,705  

Management fees

     17,828       17,012       15,436  

Incentive fees

     12,775       10,422       11,786  

Professional fees

     2,194       2,563       2,752  

Administration, custodian and transfer agent fees

     824       865       974  

Directors’ fees

     716       1,012       623  

Other expenses

     1,292       1,671       1,062  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 55,236     $ 47,844     $ 43,338  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INVESTMENT INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAXES

   $ 81,545     $ 77,264     $ 75,098  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excise tax expense

   $ 1,552     $ 1,037     $ 518  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INVESTMENT INCOME (LOSS) AFTER TAXES

   $ 79,993     $ 76,227     $ 74,580  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investment transactions:

      

Net realized gain (loss) from:

      

Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments

   $ (63,821   $ (21,994   $ (67

Non-controlled affiliated investments

     (2,492            

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from:

      

Non controlled/non-affiliated investments

     47,363       (21,154     (24,458

Non-controlled affiliated investments

     (8,448     5,501       (2,530

Controlled affiliated investments

     (3,047     2,072       (897
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)

   $ (30,445   $ (35,575   $ (27,952
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS

   $ 49,548     $ 40,652     $ 46,628  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss) per share (basic and diluted)

   $ 2.07     $ 2.10     $ 2.14  

Earnings per share (basic and diluted)

   $ 1.28     $ 1.12     $ 1.34  

Weighted average shares outstanding

                 38,633,652                   36,317,131                   34,782,967  

 

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

92


Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     For the year ended
December 31, 2017
    For the year ended
December 31, 2016
    For the year ended
December 31, 2015
 

Increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations:

      

Net investment income

   $ 79,993     $ 76,227     $ 74,580  

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

     (66,313     (21,994     (67

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

     35,868       (13,581     (27,885
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 49,548     $ 40,652     $ 46,628  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to stockholders from:

      

Net investment income

   $ (70,504   $ (65,373   $ (63,624

Net realized gain

                 (1,297
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions to stockholders

   $ (70,504   $ (65,373   $ (64,921
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital transactions:

      

Issuance of common stock, net of offering and underwriting costs (3,737,500, 0 and 6,900,000 shares, respectively)

   $ 80,288     $     $ 131,839  

Equity component of convertible notes

           717        

Reinvestment of stockholder distributions (61,503 and 24,780 and 25,755 shares, respectively)

     1,361       491       522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from capital transactions

   $ 81,649     $ 1,208     $ 132,361  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS

   $ 60,693     $ (23,513   $ 114,068  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets at beginning of period

   $             665,137     $             688,650     $             574,582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets at end of period

   $ 725,830     $ 665,137     $ 688,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated undistributed net investment income

   $ 32,078     $ 25,624     $ 14,351  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions declared per share

   $ 1.80     $ 1.80     $ 1.80  

 

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

93


Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     For the year ended
December 31, 2017
    For the year ended
December 31, 2016
    For the year ended
December 31, 2015
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations:

   $ 49,548     $ 40,652     $ 46,628  

Adjustments to reconcile net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

      

Purchases of investments

     (569,463     (310,173     (320,740

Payment-in-kind interest

     (7,188     (2,045     (411

Investments in affiliated money market fund, net

     (11,538     10,116       19,451  

Proceeds from sales of investments and principal repayments

     464,259       195,363       131,090  

Net realized (gain) loss on investments

     66,313       21,994       67  

Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments

     (35,868     13,581       27,885  

Amortization of premium and accretion of discount, net

     (9,076     (4,946     (5,008

Amortization of deferred financing and debt issuance costs

     1,986       1,399       1,170  

Amortization of original issue discount on convertible notes

     117       30        

Increase (decrease) in operating assets and liabilities:

      

(Increase) decrease in receivable for investments sold

           313       (313

(Increase) decrease in interest and dividends receivable

     (936     1,983       (2,739

(Increase) decrease in other income receivable

     904       (1,531     (681

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     74       274       (350

Increase (decrease) in interest and other debt expenses payable

     179       1,130       (86

Increase (decrease) in management fees payable

     241       168       912  

Increase (decrease) in incentive fees payable

     1,706       1,114       360  

Increase (decrease) in investments purchased payable

                 (19,700

Increase (decrease) in directors’ fees payable

     (8     8       (115

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (547     (781     1,171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

   $ (49,297   $ (31,351   $ (121,409
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of common stock (net of underwriting costs)

   $ 81,571     $     $ 135,111  

Offering costs paid

     (1,182     (127     (2,322

Repurchase of common stock

                 (732

Distributions paid

     (67,433     (64,871     (63,567

Deferred financing and debt issuance costs paid

     (118     (5,546     (1,980

Borrowings on debt

     516,850       387,000       288,000  

Repayments of debt

     (473,350     (303,250     (219,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

   $ 56,338     $ 13,206     $ 135,510  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     7,041       (18,145     14,101  

Cash, beginning of year

     4,565       22,710       8,609  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of year

   $ 11,606     $ 4,565     $ 22,710  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental and non-cash financing activities

      

Interest expense paid

   $ 16,340     $ 11,174     $ 8,829  

Accrued but unpaid excise tax expense

   $ 1,515     $ 1,031     $ 512  

Accrued but unpaid deferred financing and debt issuance costs

   $     $ 60     $ 54  

Accrued but unpaid offering costs

   $ 289     $ 518     $ 40  

Accrued but unpaid distributions

   $             18,059     $             16,349     $             16,338  

Reinvestment of stockholder distributions

   $ 1,361     $ 491     $ 522  

Non-cash purchases of investments

   $ (65,713   $ (4,726   $  

Non-cash sales of investments

   $ 65,713     $ 4,726     $  

 

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

94


Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2017

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Portfolio Company   Industry   Interest (+)   Maturity   Par Amount     Cost     Fair Value  
  Investments at Fair Value – 173.36% #  
  Corporate Debt (1) – 155.62%  
  1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt – 56.08%  
  Artesyn Embedded Technologies, Inc. (2)   Electronic Equipment, Instruments & Components   9.75%   10/15/2020   $ 20,000     $ 20,000     $ 19,600  
  Continuum Managed Services LLC (3)(4)   IT Services   10.32% (L + 8.75%; 1.00% Floor)   06/08/2023     21,552       20,999       21,013  
  Continuum Managed Services LLC (3)(4)(5)(6)   IT Services   (L + 8.75%; 1.00% Floor)   06/08/2023     1,800       (44     (45
  Continuum Managed Services LLC (3)(4)(5)(6)   IT Services   (L + 8.75%; 1.00% Floor)   06/08/2022     2,220       (54     (56
  Dade Paper & Bag, LLC (3)(4)   Distributors   8.93% (L + 7.50%; 1.00% Floor)   06/10/2024     11,045       10,836       10,851  
  Datto, Inc. (3)   IT Services   9.41% (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   12/07/2022     35,750       35,044       35,035  
  Datto, Inc. (3)(5)(6)   IT Services   (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   12/07/2022     2,406       (48     (48
  Elemica, Inc. (4)   Software   9.57% (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   07/07/2021     41,863       41,059       41,130  
  Elemica, Inc. (4)(5)(6)   Software   (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   07/07/2021     6,000       (111     (105
  Heligear Acquisition Co. (2)(4)   Aerospace & Defense   10.25%   10/15/2019     17,500       17,365       17,719  
  Infinity Sales Group (4)   Media   12.20% (L + 10.50%; 1.00% Floor)   11/21/2018     28,277       28,137       27,146  
  Iracore International Holdings, Inc. ^(4)   Energy Equipment & Services   10.63% (L + 9.00%; 1.00% Floor)   04/12/2021     3,389       3,389       3,389  
  Kawa Solar Holdings Limited ^(4)(7)   Construction & Engineering   9.69% PIK (L + 8.00%)   07/02/2018     9,720       9,624       8,918  
  Kawa Solar Holdings Limited ^(4)(7)(8)   Construction & Engineering     07/02/2018     4,229       1,711        
  Legacy Buyer Corp. (4)   Health Care Providers & Services   9.70% (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   10/24/2019     24,495       24,276       24,127  
  Legacy Buyer Corp. (4)(5)(6)   Health Care Providers & Services   (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   10/24/2019     2,500       (22     (37
  Lithium Technologies, Inc. (3)   Internet Software & Services   9.39% (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   10/03/2022     21,100       20,642       20,625  
  Lithium Technologies, Inc. (3)(5)(6)   Internet Software & Services   (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   10/03/2022     1,544       (33     (35
  Madison-Kipp Corporation (4)   Machinery   10.57% (L + 9.00%; 1.00% Floor)   05/26/2020     33,447       33,075       33,280  
  Netvoyage Corporation (3)(4)   Software   11.07% (L + 9.50%; 1.00% Floor)   03/24/2022     7,849       7,710       7,711  
  Netvoyage Corporation (3)(4)(5)(6)   Software   (L + 9.50%; 1.00% Floor)   03/24/2022     654       (11     (11
  SF Home Décor, LLC (3)(4)   Household Products   11.20% (L + 9.50%; 1.00% Floor)   07/13/2022     20,865       20,281       20,239  
  The Merit Distribution Group, LLC (4)   Distributors   12.95% (L + 11.25%; 0.50% Floor)   04/08/2021     23,875       23,433       23,875  
  US Med Acquisition, Inc. (4)   Health Care Equipment & Supplies   10.69% (L + 9.00%; 1.00% Floor)   08/13/2021     30,264       29,850       28,448  
  Vexos, Inc. (4)   Electronic Equipment, Instruments & Components   10.84% (L + 9.50%; 1.00% Floor)   10/09/2019     37,485       37,153       36,173  
  Xactly Corporation (3)(4)   Internet Software & Services   8.82% (L + 7.25%; 1.00% Floor)   07/29/2022     19,800       19,430       19,404  
  Xactly Corporation (3)(4)(5)(6)   Internet Software & Services   (L + 7.25%; 1.00% Floor)   07/29/2022     1,697       (31     (34
  Yasso, Inc. (3)(4)   Food Products   9.44% (L + 7.75%; 1.00% Floor)   03/23/2022     9,032       8,874       8,761  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total 1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

      412,534       407,073  
  1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche (9) – 37.75%  
  Associations, Inc. (4)   Real Estate Management & Development   8.69% (L + 7.00%; 1.00% Floor)   12/23/2019     57,541       57,019       57,253  
  Avenue Stores, LLC (4)   Specialty Retail   11.50% (P + 7.00%)   09/19/2019     30,000       29,696       29,550  
  Bolttech Mannings, Inc. ^^(4)   Commercial Services & Supplies   9.66% PIK (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   12/22/2022     8,087       8,087       8,087  
  Bolttech Mannings, Inc. ^^   Commercial Services & Supplies   9.66% PIK (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   12/22/2022     5,891       5,891       5,891  
  Bolttech Mannings, Inc. ^^(5)   Commercial Services & Supplies   (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   12/21/2018     1,500              
  Intelligent Document Solutions, Inc. (3)(4)   Diversified Financial Services   9.95% (L + 8.25%; 1.00% Floor)   08/31/2022     11,900       11,618       11,722  
  Mervin Manufacturing, Inc. (4)   Leisure Equipment & Products   8.86% (L + 7.50%; 1.00% Floor)   10/10/2019     11,165       11,066       10,327  
  myON, LLC (3)(4)   Internet Software & Services   10.07% (L + 8.50%; 1.00% Floor)   02/17/2022     7,100       6,977       6,976  
  NTS Communications, Inc. ^(4)   Diversified Telecommunication Services   10.70% PIK (L + 9.00%; 1.25% Floor)   06/06/2019     58,400       55,818       51,538  
  Pro-Pet, LLC (4)   Household Products   8.88% (L + 7.25%; 0.75% Floor)   11/21/2019     31,600       31,253       31,284  

 

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

95


Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2017 (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Portfolio Company   Industry   Interest (+)   Maturity   Par Amount     Cost     Fair Value  
  Smarsh, Inc. (3) (4)   Software   9.45% (L + 7.88%; 1.00% Floor)   03/31/2021   $ 17,711     $ 17,437     $ 17,445  
  The Service Companies Inc. (4)   Professional Services   11.95% (L + 10.25%; 1.00% Floor)   03/26/2019     44,448       44,169       43,892  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Total 1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche             279,031       273,965  
  2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt – 61.25%            
  American Dental Partners, Inc. (3)(4)   Health Care Providers & Services   10.19% (L + 8.50%; 1.00% Floor)   09/25/2023     8,500       8,306       8,309  
  ASC Acquisition Holdings, LLC (4)   Distributors   14.34% (L + 13.00%; 1.00% Floor)   12/15/2022     30,000       29,275       29,700  
  Country Fresh Holdings, LLC (3)(4)   Food Products   10.11% (L + 8.75%; 1.00% Floor)   10/02/2023     9,400       9,222       9,118  
  DiscoverOrg, LLC (4)   Software   10.07% (L + 8.50%; 1.00% Floor)   02/23/2024     59,500       58,404       58,905  
  DuBois Chemicals, Inc. (3)(4)   Chemicals   9.49% (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   03/15/2025     20,700       20,265       20,493  
  ERC Finance, LLC (3)(4)   Health Care Providers & Services   9.58% (L + 8.22%; 1.00% Floor)   09/21/2025     19,800       19,365       19,354  
  Global Tel*Link Corporation   Diversified Telecommunication Services   9.94% (L + 8.25%; 1.25% Floor)   11/23/2020     23,000       22,778       22,971  
  ICP Industrial, Inc. (3)   Chemicals   9.62% (L + 8.25%; 1.00% Floor)   05/03/2024     16,600       16,193       16,185  
  ICP Industrial, Inc. (3)(5)(6)   Chemicals   (L + 8.25%; 1.00% Floor)   05/03/2024     3,800       (93     (95
  IHS Intermediate Inc. (4)   Health Care Providers & Services   9.62% (L + 8.25%; 1.00% Floor)   07/20/2022     10,000       9,853       9,550  
  Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (3)   Diversified Financial Services   9.11% (L + 7.75%; 1.00% Floor)   10/16/2025     5,100       5,075       5,113  
  Market Track, LLC (3)(4)   Internet Catalog & Retail   9.10% (L + 7.75%; 1.00% Floor)   06/05/2025     22,200       21,567       21,534  
  MedPlast Holdings, Inc. (4)   Health Care Equipment & Supplies   10.23% (L + 8.75%; 1.00% Floor)   06/06/2023     46,500       45,452       45,453  
  MPI Products LLC (4)   Auto Components   10.38% (L + 9.00%; 1.00% Floor)   01/30/2020     20,000       19,860       19,900  
  National Spine and Pain Centers, LLC (3)(4)   Health Care Providers & Services   9.94% (L + 8.25%; 1.00% Floor)   12/02/2024     19,100       18,558       18,575  
  Oasis Outsourcing Holdings, Inc. (3)(4)   Diversified Financial Services   8.82% (L + 7.25%; 1.00% Floor)   07/01/2024     22,760       22,436       22,419  
  Odyssey Logistics & Technology Corporation (3)   Road & Rail   9.57% (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   10/12/2025     13,500       13,168       13,433  
  P2 Upstream Acquisition Co.   Software   9.40% (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   04/30/2021     5,000       4,973       4,550  
  Pathway Partners Vet Management Company, LLC   Health Care Providers & Services   9.57% (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   10/10/2025     13,889       13,753       13,750  
  Pathway Partners Vet Management Company, LLC (5)(6)   Health Care Providers & Services   (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   10/10/2025     6,111       (60     (61
  PPC Industries Inc. (3)   Containers & Packaging   9.33% (L + 8.00%; 1.00% Floor)   05/08/2025     8,330       8,252       8,309  
  SMB Shipping Logistics, LLC (3)(4)   Air Freight & Logistics   10.20% (L + 8.75%; 1.00% Floor)   02/03/2025     25,000       24,655       24,625  
  SW Holdings, LLC (4)   Media   10.44% (L + 8.75%; 1.00% Floor)   12/30/2021     14,265       14,067       14,051  
  Young Innovations, Inc. (3)   Health Care Equipment & Supplies   9.44% (L + 7.75%; 1.00% Floor)   11/07/2025     15,300       14,847       14,841  
  Zep Inc. (3)   Chemicals   9.63% (L + 8.25%; 1.00% Floor)   08/11/2025     23,800       23,220       23,621  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total 2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

        443,391       444,603  
  Unsecured Debt – 0.54%  
  CB-HDT Holdings, Inc. ^(4)   Aerospace & Defense   12.00% PIK   12/15/2019     3,500       3,500       3,500  
  Conergy Asia & ME Pte. LTD. ^(7)   Construction & Engineering   10.00%   06/30/2018     400       400       400  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Unsecured Debt

        3,900       3,900  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Corporate Debt

        1,138,856       1,129,541  

 

     Portfolio Company   Industry   Coupon   Shares     Cost     Fair Value  
  Preferred Stock (1) – 1.77%    
  CB-HDT Holdings, Inc. ^(4)(8)   Aerospace & Defense       1,108,333     $ 10,185     $ 12,236  
  Conergy Asia Holdings, Ltd. ^(4)(7)(8)   Construction & Engineering       600,000       600       600  
  Kawa Solar Holdings Limited ^(4)(7)(10)   Construction & Engineering   8.00% PIK     53,968       778        
  NTS Communications, Inc. ^(4)(8)   Diversified Telecommunication Services       263       187        
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Preferred Stock

          11,750       12,836  
  Common Stock (1) – 3.28%        
  Bolttech Mannings, Inc. ^^(4)(8)   Commercial Services & Supplies       8,000       6,591       6,591  
  CB-HDT Holdings, Inc. ^(4)(8)   Aerospace & Defense       453,383       2,393       3,609  
  Conergy Asia Holdings, Ltd. ^(4)(7)(8)   Construction & Engineering       2,000       4,700       3,832  
  Continuum Managed Services LLC - Class A (3)(4)(8)   IT Services       733       733       733  
  Continuum Managed Services LLC - Class B (3)(4)(8)   IT Services       496,698       7       7  
  Iracore International Holdings, Inc. ^(4)(8)   Energy Equipment & Services       28,898       7,003       6,213  

 

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

96


Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2017 (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Portfolio Company   Industry   Coupon   Shares     Cost     Fair Value  
  Kawa Solar Holdings Limited ^ (4) (7) (8)   Construction & Engineering       1,399,556     $     $  
  myON, LLC (3) (4) (8)   Internet Software & Services       16,087       600       600  
  National Spine and Pain Centers, LLC (3) (4) (8)   Health Care Providers & Services       600       600       510  
  NTS Communications, Inc. ^ (4) (8)   Diversified Telecommunication Services       595,215       3        
  Prairie Provident Resources, Inc. ^^^ (7) (8)   Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels       3,579,988       9,237       1,233  
  Yasso, Inc. (3) (4) (8)   Food Products       850       850       511  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Common Stock

      32,717       23,839  
     Portfolio Company             LLC Interest     Cost     Fair Value  
  Investment Funds & Vehicles (1) – 12.69%        
  Senior Credit Fund, LLC ^^ (7)       $ 94,342     $ 94,342     $ 92,097  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Investment Funds & Vehicles

      94,342       92,097  
               Yield   Shares     Cost     Fair Value  
  Investments in Affiliated Money Market Fund (1) – 1.59% #        
  Goldman Sachs Financial Square Government Fund - Institutional Shares   1.21% (11)     11,539,321     $ 11,539     $ 11,539  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Investments in Affiliated Money Market Fund

      11,539       11,539  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
  TOTAL INVESTMENTS – 174.95%     $ 1,289,204     $ 1,269,852  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
  LIABILITIES IN EXCESS OF OTHER ASSETS – (74.95%)       $ (544,022
           

 

 

 
  NET ASSETS – 100.00%       $ 725,830  

 

(+)  

Variable rate loans bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to either LIBOR (“L”) or alternate base rate (commonly based on the Prime Rate (“P”)), at the borrower’s option. L loans are typically indexed to 12 month, 6 month, 3 month, 2 month, 1 month or 1 week L rates. The terms in the Schedule of Investments disclose the actual interest rate in effect as of the reporting date. For investments with multiple interest rate contracts, the interest rate shown is the weighted average interest rate in effect at December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2017, rates for the 12 month, 6 month, 3 month, 2 month, 1 month or 1 week L were 2.11%, 1.84%, 1.69%, 1.62%, 1.56% and 1.48%, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, P was 4.50%.

#  

Percentages are based on net assets.

^  

As defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, the investment is deemed to be an “affiliated person” of the Company because the Company owns, either directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities. See Note 3 “Significant Agreements and Related Party Transactions”.

^^  

As defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, the investment is deemed to be a “controlled affiliated person” of the Company because the Company owns, either directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities or has the power to exercise control over management or policies of such portfolio company. See Note 3 “Significant Agreements and Related Party Transactions”.

^^^  

The investment is deemed to be an “affiliated person” of the Company because it falls under the definition of “affiliated person” in the Investment Company Act of 1940 with respect to the Company.

(1)  

Assets are pledged as collateral for the Revolving Credit Facility. See Note 6 “Debt”.

(2)  

Security exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933. These securities may be sold in certain transactions (normally to qualified institutional buyers) and remain exempt from registration. As of December 31, 2017, the aggregate fair value of these securities is $37,319 or 5.14% of the Company’s net assets.

(3)  

Represent co-investments made with the Company’s affiliates in accordance with the terms of the exemptive relief that the Company received from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. See Note 3 “Significant Agreements and Related Party Transactions”.

(4)  

The fair value of the investment was determined using significant unobservable inputs. See Note 5 “Fair Value Measurement”.

(5)  

Position or portion thereof is an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned on the unfunded portion. The unfunded loan commitment may be subject to a commitment termination date, that may expire prior to the maturity date stated. See Note 7 “Commitments and Contingencies”.

(6)  

The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan. The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan.

(7)  

The investment is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Company may not acquire any non-qualifying asset unless, at the time of acquisition, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the Company’s total assets. As of December 31, 2017 the aggregate fair value of non-qualifying assets was $107,080 or 8.25% of the Company’s total assets.

(8)  

Non-income producing security.

(9)  

In exchange for the greater risk of loss, the “last-out” portion of the Company’s unitranche loan investment generally earns a higher interest rate than the “first-out” portions.

(10)  

The investment was on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2017.

(11)  

The rate shown is the annualized seven-day yield as of December 31, 2017.

PIK – Payment-In-Kind

 

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

97


Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2016

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Portfolio Company   Industry   Interest   Maturity   Par Amount     Cost     Fair Value  
  Investments at Fair Value   – 175.50%#  
  Corporate Debt (1) – 160.95%    
  1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt   – 63.30%    
  Artesyn Embedded Technologies, Inc. (2)   Electronic Equipment, Instruments & Components   9.75%   10/15/2020   $ 20,000     $ 20,000     $ 18,325  
  Data Driven Delivery Systems, LLC (++)   Health Care Technology   L + 7.00% (1.00% Floor)   05/30/2019     69,619       67,609       69,619  
  Dispensing Dynamics International (2)   Building Products   12.50%   01/01/2018     24,000       24,359       23,520  
  Elemica, Inc. (+)   Software   L + 8.00% (1.00% Floor)   07/07/2021     42,288       41,308       41,336  
  Elemica, Inc. (3)(4)   Software   L + 8.00% (1.00% Floor)   07/07/2021     6,000       (139     (135
  Heligear Acquisition Co. (2)   Aerospace & Defense   10.25%   10/15/2019     17,500       17,289       17,894  
  Infinity Sales Group (+)   Media   L + 10.50% (1.00% Floor)   11/21/2018     30,803       30,518       28,724  
  Iracore International Holdings, Inc. (2)(5)(6)   Energy Equipment & Services   9.50%   06/01/2018     24,250       21,321       6,911  
  Kawa Solar Holdings Limited^ (7)   Construction & Engineering   F + 8.20% and 3.50% PIK   07/02/2018     12,767       12,727       12,767  
  Kawa Solar Holdings Limited^ (++)(7)   Construction & Engineering   L + 8.20%   07/02/2018     2,400       2,392       2,400  
  Legacy Buyer Corp. (++)   Health Care Providers & Services   L + 8.00% (1.00% Floor)   10/24/2019     27,470       27,120       26,508  
  Legacy Buyer Corp. (++)(3)   Health Care Providers & Services   L + 8.00% (1.00% Floor)   10/24/2019     2,500       1,668       1,612  
  Madison-Kipp Corporation (+)   Machinery   L + 9.00% (1.00% Floor)   05/26/2020     36,696       36,153       36,420  
  Perfect Commerce, LLC (++)   Internet Software & Services   L + 8.50% (1.00% Floor)   06/30/2020     37,418       36,740       37,605  
  The Merit Distribution Group, LLC (++)   Distributors   L + 11.25% (0.50% Floor)   04/08/2021     30,000       29,329       29,775  
  US Med Acquisition, Inc. (+)   Health Care Equipment & Supplies   L + 9.00% (1.00% Floor)   08/13/2021     30,574       30,069       30,574  
  Vexos, Inc. (++)   Electronic Equipment, Instruments & Components   L + 9.50% (1.00% Floor)   10/09/2019     38,922       38,433       37,171  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total 1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

 

    436,896       421,026  
  1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche (8) – 46.64%  
  Associations, Inc. (++)   Real Estate Management & Development   L + 7.00% (1.00% Floor)   12/23/2019     58,136       57,324       57,700  
  Avenue Stores, LLC (+)   Specialty Retail   L + 8.00% (1.00% Floor)   09/19/2019     30,000       29,546       30,000  
  Bolttech Mannings, Inc. (++)   Commercial Services & Supplies   L + 7.75% (1.00% Floor)   12/21/2018     36,346       35,967       20,081  
  Integrated Practice Solutions, Inc. (++)   Software   L + 9.10% (1.00% Floor)   08/03/2020     25,781       25,240       25,781  
  Mervin Manufacturing, Inc. (++)   Leisure Equipment & Products   L + 7.50% (1.00% Floor)   10/10/2019     11,165       11,024       9,936  
  NTS Communications, Inc.^ (++)   Diversified Telecommunication Services   L + 9.00% (1.25% Floor) PIK   06/06/2019     52,776       48,725       47,498  
  Pro-Pet, LLC (+)   Household Products   L + 7.25% (0.75% Floor)   11/21/2019     31,600       31,104       29,388  
  The Service Companies Inc. (+)   Professional Services   L + 10.25% (1.00% Floor)   03/26/2019     46,580       46,087       45,881  
  United Road Services, Inc. (+)   Air Freight & Logistics   L + 7.50% (1.00% Floor)   12/14/2017     44,658       44,438       43,989  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total 1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

 

    329,455       310,254  
  2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt – 50.54%  
  ASC Acquisition Holdings, LLC (++)   Distributors   L + 13.00% (1.00% Floor)   12/15/2022     30,000       29,181       30,000  
  DiscoverOrg, LLC (++)   Software   L + 9.00% (1.00% Floor)   02/10/2022     39,500       38,798       38,809  
  DiversiTech Corporation (++)   Building Products   L + 8.00% (1.00% Floor)   11/18/2022     51,350       50,331       50,708  
  Global Tel*Link Corporation (++)   Diversified Telecommunication Services   L + 7.75% (1.25% Floor)   11/23/2020     28,000       27,656       27,125  
  Highwinds Capital, Inc. (+)   Internet Software & Services   L + 12.25% (1.25% Floor)   01/29/2019     59,050       58,591       59,641  
  Hutchinson Technology, Inc.   Computers & Peripherals   10.88%   01/15/2017     12,200       12,189       12,200  
  IHS Intermediate Inc. (++)   Health Care Providers & Services   L + 8.25% (1.00% Floor)   07/20/2022     10,000       9,830       9,500  
  MedPlast Holdings, Inc.   Health Care Equipment & Supplies   P + 7.75% (2.00% Floor)   06/06/2023     25,000       24,380       24,375  
  MPI Products LLC (++)   Auto Components   L + 9.00% (1.00% Floor)   01/30/2020     20,000       19,808       19,850  
  P2 Upstream Acquisition Co. (+++)   Software   L + 8.00% (1.00% Floor)   04/30/2021     10,000       9,933       9,075  

 

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

98


Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2016 (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Portfolio Company   Industry   Interest   Maturity   Par Amount     Cost     Fair Value  
  Reddy Ice Corporation (++)   Food Products   L + 9.50% (1.25% Floor)   11/01/2019   $ 13,500     $ 13,168     $ 11,610  
  Securus Technologies Holdings, Inc. (++)   Diversified Telecommunication Services   L + 7.75% (1.25% Floor)   04/30/2021     20,000       19,853       19,350  
  SW Holdings, LLC (++)   Media   L + 8.75% (1.00% Floor)   12/30/2021     14,265       14,029       14,015  
  Washington Inventory Service (5) (6)   Professional Services   P + 8.00%   06/20/2019     24,800       24,949       9,920  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total 2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

 

    352,696       336,178  
  Unsecured Debt – 0.47%  
  CB-HDT Holdings, Inc.^   Aerospace & Defense   12.00% PIK   12/15/2019     3,115       3,115       3,115  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Unsecured Debt

 

    3,115       3,115  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Corporate Debt

 

    1,122,162       1,070,573  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Portfolio Company   Industry   Coupon   Shares     Cost     Fair Value  
  Preferred Stock (1) – 1.78%    
  CB-HDT Holdings, Inc.^ (5)   Aerospace & Defense       1,108,333     $ 10,186     $ 11,083  
  Kawa Solar Holdings Limited^ (7)   Construction & Engineering   8.00% PIK     50,000       750       750  
  NTS Communications, Inc.^ (5)   Diversified Telecommunication Services       263       187        
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Preferred Stock

          11,123       11,833  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
  Common Stock (1) – 0.98%          
  CB-HDT Holdings, Inc.^ (5)   Aerospace & Defense       453,383       2,393       4,312  
  Kawa Solar Holdings Limited^ (5) (7)   Construction & Engineering       1,399,556              
  NTS Communications, Inc.^ (5)   Diversified Telecommunication Services       595,215       3        
  Prairie Provident Resources, Inc.^ (5) (7)   Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels       3,579,989       9,237       2,178  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Common Stock

          11,633       6,490  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Portfolio Company             LLC Interest     Cost     Fair Value  
  Investment Funds & Vehicles (1) – 11.79%  
  Senior Credit Fund, LLC^^ (7)       $ 77,592     $ 77,592     $ 78,394  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Investment Funds & Vehicles

        77,592       78,394  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

               Yield   Shares     Cost     Fair Value  
  Investments in Affiliated Money Market Fund (1) – 0.00%#  
  Goldman Sachs Financial Square Government Fund   0.45% (9)     1,179     $ 1     $ 1  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total Investments in Affiliated Money Market Fund

      1       1  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
  TOTAL INVESTMENTS – 175.50%     $ 1,222,511     $ 1,167,291  
         

 

 

   

 

 

 
  LIABILITIES IN EXCESS OF OTHER ASSETS – (75.50%)       $ (502,154
           

 

 

 
  NET ASSETS – 100.00%         $ 665,137  
           

 

 

 

 

#  

Percentages are based on net assets.

^  

As defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, the investment is deemed to be an “affiliated person” of the Company because the Company owns, either directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities. See Note 3 “Significant Agreements and Related Parties”.

^^  

As defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, the investment is deemed to be a “controlled affiliated person” of the Company because the Company owns, either directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities or has the power to exercise control over management or policies of such portfolio company. See Note 3 “Significant Agreements and Related Parties”.

(+)  

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 1 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 1 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 0.77%.

(++)  

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 3 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 3 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 1.00%.

(+++)    

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 6 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 6 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 1.32%.

(1)  

Assets are pledged as collateral for the Revolving Credit Facility. See Note 6 “Debt”.

(2)  

Security exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933. These securities may be sold in certain transactions (normally to qualified institutional buyers) and remain exempt from registration. As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate fair value of these securities is $66,650 or 10.02% of the Company’s net assets.

(3)  

Position or portion thereof is an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned on the unfunded portion. The unfunded loan commitment may be subject to a commitment termination date that may expire prior to the maturity date stated. See Note 7 “Commitments and Contingencies”.

(4)  

The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan. The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan.

 

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

99


Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2016 (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

(5)  

Non-income producing security.

(6)  

The investment is on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2016. See Note 2 “Significant Accounting Policies”.

(7)  

The investment is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Company may not acquire any non-qualifying asset unless, at the time of acquisition, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the Company’s total assets.

(8)  

In addition to the interest earned based on the stated rate of this loan, the Company may be entitled to receive additional interest as a result of its arrangement with other lenders in a syndication.

(9)  

The rate shown is the annualized seven-day yield as of December 31, 2016.

F – Federal Funds Rate (which as of December 31, 2016 was 0.55%)

L – LIBOR

P – U.S. Prime Rate (which as of December 31, 2016 was 3.75%)

PIK – Payment-In-Kind

 

The accompanying notes are part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

100


Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

1. ORGANIZATION

Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. (the “Company,” which term refers to either Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. or Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiaries, as the context may require) was initially established as Goldman Sachs Liberty Harbor Capital, LLC, a single member Delaware limited liability company (“SMLLC”), on September 26, 2012 and commenced operations on November 15, 2012 with The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“Group Inc.”) as its sole member. On March 29, 2013, the Company elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). Effective April 1, 2013, the Company converted from a SMLLC to a Delaware corporation. In addition, the Company has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), commencing with its taxable year ended December 31, 2013.

The Company’s investment objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation primarily through direct originations of secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last-out portions of such loans, and second lien debt, and unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, as well as through select equity investments.

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”), a Delaware limited partnership and an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (including its predecessors, “GS & Co.”), is the investment adviser (the “Investment Adviser”) of the Company. The term “Goldman Sachs” refers to Group Inc., together with GS & Co., GSAM and its other subsidiaries.

On March 23, 2015, the Company completed its initial public offering (“IPO”) and the Company’s common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “GSBD”.

The Company has formed wholly owned subsidiaries, which are structured as Delaware limited liability companies, to hold certain equity or equity-like investments in portfolio companies.

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s functional currency is U.S. dollars and these consolidated financial statements have been prepared in that currency. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to Regulation S-X. This requires the Company to make certain estimates and assumptions that may affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. These consolidated financial statements reflect adjustments that in the opinion of the Company are necessary for the fair statement of the results for the periods presented. Actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions included in the consolidated financial statements.

Certain prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The reclassification has no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or the consolidated results of operations as previously reported.

As an investment company, the Company applies the accounting and reporting guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946, Financial Services – Investment Companies (“ASC 946”) issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) .

Basis of Consolidation

As provided under ASC 946, the Company will not consolidate its investment in a company other than an investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to the Company. Accordingly, the Company consolidated the financial position and results of operations of its wholly owned subsidiaries, My-On BDC Blocker, LLC and, prior to its dissolution in February 2016, DDDS BL, LLC. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

101


The Company does not consolidate its equity interest in Senior Credit Fund, LLC (the “Senior Credit Fund”). For further description of the Company’s investment in the Senior Credit Fund, see Note 4 “Investments”.

Revenue Recognition

The Company records its investment transactions on a trade date basis. Realized gains and losses are based on the specific identification method.

Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis. Discounts and premiums to par value on investments purchased are accreted and amortized, respectively, into interest income over the life of the respective investment using the effective interest method. Loan origination fees, original issue discount (“OID”) and market discounts or premiums are capitalized and amortized into interest income using the effective interest method or straight-line method, as applicable. Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company earned $2,538, $704 and $1,375, respectively, in prepayment premiums and $4,531, $1,252 and $1,229, respectively, in accelerated accretion of upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts.

Fees received from portfolio companies (directors’ fees, consulting fees, administrative fees, tax advisory fees and other similar compensation) are paid to the Company, unless, to the extent required by applicable law or exemptive relief, if any, therefrom, the Company only receives its allocable portion of such fees when invested in the same portfolio company as another account managed by the Investment Adviser.

Dividend income on preferred equity investments is recorded on an accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are payable by the portfolio company and are expected to be collected. Dividend income on common equity investments is recorded on the record date for private portfolio companies and on the ex-dividend date for publicly traded portfolio companies. Interest and dividend income are presented net of withholding tax, if any.

Certain investments may have contractual payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest or dividends. PIK represents accrued interest or accumulated dividends that are added to the principal amount or shares (if equity) of the investment on the respective interest or dividend payment dates rather than being paid in cash and generally becomes due at maturity or upon the investment being called by the issuer. PIK is recorded as interest or dividend income, as applicable. If at any point the Company believes PIK is not expected to be realized, the investment generating PIK will be placed on non-accrual status. When a PIK investment is placed on non-accrual status, the accrued, uncapitalized interest or dividends are generally reversed through interest or dividend income, respectively.

Certain structuring fees, amendment fees and syndication fees are recorded as other income when earned. Administrative agent fees received by the Company are recorded as other income when the services are rendered over time.

Non-Accrual Investments

Loans or debt securities are placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that principal or interest will not be collected according to the contractual terms. Accrued interest generally is reversed when a loan or debt security is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans or debt securities may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans and debt securities are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest are paid and, in management’s judgment, principal and interest payments are likely to remain current. The Company may make exceptions to this treatment if a loan or debt security has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had one investment on non-accrual status, which represented 0.1% and 0.0% of the total investments (excluding an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. of $11,539) at amortized cost and at fair value, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had two investments on non-accrual status, which represented 3.8% and 1.4% of the total investments (excluding an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. of $1) at amortized cost and at fair value, respectively.

Investments

The Company carries its investments in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), issued by the FASB, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is generally based on quoted market prices provided by independent pricing services, broker or dealer quotations or alternative price sources. In the absence of quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations or alternative price sources, investments are measured at fair value as determined by the board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.

 

102


Due to the inherent uncertainties of valuation, certain estimated fair values may differ significantly from the values that would have been realized had a ready market for these investments existed, and these differences could be material. See Note 5 “Fair Value Measurement.”

The Company generally invests in illiquid securities, including debt and equity investments, of middle-market companies. The Board of Directors has delegated to the Investment Adviser day-to-day responsibility for implementing and maintaining internal controls and procedures related to the valuation of the Company’s portfolio investments. Under valuation procedures adopted by the Board of Directors, market quotations are generally used to assess the value of the investments for which market quotations are readily available. The Investment Adviser obtains these market quotations from independent pricing services or at the bid prices obtained from at least two brokers or dealers, if available; otherwise from a principal market maker or a primary market dealer. To assess the continuing appropriateness of pricing sources and methodologies, the Investment Adviser regularly performs price verification procedures and issues challenges as necessary to independent pricing services or brokers, and any differences are reviewed in accordance with the valuation procedures. If the Board of Directors or Investment Adviser has a bona fide reason to believe any such market quotation does not reflect the fair value of an investment, it may independently value such investment in accordance with valuation procedures for investments for which market quotations are not readily available.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, or for which market quotations are deemed not reflective of the fair value, the valuation procedures adopted by the Board of Directors contemplate a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

  (1)

The quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Investment Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

  (2)

The Board of Directors also engages independent valuation firms (the “Independent Valuation Advisors”) to provide independent valuations of the investments for which market quotations are not readily available, or are readily available but deemed not reflective of the fair value of an investment. The Independent Valuation Advisors independently value such investments using quantitative and qualitative information provided by the investment professionals of the Investment Adviser and the portfolio companies as well as any market quotations obtained from independent pricing services, brokers, dealers or market dealers. The Independent Valuation Advisors also provide analyses to support their valuation methodology and calculations. The Independent Valuation Advisors provide an opinion on a final range of values on such investments to the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee. The Independent Valuation Advisors define fair value in accordance with ASC 820 and utilize valuation approaches including the market approach, the income approach or both. A portion of the portfolio is reviewed on a quarterly basis, and all investments in the portfolio for which market quotations are not readily available, or are readily available, but deemed not reflective of the fair value of an investment, are reviewed at least annually by an Independent Valuation Advisor;

 

  (3)

The Independent Valuation Advisors’ preliminary valuations are reviewed by the Investment Adviser and the Valuation Oversight Group (“VOG”), a team that is part of the Controllers Department within the Finance Division of Goldman Sachs. The Independent Valuation Advisors’ valuation ranges are compared to the Investment Adviser’s valuations to ensure the Investment Adviser’s valuations are reasonable. VOG presents the valuations to the Private Investment Valuation and Side Pocket Sub-Committee of the Investment Management Division Valuation Committee, which is comprised of representatives from GSAM who are independent of the investment decision making process;

 

  (4)

The Investment Management Division Valuation Committee ratifies fair valuations and makes recommendations to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors;

 

  (5)

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews valuation information provided by the Investment Management Division Valuation Committee, the Investment Adviser and the Independent Valuation Advisors. The Audit Committee then assesses such valuation recommendations; and

 

  (6)

The Board of Directors discusses the valuations and, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, determines the fair value of the investments in good faith, based on the inputs of the Investment Adviser, the Independent Valuation Advisors and the Audit Committee.

Money Market Funds

Investments in money market funds are valued at net asset value (“NAV”) per share. See Note 3 “Significant Agreements and Related Party Transactions.”

 

103


Cash

Cash consists of deposits held at a custodian bank. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company held $11,606 and $4,565, respectively, in cash.

Foreign Currency Translation

Amounts denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars on the following basis: (i) investments and other assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars based upon currency exchange rates effective on the date of valuation; and (ii) purchases and sales of investments and income and expense items denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars based upon currency exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates.

The Company does not isolate the portion of the results of operations resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates on investments from fluctuations arising from changes in market prices of securities held. Such fluctuations are included within the net realized and unrealized gains or losses on investment transactions.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes tax positions in its consolidated financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authority based on the technical merits of the position. A position that meets this standard is measured at the largest amount of benefit that will more likely than not be realized upon settlement. The Company reports any interest expense related to income tax matters in income tax expense, and any income tax penalties under expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company’s tax positions have been reviewed based on applicable statutes of limitation for tax assessments, which may vary by jurisdiction, and based on such review, the Company has concluded that no additional provision for income tax is required in the consolidated financial statements. The Company is subject to potential examination by certain taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. The Company’s tax positions are subject to ongoing interpretation of laws and regulations by taxing authorities.

The Company has elected to be treated as a RIC commencing with its taxable year ended December 31, 2013. So long as the Company maintains its status as a RIC, it will generally not be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its stockholders as dividends. As a result, any U.S. federal income tax liability related to income earned and distributed by the Company represents obligations of the Company’s stockholders and will not be reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

To maintain its status as a RIC, the Company must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and timely distribute to its stockholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (generally, its net ordinary income plus the excess of its realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction). In order for the Company not to be subject to U.S. federal excise taxes, it must distribute annually an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its net ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (iii) any net ordinary income and capital gains in excess of capital losses for preceding years that were not distributed during such years. The Company, at its discretion, may carry forward taxable income in excess of calendar year dividends and pay a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on this income. If the Company chooses to do so, this generally would increase expenses and reduce the amount available to be distributed to stockholders. The Company will accrue excise tax on estimated undistributed taxable income as required. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Company accrued excise taxes of $1,552, $1,037 and $518, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, $1,515 of accrued excise taxes remained payable.

Distributions

Distributions from net investment income and net realized capital gains are determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulations, which may differ from those amounts determined in accordance with GAAP. The Company may pay distributions in excess of its taxable net investment income. This excess would be a tax-free return of capital in the period and reduce the stockholder’s tax basis in its shares. These book/tax differences are either temporary or permanent in nature. To the extent these differences are permanent they are charged or credited to paid-in capital in excess of par, accumulated undistributed net investment income or accumulated net realized gain (loss), as appropriate, in the period that the differences arise. Temporary and permanent differences are primarily attributable to differences in the tax treatment of certain loans and the tax characterization of income and non-deductible expenses. These differences are generally determined in conjunction with the preparation of the Company’s annual RIC tax return. Distributions to common stockholders are recorded on the ex-dividend date. The amount to be paid out as a distribution is determined by the Board of Directors each quarter and is generally based upon the earnings estimated by the Investment Adviser. The Company may pay distributions to its stockholders in a year in excess of its net ordinary income and capital gains for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Company intends to timely distribute to its stockholders substantially all of its annual taxable income for each year, except that the Company may retain certain net capital gains for reinvestment and, depending upon the level of the Company’s taxable income earned in a year, the Company may choose to carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following year and pay any applicable U.S. federal excise tax. The specific tax characteristics of the Company’s distributions will be reported to stockholders after the end of the calendar year. All distributions will be subject to available funds, and no assurance can be given that the Company will be able to declare such distributions in future periods.

 

104


The Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of all cash distributions declared by the Board of Directors unless a stockholder elects to “opt out” of the plan. As a result, if the Board of Directors declares a cash distribution, then the stockholders who have not “opted out” of the dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of shares of common stock will generally be subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as if they received cash distributions and, for this purpose, stockholders receiving distributions in the form of stock will generally be treated as receiving distributions equal to the fair market value of the stock received through the plan; however, since their cash distributions will be reinvested, those stockholders will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes. Due to regulatory considerations, Group Inc. has opted out of the dividend reinvestment plan, and GS & Co. has opted out of the dividend reinvestment plan in respect of shares of the Company’s common stock acquired through its 10b5-1 plan. See Note 3 “Significant Agreements and Related Party Transactions”.

Deferred Financing and Debt Issuance Costs

Deferred financing and debt issuance costs consist of fees and expenses paid in connection with the closing of and amendments to the Company’s senior secured revolving credit agreement (as amended, the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, and the offering of the Company’s 4.50% Convertible Notes due 2022 (the “Convertible Notes”). These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the respective term of the Revolving Credit Facility and Convertible Notes. Deferred financing costs related to the Revolving Credit Facility are presented separately as an asset on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. Deferred debt issuance costs related to the Convertible Notes are presented net against the outstanding debt balance on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company records expenses related to registration statement filings and applicable offering costs as deferred offering costs. To the extent such expenses relate to equity offerings, these expenses are charged as a reduction of paid-in-capital upon each such offering.

 

3. SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Investment Management Agreement

The Company has entered into an investment management agreement (as amended and restated as of January 1, 2015, the “Investment Management Agreement”) with the Investment Adviser, pursuant to which the Investment Adviser manages the Company’s investment program and related activities.

Management Fee

The Company pays the Investment Adviser a management fee (the “Management Fee”), accrued and payable quarterly in arrears. The Management Fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.50% (0.375% per quarter) of the average value of the Company’s gross assets (excluding cash or cash equivalents (such as investments in money market funds), but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts) at the end of each of the two most recently completed calendar quarters (and, in the case of our first quarter, our gross assets as of such quarter-end). The Management Fee for any partial quarter will be appropriately prorated.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, Management Fees amounted to $17,828, $17,012 and $15,436, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, $4,647 remained payable.

 

105


Incentive Fee

The incentive fee (the “Incentive Fee”) consists of two components that are determined independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. Effective as of January 1, 2015, the Incentive Fee is calculated as follows:

A portion of the Incentive Fee is based on income and a portion is based on capital gains, each as described below. The Investment Adviser is entitled to receive the Incentive Fee based on income if Ordinary Income (as defined below) exceeds a quarterly “hurdle rate” of 1.75%. For this purpose, the hurdle is computed by reference to the Company’s NAV and does not take into account changes in the market price of the Company’s common stock.

Beginning with the calendar quarter that commenced on January 1, 2015, the Incentive Fee based on income is determined and paid quarterly in arrears at the end of each calendar quarter by reference to the Company’s aggregate net investment income, as adjusted as described below, from the calendar quarter then ending and the eleven preceding calendar quarters (or if shorter, the number of quarters that have occurred since January 1, 2015) (such period the “Trailing Twelve Quarters”). The Incentive Fee based on capital gains is determined and paid annually in arrears at the end of each calendar year by reference to an “Annual Period,” which means the period beginning on January 1 of each calendar year and ending on December 31 of such calendar year or, in the case of the first and last year, the appropriate portion thereof.

The hurdle amount for the Incentive Fee based on income is determined on a quarterly basis and is equal to 1.75% multiplied by the Company’s NAV at the beginning of each applicable calendar quarter comprising the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters. The hurdle amount is calculated after making appropriate adjustments for subscriptions (which includes all of the Company’s issuances of shares of its common stock, including issuances pursuant to its dividend reinvestment plan) and distributions that occurred during the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters. The Incentive Fee for any partial period will be appropriately prorated.

i. Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Income

For the portion of the Incentive Fee based on income, the Company pays the Investment Adviser a quarterly Incentive Fee based on the amount by which (A) aggregate net investment income (“Ordinary Income”) in respect of the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters exceeds (B) the hurdle amount for such Trailing Twelve Quarters. The amount of the excess of (A) over (B) described in this paragraph for such Trailing Twelve Quarters is referred to as the “Excess Income Amount”. Ordinary Income is net of all fees and expenses, including the Management Fee but excluding any Incentive Fee.

The Incentive Fee based on income for each quarter is determined as follows:

 

   

No Incentive Fee based on income is payable to the Investment Adviser for any calendar quarter for which there is no Excess Income Amount;

 

   

100% of the Ordinary Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle amount, but is less than or equal to an amount, referred to as the “Catch-up Amount,” determined as the sum of 2.1875% multiplied by the Company’s NAV at the beginning of each applicable calendar quarter comprising the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters is included in the calculation of the Incentive Fee based on income; and

 

   

20% of the Ordinary Income that exceeds the Catch-up Amount is included in the calculation of the Incentive Fee based on income.

The amount of the Incentive Fee based on income that is paid to the Investment Adviser for a particular quarter equals the excess of the Incentive Fee so calculated minus the aggregate Incentive Fees based on income that were paid in respect of the first eleven calendar quarters (or the portion thereof) included in the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters but not in excess of the Incentive Fee Cap (as described below).

The Incentive Fee based on income that is paid to the Investment Adviser for a particular quarter is subject to a cap (the “Incentive Fee Cap”). The Incentive Fee Cap for any quarter is an amount equal to (a) 20% of the Cumulative Net Return (as defined below) during the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters minus (b) the aggregate Incentive Fees based on income that were paid in respect of the first eleven calendar quarters (or the portion thereof) included in the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters.

“Cumulative Net Return” means (x) the Ordinary Income in respect of the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters minus (y) any Net Capital Loss, if any, in respect of the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters. If, in any quarter, the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value, the Company pays no Incentive Fee based on income to the Investment Adviser for such quarter. If, in any quarter, the Incentive Fee Cap for such quarter is a positive value but is less than the Incentive Fee based on income that is payable to the Investment Adviser for such quarter (before giving effect to the Incentive Fee Cap) calculated as described above, the Company pays an Incentive Fee based on income to the Investment Adviser equal to the Incentive Fee Cap for such quarter. If, in any quarter, the Incentive Fee Cap for such quarter is equal to or greater than the Incentive Fee based on income that is payable to the Investment Adviser for such quarter (before giving effect to the Incentive Fee Cap) calculated as described above, the Company pays an Incentive Fee based on income to the Investment Adviser equal to the Incentive Fee calculated as described above for such quarter without regard to the Incentive Fee Cap.

 

106


“Net Capital Loss” in respect of a particular period means the difference, if positive, between (i) aggregate capital losses, whether realized or unrealized, in such period and (ii) aggregate capital gains, whether realized or unrealized, in such period.

ii. Annual Incentive Fee Based on Capital Gains.

The portion of the Incentive Fee based on capital gains is calculated on an annual basis. For each Annual Period, the Company pays the Investment Adviser an amount equal to (A) 20% of the difference, if positive, of the sum of the Company’s aggregate realized capital gains, if any, computed net of the Company’s aggregate realized capital losses, if any, and the Company’s aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, in each case from April 1, 2013 until the end of such Annual Period minus (B) the cumulative amount of Incentive Fees based on capital gains previously paid to the Investment Adviser from April 1, 2013. For the avoidance of doubt, unrealized capital appreciation is excluded from the calculation in clause (A) above.

The Company accrues, but does not pay, a portion of the Incentive Fee based on capital gains with respect to net unrealized appreciation. Under GAAP, the Company is required to accrue an Incentive Fee based on capital gains that includes net realized capital gains and losses and net unrealized capital appreciation and depreciation on investments held at the end of each period. In calculating the accrual for the Incentive Fee based on capital gains, the Company considers the cumulative aggregate unrealized capital appreciation in the calculation, since an Incentive Fee based on capital gains would be payable if such unrealized capital appreciation were realized, even though such unrealized capital appreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee payable under the Investment Management Agreement. This accrual is calculated using the aggregate cumulative realized capital gains and losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. If such amount is positive at the end of a period, then the Company records a capital gains incentive fee equal to 20% of such amount, minus the aggregate amount of actual Incentive Fees based on capital gains paid in all prior periods. If such amount is negative, then there is no accrual for such period. There can be no assurance that such unrealized capital appreciation will be realized in the future.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Company incurred Incentive Fees based on income of $12,775, $10,422 and $11,786, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, $3,180 remained payable. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 the Company did not accrue or pay any Incentive Fees based on capital gains.

Administration and Custodian Fees

The Company has entered into an administration agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Administrator”) under which the Administrator provides various accounting and administrative services to the Company. The Company pays the Administrator fees for its services as it determines to be commercially reasonable in its sole discretion. The Company also reimburses the Administrator for all reasonable expenses. To the extent that the Administrator outsources any of its functions, the Administrator pays any compensation associated with such functions. The Administrator also serves as the Company’s custodian (the “Custodian”).

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred expenses for services provided by the Administrator and the Custodian of $803, $842 and $882, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, $76 remained payable.

Transfer Agent Fees

Effective May 2, 2016, the Company entered into a transfer agency and services agreement pursuant to which Computershare Trust Company, N.A. serves as the Company’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”), dividend agent and registrar. From the IPO to May 1, 2016, State Street Bank and Trust Company served as the Transfer Agent and dividend agent. Prior to the IPO, GS & Co. was the Transfer Agent. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred expenses for services provided by the Transfer Agent of $21, $23 and $92, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, $1 remained payable.

Sales Load Payment by the Investment Adviser

In connection with the IPO, the Investment Adviser paid 70%, or approximately $5,040, of the sales load. In addition, in April 2015, the Investment Adviser paid 70%, or approximately $756, of the sales load related to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

10b5-1 Plan

GS & Co. adopted a 10b5-1 plan (the “GS 10b5-1 Plan”) in accordance with Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which provided for the purchase by GS & Co. in the open market up to the lesser of (i) $25,000 in the aggregate of the Company’s common stock and (ii) such amount that would not bring its collective ownership (with Group Inc.) of the Company’s common stock over 19.9%. The GS 10b5-1 Plan expired on March 18, 2016. The GS 10b5-1 Plan required GS & Co. to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock when the market price per share was below the Company’s most recently reported NAV per share (including any updates, corrections or adjustments publicly announced by the Company to any previously announced NAV per share). The purchase of shares by GS & Co. pursuant to the GS 10b5-1 Plan was intended to satisfy the conditions of Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, and was otherwise subject to applicable law, including Regulation M. Under the GS 10b5-1 Plan, GS & Co. increased the volume of purchases made anytime the market price per share of the Company’s common stock declined below the most recently reported NAV per share, subject to volume restrictions. Purchases of the Company’s common stock by GS & Co. under the GS 10b5-1 Plan may have

 

107


resulted in the price of the Company’s common stock being higher than the price that otherwise might have existed in the open market. For the period January 1, 2016 through March 18, 2016, GS & Co. purchased 432,638 shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the GS 10b5-1 Plan.

Common Stock Repurchase Plan

In February 2015, the Board of Directors approved a common stock repurchase plan (the “Company Repurchase Plan”), which authorized the Company’s purchase of up to $35,000 of its common stock in the open market during open trading periods.

In February 2016, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $25,000 of the Company’s common stock if the stock trades below the most recently announced NAV per share (including any updates, corrections or adjustments publicly announced by the Company to any previously announced NAV per share), from March 18, 2016 to March 18, 2017, subject to certain limitations. In February 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors renewed its authorization of the stock repurchase plan to extend the expiration to March 18, 2018.

In connection with this authorization, the Company entered into a 10b5-1 plan (the “Company 10b5-1 Plan”). The Company 10b5-1 Plan provides that purchases will be conducted on the open market on a programmatic basis in accordance with Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Exchange Act and will otherwise be subject to applicable law, including Regulation M, which may prohibit purchases under certain circumstances. No purchases will be effected pursuant to the Company 10b5-1 Plan if such purchase would (i) cause the aggregate ownership of the Company’s outstanding common stock by Group Inc. and GS & Co. to equal or exceed 25.0% (due to the reduction in outstanding shares of stock as a result of such purchase) or (ii) cause the Company’s debt/equity ratio to exceed 0.75. The Company 10b5-1 Plan initially took effect on March 18, 2016 (with any purchases to commence after the opening of NYSE trading on March 21, 2016), was subsequently renewed and is scheduled to expire on March 18, 2018. Further, no purchases will be effected during the applicable restricted period under Regulation M as a result of an offering of securities by the Company or for a period of 60 days after the expiration of any overallotment option included in any common equity offering.

The Company’s repurchase of its common stock under the Company 10b5-1 Plan or otherwise may result in the price of the Company’s common stock being higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Company did not repurchase any of its common stock pursuant to the Company 10b5-1 Plan or otherwise.

Co-investment Activity

In certain circumstances, negotiated co-investments by the Company and other funds managed by the Investment Adviser may be made only pursuant to an order from the SEC permitting the Company to do so. On January 4, 2017, the SEC granted GSAM, Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC (“GS PMMC”), Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending Corp. (“GS MMLC”) and the Company exemptive relief (“Exemptive Relief”) that permits the Company to co-invest with GS PMMC, GS MMLC and certain other funds that may be managed by GSAM, including the GSAM Credit Alternatives Team, in the future, subject to certain terms and conditions in the Exemptive Relief. The GSAM Credit Alternatives Team is comprised of investment professionals dedicated to the Company’s investment strategy and other funds that share a similar investment strategy with the Company, who are responsible for identifying investment opportunities, conducting research and due diligence on prospective investments, negotiating and structuring the Company’s investments and monitoring and servicing the Company’s investments, together with investment professionals who are primarily focused on investment strategies in syndicated, liquid credit. Under the terms of the Exemptive Relief, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the Investment Company Act) of the Company’s independent directors must make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction are reasonable and fair to the Company and the Company’s stockholders and do not involve overreaching in respect of the Company or its stockholders on the part of any person concerned, and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of the Company’s stockholders and is consistent with the then-current investment objectives and strategies of the Company. As a result of the Exemptive Relief, there could be significant overlap in the Company’s investment portfolio and the investment portfolios of GS PMMC, GS MMLC and/or other funds established by the GSAM Credit Alternatives Team that could avail themselves of the Exemptive Relief.

Due to Affiliates

The Investment Adviser paid certain general and administrative expenses on behalf of the Company in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there were $39 and $822, respectively, included within Accrued expenses and other liabilities paid by the Investment Adviser and its affiliates on behalf of the Company.

 

108


Affiliates

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, Group Inc. owned 16.16% and 17.85%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock.

The Company’s investments in affiliates for the year ended December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

     

Fair Value as of
December 31,

2016

     Gross
Additions (3)
     Gross
Reductions (4)
    Net Realized
Gains/(Losses)
    Change in
Unrealized
Gains/(Losses)
    Fair Value as of
December 31,
2017
     Dividend,
Interest and
PIK Income
     Other Income  

Controlled Affiliates

                    

Bolttech Mannings, Inc.

   $      $ 20,569      $     $     $     $ 20,569      $ 37      $  

Senior Credit Fund, LLC (1)

     78,394        16,750                    (3,047     92,097        9,650        1,308  

 

 

Total Controlled Affiliates

   $     78,394      $ 37,319      $     $     $     (3,047   $ 112,666      $ 9,687      $ 1,308  

 

 

Non-Controlled Affiliates

                    

Goldman Sachs Financial Square Government

Fund (2)

   $ 1      $ 302,380      $     (290,842   $     $     $ 11,539      $ 27      $  

CB-HDT Holdings, Inc.

     18,510        384                    451       19,345        384         

Conergy Asia Holdings, Ltd

            5,700                    (868     4,832        1         

Iracore International Holdings, Ltd

            10,392                    (790     9,602        253         

Kawa Solar Holdings Limited

     15,917        4,161        (5,425     (2,492     (3,243     8,918        1,307         

NTS Communications, Inc.

     47,498        7,093                    (3,053     51,538        7,114        25  

Prairie Provident Resources, Inc.

     2,178                           (945     1,233                

 

 

Total Non-Controlled Affiliates

   $     84,104      $     330,110      $     (296,267   $ (2,492   $     (8,448   $ 107,007      $ 9,086      $ 25  

 

 

Total Affiliates

   $     162,498      $     367,429      $     (296,267   $ (2,492   $     (11,495   $     219,673      $     18,773      $     1,333  

 

 

 

(1)  

Together with The Regents of the University of California (“Cal Regents”, and collectively with the Company, the “Members”), the Company invests through the Senior Credit Fund. Although the Company owns more than 25% of the voting securities of the Senior Credit Fund, the Company does not believe that it has control over the Senior Credit Fund (other than for purposes of the Investment Company Act). See Note 4 “Investments”.

(2)  

Fund advised by an affiliate of Goldman Sachs.

(3)    

Gross additions may include increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new portfolio investments, PIK interest or dividends, the accretion of discounts, the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities and the movement of an existing portfolio company into this category from a different category.

(4)    

Gross reductions may include decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal collections related to investment repayments or sales, the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities and the movement of an existing portfolio company out of this category into a different category.

The Company’s investments in affiliates for the year ended December 31, 2016 were as follows:

 

     

Fair Value as of

December 31,

2015

    

Gross

Additions (4)

    

Gross

Reductions (5)

   

Net

Realized Gains/

(Losses)

    

Change in

Unrealized Gains/

(Losses)

   

Fair Value as of

December 31,

2016

    

Dividend,

Interest and

PIK

Income

     Other Income  

Controlled Affiliates

                     

Senior Credit Fund, LLC (1)

   $ 44,897      $ 31,425      $     $      $ 2,072     $ 78,394      $ 6,575      $ 2,212  

 

 

Total Controlled Affiliates

   $ 44,897      $ 31,425      $     $      $ 2,072     $ 78,394      $ 6,575      $ 2,212  

 

 

Non-Controlled Affiliates

                     

Goldman Sachs Financial Square Government Fund (2)

   $     10,117      $     381,895      $      (392,011)    $      $     $ 1      $ 37      $  

CB-HDT Holdings, Inc.

            15,694                     2,816       18,510        18         

Kawa Solar Holdings Limited

            15,931                     (14     15,917        851         

Prairie Provident Resources, Inc. (3)

     4,048                            (1,870     2,178                

NTS Communications, Inc.

            42,929                     4,569       47,498        1,669        13  

 

 

Total Non-Controlled Affiliates

   $     14,165      $     456,449      $      (392,011)    $      $ 5,501     $ 84,104      $ 2,575      $ 13  

 

 

Total Affiliates

   $     59,062      $     487,874      $      (392,011)    $     –      $     7,573     $     162,498      $     9,150      $     2,225  

 

 

 

(1)    

Together with Cal Regents, the Company invests through the Senior Credit Fund. Although the Company owns more than 25% of the voting securities of the Senior Credit Fund, the Company does not believe that it has control over the Senior Credit Fund (other than for purposes of the Investment Company Act). See Note 4 “Investments”.

(2)    

Fund advised by an affiliate of Goldman Sachs.

(3)    

Formerly known as Lone Pine Resources CDA, Ltd.

(4)    

Gross additions may include increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new portfolio investments, PIK interest or dividends, the accretion of discounts, the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities and the movement of an existing portfolio company into this category from a different category.

(5)    

Gross reductions may include decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal collections related to investment repayments or sales, the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities and the movement of an existing portfolio company out of this category into a different category.

 

109


4. INVESTMENTS

As of the dates indicated, the Company’s investments (excluding an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. of $11,539 and $1, respectively) consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2017      December 31, 2016  
Investment Type    Cost      Fair Value      Cost      Fair Value  

 

 

1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

   $ 412,534      $ 407,073      $ 436,896      $ 421,026  

1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

     279,031        273,965        329,455        310,254  

2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

     443,391        444,603        352,696        336,178  

Unsecured Debt

     3,900        3,900        3,115        3,115  

Preferred Stock

     11,750        12,836        11,123        11,833  

Common Stock

     32,717        23,839        11,633        6,490  

Investment Funds & Vehicles (1)

     94,342        92,097        77,592        78,394  

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 1,277,665      $ 1,258,313      $ 1,222,510      $ 1,167,290  

 

 

 

(1)    

Includes equity investments in the Senior Credit Fund.

As of the dates indicated, the industry composition of the Company’s portfolio at fair value and net assets was as follows:

 

     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
Industry    Fair Value     Net Assets     Fair Value     Net Assets  

Software

     10.3     17.9     9.8     17.3

Health Care Providers & Services

     7.5       13.0       3.2       5.7  

Investment Funds & Vehicles

     7.3       12.7       6.7       11.8  

Health Care Equipment & Supplies

     7.1       12.2       4.7       8.3  

Diversified Telecommunication Services

     5.9       10.3       8.0       14.1  

Distributors

     5.1       8.9       5.1       9.0  

Chemicals

     4.8       8.3              

IT Services

     4.5       7.8              

Real Estate Management & Development

     4.5       7.9       4.9       8.7  

Electronic Equipment, Instruments & Components

     4.4       7.7       4.8       8.3  

Household Products

     4.1       7.1       2.5       4.4  

Internet Software & Services

     3.8       6.5       8.3       14.6  

Professional Services

     3.5       6.0       4.8       8.4  

Media

     3.3       5.7       3.7       6.4  

Diversified Financial Services

     3.1       5.4              

Aerospace & Defense

     2.9       5.1       3.1       5.5  

Machinery

     2.6       4.6       3.1       5.5  

Specialty Retail

     2.3       4.1       2.6       4.5  

Air Freight & Logistics

     2.0       3.4       3.8       6.6  

Internet Catalog & Retail

     1.7       3.0              

Auto Components

     1.6       2.7       1.7       3.0  

Commercial Services & Supplies

     1.6       2.8       1.7       3.0  

Food Products

     1.5       2.5       1.0       1.7  

Construction & Engineering

     1.1       1.9       1.4       2.4  

Road & Rail

     1.1       1.9              

Energy Equipment & Services

     0.8       1.3       0.6       1.0  

Leisure Equipment & Products

     0.8       1.4       0.9       1.5  

Containers & Packaging

     0.7       1.1              

Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels

     0.1       0.2       0.2       0.3  

Building Products

                 6.4       11.2  

Computers & Peripherals

                 1.0       1.8  

Health Care Technology

                 6.0       10.5  

 

 

Total

     100.0     173.4     100.0     175.5

 

 

 

110


As of the dates indicated, the geographic composition of the Company’s portfolio at fair value was as follows:

 

Geographic    December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  

United States

     98.8     98.5

Germany

     0.7       1.3  

Singapore

     0.4        

Canada

     0.1       0.2  

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0

 

 

Senior Credit Fund, LLC

The Senior Credit Fund, an unconsolidated Delaware limited liability company, was formed on May 7, 2014 and commenced operations on October 1, 2014. The Company invests together with Cal Regents through the Senior Credit Fund. The Senior Credit Fund’s principal purpose is to make investments, either directly or indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiary, Senior Credit Fund SPV I, LLC (“SPV I”), primarily in senior secured loans to middle-market companies. Each of the Company and Cal Regents are responsible for sourcing the Senior Credit Fund’s investments. Each of the Company and Cal Regents has a 50% economic ownership in the Senior Credit Fund and each has subscribed to fund $100,000. Except under certain circumstances, contributions to the Senior Credit Fund cannot be redeemed. The Senior Credit Fund is managed by a six member board of managers, on which the Company and Cal Regents have equal representation. Investment decisions generally must be unanimously approved by a quorum of the board of managers. On July 31, 2017, the Company and Cal Regents, as members of the Senior Credit Fund, entered into an amendment to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the Senior Credit Fund to extend the investment period for the Senior Credit Fund from August 1, 2017 to November 1, 2017. On November 1, 2017, the Company and Cal Regents, as members of the Senior Credit Fund, entered into an amendment to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the Senior Credit Fund to extend the investment period for the Senior Credit Fund from November 1, 2017 to January 2, 2018.

On December 19, 2016, SPV I entered into an amended and restated credit facility (as amended, the “Asset Based Facility”), which consists of a revolving credit facility (the “SPV I Revolving Credit Facility”), a term loan facility (the “SPV I Term Loan Facility”) and a Class B loan facility (the “SPV I Class B Facility”), with various lenders. For the Asset Based Facility, Natixis, New York Branch (“Natixis”) serves as the facility agent, and State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the collateral agent. The Asset Based Facility includes a maximum borrowing capacity of $400,000. The SPV I Revolving Credit Facility provided for borrowings in an aggregate amount up to $120,000 on a committed basis as of December 31, 2017. Borrowings under the SPV I Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.30%. As of December 31, 2017, the SPV I Term Loan Facility consisted of a $240,000 fully drawn term loan and the SPV I Class B Facility consisted of a $40,000 fully drawn Class B loan. Borrowings under the SPV I Term Loan Facility and SPV I Class B Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.30% and LIBOR plus 3.50%, respectively. Any amounts borrowed under the Asset Based Facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable, on December 19, 2025. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the SPV I’s outstanding borrowings under the Asset Based Facility were $294,000 and $303,250, respectively.

The Senior Credit Fund had entered into a revolving credit facility (the “Subscription Facility”) with Versailles Assets LLC, as lender, and Natixis, as the facility agent. The Subscription Facility provided for borrowings in an aggregate amount up to $50,000 on a committed basis. The Senior Credit Fund’s obligations to Natixis and the lenders were secured by the unfunded subscriptions of the Company and Cal Regents, proceeds of such subscriptions and certain other assets. On September 30, 2016, the Senior Credit Fund paid in full all loans outstanding, and the Subscription Facility was terminated. In connection thereof, the related documents governing the Subscription Facility were also terminated.

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company and Cal Regents had subscribed to fund and contributed the following to the Senior Credit Fund:

 

     December 31, 2017      December 31, 2016  
Member    Subscribed to fund      Contributed      Subscribed to fund      Contributed  

 

 

Company

   $ 100,000      $ 94,342      $ 100,000      $ 77,592  

Cal Regents

     100,000        94,342        100,000        77,592  

 

 

Total

   $     200,000      $     188,684      $     200,000      $     155,184  

 

 

 

111


As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Senior Credit Fund had total investments in senior secured debt at fair value of $467,071 and $479,526, respectively. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Senior Credit Fund had no investments on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Senior Credit Fund had an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc. with a total fair value of $5,840 and $1,942, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2017, the Senior Credit Fund had eight portfolio companies with unfunded commitments totaling $17,138 and as of December 31, 2016, the Senior Credit Fund had three portfolio companies with unfunded commitments totaling $6,296.

Below is a summary of the Senior Credit Fund’s portfolio, excluding an investment in a money market fund managed by an affiliate of Group Inc., followed by a listing of the individual loans in the Senior Credit Fund’s portfolio as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 

     As of  
     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  

Total senior secured debt (1)

   $ 496,582     $ 489,657  

Weighted average current interest rate on senior secured debt (2)

     7.3     6.6

Number of borrowers in the Senior Credit Fund

     34       37  

Largest loan to a single borrower (1)

   $     29,041     $     24,618  

 

  (1)    

At par amount, including fully unfunded commitments.

  (2)    

Computed as (a) the annual stated interest rate on accruing senior secured debt, divided by (b) total senior secured debt at par amount, excluding fully unfunded commitments.

Senior Credit Fund Portfolio as of December 31, 2017

 

 

Portfolio Company    Industry    Interest (+)   Maturity  

Par

Amount

    Cost    

Fair

Value

 

1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

 

3SI Security Systems, Inc.    Commercial Services & Supplies    7.87% (L + 6.25%; 1.00% Floor)   06/16/2023   $ 14,963     $ 14,754     $ 14,738  
A Place For Mom, Inc.    Diversified Consumer Services    5.69% (L + 4.00%; 1.00% Floor)   08/10/2024     3,990       3,971       3,985  
Ansira Partners, Inc.    Media    8.19% (L + 6.50%; 1.00% Floor)   12/20/2022     8,640       8,564       8,575  
Ansira Partners, Inc. (1)    Media    8.19% (L + 6.50%; 1.00% Floor)   12/20/2022     1,269       692       693  
ASC Acquisition Holdings, LLC (2)    Distributors    8.89% (L + 7.50%; 1.00% Floor)   12/15/2021     10,688       10,599       10,474  
ASC Acquisition Holdings, LLC (1) (2) (3)    Distributors    (L + 7.50%; 1.00% Floor)   12/15/2021     3,750       (37     (75
ATX Networks Corp.    Communications Equipment    8.69% (L + 6.00%; 1.00% Floor)
(7.69% Cash and 1.00% PIK)
  06/11/2021     16,426       16,299       16,179  
Badger Sportswear, Inc.    Textiles, Apparel & Luxury Goods    6.07% (L + 4.50%; 1.00% Floor)   09/11/2023     14,812       14,687       14,535  
Barbri, Inc.    Media    5.73% (L + 4.25%; 1.00% Floor)   12/01/2023     14,000       13,931       13,965  
Crowne Group, LLC    Auto Components    10.73% (L + 9.25%; 1.00% Floor)   05/26/2021     16,363       16,239       16,526  
CST Buyer Company    Diversified Consumer Services    7.75% (L + 6.25%; 1.00% Floor)   03/01/2023     19,658       19,176       19,265  
CST Buyer Company (1) (3)    Diversified Consumer Services    (L + 6.25%; 1.00% Floor)   03/01/2023     1,800       (43     (36
DBRS Limited    Capital Markets    6.73% (L + 5.25%; 1.00% Floor)   03/04/2022     11,670       11,593       11,670  
DiscoverOrg, LLC (2)    Software    6.07% (L + 4.50%; 1.00% Floor)   08/25/2023     7,980       7,942       7,900  
FWR Holding Corporation    Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure    7.66% (L + 6.00%; 1.00% Floor)   08/21/2023     9,080       8,863       8,853  
FWR Holding Corporation (1)    Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure    7.60% (L + 6.00%; 1.00% Floor)   08/21/2023     2,936       400       396  
FWR Holding Corporation (1)    Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure    7.57% (L + 6.00%; 1.00% Floor)   08/21/2023     1,175       119       118  
GK Holdings, Inc.    IT Services    7.69% (L + 6.00%; 1.00% Floor)   01/20/2021     17,460       17,392       13,628  
HC Group Holdings III, Inc.    Health Care Providers & Services    6.57% (L + 5.00%; 1.00% Floor)   04/07/2022     8,798       8,768       8,875  
Help/Systems, LLC    Software    6.19% (L + 4.50%; 1.00% Floor)   10/08/2021     17,721       17,300       17,765  
Hygiena Borrower LLC    Life Sciences Tools & Services    6.44% (L + 4.75%; 1.00% Floor)   08/26/2022     15,880       15,741       15,562  
Hygiena Borrower LLC (1) (3)    Life Sciences Tools & Services    (L + 4.75%; 1.00% Floor)   08/26/2022     1,667       (21     (33
Jill Acquisition LLC    Textiles, Apparel & Luxury Goods    6.38% (L + 5.00%; 1.00% Floor)   05/08/2022     13,997       13,914       13,183  
Lattice Semiconductor Corporation    Semiconductors & Semiconductor Equipment    5.65% (L + 4.25%; 1.00% Floor)   03/10/2021     10,745       10,608       10,852  

 

112


Portfolio Company    Industry    Interest (+)   Maturity  

Par

Amount

    Cost    

Fair

Value

 
Liquidnet Holdings, Inc.    Capital Markets    5.82% (L + 4.25%; 1.00% Floor)   07/15/2024   $     9,750     $     9,658     $     9,774  
MB Aerospace Holdings Inc.    Aerospace & Defense    7.13% (L + 5.50%; 1.00% Floor)   12/15/2022     15,689       15,568       15,649  
Netsmart Technologies, Inc.    Health Care Technology    6.19% (L + 4.50%; 1.00% Floor)   04/19/2023     18,747       18,696       18,935  
Pathway Partners Vet Management Company, LLC (2)    Health Care Providers & Services    5.82% (L + 4.25%; 1.00% Floor)   10/10/2024     6,963       6,929       6,963  
Pathway Partners Vet Management Company, LLC (1) (2)    Health Care Providers & Services    5.82% (L + 4.25%; 1.00% Floor)   10/10/2024     3,020       277       291  
Pomeroy Group LLC    IT Services    7.51% (L + 6.00%; 1.00% Floor)   11/30/2021     15,759       15,390       15,404  
Professional Physical Therapy    Health Care Providers & Services    9.50% (P + 5.00%)   12/16/2022     10,395       10,306       10,187  
Radiology Partners Holdings, LLC    Health Care Providers & Services    7.59% (L + 5.75%; 1.00% Floor)   12/04/2023     7,710       7,634       7,710  
Radiology Partners Holdings, LLC (1)    Health Care Providers & Services    7.59% (L + 5.75%; 1.00% Floor)   12/04/2023     2,290       1,389       1,412  
RealD, Inc.    Media    8.98% (L + 7.50%; 1.00% Floor)   03/22/2021     16,639       16,516       16,431  
SciQuest, Inc. (4)    Internet Software & Services    5.56% (L + 4.00%; 1.00% Floor)   12/28/2024     20,000       19,900       19,900  
Smarte Carte, Inc.    Air Freight & Logistics    7.20% (L + 5.50%; 1.00% Floor)   08/30/2021     10,558       10,477       10,479  
SMS Systems Maintenance Services, Inc.    IT Services    6.57% (L + 5.00%; 1.00% Floor)   10/30/2023     14,850       14,784       12,474  
Stackpath, LLC    Internet Software & Services    6.38% (L + 5.00%; 1.00% Floor)   02/03/2023     16,915       16,765       16,746  
Tronair Parent Inc.    Air Freight & Logistics    6.16% (L + 4.75%; 1.00% Floor)   09/08/2023     13,825       13,710       13,652  
U.S. Acute Care Solutions, LLC    Health Care Providers & Services    6.69% (L + 5.00%; 1.00% Floor)   05/14/2021     12,870       12,765       12,741  
VRC Companies, LLC    Commercial Services & Supplies    8.12% (L + 6.50%; 1.00% Floor)   03/31/2023     19,906       19,501       19,657  
VRC Companies, LLC    Commercial Services & Supplies    7.85% (L + 6.50%; 1.00% Floor)   03/31/2023     3,523       3,452       3,480  
VRC Companies, LLC (1)    Commercial Services & Supplies    7.97% (L + 6.50%; 1.00% Floor)   03/31/2023     4,200       2,179       2,177  
VRC Companies, LLC (1)    Commercial Services & Supplies    10.00% (P + 5.50%)   03/31/2022     1,412       1,102       1,112  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

       448,449       442,767  

1st Lien/First-Out Unitranche

 

Infogix, Inc.    Software    6.69% (L + 5.00%; 1.00% Floor)   12/31/2021     9,593       9,524       9,569  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 1st Lien/First-Out Unitranche

       9,524       9,569  

2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

 

DiscoverOrg, LLC (2)    Software    10.07% (L + 8.50%; 1.00% Floor)   02/23/2024     10,500       10,350       10,395  
GK Holdings, Inc.    IT Services    11.94% (L + 10.25%; 1.00% Floor)   01/20/2022     6,000       5,918       4,340  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

       16,268       14,735  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate Debt

       474,241       467,071  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
   

Yield

  Shares     Cost     Fair
Value
 

Investments in Affiliated Money Market Fund

 

Goldman Sachs Financial Square Government Fund - Institutional Shares

  1.21% (5)     5,839,827     $ 5,840     $ 5,840  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Investments in Affiliated Money Market Fund

       5,840       5,840  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENTS

 

  $ 480,081     $ 472,911  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
(+)  

Variable rate loans bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to either LIBOR (“L”) or alternate base rate (commonly based on the Prime Rate (“P”)), at the borrower’s option. L loans are typically indexed to 12 month, 6 month, 3 month, 2 month, 1 month or 1 week L rates. The terms in the Schedule of Investments disclose the actual interest rate in effect as of the reporting date. For investments with multiple interest rate contracts, the interest rate shown is the weighted average interest rate in effect at December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2017, rates for the 12 month, 6 month, 3 month, 2 month, 1 month or 1 week LIBOR were 2.11%, 1.84%, 1.69%, 1.62%, 1.56% and 1.48%, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, P was 4.50%.

(1)  

Position or portion thereof is an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned on the unfunded portion. The unfunded loan commitment may be subject to a commitment termination date, that may expire prior to the maturity date stated.

(2)  

The Company also holds a portion of the 2nd lien/senior secured debt in this portfolio company.

(3)  

The negative cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan. The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan.

(4)  

Position or portion thereof unsettled as of December 31, 2017.

(5)  

The rate shown is the annualized seven-day yield as of December 31, 2017.

 

113


Senior Credit Fund Portfolio as of December 31, 2016

 

 

Portfolio Company    Industry    Interest    Maturity     

Par

Amount

     Cost     

Fair

Value

 

1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

                 
Affordable Care Holding Corp. (+++)    Health Care Providers & Services    L + 4.75% (1.00% Floor)      10/22/2022      $ 4,950      $ 4,864      $ 4,950  
Ansira Partners, Inc. (1)    Media    L + 6.50% (1.00% Floor)      12/20/2022        8,727        8,640        8,640  
Ansira Partners, Inc. (1)(2)    Media    L + 6.50% (1.00% Floor)      12/20/2022        1,273                
ASC Acquisition Holdings, LLC (+++)(3)    Distributors    L + 7.50% (1.00% Floor)      12/15/2021        11,250        11,138        11,137  
ASC Acquisition Holdings, LLC (+++)(2)(3)    Distributors    L + 7.50% (1.00% Floor)      12/15/2021        3,750                
ATX Networks Corp. (+++)    Communications Equipment    L + 6.00% (1.00% Floor)      06/11/2021        16,767        16,607        16,348  
Badger Sportswear, Inc. (+++)    Textiles, Apparel & Luxury Goods    L + 4.50% (1.00% Floor)      09/11/2023        14,963        14,861        14,850  
ConvergeOne Holdings Corporation (+++)(4)    Communications Equipment    L + 5.38% (1.00% Floor)      06/17/2020        17,401        17,261        17,314  
Crowne Group, LLC (+++)    Auto Components    L + 9.25% (1.00% Floor)      05/26/2021        16,873        16,717        17,041  
DBRS Limited (+++)    Capital Markets    L + 5.25% (1.00% Floor)      03/04/2022        11,790        11,697        10,729  
DiscoverOrg, LLC (+)(3)    Software    L + 4.25% (1.00% Floor)      06/02/2020        7,147        7,121        7,075  
Edgewood Partners Insurance Center (+)    Insurance    L + 6.00% (1.00% Floor)      03/16/2023        15,880        15,589        15,920  
Explorer Holdings, Inc. (+++)    Health Care Technology    L + 5.00% (1.00% Floor)      05/02/2023        9,950        9,855        10,025  
GK Holdings, Inc. (+++)    IT Services    L + 5.50% (1.00% Floor)      01/20/2021        17,640        17,555        17,464  
HC Group Holdings III, Inc. (+++)    Health Care Providers & Services    L + 5.00% (1.00% Floor)      04/07/2022        8,888        8,852        8,510  
Help/Systems, LLC (+++)    Software    L + 5.25% (1.00% Floor)      10/08/2021        17,955        17,407        17,910  
Imagine! Print Solutions, Inc. (+++)    Commercial Services & Supplies    L + 6.00% (1.00% Floor)      03/30/2022        4,965        4,909        5,039  
Jill Acquisition LLC (+++)    Textiles, Apparel & Luxury Goods    L + 5.00% (1.00% Floor)      05/08/2022        15,805        15,700        15,746  
Lattice Semiconductor Corporation (+++)    Semiconductors & Semiconductor Equipment    L + 4.25% (1.00% Floor)      03/10/2021        11,986        11,803        11,956  
Liquidnet Holdings, Inc. (+)(4)    Capital Markets    L + 6.75% (1.00% Floor)      05/22/2019        24,618        24,340        24,433  
Loar Group, Inc. (++)    Aerospace & Defense    L + 4.75% (1.00% Floor)      01/12/2022        9,925        9,684        9,875  
MB Aerospace Holdings Inc. (+++)    Aerospace & Defense    L + 5.50% (1.00% Floor)      12/15/2022        15,849        15,708        15,769  
Mister Car Wash, Inc. (1)    Automobiles    L + 4.25% (1.00% Floor)      08/20/2021        6,650        6,600        6,658  
Mister Car Wash, Inc. (1)(2)    Automobiles    L + 4.25% (1.00% Floor)      08/20/2021        1,333               12  
Netsmart Technologies, Inc. (+++)    Health Care Technology    L + 4.50% (1.00% Floor)      04/19/2023        18,937        18,878        18,997  
Oasis Outsourcing Holdings, Inc. (+)    Diversified Financial Services    L + 4.75% (1.00% Floor)      12/27/2021        3,979        3,970        3,989  
PGX Holdings, Inc. (+++)(4)    Professional Services    L + 5.25% (1.00% Floor)      09/29/2020        13,578        13,510        13,552  
Playcore Wisconsin, Inc. (+++)    Leisure Equipment & Products    L + 4.25% (1.00% Floor)      05/29/2020        18,000        17,820        17,820  
Pomeroy Group LLC (++++)    IT Services    L + 6.00% (1.00% Floor)      11/30/2021        15,920        15,472        15,760  
Precyse Acquisition Corp. (+)    Health Care Technology    L + 5.50% (1.00% Floor)      10/20/2022        7,469        7,369        7,553  
Professional Physical Therapy (+++)    Health Care Providers & Services    L + 6.00% (1.00% Floor)      12/16/2022        10,500        10,395        10,395  
RealD, Inc. (++)    Media    L + 7.50% (1.00% Floor)      03/22/2021        16,873        16,719        16,704  
Research Now Group, Inc. (+++)    Professional Services    L + 4.50% (1.00% Floor)      03/18/2021        9,592        9,476        9,448  
SciQuest, Inc. (++++)    Internet Software & Services    L + 4.75% (1.00% Floor)      07/28/2023        13,930        13,863        13,860  
Smarte Carte, Inc. (+++)    Air Freight & Logistics    L + 5.50% (1.00% Floor)      08/30/2021        11,213        11,107        11,100  
Tronair Parent Inc. (+++)    Air Freight & Logistics    L + 4.75% (1.00% Floor)      09/08/2023        13,860        13,762        13,721  
U.S. Acute Care Solutions, LLC (1)    Health Care Providers & Services    L + 5.00% (1.00% Floor)      05/14/2021        13,000        12,870        12,870  
Veresen Midstream Limited Partnership (+++)    Energy Equipment & Services    L + 4.25% (1.00% Floor)      03/31/2022        10,808        10,614        10,871  
Zep Inc. (+++)    Chemicals    L + 4.00% (1.00% Floor)      06/27/2022        11,901        11,879        11,961  
              

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

              454,612        456,002  

1st Lien/First-Out Unitranche

              
Infogix, Inc. (+++)    Software    L + 4.75% (1.00% Floor)      12/31/2021        9,762        9,676        9,664  
              

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 1st Lien/First-Out Unitranche

              9,676        9,664  

 

114


Portfolio Company    Industry    Interest   Maturity  

Par

Amount

    Cost    

Fair

Value

 

2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

             
DiscoverOrg, LLC (+++)(3)    Software    L + 9.00% (1.00% Floor)   02/10/2022   $ 8,000     $ 7,858     $ 7,860  
GK Holdings, Inc. (+++)    IT Services    L + 9.50% (1.00% Floor)   01/20/2022     6,000       5,904       6,000  
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total 2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

           13,762       13,860  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate Debt

           478,050       479,526  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    

Yield

      Shares     Cost     Fair
Value
 

Investments in Affiliated Money Market Fund

          

Goldman Sachs Financial Square Government Fund

   0.45% (5)       1,941,599     $ 1,942     $ 1,942  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Investments in Affiliated Money Market Fund

           1,942       1,942  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENTS

         $ 479,992     $ 481,468  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(+)    

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 1 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 1 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 0.77%.

(++)    

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 2 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 2 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 0.82%.

(+++)    

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 3 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 3 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 1.00%.

(++++)    

The interest rate on these loans is subject to the greater of a LIBOR floor or 12 month LIBOR plus a base rate. The 12 month LIBOR as of December 31, 2016 was 1.69%.

(1)    

Position or portion thereof unsettled as of December 31, 2016.

(2)    

Position or portion thereof is an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned on the unfunded portion. The unfunded loan commitment may be subject to a commitment termination date that may expire prior to the maturity date stated.

(3)    

The Company also holds a portion of the 2nd lien/senior secured debt in this portfolio company.

(4)    

Initial investment was purchased at fair value from the Company in October 2014.

(5)    

The rate shown is the annualized seven-day yield as of December 31, 2016.

L – LIBOR

Below is selected balance sheet information for the Senior Credit Fund as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 

      As of
December 31, 2017
     As of
December 31, 2016
 

Selected Balance Sheet Information

     

Total investments, at fair value

   $ 472,911      $ 481,468  

Cash and other assets

     31,826        10,930  

 

 

Total assets

   $ 504,737      $ 492,398  

 

 

Debt (1)

   $ 291,515      $ 300,574  

Other liabilities

     29,028        35,036  

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 320,543      $ 335,610  

 

 

Members’ equity

     184,194        156,788  

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $     504,737      $     492,398  

 

 

 

(1)    

Net of deferred financing costs for the SPV I Term Loan Facility, which were in the amount of $2,485 and $2,676 as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

 

115


Below is selected statements of operations information for the Senior Credit Fund for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

     

For the Year Ended

December 31, 2017

    

For the Year Ended

December 31, 2016

    

For the Year Ended

December 31, 2015

 

Selected Statements of Operations Information:

 

     

Total investment income

   $     37,681      $     25,534      $     14,684  

Expenses

        

Interest and other debt expense

     13,452        9,101        5,283  

Excess loan origination and structuring fees

     1,308        2,312        746  

Professional fees

     625        430        319  

Administration and custodian fees

     400        347        299  

Other expenses

     150        103        44  

 

 

Total expenses

     15,935        12,293        6,691  

 

 

Total net income

     21,746        13,241        7,993  

Net realized gain(loss) on investments

     106        (21      50  

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

     (8,646      4,074        (1,869

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in members’ equity

   $ 13,206      $ 17,294      $ 6,174  

 

 

Loan Origination and Structuring Fees

If the loan origination and structuring fees earned by the Senior Credit Fund (including directly or indirectly through SPV I or another vehicle) during a period exceed the Senior Credit Fund’s expenses (excluding interest and other debt expenses), such excess is paid as a fee to the Member(s) responsible for the origination of the loans pro rata in accordance with the total loan origination and structuring fees earned by the Senior Credit Fund with respect to the loans originated by such Member. The loan origination and structuring fee is accrued quarterly and included in other income from controlled affiliated investments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and paid annually. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company accrued income based on loan origination and structuring fees of $1,308, $2,212 and $681, respectively.

 

5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., the exit price).

The fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The levels used for classifying investments are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with investing in these securities. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Basis of Fair Value Measurement

Level 1 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices available in active markets for identical instruments as of the reporting date. The types of financial instruments included in Level 1 include unrestricted securities, including equities and derivatives, listed in active markets.

Level 2 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. The types of financial instruments in this category include less liquid and restricted securities listed in active markets, securities traded in other than active markets, government and agency securities and certain over-the-counter derivatives where the fair value is based on observable inputs.

Level 3 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to overall fair value measurement. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. Financial instruments that are included in this category include investments in privately held entities and certain over-the-counter derivatives where the fair value is based on unobservable inputs.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Note 2 “Significant Accounting Policies” should be read in conjunction with the information outlined below.

 

116


The table below presents the valuation techniques and the nature of significant inputs generally used in determining the fair value of Level 2 Instruments.

 

Level 2 Instruments    Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs
Equity and Fixed Income   

The types of instruments that trade in markets that are not considered to be active but are valued based on quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency include commercial paper, most government agency obligations, most corporate debt securities, certain mortgage-backed securities, certain bank loans, less liquid publicly listed equities, certain state and municipal obligations, certain money market instruments and certain loan commitments.

 

Valuations of Level 2 Equity and Fixed Income instruments can be verified to quoted prices, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g. indicative or firm) and the relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.

The table below presents the valuation techniques and the nature of significant inputs generally used in determining the fair value of Level 3 Instruments.

 

Level 3 Instruments    Valuation Techniques and Significant Inputs

Bank Loans, Corporate Debt, and Other Debt

Obligations

  

Valuations are generally based on discounted cash flow techniques, for which the significant inputs are the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, market yields and recovery assumptions. The significant inputs are generally determined based on relative value analyses, which incorporate comparisons both to credit default swaps that reference the same underlying credit risk and to other debt instruments for the same issuer for which observable prices or broker quotes are available. Other valuation methodologies are used as appropriate including market comparables, transactions in similar instruments and recovery/liquidation analysis.

Equity   

Recent third-party investments or pending transactions are considered to be the best evidence for any change in fair value. When these are not available, the following valuation methodologies are used, as appropriate and available:

•  Transactions in similar instruments;

•  Discounted cash flow techniques;

•  Third party appraisals; and

•  Industry multiples and public comparables.

Evidence includes recent or pending reorganizations (for example, merger proposals, tender offers and debt restructurings) and significant changes in financial metrics, including:

•  Current financial performance as compared to projected performance;

•  Capitalization rates and multiples; and

•  Market yields implied by transactions of similar or related assets.

The tables below present the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. These ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of instrument, but they do not represent a range of values for any one instrument. For example, the lowest yield in 1st Lien/Senior Secured is appropriate for valuing that specific debt investment, but may not be appropriate for valuing any other debt investments in this asset class. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs presented below do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities.

 

117


Level 3 Instruments  

Level 3 Assets as of

December 31, 2017 (1)

 

Significant Unobservable

Inputs by Valuation

Techniques (2)

 

Range (3)  of Significant

Unobservable

Inputs (Weighted

Average (4) )

as of

December 31, 2017

Bank Loans, Corporate Debt, and Other Debt Obligations  

1st Lien/Senior Secured

 

Discounted cash flows:

   
 

$331,896

 

•  Discount Rate

  9.4% – 17.3% (12.3%)
   

Collateral analysis:

   
       

•  Recovery Rate

  91.8%
   

1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

 

Discounted cash flows:

   
   

$268,074

 

•  Discount Rate

  10.5% – 15.3% (11.8%)
     

Comparable multiples:

   
     

•  EV/Revenue

  0.4x – 0.9x (0.6x)
     

Comparable multiples:

   
       

•  EV/EBITDA (5)

  7.0x – 7.0x (7.0x)
   

2nd Lien/Senior Secured

 

Discounted cash flows:

   
   

$321,986

 

•  Discount Rate

  9.9% – 15.6% (11.6%)
   

Unsecured Debt

 

Discounted cash flows:

   
   

$3,500

 

•  Discount Rate

  4.3% – 5.7% (12.0%)
Equity  

Preferred Stock

 

Comparable multiples:

   
   

$12,836

 

•  EV/EBITDA (5)

  5.1x – 16.6x (6.5x)
   

Common Stock

$22,606

 

Collateral analysis:

   
     

•  Recovery Rate

  100.0%
     

Comparable multiples:

   
     

•  EV/Revenue

  0.6x – 2.7x (0.9x)
     

Comparable multiples:

   
     

•  EV/EBITDA (5)

  5.8x – 15.3x (7.0x)
     

Collateral analysis:

   
       

•  Recovery Rate

  81.9%
(1)    

Included within Level 3 Assets of $1,075,695 is an amount of $114,797 for which the Investment Adviser did not develop the unobservable inputs (examples include single source broker quotations, third party pricing, and prior transactions).

(2)    

The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market comparable and discounted cash flows may be used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the Level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

(3)    

The range for an asset category consisting of a single investment represents the relevant market data considered in determining the fair value of the investment.

(4)    

Weighted average for an asset category consisting of multiple investments is calculated by weighting the significant unobservable input by the relative fair value of the investment. Weighted average for an asset category consisting of a single investment represents the significant unobservable input used in the fair value of the investment.

(5)    

Enterprise value of portfolio company as a multiple of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”).

 

Level 3 Instruments  

Level 3 Assets as of

December 31, 2016 (1)

 

Significant Unobservable

Inputs by Valuation

Techniques (2)

 

Range (3)  of Significant

Unobservable

Inputs (Weighted
Average (4) ) as of

December 31, 2016

Bank Loans, Corporate Debt, and Other Debt Obligations  

1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

 

Discounted cash flows:

   
 

$379,181

 

•  Discount Rate

  9.1% – 20% (11.6%)
   

Comparable multiples:

   
     

•  EV/EBITDA (5)

  2.9x – 19.5x (5.0x)
 

1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

 

Discounted cash flows:

   
 

$310,254

 

•  Discount Rate

  10.8% – 15.6% (12.9%)
   

Comparable multiples:

   
     

•  EV/EBITDA (5)

  7.7x – 13.2x (7.9x)
 

2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

 

Discounted cash flows:

   
 

$214,643

 

•  Discount Rate

  10.7% – 48.1% (12.6%)
   

Comparable multiples:

   
     

•  EV/EBITDA (5)

  6.5x – 9.1x (6.8x)
Equity  

Preferred Stock

 

Comparable multiples:

   
   

$11,083

 

•  EV/EBITDA (5)

  5.6x – 12.3x (6.3x)
   

Common Stock

 

Comparable multiples:

   
   

$4,312

 

•  EV/EBITDA (5)

  5.6x – 12.3x (6.3x)

 

118


(1)    

Included within Level 3 Assets of $977,713 is an amount of $58,240 for which the Investment Adviser did not develop the unobservable inputs (examples include single source broker quotations, third party pricing, and prior transactions).

(2)    

The fair value of any one instrument may be determined using multiple valuation techniques. For example, market comparable and discounted cash flows may be used together to determine fair value. Therefore, the Level 3 balance encompasses both of these techniques.

(3)    

The range for an asset category consisting of a single investment represents the relevant market data considered in determining the fair value of the investment.

(4)    

Weighted average for an asset category consisting of multiple investments is calculated by weighting the significant unobservable input by the relative fair value of the investment. Weighted average for an asset category consisting of a single investment represents the significant unobservable input used in the fair value of the investment.

(5)    

Enterprise value of portfolio company as a multiple of EBITDA.

As noted above, the income and market approaches were used in the determination of fair value of certain Level 3 assets as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016. The significant unobservable inputs used in the income approach are the discount rate or market yield used to discount the estimated future cash flows expected to be received from the underlying investment, which include both future principal and interest payments. An increase in the discount rate or market yield would result in a decrease in the fair value. Included in the consideration and selection of discount rates is risk of default, rating of the investment, call provisions and comparable company investments. The significant unobservable inputs used in the market approach are based on market comparable transactions and market multiples of publicly traded comparable companies. Increases or decreases in market comparable transactions or market multiples would result in an increase or decrease, respectively, in the fair value.

The following is a summary of the Company’s assets categorized within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2017:

 

Assets    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

   $      $ 19,600      $ 387,473      $ 407,073  

1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

                   273,965        273,965  

2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

            69,688        374,915        444,603  

Unsecured Debt

                   3,900        3,900  

Preferred Stock

                   12,836        12,836  

Common Stock

            1,233        22,606        23,839  

Affiliated Money Market Fund

     11,539                      11,539  

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 11,539      $ 90,521      $ 1,075,695      $ 1,177,755  

 

 

Investments measured at NAV (1)

 

     92,097  

 

 

Total assets

 

   $ 1,269,852  

 

 

 

(1)    

Includes equity investment in the Senior Credit Fund.

The following is a summary of the Company’s assets categorized within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2016:

 

Assets    Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

   $      $ 41,845      $ 379,181      $ 421,026  

1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

                   310,254        310,254  

2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

            67,160        269,018        336,178  

Unsecured Debt

                   3,115        3,115  

Preferred Stock

                   11,833        11,833  

Common Stock

            2,178        4,312        6,490  

Affiliated Money Market Fund

     1                      1  

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 1      $ 111,183      $ 977,713      $ 1,088,897  

 

 

Investments measured at NAV (1)

              78,394  

 

 

Total assets

            $ 1,167,291  

 

 

 

(1)    

Includes equity investment in the Senior Credit Fund.

 

119


The following is a reconciliation of Level 3 assets for the year ended December 31, 2017:

 

Level 3   

Beginning
Balance

as of
January 1,
2017

     Purchases (1)      Net
Realized
Gain
(Loss)
    Net Change in
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation) (2)
    Sales and
Settlements (1)
   

Net
Amortization
of
Premium/

Discount

     Transfers
In
     Transfers
Out
     Ending
Balance
as of
December 31,
2017
 

1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

   $ 379,181      $ 166,639      $ (16,898   $ 8,295     $ (153,916   $ 4,172      $      $      $ 387,473  

1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

     310,254        59,807        (25,091     14,134       (87,934     2,795                      273,965  

2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

     269,018        335,228        (23,565     13,808       (221,699     2,125                      374,915  

Unsecured Debt

     3,115        785                                               3,900  

Preferred Stock

     11,833        628              375                                  12,836  

Common Stock

     4,312        21,084              (2,790                                22,606  

 

 

Total assets

   $     977,713      $     584,171      $     (65,554   $     33,822     $     (463,549   $     9,092      $     –      $     –      $     1,075,695  

 

 

 

(1)  

Purchases may include PIK and securities received in corporate actions and restructurings. Sales and Settlements may include securities delivered in corporate actions and restructuring of investments.

(2)  

Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) relating to assets still held at December 31, 2017 totaled $23,197 consisting of the following: 1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt $11,169, 1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche $14,226, 2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt $217, Unsecured Debt $0, Preferred Stock $375 and Common Stock $(2,790).

The following is a reconciliation of Level 3 assets for the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

Level 3   

Beginning

Balance

as of

January 1,

2016

     Purchases (1)     

Net

Realized

Gain

(Loss)

   

Net Change in

Unrealized

Appreciation

(Depreciation) (2)

   

Sales and

Settlements (1)

   

Net

Amortization

of

Premium/

Discount

    

Transfers

In

    

Transfers

Out

   

Ending

Balance

as of

December 31,

2016

 

1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

   $ 362,331      $ 99,543      $     $ (10,600   $ (89,834   $ 1,978      $ 15,763      $     $ 379,181  

1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

     305,727        54,814        123       (16,820     (35,119     1,529                     310,254  

2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

     257,701        157,733        (22,117     (11,560     (97,513     1,574               (16,800     269,018  

Unsecured Debt

            3,115                                              3,115  

Preferred Stock

     24,872        11,548              1,453       (21,249                   (4,791     11,833  

Common Stock

            2,395              6,363                           (4,446     4,312  

 

 

Total assets

   $     950,631      $     329,148      $     (21,994   $     (31,164   $     (243,715   $     5,081      $     15,763      $     (26,037   $     977,713  

 

 

 

(1)    

Purchases may include securities received in corporate actions and PIK. Sales and Settlements may include securities delivered in corporate actions.

(2)    

Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) relating to assets still held at December 31, 2016 totaled $(30,159) consisting of the following: 1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt $(10,600), 1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche $(16,820), 2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt $(10,555), Unsecured Debt $0, Preferred Stock $1,453 and Common Stock $6,363.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the beginning of the reporting period in which they occur. For the year ended December 31, 2016, transfers from Level 2 to Level 3 were primarily due to decreased price transparency, while transfers from Level 3 to Level 2 were primarily due to increased price transparency.

Debt Not Carried at Fair Value

The fair value of the Revolving Credit Facility, which would be categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, approximates its carrying value. The fair value of the Company’s Convertible Notes, which would be categorized as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy, as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $119,959 and $116,006, respectively, based on broker quotes received by the Company.

 

6. DEBT

In accordance with the Investment Company Act, with certain exceptions, the Company is only allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage ratio, as defined in the Investment Company Act, is at least 2 to 1 after such borrowing. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company’s asset coverage ratio based on aggregate borrowings outstanding was 2.33 to 1 and 2.32 to 1, respectively.

 

120


The Company’s outstanding debt as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was as follows:

 

     As of  
     December 31, 2017      December 31, 2016  
     

Aggregate

Borrowing

Amount

Committed

    

Outstanding

Borrowing

    

Amount

Available

    

Carrying

Value

    

Aggregate

Borrowing

Amount

Committed

    

Outstanding

Borrowing

    

Amount

Available

    

Carrying

Value

 

Revolving Credit Facility (1)

   $ 620,000      $ 431,250      $ 188,750      $ 431,250      $ 605,000      $ 387,750      $ 217,250      $ 387,750  

Convertible Notes (2)

     115,000        115,000               111,276        115,000        115,000               110,402  

 

 

Total Debt

   $ 735,000      $ 546,250      $ 188,750      $ 542,526      $ 720,000      $ 502,750      $ 217,250      $ 498,152  

 

 

 

(1)    

Provides, under certain circumstances, a total borrowing capacity of $1,000,000.

(2)    

The carrying value of the Company’s Convertible Notes is presented net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $3,133 and OID net of accretion of $591, as of December 31, 2017, and net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $3,884 and OID net of accretion of $714 as of December 31, 2016.

The combined weighted average interest rate of the aggregate borrowings outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was 3.47% and 2.65%, respectively.

Revolving Credit Facility

On September 19, 2013, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Facility with various lenders. SunTrust Bank serves as administrative agent and Bank of America N.A. serves as syndication agent under the Revolving Credit Facility.

On October 3, 2014, the Company amended and restated the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things: increase the aggregate borrowing amount on a committed basis, increase the total borrowing capacity, extend the maturity date, and reduce the applicable margin of borrowings.

On January 16, 2015, the Company exercised the right under the accordion feature and increased the size of the Revolving Credit Facility to $535,000, on a committed basis.

On March 27, 2015, the Company exercised the right under the accordion feature and increased the size of the Revolving Credit Facility to $560,000, on a committed basis.

On November 3, 2015, the Company amended the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things:

 

   

increase the aggregate borrowing amount to $570,000 on a committed basis;

 

   

increase the total borrowing capacity to a maximum of $1,000,000;

 

   

extend the final maturity date to November 4, 2020; and

 

   

reduce the applicable margin of borrowings with respect to (i) any loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the alternate base rate from 1.25% to 0.75% or 1.00%, subject to borrowing base conditions and (ii) any loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the adjusted LIBOR rate from 2.25% to 1.75% or 2.00%, subject to borrowing base conditions.

On December 16, 2016, the Company further amended the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things:

 

   

increase aggregate borrowing amount to $605,000 on a committed basis; and

 

   

extend the final maturity date to December 16, 2021.

On November 14, 2017, the Company exercised the right under the accordion feature and increased the size of the Revolving Credit Facility to $620,000, on a committed basis.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, including amounts drawn in respect of letters of credit, bear interest (at the Company’s election) of either LIBOR plus an applicable margin or an applicable margin plus the higher of the Prime Rate, Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% or overnight LIBOR plus 1.0%. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The Company pays a fee of 0.375% per annum on committed but undrawn amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility, payable quarterly in arrears. Any amounts borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable, on December 16, 2021.

 

121


The Revolving Credit Facility may be guaranteed by certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries that are formed or acquired by the Company in the future (collectively, the “Guarantors”). The Senior Credit Fund is not a Guarantor of the Revolving Credit Facility. Proceeds from borrowings may be used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of portfolio investments.

The Company’s obligations to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s portfolio of investments and cash, with certain exceptions. The Revolving Credit Facility contains certain covenants, including: (i) maintaining a minimum stockholder’s equity of $478,624, subject to increase pending certain equity sales, (ii) maintaining an asset coverage ratio of at least 2 to 1, (iii) maintaining a minimum liquidity test of at least 10% of the covered debt amount during any period when the adjusted covered debt balance is greater than 90% of the adjusted borrowing base, as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility, and (iv) complying with restrictions on industry concentrations in the Company’s investment portfolio. The Company is in compliance with these covenants.

Costs of $9,769 were incurred in connection with obtaining and amending the Revolving Credit Facility, which have been recorded as deferred financing costs on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities and are being amortized over the life of the Revolving Credit Facility using the straight-line method. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, deferred financing costs were $4,847 and $6,018, respectively.

The summary information of the Revolving Credit Facility for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

     

Year Ended

December 31, 2017

    

Year Ended

December 31, 2016

    

Year Ended

December 31, 2015

 

Borrowing interest expense

   $ 11,340      $ 11,033      $ 8,743  

Facility fees

     989        572        792  

Amortization of financing costs

     1,235        1,214        1,170  

 

 

Total

   $ 13,564      $ 12,819      $ 10,705  

 

 

Weighted average interest rate

     3.14%        2.53%        2.44%  

Average outstanding balance

   $     360,981      $     436,161      $     358,444  

 

 

C onvertible Notes

On October 3, 2016, the Company closed an offering of $115,000 aggregate principal amount of unsecured Convertible Notes, which includes $15,000 aggregate principal amount issued pursuant to the initial purchasers’ exercise in full of an over-allotment option. The Convertible Notes were issuant pursuant to an indenture between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and/or its affiliates provide bank lending and distribution services to certain Goldman Sachs funds. The Convertible Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.50% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on April 1, 2017. The Convertible Notes will mature on April 1, 2022, unless repurchased or converted in accordance with their terms prior to such date. In certain circumstances, the Convertible Notes will be convertible into cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, based on an initial conversion rate of 40.8397 shares of the Company’s common stock per one thousand dollars principal amount of Convertible Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $24.49 per share of common stock, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments and the other terms of the indenture governing the Convertible Notes. The conversion price is approximately 10.0% above the $22.26 per share closing price of the Company’s common stock on September 27, 2016. The Company will not have the right to redeem the Convertible Notes prior to maturity. The sale of the Convertible Notes generated net proceeds of approximately $110,900. The Company used the net proceeds of the offering to pay down debt under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Holders may convert their notes at their option at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding October 1, 2021 only under the following circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter commencing after December 31, 2016, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (2) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price per one thousand dollars principal amount of notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after October 1, 2021, until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the occurrence or nonoccurrence of any of the foregoing circumstances.

 

122


The Convertible Notes are accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options . Upon conversion of any of the Convertible Notes, the Company intends to pay the outstanding principal amount in cash and, to the extent that the conversion value exceeds the principal amount, has the option to pay the excess amount in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock (or a combination of cash and shares), subject to the requirements of the indenture governing the Convertible Notes. The Company has determined that the embedded conversion options in the Convertible Notes are not required to be separately accounted for as derivatives under ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging. At the time of issuance the values of the debt and equity components of the Convertible Notes were approximately 99.4% and 0.6%, respectively.

The OID equal to the equity component of the Convertible Notes was recorded in “paid-in capital in excess of par” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. The Company records interest expense comprised of both stated interest and amortization of the OID. At the time of issuance, the equity component of the Convertible Notes was $743. Additionally, the issuance costs associated with the Convertible Notes were allocated to the debt and equity components in proportion to the allocation of the values at the time of issuance and accounted for as debt issuance costs and equity issuance costs, respectively.

As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the components of the carrying value of the Convertible Notes were as follows:

 

     

December 31,

2017

   

December 31,

2016

 

Principal amount of debt

   $     115,000     $     115,000  

OID, net of accretion

     591       714  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     3,133       3,884  

 

 

Carrying value

   $ 111,276     $ 110,402  

 

 

Stated interest rate

     4.50     4.50

Effective interest rate (stated interest rate plus accretion of OID)

     4.60     4.60

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the components of interest and other debt expenses related to the Convertible Notes were as follows:

 

     

Year Ended

December 31,

2017

    

Year Ended

December 31,

2016

 

Borrowing interest expense

   $ 5,175      $ 1,265  

Accretion of OID

     117        30  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     751        185  

 

 

Total

   $     6,043      $     1,480  

 

 

 

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

The Company may enter into commitments to fund investments. As of December 31, 2017, the Company believed that it had adequate financial resources to satisfy its unfunded commitments. The Company had the following unfunded commitments by investment types as of the dates indicated:

 

     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
     

Commitment

Expiration

Date (1)

    

Unfunded

Commitment

    

Fair

Value (2)

   

Commitment

Expiration

Date (1)

    

Unfunded

Commitment

    

Fair

Value (2)

 

1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

                

Continuum Managed Services LLC

     06/08/2019      $     1,800      $     (45          $      $  

Legacy Buyer Corp.

     10/24/2019        2,500        (37     10/24/2019        800        (28

Elemica, Inc.

     07/07/2021        6,000        (105     07/07/2021        6,000        (135

Netvoyage Corporation

     03/24/2022        654        (11                    

Continuum Managed Services LLC

     06/08/2022        2,220        (56                    

Xactly Corporation

     07/29/2022        1,697        (34                    

Lithium Technologies, LLC

     10/03/2022        1,544        (35                    

Datto, Inc.

     12/07/2022        2,406        (48                    

 

 

Total 1st Lien/Senior Secured Debt

        18,821        (371        6,800        (163

 

 

1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

                

Bolttech Mannings, Inc.

     12/21/2018      $ 1,500      $            $     –      $     –  

 

 

Total 1st Lien/Last-Out Unitranche

        1,500                         

 

 

 

123


     December 31, 2017     December 31, 2016  
     

Commitment

Expiration

Date (1)

    

Unfunded

Commitment

    

Fair

Value (2)

   

Commitment

Expiration

Date (1)

    

Unfunded

Commitment

    

Fair

Value (2)

 

2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

                

Pathway Partners Vet Management Company, LLC

     10/10/2019      $ 6,111      $ (61          $      $  

ICP Industrial, Inc.

     11/04/2019        3,800        (95                    

 

 

Total 2nd Lien/Senior Secured Debt

        9,911        (156                

 

 

Total

      $     30,232      $     (527      $     6,800      $     (163

 

 

 

(1)    

Commitments are generally subject to borrowers meeting certain criteria such as compliance with covenants and certain operational metrics. These amounts may remain outstanding until the commitment period of an applicable loan expires, which may be shorter than its maturity.

(2)    

A negative fair value was reflected as investments, at fair value in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities. The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts that provide a variety of general indemnifications. Any exposure to the Company under these arrangements could involve future claims that may be made against the Company. Currently, no such claims exist or are expected to arise and, accordingly, the Company has not accrued any liability in connection with such indemnifications.

 

8. NET ASSETS

Equity Issuances

On May 24, 2017, the Company completed a follow-on offering under its shelf registration statement, issuing 3,250,000 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $22.50 per share. Net of offering and underwriting costs, the Company received cash proceeds of $69,648.

On May 26, 2017, the Company sold an additional 487,500 shares of its common stock pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise of the option to purchase additional shares the Company granted in connection with the aforementioned offering. Net of underwriting costs, the Company received additional cash proceeds of $10,640.

There were no sales of the Company’s common stock during the year ended December 31, 2016.

On March 23, 2015, the Company completed its IPO, issuing 6,000,000 shares at $20.00 per share. Net of offering and underwriting costs, the Company received cash proceeds of $114,568.

In April 2015, the Company issued a total of 900,000 shares of its common stock pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option in connection with the IPO. Net of underwriting costs, the Company received additional cash proceeds of $17,271.

Distributions

The following table reflects the distributions declared on shares of the Company’s common stock during the year ended December 31, 2017:

 

Date Declared   Record Date   Payment Date   Amount Per Share
February 22, 2017   March 31, 2017   April 17, 2017   $    0.45
May 1, 2017   June 30, 2017   July 17, 2017   $    0.45
August 1, 2017   September 29, 2017   October 16, 2017   $    0.45
October 31, 2017   December 29, 2017   January 16, 2018   $    0.45

The following table reflects the distributions declared on shares of the Company’s common stock during the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

Date Declared   Record Date   Payment Date   Amount Per Share
February 25, 2016   March 31, 2016   April 15, 2016   $    0.45
May 3, 2016   June 30, 2016   July 15, 2016   $    0.45
August 2, 2016   September 30, 2016   October 17, 2016   $    0.45
November 1, 2016   December 31, 2016   January 17, 2017   $    0.45

 

124


The following table reflects the distributions declared on shares of the Company’s common stock during the year ended December 31, 2015:

 

Date Declared   Record Date   Payment Date   Amount Per Share
February 25, 2015   March 31, 2015   April 30, 2015   $    0.45
May 13, 2015   June 30, 2015   July 15, 2015   $    0.45
August 4, 2015   September 30, 2015   October 15, 2015   $    0.45
November 3, 2015   December 31, 2015   January 28, 2016   $    0.45

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Concurrent with the IPO, the Company adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of all cash distributions declared by the Board of Directors, unless a stockholder elects to “opt out” of the plan. As a result, if the Board of Directors declares a cash distribution, then the stockholders who have not “opted out” of the dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution.

The following table summarizes shares distributed pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan during the year ended December 31, 2017 to stockholders who had not opted out of the dividend reinvestment plan:

 

Date Declared   Record Date   Payment Date   Shares
November 1, 2016   December 31, 2016   January 17, 2017   11,124
February 22, 2017   March 31, 2017   April 17, 2017   11,202
May 1, 2017   June 30, 2017   July 17, 2017   18,417
August 1, 2017   September 29, 2017   October 16, 2017   20,760

The following table summarizes shares distributed pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan during the year ended December 31, 2016 to stockholders who had not opted out of the dividend reinvestment plan:

 

Date Declared   Record Date   Payment Date   Shares
November 3, 2015   December 31, 2015   January 28, 2016   8,206
February 25, 2016   March 31, 2016   April 15, 2016   5,555
May 3, 2016   June 30, 2016   July 15, 2016   8,937
August 2, 2016   September 30, 2016   October 17, 2016   10,288

The following table summarizes shares distributed pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan during the year ended December 31, 2015 to stockholders who had not opted out of the dividend reinvestment plan:

 

Date Declared   Record Date   Payment Date   Shares
February 25, 2015   March 31, 2015   April 30, 2015   6,982
May 13, 2015   June 30, 2015   July 15, 2015   5,336
August 4, 2015   September 30, 2015   October 15, 2015   13,437

 

9. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following information sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

     

Year Ended

December 31, 2017

    

Year Ended

December 31, 2016

    

Year Ended

December 31, 2015

 

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share—increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 49,548      $ 40,652      $ 46,628  

Denominator for basic and diluted earnings per share—weighted average shares outstanding

     38,633,652        36,317,131        34,782,967  

Basic and diluted earnings per share

   $     1.28      $     1.12      $     1.34  

 

 

 

125


For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per common share, the average closing price of the Company’s common stock for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was less than the conversion price for the Convertible Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Therefore, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, diluted earnings per share equals basic earnings per share because the underlying shares for the intrinsic value of the embedded options in the Convertible Notes were not dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2015, diluted earnings per share equals basic earnings per share because there were no common stock equivalents outstanding.

 

10. TAX INFORMATION

The tax character of distributions during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows:

 

      Year Ended
December 31, 2017
     Year Ended
December 31, 2016
     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Distributions paid from:

        

Ordinary Income

   $ 70,504      $     65,373      $     63,973  

Net Long-Term Capital Gains

   $      $      $ 948  

 

 

Total Taxable Distributions

   $     70,504      $ 65,373      $ 64,921  

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 the components of Accumulated Earnings (Losses) on a tax basis were as follows:

 

      December 31, 2017      December 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  

Undistributed Ordinary Income—net

   $ 33,790      $     28,801      $     15,093  

Undistributed Long-Term Capital Gains

   $      $      $  

 

 

Total Undistributed Earnings

   $ 33,790      $ 28,801      $ 15,093  

 

 

Capital Loss Carryforward:

        

Perpetual Long-Term

   $ (56,664    $ (20,433    $  

 

 

Total capital loss carryforwards

   $ (56,664    $ (20,433    $  

Timing Differences

   $ (25,328    $ (9    $ (364

Unrealized Earnings (Losses)—net

   $ (24,521    $ (61,683    $ (44,384

 

 

Total Accumulated Earnings (Losses)—net

   $     (72,723    $     (53,324    $     (29,655

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 the Company’s aggregate unrealized appreciation and depreciation on investments based on cost for U.S. federal income tax purposes were as follows:

 

      December 31, 2017      December 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  

Tax cost

   $     1,294,373      $ 1,228,974      $     1,135,565  

Gross unrealized appreciation

   $ 6,787      $ 11,946      $ 8,439  

Gross unrealized depreciation

   $ (31,308    $ (73,629    $ (52,823

 

 

Net unrealized investment appreciation (depreciation) on investments

   $ (24,521    $     (61,683    $     (44,384

 

 

The difference between GAAP-basis and tax basis unrealized gains (losses) is attributable primarily to differences in the tax treatment of underlying fund investments.

In order to present certain components of the Company’s capital accounts on a tax-basis, certain reclassifications have been recorded to the Company’s accounts. These reclassifications have no impact on the net asset value of the Company and result primarily from certain non-deductible expenses, and differences in the tax treatment of paydown gains and losses and underlying fund investments.

 

      December 31, 2017      December 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  

Paid-in capital in excess of par

   $ (1,556    $     (1,051    $     (546

Accumulated undistributed net investment income

   $ (3,035    $     419      $ (663

Accumulated net realized gain (loss)

   $     4,591      $ 632      $     1,209  

 

 

ASC Topic 740, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax position. ASC 740 requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions deemed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. Based on its analysis of its tax position for all open tax years (the current and prior years, as applicable), the Company has concluded that it does not have any uncertain tax positions that met the recognition or measurement criteria of ASC 740. Such open tax years remain subject to examination and adjustment by tax authorities.

 

126


11. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Below is the schedule of financial highlights of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

 

     

Year ended

December 31,
2017

   

Year ended

December 31,
2016

   

Year ended

December 31,
2015

   

Year ended

December 31,
2014

   

Year ended

December 31,
2013

 

Per Share Data: (1)

 

NAV, beginning of year

   $ 18.31     $ 18.97     $ 19.56     $ 20.00     $ 19.37  

Net investment income (loss)

     2.07       2.10       2.14       1.77       0.67  

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)

     (0.80     (0.98     (0.84     (0.52     0.51  

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

     1.27       1.12       1.30       1.25       1.18  

 

 

Issuance of common stock, net of underwriting and offering costs

     0.31             (0.09            

Equity component of convertible notes

           0.02                    

Private placement offering costs

                             (0.05

Distributions declared from net investment income (2)

     (1.80     (1.80     (1.76     (1.61     (0.49

Distributions declared from net realized gains (2)

                 (0.04     (0.08     (0.01

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in net assets

     (0.22     (0.66     (0.59     (0.44     0.63  

 

 

NAV, end of year

   $ 18.09     $ 18.31     $ 18.97     $ 19.56     $ 20.00  

 

 

Market price, end of year

   $ 22.18     $ 23.52     $ 19.00     $ N.A.     $ N.A.  

Shares outstanding, end of year

     40,130,665       36,331,662       36,306,882       29,381,127       30,390,114  

Weighted average shares outstanding

     38,633,652       36,317,131       34,782,967       29,737,113       23,819,077  

Total return based on NAV (3)

     7.17     5.42     6.07     6.36     5.86

Total return based on market value (4)

     2.30     35.20     3.90     N.A.     N.A.

Ratio/Supplemental Data (all amounts in thousands except ratios):

 

Net assets, end of year

   $ 725,830     $ 665,137     $ 688,650     $ 574,582     $ 607,785  

Ratio of net expenses to average net assets

     8.07     7.25     6.51     3.45     1.45

Ratio of expenses (without incentive fees and interest and other debt expenses) to average net assets

     3.47     3.58     3.17     2.41     1.36

Ratio of interest and other debt expenses to average net assets

     2.79     2.12     1.59     0.79     0.14

Ratio of incentive fees to average net assets

     1.81     1.55     1.75     0.25     0.07

Ratio of total expenses to average net assets

     8.07     7.25     6.51     3.45     1.57

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets

     11.36     11.30     11.06     8.85     3.34

Average debt outstanding

   $ 475,981     $ 464,440     $ 358,444     $ 102,285     $  

Average debt per share (5)

     12.32       12.79       10.31       3.44        

Portfolio turnover

     45     17     13     41     15

 

(1)    

The per share data was derived by using the weighted average shares outstanding during the applicable year.

(2)    

The per share data for distributions declared reflects the actual amount of distributions declared per share for the applicable year.

(3)    

Total return based on NAV is calculated as the change in NAV per share during the respective periods, assuming dividends and distributions, if any, are reinvested in accordance with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan.

(4)    

Total return based on market value is calculated as the change in market value per share during the respective periods, assuming dividends and distributions, if any, are reinvested in accordance with the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the beginning market value per share is based on the IPO price of $20.00 per share.

(5)    

Average debt per share is calculated as average debt outstanding divided by the weighted average shares outstanding during the applicable year.

 

127


12. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

The following are the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The following information reflects all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

 

     Quarter Ended  
     December 31, 2017     September 30, 2017     June 30, 2017     March 31, 2017  

Investment income

   $ 34,160     $ 34,412     $ 36,017     $ 32,192  

Total expenses

     14,724       15,084       11,556       13,872  
  

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss) before taxes

     19,436       19,328       24,461       18,320  

Excise tax expense

     436       383       368       365  
  

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss) after taxes

     19,000       18,945       24,093       17,955  
  

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)

     (6,714     (833     (19,508     (3,390

Income tax expense

                        
  

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations after tax

   $ 12,286     $ 18,112     $ 4,585     $ 14,565  
  

 

 

 

Net investment income per share (basic and diluted)

   $ 0.47     $ 0.47     $ 0.64     $ 0.49  
  

 

 

 

Earnings per share (basic and diluted)

   $ 0.31     $ 0.45     $ 0.12     $ 0.40  
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

         40,127,280           40,106,702           37,902,018           36,340,808  
  

 

 

 
     Quarter Ended  
     December 31, 2016     September 30, 2016     June 30, 2016     March 31, 2016  

Investment income

   $ 30,493     $ 33,950     $ 29,321     $ 31,344  

Total expenses

     12,044       14,979       10,902       9,919  
  

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss) before taxes

     18,449       18,971       18,419       21,425  

Excise tax expense

     309       294       221       213  
  

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss) after taxes

     18,140       18,677       18,198       21,212  
  

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)

     (12,552     3,986       (11,198     (15,811

Income tax expense

                        
  

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations after tax

   $ 5,588     $ 22,663     $ 7,000     $ 5,401  
  

 

 

 

Net investment income per share (basic and diluted)

   $ 0.50     $ 0.51     $ 0.50     $ 0.58  
  

 

 

 

Earnings per share (basic and diluted)

   $ 0.15     $ 0.62     $ 0.19     $ 0.15  
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

     36,329,873       36,320,014       36,311,582       36,306,881  
  

 

 

 

The sum of quarterly per share amounts may not equal per share amounts reported for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. This is due to changes in the number of weighted average shares outstanding and the effects of rounding for each period.

 

128


13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events after the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities date have been evaluated through the date the consolidated financial statements were issued. Other than the items discussed below, the Company has concluded that there is no impact requiring adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

On January 2, 2018, the Company and Cal Regents, as members of the Senior Credit Fund, entered into an amendment to the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the Senior Credit Fund to extend the investment period for the Senior Credit Fund from January 2, 2018 to March 3, 2018.

On February 21, 2018, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly distribution of $0.45 per share payable on April 16, 2018 to holders of record as of March 30, 2018.

On February 21, 2018, the Company amended the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, increase the aggregate borrowing amount to $695,000 on a committed basis, extend the final maturity to February 21, 2023, and revise the financial covenants to require that the Company maintain a minimum stockholder’s equity of $500,000 plus 25% of the net proceeds from any sale of the Company’s equity securities.

In February 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the renewal of the Company’s stock repurchase plan to extend the expiration date from March 18, 2018 to March 18, 2019. Under the stock repurchase plan, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to $25,000 of its common stock if the market price for the common stock is below the Company’s most recently announced net asset value per share, subject to certain regulatory and other limitations. The stock repurchase plan authorized the Company to enter into an agreement that provides that purchases will be conducted on the open market on a programmatic basis or to repurchase in privately negotiated transactions in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act and will otherwise be subject to applicable law, including Regulation M, which may prohibit purchases under certain circumstances. The Company will only enter into such agreement to the extent permitted by Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act.

 

129


Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. — Tax Information (unaudited)

During the year ended December 31, 2017, Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. designates 100% of its distributions from net investment income as interest-related dividends pursuant to Section 871(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

130


ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. As of the end of the period covered by this report, our management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2017. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our most recently completed fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 has been attested to by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

On February 21, 2018, Janet Clark notified us that she intends to resign as our director upon our Board of Directors’ selection of a replacement for her. Ms. Clark’s decision to resign is not the result of any disagreement with us.

On February 21, 2018, we amended the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, increase the aggregate borrowing amount to $695 million on a committed basis, extend the final maturity to February 21, 2023, and revise the financial covenants to require that we maintain a minimum stockholder’s equity of $500 million plus 25% of the net proceeds from any sale of our equity securities. See Exhibit 10.8 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

131


PART III.

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.

 

132


PART IV.

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

  (1)

Financial Statements—Financial statements are included in Item 8. See the Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 89 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

  (2)

Financial Statement Schedules—None. We have omitted financial statements schedules because they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

  (3)

Exhibits—The following is a list of all exhibits filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those incorporated by reference.

 

133


Exhibit No

  

Description of Exhibits

3.1   

Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) to pre-effective Amendment No. 7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (file no. 333-187642), filed on March 3, 2015).

3.2   

Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b) to pre-effective Amendment No. 7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (file no. 333-187642), filed on March 3, 2015).

4.1   

Indenture, dated October 3, 2016, between Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (file no. 814-00998), filed on October 3, 2016).

4.2   

Form of 4.50% Convertible Note Due 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (file no. 814-00998), filed on October 3, 2016).

10.1   

Administration Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2013, between the Company and the Adviser (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(3) to pre-effective Amendment No. 7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (file no. 333-187642), filed on March 3, 2015).

10.2   

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2013 among the Company, as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(5) to pre-effective Amendment No. 8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (file no. 333-187642), filed on March 10, 2015).

10.3   

First Omnibus Amendment to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement and Guarantee and Security Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2014 among the Company, as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 001-35851), filed on May 14, 2015).

10.4   

Joinder Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2015, by HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Assuming Lender, in favor of the Company as Borrower, and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent under the Revolving Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 001-35851), filed on May 14, 2015).

10.5   

Joinder Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2015, by CIT Finance LLC, as Assuming Lender, in favor of the Company as Borrower, and Sun Trust Bank, as administrative agent under the Revolving Credit Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 001-35851), filed on May 14, 2015).

10.6   

Second Amendment to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2015, among Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent, and, solely with respect to Section 5.9, DDDS BL, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00998), filed on November 5, 2015).

10.7   

Third Amendment to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2016, among Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (file no. 814-00998), filed on December 21, 2016).

10.8   

Fourth Amendment to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2018, among Goldman Sachs BDC. Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, and SunTrust Bank as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent.

10.9   

Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2015, between the Company and Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g) to pre-effective Amendment No. 7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (file no. 333-187642), filed on March 3, 2015).

10.10   

Dividend Reinvestment Plan, amended as of May 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 814-00998), filed on May 9, 2016).

10.11   

Dividend Reinvestment Plan, amended as of August 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 814-00998), filed on August 4, 2016).

10.12   

Dividend Reinvestment Plan, amended as of August 1, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 814-00998), filed on August 3, 2017).

 

134


Exhibit No

  

Description of Exhibits

10.13   

Custody Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2013, between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j) to pre-effective Amendment No. 8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (file no. 333-187642), filed on March 10, 2015).

10.14   

Senior Credit Fund, LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2014, between Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. and Regents of the University of California (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(6) to pre-effective Amendment No. 7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (file no. 333-187642), filed on March 3, 2015).

10.15   

First Amendment to Senior Credit Fund, LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2014, between Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. and Regents of the University of California (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(6)(a) to pre-effective Amendment No. 10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (file no. 333-187642), filed on March 17, 2015).

10.16   

Second Amendment to Senior Credit Fund, LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2017, between Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. and Regents of the University of California (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 814-00998), filed on August 3, 2017).

10.17   

Third Amendment to Senior Credit Fund, LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2017, between Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. and Regents of the University of California (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 814-00998), filed on November 2, 2017).

10.18   

Fourth Amendment to Senior Credit Fund, LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of January 2, 2018, between Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. and Regents of University of California (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report of Form 8-K (file no. 814-00998), filed on January 3, 2018).

10.19   

Transfer Agency and Services Agreement, effective as of May 2, 2016, by and between the Company, Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 814-00998), filed on May 9, 2016).

10.20   

License Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2013, between the Registrant and the Goldman, Sachs & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(4) to pre-effective Amendment No. 7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (file no. 333-187642), filed on March 3, 2015).

11.1   

Computation of Per Share Earnings (included in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements contained in this report).

14.1   

Code of Ethics of the Registrant

24   

Power of attorney (included on the signature page hereto).

31.1   

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .

31.2   

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .

32.1   

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .

 

135


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Date: February 22, 2018       GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC.
      /s/ Brendan McGovern
      Name: Brendan McGovern
      Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Brendan McGovern, Jonathan Lamm and Caroline Kraus, and each of them, such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign one or more Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, and any and all amendments thereto, and to file same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 22, 2018.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Brendan McGovern

Brendan McGovern

   Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Jonathan Lamm

Jonathan Lamm

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Carmine Rossetti

Carmine Rossetti

   Principal Accounting Officer

/s/ Jaime Ardila

Jaime Ardila

   Chairman of the Board of Directors

/s/ Janet F. Clark

Janet F. Clark

   Director

/s/ Ross J. Kari

Ross J. Kari

   Director

/s/ Ann B. Lane

Ann B. Lane

   Director

/s/ Katherine Uniacke

Katherine Uniacke

   Director

 

136

Exhibit 10.8

EXECUTION COPY

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO SENIOR SECURED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO SENIOR SECURED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 21, 2018 (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into among GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the LENDERS party hereto and SUNTRUST BANK, as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as Collateral Agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent entered into that certain Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of September 19, 2013 (as amended by that certain First Omnibus Amendment to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement and Guarantee and Security Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2014, by that certain Second Amendment to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2015 and by that certain Third Amendment to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2016, and as further amended or otherwise modified prior to the Effective Date, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”) with the lenders party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), pursuant to which the Lenders extended certain commitments and made certain loans to the Borrower; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the other parties hereto desire to amend the Existing Credit Agreement to make certain changes, including to extend the maturity date and to provide for new commitments from the new lender party to this Amendment;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements contained herein and in the Existing Credit Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions . All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in (or by reference in) the Existing Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

SECTION 2. Amendments to Existing Credit Agreement . The Existing Credit Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules thereto) is hereby amended in its entirety in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

SECTION 3. Conditions Precedent . Section 2 hereof shall become effective on the date the following conditions are satisfied (the “ Effective Date ”):

Receipt by the Administrative Agent of:

(a) From each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Amendment signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page to this Amendment) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Amendment;

(b) A favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated as of the date hereof) of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (and the Borrower hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinion to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent);

 


(c) Such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower, the authorization of this Amendment and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, this Amendment or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel; and

(d) Confirmation of receipt by the Lenders of the fees and expenses owing by the Borrower as of the date hereof.

SECTION 4. Miscellaneous .

4.1. Representations and Warranties . The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that (i) this Amendment constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of it, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, (ii) upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, no Event of Default shall exist and (iii) its representations and warranties as set forth in the Loan Documents, as applicable, are true and correct in all material respects (except those representations and warranties qualified by materiality or by reference to a material adverse effect, which are true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof (unless such representations and warranties specifically refer to a previous day, in which case, they shall be complete and correct in all material respects (or, with respect to such representations or warranties qualified by materiality or by reference to a material adverse effect, complete and correct in all respects) on and as of such previous day).

4.2. References to Existing Credit Agreement . Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Existing Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein”, or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and each reference to the Existing Credit Agreement in any other document, instrument or agreement executed and/or delivered in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Existing Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

4.3. Effect on Existing Agreements . Except as specifically amended above, the Existing Credit Agreement and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

4.4. No Waiver . The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent under the Existing Credit Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith, nor constitute a waiver of any provision contained therein, except as specifically set forth herein. The parties hereto hereby agree that this Amendment is a Loan Document.

4.5. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

2


4.6. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

4.7. Headings . The Section headings in this Amendment are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment or any provision hereof.

4.8. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement.

[SIGNATURES FOLLOW]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC.,

as Borrower

 

By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lamm

  Name: Jonathan Lamm
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment


My-On BDC Blocker, LLC hereby consents to the terms of this Amendment, confirms that its Guarantee under the Guarantee and Security Agreement remains unaltered and in full force and effect and hereby reaffirms, ratifies and confirms the terms and conditions of the Guarantee and Security Agreement.

 

My-On BDC Blocker, LLC

 

By: Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc., its member

 

By: /s/ Jonathan Lamm                                             
      Name: Jonathan Lamm
      Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment


SUNTRUST BANK,

as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and a Lender

 

By: /s/ Doug Kennedy                                              
      Name: Doug Kennedy
      Title: Director

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment


Bank of America, N.A.,

as a Lender

 

By:  

/s/ Derek Miller

  Name: Derek Miller
  Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment


State Street Bank and Trust Company,

as a Lender

 

By: /s/ Timothy E. Beebe                                         
      Name: Timothy E. Beebe
      Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment


MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,

as a Lender

 

By: /s/ Michael King                                                  
      Name: Michael King
      Title: Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment


Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, New York Branch

as a Lender

 

By: /s/ Arquelio Semidey                                           
      Name: Arquelio Semidey

      Title: Director

 

By: /s/ Shulin Peng                                                     
      Name: Shulin Peng
      Title: Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment


Citibank, N.A,

as a Lender

 

By: /s/ Erik Andersen                                                 
      Name: Erik Andersen
      Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment


Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch ,

as a Lender

 

By:  

/s/ Doreen Barr

  Name: Doreen Barr
 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

By:  

/s/ Shyam Kapadia

  Name: Shyam Kapadia
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment


HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,

as a Lender

 

By:  

/s/ John Cameron Hughes

  Name: John Cameron Hughes (ID #20883)
 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment


CITI FINANCE LLC,

as a Lender

 

By:  

/s/ Anthony Masci

  Name: Anthony Masci
 

Title: Director

 

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment


BankUnited, N.A. ,

as a Lender

 

By:  

/s/ Oleg Kochanov

  Name: Oleg Kochanov
 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

Signature Page to Fourth Amendment


EXECUTION COPY

EXHIBIT A

 

 

 

SENIOR SECURED

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

September 19, 2013

and

as amended by the First Omnibus Amendment to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement

and Guarantee and Security Agreement dated as of October 3, 2014, the Second Amendment to

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of November 4, 2015, the Third

Amendment to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December 16, 2016 and

the Fourth Amendment to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of February 21,

2018

among

GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC.

as Borrower

The LENDERS Party Hereto

and

SUNTRUST BANK

as Administrative Agent

$695,000,000

 

 

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.

as Joint Lead Arranger and Sole Book Runner

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

as Joint Lead Arranger

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

as Syndication Agent

 

 

 


ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS      1  

SECTION 1.01.

  Defined Terms      1  

SECTION 1.02.

  Classification of Loans and Borrowings      37  

SECTION 1.03.

  Terms Generally      37  

SECTION 1.04.

  Accounting Terms; GAAP      37  

SECTION 1.05.

  Currencies; Currency Equivalents      38  
ARTICLE II THE CREDITS      39  

SECTION 2.01.

  The Commitments      39  

SECTION 2.02.

  Loans and Borrowings      39  

SECTION 2.03.

  Requests for Syndicated Borrowings      40  

SECTION 2.04.

  Swingline Loans      41  

SECTION 2.05.

  Letters of Credit      43  

SECTION 2.06.

  Funding of Borrowings      48  

SECTION 2.07.

  Interest Elections      49  

SECTION 2.08.

  Termination, Reduction or Increase of the Commitments      50  

SECTION 2.09.

  Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt      53  

SECTION 2.10.

  Prepayment of Loans      55  

SECTION 2.11.

  Fees      58  

SECTION 2.12.

  Interest      59  

SECTION 2.13.

  Inability to Determine Interest Rates      60  

SECTION 2.14.

  Increased Costs      62  

SECTION 2.15.

  Break Funding Payments      63  

SECTION 2.16.

  Taxes      64  

SECTION 2.17.

  Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment: Sharing of Set-offs      68  

SECTION 2.18.

  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders      70  

SECTION 2.19.

  Defaulting Lenders      71  

SECTION 2.20.

  Reallocation of Commitments and Loans      75  
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      76  

SECTION 3.01.

  Organization; Powers      76  

SECTION 3.02.

  Authorization; Enforceability      76  

SECTION 3.03.

  Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts      76  

SECTION 3.04.

  No Material Adverse Effect      77  

 

i


SECTION 3.05.

  Litigation      77  

SECTION 3.06.

  Compliance with Laws and Agreements      77  

SECTION 3.07.

  Taxes      77  

SECTION 3.08.

  ERISA      77  

SECTION 3.09.

  Disclosure      77  

SECTION 3.10.

  Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations      78  

SECTION 3.11.

  Material Agreements and Liens      78  

SECTION 3.12.

  Subsidiaries and Investments      79  

SECTION 3.13.

  Properties      79  

SECTION 3.14.

  Affiliate Agreements      79  

SECTION 3.15.

  Sanctions      79  

SECTION 3.16.

  Collateral Documents      80  

SECTION 3.17.

  EEA Financial Institutions      80  
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS      80  

SECTION 4.01.

  Effective Date      80  

SECTION 4.02.

  Each Credit Event      82  
ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      82  

SECTION 5.01.

  Financial Statements and Other Information      83  

SECTION 5.02.

  Notices of Material Events      85  

SECTION 5.03.

  Existence: Conduct of Business      85  

SECTION 5.04.

  Payment of Obligations      85  

SECTION 5.05.

  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance      86  

SECTION 5.06.

  Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights      86  

SECTION 5.07.

  Compliance with Laws      86  

SECTION 5.08.

  Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances      86  

SECTION 5.09.

  Use of Proceeds      88  

SECTION 5.10.

  Status of RIC and BDC      88  

SECTION 5.11.

  Investment Policies      88  

SECTION 5.12.

  Portfolio Valuation and Diversification Etc      88  

SECTION 5.13.

  Calculation of Borrowing Base      92  
ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS      97  

SECTION 6.01.

  Indebtedness      97  

 

ii


SECTION 6.02.

  Liens      99  

SECTION 6.03.

  Fundamental Changes      100  

SECTION 6.04.

  Investments      102  

SECTION 6.05.

  Restricted Payments      103  

SECTION 6.06.

  Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries      104  

SECTION 6.07.

  Certain Financial Covenants      105  

SECTION 6.08.

  Transactions with Affiliates      105  

SECTION 6.09.

  Lines of Business      106  

SECTION 6.10.

  No Further Negative Pledge      106  

SECTION 6.11.

  Modifications of Longer-Term Indebtedness Documents      107  

SECTION 6.12.

  Payments of Longer-Term Indebtedness      107  

SECTION 6.13.

  Accounting Changes      108  

SECTION 6.14.

  SBIC Guarantee      108  

SECTION 6.15.

  Sanctions      108  
ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT      108  
ARTICLE VIII THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT      113  

SECTION 8.01.

  Appointment of the Administrative Agent      113  

SECTION 8.02.

  Capacity as Lender      113  

SECTION 8.03.

  Limitation of Duties; Exculpation      113  

SECTION 8.04.

  Reliance      114  

SECTION 8.05.

  Sub-Agents      114  

SECTION 8.06.

  Resignation; Successor Administrative Agent      114  

SECTION 8.07.

  Reliance by Lenders      115  

SECTION 8.08.

  Modifications to Loan Documents      115  
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS      116  

SECTION 9.01.

  Notices; Electronic Communications      116  

SECTION 9.02.

  Waivers; Amendments      118  

SECTION 9.03.

  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver      121  

SECTION 9.04.

  Successors and Assigns      123  

SECTION 9.05.

  Survival      128  

SECTION 9.06.

  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution      128  

SECTION 9.07.

  Severability      129  

 

iii


SECTION 9.08.

  Right of Setoff      129  

SECTION 9.09.

  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc      129  

SECTION 9.10.

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      130  

SECTION 9.11.

  Judgment Currency      130  

SECTION 9.12.

  Headings      131  

SECTION 9.13.

  Treatment of Certain Information; No Fiduciary Duty; Confidentiality      131  

SECTION 9.14.

  USA PATRIOT Act      133  

SECTION 9.15.

  Lender Information Reporting      133  

SECTION 9.16.

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      133  

SECTION 9.17.

  Certain ERISA Matters      134  

 

SCHEDULE 1.01(a)    -    Approved Dealers and Approved Pricing Services
SCHEDULE 1.01(b)    -    Commitments
SCHEDULE 1.01(c)    -    Industry Classification Group List
SCHEDULE 3.11    -    Material Agreements and Liens
SCHEDULE 3.12(a)    -    Subsidiaries
SCHEDULE 3.12(b)    -    Investments
SCHEDULE 3.14    -    Affiliate Agreements
SCHEDULE 6.08    -    Transactions with Affiliates
EXHIBIT A    -    Form of Assignment and Assumption
EXHIBIT B    -    Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
EXHIBIT C    -    Form of Borrowing Request
EXHIBIT D    -    Form of Increasing Lender/Joining Lender Agreement
EXHIBIT E    -    Form of Revolving Promissory Note
EXHIBIT F    -    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

 

iv


SENIOR SECURED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of September 19, 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), among GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the LENDERS party hereto, and SUNTRUST BANK, as Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

2022 Notes ” means the Borrower’s 4.50% convertible notes due 2022 in an initial aggregate principal amount of $115,000,000.

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans constituting such Borrowing, are denominated in Dollars and bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Adjusted Borrowing Base ” means the Borrowing Base minus the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents included in the Portfolio Investments held by the Obligors (provided that Cash Collateral for outstanding Letters of Credit shall not be treated as a portion of the Portfolio Investments).

Adjusted Covered Debt Balance ” means, on any date, the aggregate Covered Debt Amount on such date minus the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents included in the Portfolio Investments held by the Obligors (provided that Cash Collateral for outstanding Letters of Credit shall not be treated as a portion of the Portfolio Investments).

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means (a) for the Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a LIBO Quoted Currency, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (i) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (ii) the Statutory Reserve Rate for such Interest Period and (b) for the Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Non-LIBO Quoted Currency an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period.

Administrative Agent ” means SunTrust, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

Administrative Agent’s Account ” means, for each Currency, an account in respect of such Currency designated by the Administrative Agent in a notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Advance Rate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13 .


Affected Currency ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.13 .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the term “Affiliate” shall not include any Person that constitutes an Investment held by any Obligor or Financing Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; provided that the term “Affiliate” shall include any Financing Subsidiary.

Affiliate Agreements ” means any agreement between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and their Affiliates, on the other hand.

Agreed Foreign Currency ” means, at any time, any of Canadian Dollars, English Pounds Sterling, Euros and, with prior written consent of each Multicurrency Lender, any other Foreign Currency, so long as, in respect of any such specified Foreign Currency or other Foreign Currency, at such time no central bank or other governmental authorization in the country of issue of such Foreign Currency (including, in the case of the Euro, any authorization by the European Central Bank) is required to permit use of such Foreign Currency by any Multicurrency Lender for making any Loan hereunder and/or to permit the Borrower to borrow and repay the principal thereof and to pay the interest thereon, unless such authorization has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) zero, (b) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (c) the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (d) the London interbank offered rate as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets System (or on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day), for overnight Dollar deposits plus 1.00%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the rate as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets System (or successor therefor) as set forth above shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such rate as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets System (or successor therefor), respectively.

Anti-Corruption Laws ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.15 .

Applicable Dollar Percentage ” means, with respect to any Dollar Lender, the percentage of the total Dollar Commitments represented by such Dollar Lender’s Dollar Commitment. If the Dollar Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Dollar Percentages shall be determined based upon the Dollar Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

 

2


Applicable Financial Statements ” means, as at any date, the most-recent audited financial statements of the Borrower delivered to the Lenders; provided that if immediately prior to the delivery to the Lenders of new audited financial statements of the Borrower a Material Adverse Effect (the “ Pre-existing MAE ”) shall exist (regardless of when it occurred), then the “Applicable Financial Statements” as at said date means the Applicable Financial Statements in effect immediately prior to such delivery until such time as the Pre-existing MAE shall no longer exist.

Applicable Margin ” means (a) If the Borrowing Base (as of the most recently delivered Borrowing Base Certificate) is greater than or equal to the product of 1.85 and the Combined Debt Amount, (i) with respect to any ABR Loan, 0.75% per annum and (ii) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, 1.75% per annum; and (b) if the Borrowing Base (as of the most recently delivered Borrowing Base Certificate) is less than the product of 1.85 and the Combined Debt Amount, (i) with respect to any ABR Loan, 1.00% per annum and (ii) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, 2.00% per annum.

Applicable Multicurrency Percentage ” means, with respect to any Multicurrency Lender, the percentage of the total Multicurrency Commitments represented by such Multicurrency Lender’s Multicurrency Commitment. If the Multicurrency Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Multicurrency Percentages shall be determined based upon the Multicurrency Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

Applicable Time ” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in any Foreign Currency, the local time in the Principal Financial Center for such Foreign Currency as may be determined by the Administrative Agent.

Approved Dealer ” means (a) in the case of any Investment that is not a U.S. Government Security, a bank or a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of nationally recognized standing or an Affiliate thereof, (b) in the case of a U.S. Government Security, any primary dealer in U.S. Government Securities, and (c) in the case of any foreign Investment, any foreign bank or broker-dealer of internationally recognized standing or an Affiliate thereof, in the case of each of clauses (a)  and (c)  above, either as set forth on Schedule 1.01(a) or any other bank or broker-dealer or Affiliate thereof acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable determination.

Approved Pricing Service ” means a pricing or quotation service either: (a) as set forth in Schedule 1.01(a) or (b) any other pricing or quotation service approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower and designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent (which designation shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Borrower that such pricing or quotation service has been approved by the Borrower).

 

3


Approved Third-Party Appraiser ” means any Independent nationally recognized third-party appraisal firm (a) designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent (which designation shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Borrower that such firm has been approved by the Borrower for purposes of assisting the Board of Directors of the Borrower in making valuations of portfolio assets to determine the Borrower’s compliance with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act) and (b) acceptable to the Administrative Agent. It is understood and agreed that Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin Capital, Inc., Duff & Phelps LLC, Murray, Devine and Company, Lincoln International LLC (formerly known as Lincoln Partners LLC) and Valuation Research Corporation are acceptable to the Administrative Agent. As used in Section 5.12 , an “Approved Third-Party Appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent” shall mean any of the firms identified in the preceding sentence and any other Independent nationally recognized third-party appraisal firm identified by the Administrative Agent and consented to by the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

Asset Coverage Ratio ” means the ratio, determined on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, without duplication, of (a) the value of total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities to (b) the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including any Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement or under any Designated Swap (it being understood that, for purposes of this clause (b) , the amount of any such Indebtedness under a Designated Swap shall be the excess of the notional value of the reference obligations under such Designated Swap over the value of the margin posted by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries thereunder)), in each case as determined pursuant to the Investment Company Act and any orders of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued to or with respect to Borrower thereunder, including any exemptive relief granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the indebtedness of any SBIC Subsidiary or otherwise (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any exclusion of such indebtedness in the foregoing calculation).

Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04 ), appropriately completed and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

Assuming Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.08(e) .

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of (x) the Commitment Termination Date and (y) the date of the termination of all Commitments pursuant to Article VII .

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

 

4


Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Basel III ” means the agreements on capital requirements, leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on December 16, 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated.

Benefit Plan ” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

Borrowing ” means (a) all Syndicated ABR Loans of the same Class made, converted or continued on the same date, (b) all Eurocurrency Loans of the same Class denominated in the same Currency that have the same Interest Period or (c) a Swingline Loan.

Borrowing Base ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13 .

Borrowing Base Certificate ” means a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit B and appropriately completed.

Borrowing Base Deficiency ” means, at any date on which the same is determined, the amount, if any, that (a) the aggregate Covered Debt Amount as of such date exceeds (b) the Borrowing Base as of such date.

Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Syndicated Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03 , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

Business Day ” means any day (a) that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Atlanta, Georgia are authorized or required by law to remain closed, (b) if such day relates to a borrowing of, a payment or prepayment of principal of or interest on, a continuation or conversion of or into, or the Interest Period for, a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars, or to a notice by the Borrower with respect to any such borrowing, payment, prepayment, continuation, conversion, or Interest Period, that is also a day on which dealings in deposits denominated in Dollars are carried out in the London interbank market and

 

5


(c) if such day relates to a borrowing or continuation of, a payment or prepayment of principal of or interest on, or the Interest Period for, any Borrowing denominated in any Foreign Currency, or to a notice by the Borrower with respect to any such borrowing, continuation, payment, prepayment or Interest Period, that is also a day on which commercial banks and the London foreign exchange market, if applicable, settle payments in the Principal Financial Center for such Foreign Currency.

Calculation Amount ” shall mean, as of the end of any Testing Quarter, an amount equal to the greater of: (a) the amount equal to (i) 125% of the Adjusted Covered Debt Balance (as of the end of such Testing Quarter) minus (ii) the aggregate Value of all Quoted Investments (including, without duplication, Market Value Investments) included in the Borrowing Base (as of the end of such Testing Quarter), and (b) 10% of the aggregate Value of all Unquoted Investments included in the Borrowing Base (as of the end of such Testing Quarter); provided that in no event shall more than 25% (or, if clause (b)  applies, 10%, or as near thereto as reasonably practicable) of the aggregate Value of all Unquoted Investments in the Borrowing Base be subject to testing by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(E) in respect of any applicable Testing Quarter; and provided , further , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Market Value Investments shall be deemed to be Quoted Investments for purposes of this definition.

CAM Exchange ” means the exchange of the Lenders’ interests provided for in Article VII .

CAM Exchange Date ” means the date on which any Event of Default referred to in clause (j)  of Article VII shall occur or the date on which the Borrower receives written notice from the Administrative Agent that any Event of Default referred to in clause (i)  of Article VII has occurred.

CAM Percentage ” means, as to each Lender, a fraction, expressed as a decimal, of which (a) the numerator shall be the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the Designated Obligations owed to such Lender (whether or not at the time due and payable) immediately prior to the CAM Exchange Date and (b) the denominator shall be the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of the Designated Obligations owed to all the Lenders (whether or not at the time due and payable) immediately prior to the CAM Exchange Date.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases or finance leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares of corporate stock (however designated) of, and any and all other Equity Interests and participations representing ownership interests (including membership interests and limited liability company interests) in, such Person.

 

6


Cash ” means any immediately available funds in Dollars or in any currency other than Dollars (measured in terms of the Dollar Equivalent thereof) which is a freely convertible currency.

Cash Collateralize ” means, in respect of a Letter of Credit or any obligation hereunder, to provide and pledge cash collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(k) , at a location and pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank. “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Equivalents ” means investments (other than Cash) that are one or more of the following obligations:

(a) U.S. Government Securities, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, a credit rating of at least A-1 from S&P and at least P-1 from Moody’s (or if only one of S&P or Moody’s provides such rating, such investment shall also have an equivalent credit rating from any other rating agency);

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof (i) issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or under the laws of the jurisdiction or any constituent jurisdiction thereof in which the Principal Financial Center in respect of any Agreed Foreign Currency is located; provided that such certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits are held in a securities account (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) through which the Collateral Agent can perfect a security interest therein and (ii) having, at such date of acquisition, a credit rating of at least A-1 from S&P and at least P-1 from Moody’s (or if only one of S&P or Moody’s provides such rating, such investment shall also have an equivalent credit rating from any other rating agency);

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 15 days from the date of acquisition thereof for U.S. Government Securities and entered into with (i) a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c)  of this definition or (ii) an Approved Dealer having (or being a member of a consolidated group having) at such date of acquisition, a credit rating of at least A-2 from S&P and at least P-2 from Moody’s (or if only one of S&P or Moody’s provides such rating, such Approved Dealer shall also have an equivalent credit rating from any other rating agency); and

 

7


(e) investments in (x) money market funds that invest, and which are restricted by their respective charters to invest, substantially all of their assets in investments of the type described in the immediately preceding clauses (a)  through (d)  above (including as to credit quality and maturity), and (y) without limiting the immediately preceding clause (x), Goldman Sachs Financial Square Government Fund, Goldman Sachs Financial Square Prime Obligations Fund, Goldman Sachs Financial Square Treasury Obligations Fund and Goldman Sachs Financial Square Federal Fund, in each case rated no lower than the then-current rating of the federal government of the United States.

provided that (i) in no event shall Cash Equivalents include any obligation that provides for the payment of interest alone (for example, interest-only securities or “IOs”); (ii) if any of Moody’s or S&P changes its rating system, then any ratings included in this definition shall be deemed to be an equivalent rating in a successor rating category of Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be; (iii) Cash Equivalents (other than U.S. Government Securities, repurchase agreements or the money market funds described in clause (e)(x) or (e)(y) of this definition of Cash Equivalents) shall not include any such investment of more than 10% of total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any single issuer; and (iv) in no event shall Cash Equivalents include any obligation that is not denominated in Dollars or an Agreed Foreign Currency.

CDOR Rate ” means, the rate per annum, equal to the average of the annual yield rates applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances at or about 10:00a.m. (Toronto, Ontario time) on the first day of such Interest Period (or if such day is not a Business Day, then on the immediately preceding Business Day) as reported on the “CDOR Page” (or any display substituted therefor) of Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page or commercially available source displaying Canadian interbank bid rates for Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) for a term equivalent to such Interest Period (or if such Interest Period is not equal to a number of months, for a term equivalent to the number of months closest to such Interest Period).

Change in Control ” the Investment Adviser shall fail to be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement (or with respect to a Person becoming a Lender by assignment or joinder after the date of this Agreement, the effective date thereof), of (a) the adoption of any law, treaty or governmental rule or regulation or any change in any law, treaty or governmental rule or regulation or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (regardless of whether the underlying law, treaty or governmental rule or regulation was issued or enacted prior to the date hereof), but excluding proposals thereof, or any determination of a court or Governmental Authority, (b) any guideline, request or directive by any Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) or any implementation rules or interpretations of previously issued guidelines, requests or directives, in each case that is issued or made after the date of this Agreement (or with respect to a Person becoming a Lender by assignment or joinder after the date of this Agreement, the effective date thereof) or (c) compliance by any Lender (or its applicable lending office) or any company controlling such Lender with any guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, in each case adopted after the date of this Agreement (or with respect to a Person becoming a Lender by assignment or joinder after the date of this Agreement, the effective date

 

8


thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning liquidity and capital adequacy issued (i) by any United States regulatory authority under or in connection with the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and (ii) in connection with the implementation of the recommendations of the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar authority), in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented.

Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans constituting such Borrowing, are Syndicated Dollar Loans, Syndicated Multicurrency Loans or Swingline Loans; when used in reference to any Lender, refers to whether such Lender is a Dollar Lender or a Multicurrency Lender; and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Dollar Commitment or a Multicurrency Commitment. The “ Class ” of a Letter of Credit refers to whether such Letter of Credit is a Dollar Letter of Credit or a Multicurrency Letter of Credit.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Security Agreement.

Collateral Agent ” means SunTrust in its capacity as Collateral Agent under the Guarantee and Security Agreement, and includes any successor Collateral Agent thereunder.

Combined Debt Amount ” means, as of any date, (i) the aggregate Commitments as of such date (or, if greater, the Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders as of such date) plus (ii) the aggregate amount of outstanding Designated Indebtedness (as such term is defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement) and, without duplication, the aggregate amount of unused commitments under any Designated Indebtedness (as such term is defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement).

Commitment Increase ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.08(e) .

Commitment Increase Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.08(e) .

Commitment Termination Date ” means February 22, 2022, as such date may be extended upon the consent of each affected Lender.

Commitments ” means, collectively, the Dollar Commitments and the Multicurrency Commitments.

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

9


Consolidated Group ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13(a) .

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto; provided, however, “Control” shall not include “negative” control or “blocking” rights whereby action cannot be taken without the vote or consent of any Person.

Covered Debt Amount ” means, on any date, the sum of (x) all of the Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders on such date plus (y) the aggregate amount of Other Covered Indebtedness (including Permitted Convertible Indebtedness and Special Permitted Indebtedness constituting Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness) on such date minus (z) the LC Exposures fully Cash Collateralized on such date pursuant to Section 2.05(k) and the last paragraph of Section 2.09(a) ; provided that the 2022 Notes, Permitted Convertible Indebtedness and Special Permitted Indebtedness constituting Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness shall be excluded from the calculation of the Covered Debt Amount until the date that is nine (9) months prior to the scheduled maturity date of such Indebtedness (provided that to the extent, but only to the extent, any portion of any such Indebtedness is subject to a contractually scheduled amortization payment, other principal payment or redemption (other than any conversion into Permitted Equity Interests) earlier than the scheduled maturity date of such Indebtedness (in the case of Permitted Convertible Indebtedness and Special Permitted Indebtedness constituting Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness), such portion of such Indebtedness shall be included in the calculation of the Covered Debt Amount beginning upon the date that is the later of (i) 9 months prior to such scheduled amortization payment, other principal payment or redemption and (ii) the date the Borrower becomes aware that such Indebtedness is required to be paid or redeemed). For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of calculating the Covered Debt Amount, any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness and Special Permitted Indebtedness that constitutes Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness that is included in the calculation of the Covered Debt Amount at any time will be included at the then outstanding principal balance thereof.

Currency ” means Dollars or any Foreign Currency.

Custodian Control Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(a)(vi).

Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.19(b) , any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans or participations in Letters of Credit within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s reasonable determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, shall be specifically identified in detail in such writing) has not been satisfied or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender or any Lender any other amount required to be paid by it

 

10


hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s reasonable determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, shall be specifically identified in detail in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c)  upon receipt of such written confirmation by Administrative Agent and Borrower), or (d) Administrative Agent has received notification that such Lender has become, or has a direct or indirect Parent Company that is, (i) insolvent, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (ii) other than via an Undisclosed Administration, the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its direct or indirect Parent Company, or such Lender or its direct or indirect Parent Company has taken any action in furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or (iii) the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect Parent Company thereof by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a)  through (d)  above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.19(b) ) upon such determination (and the Administrative Agent shall deliver written notice of such determination to the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and each Lender and the Swingline Lender).

Designated Obligations ” means all obligations of the Borrower with respect to (a) principal of and interest on the Loans and (b) accrued and unpaid fees under the Loan Documents.

Designated Swap ” means any total return swap, credit default swap or equity hedging agreement entered into as a means to invest in bonds, notes, loans, debentures or securities on a leveraged basis.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided that the term “Disposition” or “Dispose” shall not include the disposition of Investments originated by the Borrower and immediately transferred to a Financing Subsidiary pursuant to a transaction not prohibited hereunder.

 

11


Dollar Commitment ” means, with respect to each Dollar Lender, the commitment of such Dollar Lender to make Syndicated Loans, and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans, denominated in Dollars hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Dollar Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04 . The initial amount of each Lender’s Dollar Commitment is set forth on Schedule 1.01(b) , or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Dollar Commitment, as applicable. The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Dollar Commitments as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date is $20,000,000.

Dollar Equivalent ” means, on any date of determination, with respect to an amount denominated in any Foreign Currency, the amount of Dollars that would be required to purchase such amount of such Foreign Currency on the date two Business Days prior to such date, based upon the spot selling rate at which the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, offers to sell such Foreign Currency for Dollars in the Principal Financial Center for such Foreign Currency at approximately 11:00 a.m., Applicable Time, for delivery two Business Days later; provided that the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided further that the Issuing Bank may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letters of Credit denominated in any Agreed Foreign Currency.

Dollar LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Dollar Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements in respect of such Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The Dollar LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Dollar Percentage of the total Dollar LC Exposure at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Dollar Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices, such Dollar Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Dollar Lender ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 1.01(b) as having Dollar Commitments and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption that provides for it to assume a Dollar Commitment or to acquire Revolving Dollar Credit Exposure, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

Dollar Letters of Credit ” means Letters of Credit that utilize the Dollar Commitments.

 

12


Dollar Loan ” means a Loan denominated in Dollars.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country ” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02 ), which date is September 19, 2013.

Equity Interests ” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests or equivalents (however designated, including any instrument treated as equity for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest. As used in this Agreement, “Equity Interests” shall not include convertible debt unless and until such debt has been converted to any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or

 

13


partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Euro ” means a single currency of the Participating Member States.

Eurocurrency ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans constituting such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII .

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to, or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to, the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) Taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in the Loans or Commitments pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) at the time such Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.18(b) ) acquires such interest in the Loans or Commitments or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.16 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Lender’s, Administrative Agent’s, the Issuing Bank’s or any other recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.16(f) , and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Tax that is imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Existing Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a) .

Extraordinary Receipts ” means any cash received by or paid to any Obligor on account of any foreign, United States, state or local Tax refunds, pension plan reversions, judgments, proceeds of settlements or other consideration of any kind in connection with any cause of action, condemnation awards (and payments in lieu thereof), indemnity payments received not in the ordinary course of business and any purchase price adjustment received not in the ordinary course of business in connection with any purchase agreement and proceeds of insurance (excluding, however, for the avoidance of doubt, proceeds of any issuance of Equity Interests and issuances of Indebtedness by any Obligor); provided that Extraordinary Receipts

 

14


shall not include any (x) amounts that the Borrower receives from the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16(g) , or (y) cash receipts to the extent received from proceeds of insurance, condemnation awards (or payments in lieu thereof), indemnity payments or payments in respect of judgments or settlements of claims, litigation or proceedings to the extent that such proceeds, awards or payments are received by any Person in respect of any unaffiliated third party claim against or loss by such Person and promptly applied to pay (or to reimburse such Person for its prior payment of) such claim or loss and the costs and expenses of such Person with respect thereto.

FATCA ” means Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation or rules adopted pursuant to any published intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities entered into in connection with the implementation of the foregoing.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Final Maturity Date ” means February 21, 2023.

Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

Financing Subsidiary ” means an SPE Subsidiary or an SBIC Subsidiary.

Foreign Currency ” means at any time any Currency other than Dollars.

Foreign Currency Equivalent ” means, with respect to any amount in Dollars, the amount of any Foreign Currency that could be purchased with such amount of Dollars using the reciprocal of the foreign exchange rate(s) specified in the definition of the term “Dollar Equivalent”, as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any (a) direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower which is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of the Code, (b) direct or indirect Subsidiary that is disregarded as an entity that is separate from its owner for United States federal income tax purposes and substantially all of its assets consist of the Capital Stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries or (c) direct or indirect Subsidiary substantially all the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in “controlled foreign corporations” within the meaning of the Code.

 

15


Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to any Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s (a) Applicable Dollar Percentage of the outstanding Dollar LC Exposure and (b) Applicable Multicurrency Percentage of the outstanding Multicurrency LC Exposure, in each case with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank other than Dollar LC Exposure or Multicurrency LC Exposure, as the case may be, as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

Fourth Amendment Effective Date ” means February 21, 2018.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, or of any other nation, or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include (i) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or (ii) customary indemnification agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided that such indemnification obligations are unsecured, such Person has determined that liability thereunder is remote and such indemnification obligations are not the functional equivalent of the guaranty of a payment obligation of the primary obligor.

Guarantee and Security Agreement ” means that certain Guarantee and Security Agreement dated as of September 19, 2013 among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each Subsidiary of the Borrower from time to time party thereto, each holder (or an authorized agent, representative or trustee therefor) from time to time of any Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness or Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness, and the Collateral Agent, as the same shall be amended, modified, restated and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

 

16


Guarantee Assumption Agreement ” means a Guarantee Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Guarantee and Security Agreement between the Collateral Agent and an entity that pursuant to Section 5.08 is required to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” under the Guarantee and Security Agreement (with such changes as the Administrative Agent shall request consistent with the requirements of Section 5.08 ).

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange protection agreement, commodity price protection agreement, or other interest, currency exchange rate or commodity hedging arrangement; provided , however , in no event shall any Designated Swap be treated as a Hedging Agreement hereunder.

Immaterial Subsidiaries ” means those Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are “designated” as Immaterial Subsidiaries by the Borrower from time to time (it being understood that the Borrower may at any time change any such designation); provided that such designated Immaterial Subsidiaries shall collectively meet all of the following criteria as of the date of the most recent balance sheet required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 : (a) the aggregate assets of such Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) as of such date do not exceed an amount equal to 3% of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date; and (b) the aggregate revenues of such Subsidiaries and their Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the fiscal quarter ending on such date do not exceed an amount equal to 3% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period.

Increasing Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.08(e) .

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments representing extensions of credit, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person (excluding accounts payable and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business), (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding accounts payable and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed (with the value of such Indebtedness being the lower of the outstanding amount of such Indebtedness and the fair market value of the property subject to such Lien), (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (j) all obligations of such Person under any Designated Swap (it being understood that, for purposes of this definition, the amount of any such Indebtedness under a Designated Swap shall be the excess of the notional value of the reference obligations under such Designated Swap over the value of the margin posted by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries thereunder). The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. Notwithstanding the

 

17


foregoing, “Indebtedness” shall not include (w) escrows or purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset or Investment to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset or Investment, (x) a commitment arising in the ordinary course of business to make a future Investment, (y) any accrued incentive, management or other fees to the Investment Adviser or Affiliates (regardless of any deferral in payment thereof) or (z) uncalled capital or other commitments of an Obligor in Joint Venture Investments, as well as any letter or agreement requiring any Obligor to provide capital to a Joint Venture Investment or a lender to a Joint Venture Investment.

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Independent ” when used with respect to any specified Person means that such Person (a) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including its investment adviser or any Affiliate thereof) and (b) is not connected with the Borrower or of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including its investment adviser or any Affiliate thereof) as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions.

Industry Classification Group ” means (a) any of the classification groups set forth in Schedule 1.01(c) hereto, together with any such classification groups that may be subsequently established by Moody’s and provided by the Borrower to the Lenders, and (b) up to three additional industry group classifications established by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.12 .

Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Syndicated Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07 .

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any Syndicated ABR Loan, each Quarterly Date, (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of each Interest Period therefor and, in the case of any Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at three-month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

Interest Period ” means, for any Eurocurrency Loan or Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Loan or Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two or three months thereafter or, subject to availability to all the Lenders, six or twelve months thereafter or, with respect to such portion of any Eurocurrency Loan or Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency that is scheduled to be repaid on the Final Maturity Date, a period of less than one month’s duration commencing on the date of such Loan or Borrowing and ending on the Final Maturity Date, as specified in the applicable Borrowing Request or Interest Election Request; provided that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business

 

18


Day, and (ii) any Interest Period (other than an Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency that ends on the Final Maturity Date that is permitted to be of less than one month’s duration as provided in this definition) that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Loan initially shall be the date on which such Loan is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Loan, and the date of a Syndicated Borrowing comprising Loans that have been converted or continued shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Loans.

Investment ” means, for any Person: (a) Equity Interests, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of any other Person or any agreement to acquire any Equity Interests, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of any other Person (and any rights or proceeds in respect of (x) any “short sale” of securities or (y) any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by such Person); (b) deposits, advances, loans or other extensions of credit made to any other Person (including purchases of property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such Person); or (c) Hedging Agreements and Designated Swaps.

Investment Adviser ” means Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

Investment Policies ” means the investment objectives, policies, restrictions and limitations set forth in the “BUSINESS” section of its Registration Statement, and as the same may be changed, altered, expanded, amended, modified, terminated or restated from time to time.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Issuing Bank ” means SunTrust, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(j) . In the case of any Letter of Credit to be issued in an Agreed Foreign Currency, SunTrust may designate any of its affiliates as the “Issuing Bank” for purposes of such Letter of Credit.

Joint Lead Arrangers ” means SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (or any other registered broker-dealer wholly-owned by Bank of America Corporation to which all or substantially all of Bank of America Corporation’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ investment banking, commercial lending services or related businesses may be transferred following the date of this Agreement).

Joint Venture Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, any Investment by such Person in a joint venture or other investment vehicle in the form of a capital investment, loan or other commitment in or to such joint venture or other investment vehicle pursuant to which such Person may be required to provide contributions, investments, or financing to such joint venture or other investment vehicle and which Investment the Borrower has designated as a “Joint Venture Investment”.

 

19


LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of the Dollar LC Exposure and the Multicurrency LC Exposure.

Lenders ” means, collectively, the Dollar Lenders and the Multicurrency Lenders. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

Letter of Credit Collateral Account ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(k) .

Letter of Credit Documents ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, collectively, any application therefor and any other agreements, instruments, guarantees or other documents (whether general in application or applicable only to such Letter of Credit) governing or providing for (a) the rights and obligations of the parties concerned or at risk with respect to such Letter of Credit or (b) any collateral security for any of such obligations, each as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

LIBO Quoted Currency ” means each of the following currencies: Dollars; Euro; and English Pounds Sterling; in each case as long as there is a published LIBO rate with respect thereto.

LIBO Rate ” means, for any Interest Period:

(a) in the case of Eurocurrency Borrowings denominated in a LIBO Quoted Currency, the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited London interbank offered rate per annum for deposits in the relevant Currency for a period equal to the Interest Period as displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets System (or such other page on that service or such other service designated by the ICE Benchmark Limited for the display of such administration’s London interbank offered rate for deposits in the relevant Currency) as of 11:00 a.m., London time on the day that is two Business Days prior to the first day of the Interest Period (or, solely with respect to Eurocurrency Borrowings in English Pounds Sterling, on the first day of the Interest Period) (the “ Screen Rate ”); provided , that if the Administrative Agent determines that the relevant foregoing sources are unavailable for the relevant Interest Period, LIBO Rate shall mean the rate of interest determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 th of 1%) of the rates per annum at which deposits in the relevant Currency are offered to the Administrative Agent two (2) business days preceding the first day of such Interest Period (or, solely with respect to Eurocurrency Borrowings denominated in English Pounds Sterling, on the first day of such Interest Period) by four leading banks (selected by the Administrative Agent after consultation with the Borrower) in the London or other offshore interbank market for the relevant Currency as of 11:00 a.m. for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period, for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of the Administrative Agent’s portion of the relevant Eurocurrency Borrowing;

 

20


(b) in the case of Eurocurrency Borrowings denominated in Canadian Dollars, the CDOR Rate per annum; and

(c) for all Non-LIBO Quoted Currencies (other than Canadian Dollars), the calculation of the applicable reference rate shall be determined in accordance with market practice;

provided in each case, if such rate is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance in the form of a security interest, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities (other than on market terms at fair value so long as in the case of any Portfolio Investment, the Value used in determining the Borrowing Base is not greater than the purchase or call price), except in favor of the issuer thereof (and, for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of Investments that are loans or other debt obligations, customary restrictions on assignments or transfers thereof pursuant to the underlying documentation of such Investment shall not be deemed to be a “Lien” and in the case of Investments that are securities, excluding customary drag-along, tag-along, right of first refusal, restrictions on assignments or transfers and other similar rights in favor of the equity holders of the same issuer).

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Letter of Credit Documents and the Security Documents.

Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

Losses ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b) .

Margin Stock ” means “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X.

Market Value Investments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(b)(ii)(B)(z) .

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, Investments and other assets, liabilities or financial condition of the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than Financing Subsidiaries) taken as a whole (excluding in any case a decline in the net asset value of the Borrower or a change in general market conditions or values of the Investments), or (b) the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunder.

 

21


Material Indebtedness ” means (a) Indebtedness (other than the Loans, Letters of Credit, Hedging Agreements and Designated Swaps), of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $20,000,000 and (b) obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements or Designated Swaps under which the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement(s) or such Designated Swap(s) were terminated at such time would exceed $20,000,000.

Minimum Collateral Amount ” means, at any time, with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of Cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to 100% of the Fronting Exposure of the Issuing Bank with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.

Multicurrency Commitment ” means, with respect to each Multicurrency Lender, the commitment of such Multicurrency Lender to make Syndicated Loans, and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans, denominated in Dollars and in Agreed Foreign Currencies hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04 . The initial amount of each Lender’s Multicurrency Commitment is set forth on Schedule 1.01(b) , or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Multicurrency commitment, as applicable. The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Multicurrency Commitments as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date is $675,000,000.

Multicurrency LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Multicurrency Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements in respect of such Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The Multicurrency LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Multicurrency Percentage of the total Multicurrency LC Exposure at such time. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Multicurrency Letter of Credit, the amount of such Multicurrency Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.05 . For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Multicurrency Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices, such Multicurrency Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Multicurrency Lender ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 1.01(b) as having Multicurrency Commitments and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption that provides for it to assume a Multicurrency Commitment or to acquire Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

 

22


Multicurrency Letters of Credit ” means Letters of Credit that utilize the Multicurrency Commitments.

Multicurrency Loan ” means a Loan denominated in Dollars or an Agreed Foreign Currency.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

National Currency ” means the currency, other than the Euro, of a Participating Member State.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means:

(a) with respect to any Disposition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Financing Subsidiaries), or any Extraordinary Receipt received or paid to the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Financing Subsidiaries) (in each case, which requires a payment of the Loans under Section 2.10(d) ), an amount equal to (x) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such transaction (including any cash or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) minus (y) the sum of (i) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by the applicable asset and that is required to be repaid in connection with such transaction (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (ii) the reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such transaction, (iii) the Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable within two years of the date of the relevant transaction in connection with such transaction; provided that, if the amount of any estimated Taxes pursuant to clause (iii)  exceeds the amount of Taxes actually required to be paid in cash in respect of such Disposition, the aggregate amount of such excess shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds (as of the date the Borrower determines such excess exists), (iv) any reasonable costs, fees, commissions, premiums and expenses incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Disposition, and (v) reserves for indemnification, purchase price adjustments or analogous arrangements reasonably estimated by the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition; provided that, if the amount of any estimated reserves pursuant to this clause (v) exceeds the amount actually required to be paid in cash in respect of indemnification, purchase price adjustments or analogous arrangements for such Disposition, the aggregate amount of such excess shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds (as of the date the Borrower determines such excess exists); and

(b) with respect to the sale or issuance of any Equity Interest by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Financing Subsidiary) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, cash received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than

 

23


any Financing Subsidiaries) for the sale by the Borrower or such Subsidiary of any Equity Interest of a Financing Subsidiary but specifically excluding any sale of any Equity Interest by a Financing Subsidiary or cash received by a Financing Subsidiary in connection with the sale of any Equity Interest), or the incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Financing Subsidiaries) (in each case, which requires a payment of the Loans under Section 2.10(d) ), an amount equal to (x) the sum of the cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such transaction minus (y) the sum of (i) reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses, incurred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection therewith plus (ii) any reasonable costs, fees, commissions, premiums, expenses, or underwriting discounts or commissions incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such sale or issuance.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(d) .

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-LIBO Quoted Currency ” means any currency other than a LIBO Quoted Currency.

Non-Public Information ” means material non-public information (within the meaning of United States federal, state or other applicable securities laws) with respect to Borrower or its Affiliates or their Securities.

Note ” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Obligor ” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

OFAC ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.15 .

Original Currency ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17 .

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loans or Loan Document).

Other Covered Indebtedness ” means, collectively, Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness, Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness, Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness, and, upon the occurrence of any contingent event that results in the mandatory amortization of any Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness prior to the date that is six months after the Final Maturity

 

24


Date, an amount equal to the portion of such Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness that is subject to such mandatory amortization payment; provided that “Other Covered Indebtedness” shall not include any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on Investments permitted under Section 6.02(e) or any Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(o) .

Other Permitted Indebtedness ” means (a) accrued expenses and current trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business which are not overdue for a period of more than 90 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) arising in connection with transactions in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business in connection with its purchasing of securities, loans, derivatives transactions, reverse repurchase agreements or dollar rolls to the extent such transactions are permitted under the Investment Company Act and the Borrower’s Investment Policies (after giving effect to any Permitted Policy Amendments), provided that such Indebtedness in connection with reverse repurchase agreements or dollar rolls does not arise in connection with the purchase of Investments other than Cash Equivalents and U.S. Government Securities and (c) Indebtedness in respect of judgments or awards so long as such judgments or awards do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (l) of Article VII .

Other Taxes ” means any and all present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangibles, recording, filing or similar Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, excluding any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes resulting from an assignment by any Lender in accordance with Section 9.04 (unless such assignment is made pursuant to a request of the Borrower under Section 2.18(b) ).

Parent Company ” means, with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding Equity Interests of such Lender.

Participant ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04 .

Participant Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04 .

Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Community that adopts or has adopted the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with the legislation of the European Union relating to the European Monetary Union.

Passive SPE Subsidiary ” means any passive holding company that has been designated as a SPE Subsidiary pursuant to, and in accordance with, clause (b) of the definition thereof.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

25


Permitted Convertible Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness incurred by an Obligor that is convertible solely into Permitted Equity Interests of the Borrower. The 2022 Notes shall constitute “Permitted Convertible Indebtedness” as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date.

Permitted Equity Interests ” means common stock of the Borrower that after its issuance is not subject to any agreement between the holder of such common stock and the Borrower where the Borrower is required to purchase, redeem, retire, acquire, cancel or terminate any such common stock.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means Permitted Convertible Indebtedness and any other unsecured Indebtedness, in each case, incurred by an Obligor and designated by the Borrower as “Permitted Indebtedness” in writing to the Administrative Agent.

Permitted Liens ” means (a) Liens imposed by any Governmental Authority for Taxes, assessments or charges not yet due or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; (b) Liens of clearing agencies, broker-dealers and similar Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Liens (i) attach only to the securities (or proceeds) being purchased or sold and (ii) secure only obligations incurred in connection with such purchase or sale, and not any obligation in connection with margin financing; (c) Liens imposed by law, such as materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmens’, storage and repairmen’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money) not yet due or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; (d) Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made to secure obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance or other similar social security legislation (other than in respect of employee benefit plans subject to ERISA) or to secure public or statutory obligations; (e) Liens securing the performance of, or payment in respect of, bids, insurance premiums, deductibles or co-insured amounts, tenders, government or utility contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money), surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (f) Liens arising out of judgments or awards so long as such judgments or awards do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (l)  of Article VII ; (g) customary rights of setoff and liens upon (i) deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions in which such cash is maintained in the ordinary course of business, (ii) cash and financial assets held in securities accounts in favor of banks and other financial institutions with which such accounts are maintained in the ordinary course of business and (iii) assets held by a custodian in favor of such custodian in the ordinary course of business securing payment of fees, indemnities and other similar obligations; (h) Liens arising solely from precautionary filings of financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of the applicable jurisdictions in respect of operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or in respect of assets sold or otherwise disposed of to a non-Obligor in a transaction permitted by this Agreement; (i) deposits of money securing leases to which Borrower is a party as lessee made in the ordinary course of business; and (j) Liens in favor of any escrow agent solely on and in respect of any cash earnest money deposits made by any Obligor in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement (to the extent that the acquisition or disposition with respect thereto is otherwise permitted hereunder).

 

26


Permitted Policy Amendment ” means any change, alteration, expansion, amendment, modification, termination or restatement of the Investment Policies that is one of the following: (a) approved in writing by the Administrative Agent (with the consent of the Required Lenders), (b) required by applicable law, rule, regulation or Governmental Authority, or (c) not materially adverse to the rights, remedies or interests of the Lenders in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent (for the avoidance of doubt, no change, alteration, expansion, amendment, modification, termination or restatement of the Investment Policies shall be deemed “material” if investment size proportionately increases as the size of the Borrower’s capital base changes).

Permitted SBIC Guarantee ” means a guarantee by the Borrower of Indebtedness of an SBIC Subsidiary on the SBA’s then applicable form, provided that the recourse to the Borrower thereunder is expressly limited only to periods after the occurrence of an event or condition that is an impermissible change in the control of such SBIC Subsidiary (it being understood that, as provided in clause (s)  of Article VII , it shall be an Event of Default hereunder if any such event or condition giving rise to such recourse occurs).

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority, vessel or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Platform ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(i) .

Portfolio Investment ” means any Investment held by the Obligors in their asset portfolio (and, solely for purposes of determining the Borrowing Base, Cash). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following Investments shall not be considered Portfolio Investments under this Agreement or any other Loan Document: (a) any Investment by an Obligor in any Subsidiary, including any Financing Subsidiary; (b) any Investment that provides in favor of the obligor in respect of such Portfolio Investment an express right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or any other defenses; (c) any Investment, which if debt, is an obligation (other than a revolving loan or delayed draw term loan) pursuant to which any future advances or payments to the obligor of such debt may be required to be made by applicable Obligor; (d) any Investment which is, as of the date of the making of such Investment, made to a bankrupt entity (other than a debtor-in-possession financing and current pay obligations, even if such Investment is not actually currently paying); and (e) any Investment, Cash or account in which a Financing Subsidiary has an interest.

Prime Rate ” means the rate which is quoted as the “prime rate” in the print edition of The Wall Street Journal , Money Rates Section.

 

27


Principal Financial Center ” means, in the case of any Foreign Currency, the principal financial center where such Currency is cleared and settled, as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Prohibited Assignees and Participants Side Letter ” means that certain Side Letter, dated as of the date hereof, between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (as amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent and each Joint Lead Arranger). The Administrative Agent agrees to promptly provide each Lender with (a) the Prohibited Assignees and Participants Side Letter then in effect upon the request of such Lender and (b) any amendments, modifications or other updates to the Prohibited Assignees and Participants Side Letter.

PTE ” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Lender ” means Lenders that do not wish to receive Non-Public Information with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their Securities.

Quarterly Dates ” means the last Business Day of March, June, September and December in each year, commencing on September 30, 2013.

Quoted Investment ” means a Portfolio Investment with a value assigned by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(A) .

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04 .

Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement originally filed by the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2016, as amended by Amendment Number 1, filed on December 23, 2016 and Amendment Number 2, filed on January 18, 2017, as the same may be subsequently amended.

Regulations D, T, U and X ” means, respectively, Regulations D, T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, agents, advisers and other representatives of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time; provided that the Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of Required Lenders. The Required Lenders of a Class (which shall include the terms “Required Dollar Lenders” and “Required Multicurrency Lenders”) means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments of such Class representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments of such Class at such time; provided that the Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments of any Defaulting Lenders shall be disregarded in the determination of Required Lenders of a Class.

 

28


Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of an Obligor. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of an Obligor shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Obligor and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Obligor.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such shares of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such shares of Capital Stock of the Borrower (it being understood that none of: (w) the conversion features under convertible notes; (x) the triggering and/or settlement thereof; or (y) any cash payment made by the Borrower in respect thereof, shall constitute a Restricted Payment).

Return of Capital ” means (a) any net cash amount received by the Borrower in respect of the outstanding principal of any Investment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), (b) without duplication of amounts received under clause (a) , any net cash proceeds received by the Borrower from the sale of any property or assets pledged as collateral in respect of any Investment to the extent such net cash proceeds are less than or equal to the outstanding principal balance of such Investment, (c) any net cash amount received by the Borrower in respect of any Investment that is an Equity Interest (x) upon the liquidation or dissolution of the issuer of such Investment, (y) as a distribution of capital made on or in respect of such Investment, or (z) pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of the issuer of such Investment or pursuant to the reorganization of such issuer or (d) any similar return of capital received by the Borrower in cash in respect of any Investment (in the case of clauses (a) , (b) , (c)  and (d) , net of any fees, costs, expenses and Taxes payable with respect thereto).

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Dollar Credit Exposure and Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure at such time.

Revolving Dollar Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Syndicated Loans, and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure, at such time made or incurred under the Dollar Commitments.

Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Syndicated Loans, and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure, at such time made or incurred under the Multicurrency Commitments.

 

29


Revolving Percentage ” means, as of any date of determination, the result, expressed as a percentage, of the Revolving Credit Exposure on such date divided by the aggregate outstanding Covered Debt Amount on such date.

RIC ” means a person qualifying for treatment as a “regulated investment company”, as defined in Section 851 of the Code.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., a New York corporation, or any successor thereto.

Sanctioned Country ” means, at any time, a country, territory or region which is the subject or target of any comprehensive Sanctions.

Sanctions ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.15 .

SBA ” means the United States Small Business Administration.

SBIC Equity Commitment ” means a commitment by the Borrower to make one or more capital contributions to an SBIC Subsidiary.

SBIC Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary (including such Subsidiary’s general partner or managing entity to the extent that the only material asset of such general partner or managing entity is its equity interest in the SBIC Subsidiary) of the Borrower licensed as a small business investment company under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended, (or that has applied for such a license and is actively pursuing the granting thereof by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted) and which is designated by the Borrower (as provided below) as an SBIC Subsidiary, so long as (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Subsidiary: (i) is Guaranteed by any Obligor (other than a Permitted SBIC Guarantee or analogous commitment), (ii) is recourse to or obligates any Obligor in any way (other than in respect of any SBIC Equity Commitment, Permitted SBIC Guarantee or analogous commitment), or (iii) subjects any property of any Obligor, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than Equity Interests in any SBIC Subsidiary pledged to secure such Indebtedness, and (b) no Obligor has any obligation to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results (other than in respect of any SBIC Equity Commitment, Permitted SBIC Guarantee or analogous commitment). Any such designation by the Borrower shall be effected pursuant to a certificate of a Financial Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent, which certificate shall include a statement to the effect that, to the best of such officer’s knowledge, such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness ” means, as at any date, Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) of any Obligor (which may be Guaranteed by any other Obligor) that (a) has no scheduled amortization (other than for amortization in an amount not greater than 1% of the aggregate initial principal amount of such Indebtedness per annum, provided that amortization in excess of 1% per annum shall be permitted so long as the amount of such amortization in excess of 1% is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(i) ) prior to, and a final maturity date not earlier than, six months after the Final Maturity Date (it

 

30


being understood that none of: (w) the conversion features under convertible notes; (x) the triggering and/or settlement thereof; or (y) any cash payment made in respect thereof, shall constitute “amortization” for purposes of this clause (a) ), (b) is incurred pursuant to documentation containing (i) financial covenants, covenants governing the borrowing base, if any, portfolio valuations and events of default (other than events of default customary in indentures or similar instruments that have no analogous provisions in this Agreement or credit agreements generally) that are no more restrictive upon the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than those set forth in this Agreement and (ii) other terms (other than interest) that are no more restrictive in any material respect upon the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, prior to the Termination Date, than those set forth in this Agreement (it being understood that put rights or repurchase or redemption obligations (x) in the case of convertible securities, in connection with the suspension or delisting of the Capital Stock of the Borrower or the failure of the Borrower to satisfy a continued listing rule with respect to its Capital Stock or (y) arising out of circumstances that would constitute a “fundamental change” (as such term is customarily defined in convertible note offerings) or an Event of Default under this Agreement shall not be deemed to be more restrictive for purposes of this definition)); provided that, upon the Borrower’s written request in connection with the incurrence of any Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness that otherwise would not meet the requirements of this clause (b), this Agreement will be deemed automatically amended (and, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, the Borrower shall promptly enter into a written amendment evidencing such amendment), mutatis mutandis, solely to the extent necessary such that the financial covenants, covenants governing the borrowing base, if any, portfolio valuations, events of default (other than events of default customary in indentures or similar instruments that have no analogous provisions in this Agreement or credit agreements generally) or other terms, as applicable, in this Agreement shall be as restrictive as such covenants in the Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness, and (c) is not secured by any assets of any Obligor other than pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents and the holders of which (or an authorized agent, representative or trustee of such holders) have either executed (i) a joinder agreement to the Guarantee and Security Agreement or (ii) such other document or agreement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the holders (or an authorized agent, representative or trustee of such holders) of such Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness shall have become a party to the Guarantee and Security Agreement and assumed the obligations of a Financing Agent or Designated Indebtedness Holder (in each case, as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement); provided that Indebtedness arising under any Designated Swap shall not constitute Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness hereunder.

Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness ” means, collectively, (a) any Indebtedness of an Obligor that does not constitute Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness and that is not secured by any assets of any Obligor other than pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents and the holders of which (or an authorized agent, representative or trustee of such holders) have either executed (i) a joinder agreement to the Guarantee and Security Agreement or (ii) such other document or agreement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the holders (or an authorized agent, representative or trustee of such holders) of such Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness shall have become a party to the Guarantee and Security Agreement and assumed the obligations of a Financing Agent or Designated Indebtedness Holder (in each case, as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement), and (b) any Indebtedness that is designated as “Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness” pursuant to Section 6.11(a) ; provided that Indebtedness arising under any Designated Swap shall not constitute Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness hereunder.

 

31


Security Documents ” means, collectively, the Guarantee and Security Agreement, all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed with respect to the security interests in personal property created pursuant to the Guarantee and Security Agreement and all other assignments, pledge agreements, security agreements, control agreements and other instruments executed and delivered on or after the date hereof by any of the Obligors pursuant to the Guarantee and Security Agreement or otherwise providing or relating to any collateral security for any of the Secured Obligations under and as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement.

Shareholders’ Equity ” means, at any date, the amount determined on a consolidated basis, without duplication, in accordance with GAAP, of shareholders equity for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date.

SPE Subsidiary ” means

(a) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower to which any Obligor sells, conveys or otherwise transfers (whether directly or indirectly) Investments, which engages in no material activities other than in connection with the purchase, holding, disposition or financing of such assets and which is designated by the Borrower (as provided below) as an SPE Subsidiary, so long as:

(i) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is Guaranteed by any Obligor (other than Guarantees in respect of Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates any Obligor in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property of any Obligor, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or any Guarantee thereof,

(ii) no Obligor has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to such Obligor than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of any Obligor, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing receivables, and

(iii) no Obligor has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results; and

(b) any passive holding company that is designated by the Borrower (as provided below) as a SPE Subsidiary, so long as:

(i) such passive holding company is the direct parent of a SPE Subsidiary referred to in clause (a) ;

 

32


(ii) such passive holding company engages in no activities and has no assets (other than in connection with the transfer of assets to and from a SPE Subsidiary referred to in clause (a) , and its ownership of all of the Equity Interests of a SPE Subsidiary referred to in clause (a) ) or liabilities;

(iii) no Obligor has any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding with such passive holding company; and

(iv) no Obligor has any obligation to maintain or preserve such passive holding company’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any designation of a SPE Subsidiary by the Borrower shall be effected pursuant to a certificate of a Financial Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent, which certificate shall include a statement to the effect that, to the best of such Financial Officer’s knowledge, such designation complied with each of the conditions set forth in clause (a)  or (b)  above, as applicable. Each Subsidiary of an SPE Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an SPE Subsidiary and shall comply with the foregoing requirements of this definition.

Special Equity Interest ” means any Equity Interest that is subject to a Lien in favor of creditors of the issuer of such Equity Interest provided that (a) such Lien was created to secure Indebtedness owing by such issuer to such creditors, (b) such Indebtedness was (i) in existence at the time the Obligors acquired such Equity Interest, (ii) incurred or assumed by such issuer substantially contemporaneously with such acquisition or (iii) already subject to a Lien granted to such creditors and (c) unless such Equity Interest is not intended to be included in the Collateral, the documentation creating or governing such Lien does not prohibit the inclusion of such Equity Interest in the Collateral.

Special Permitted Indebtedness ” means any Permitted Indebtedness that has no scheduled amortization prior to, and a final maturity date not earlier than, the Final Maturity Date (it being understood that none of (a) the conversion features under convertible notes, (b) the triggering and/or settlement thereof or (c) any cash payment made in respect thereof, shall constitute “amortization” hereunder).

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means, collectively, (a) customary arms-length servicing obligations (together with any related performance guarantees), (b) obligations (together with any related performance guarantees) to refund the purchase price or grant purchase price credits for dilutive events or misrepresentations (in each case unrelated to the collectability of the assets sold or the creditworthiness of the associated account debtors) and (c) representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities (together with any related performance guarantees) of a type that are reasonably customary in accounts receivable securitizations.

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means, for the Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing, a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the arithmetic mean, taken over each day in such Interest Period, of the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any

 

33


marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities” in Regulation D). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D. Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the term “Subsidiary” shall not include any (x) Joint Venture Investment or (y) Person that constitutes an Investment held by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business and that is not, under GAAP, consolidated on the financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor under the Guarantee and Security Agreement. It is understood and agreed that no Financing Subsidiary, Immaterial Subsidiary, Foreign Subsidiary or Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor.

SunTrust ” means SunTrust Bank.

Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be the sum of (i) its Applicable Dollar Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time incurred under the Dollar Commitments and (ii) its Applicable Multicurrency Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time incurred under the Multicurrency Commitments.

Swingline Lender ” means SunTrust, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.04(d) .

Swingline Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04 .

Syndicated ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan or the Loans constituting such Borrowing are made pursuant to Section 2.01 .

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees, or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

34


Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (i) the Final Maturity Date, (ii) the date of the termination of the Commitments in full pursuant to Section 2.08(c) , or (iii) the date on which the Commitments are terminated pursuant to Article VII .

Testing Quarter ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(b)(ii)(E) .

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit under this Agreement.

Transferred Assets ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.3(h) .

Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans constituting such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

Undisclosed Administration ” means, in relation to a Lender, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

Unquoted Investments ” means a Portfolio Investment with a value assigned by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(B) .

Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of any Obligor (which may be Guaranteed by any other Obligor) that (a) has no scheduled amortization prior to, and a final maturity date not earlier than, six months after the Final Maturity Date (it being understood that (A) none of: (w) the conversion features under convertible notes; (x) the triggering and/or settlement thereof; and (y) any cash payment made in respect thereof shall constitute “amortization” for the purposes of this definition); and (B) any mandatory amortization that is contingent upon the happening of an event that is not certain to occur (including a change of control or bankruptcy) shall not in and of itself be deemed to disqualify such Indebtedness under this clause (a), (b) is incurred pursuant to terms that are substantially comparable to market terms for substantially similar debt of other similarly situated borrowers as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower or, if such transaction is not one in which there are market terms for substantially similar debt of other similarly situated borrowers, on terms that are negotiated in good faith on an arm’s length basis (except, in each case, other than financial covenants and events of default (other than events of default customary in indentures or similar instruments that have no analogous provisions in this Agreement or credit agreements generally), which shall be no more restrictive upon the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, while any

 

35


Loans or the Commitments are outstanding, than those set forth in the Loan Documents; provided that, upon the Borrower’s written request in connection with the incurrence of any Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness that otherwise would not meet the requirements set forth in this parenthetical of this clause (b), this Agreement will be deemed automatically amended (and, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, the Borrower shall promptly enter into a written amendment evidencing such amendment), mutatis mutandis , solely to the extent necessary such that the financial covenants and events of default, as applicable, in this Agreement shall be as restrictive as such provisions in the Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness) (it being understood that put rights or repurchase or redemption obligations (x) in the case of convertible securities, in connection with the suspension or delisting of the Capital Stock of the Borrower or the failure of the Borrower to satisfy a continued listing rule with respect to its Capital Stock or (y) arising out of circumstances that would constitute a “fundamental change” (as such term is customarily defined in convertible note offerings) or be Events of Default under this Agreement shall not be deemed to be more restrictive for purposes of this definition) and (c) is not secured by any assets of any Obligor. For the avoidance of doubt the conversion of all or any portion of any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness constituting Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness into Permitted Equity Interests in accordance with Section 6.12(a) , shall not cause such Indebtedness to be designated as Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness hereunder.

Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness ” means, collectively, (a) any Indebtedness of an Obligor that is not secured by any assets of any Obligor and that does not constitute Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness and (b) any Indebtedness that is designated as “Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness” pursuant to Section 6.11(a) .

U.S. Government Securities ” means securities that are direct obligations of, and obligations the timely payment of principal and interest on which is fully guaranteed by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States and in the form of conventional bills, bonds, and notes.

U.S. Person ” means any Person that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Value ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13 .

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent ” means the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

36


SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Syndicated Dollar Loan” or “Syndicated Multicurrency Loan”), by Type (e.g., an “ABR Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Syndicated Multicurrency LIBOR Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Dollar Borrowing”, “Multicurrency Borrowing” or “Syndicated Borrowing”), by Type (e.g., an “ABR Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Syndicated ABR Borrowing” or “Syndicated Multicurrency LIBOR Borrowing”). Loans and Borrowings may also be identified by Currency.

SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof’ and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, (a) if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith and (b) all leases that would be treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP on the date hereof shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all financial definitions and calculations hereunder regardless of any change to GAAP following the date hereof that would otherwise require such leases to be treated as Capital Lease Obligations. Whether or not the Borrower may at any time adopt Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159 (or successor standard solely as it relates to fair valuing liabilities) or accounts for liabilities acquired in an acquisition on a fair value basis pursuant to FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 141(R) (or successor standard solely as it relates to fair valuing liabilities), all determinations of compliance with the terms and conditions

 

37


of this Agreement shall be made on the basis that the Borrower has not adopted FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 159 (or such successor standard solely as it relates to fair valuing liabilities) or, in the case of liabilities acquired in an acquisition, FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 141(R) (or such successor standard solely as it relates to fair valuing liabilities).

SECTION 1.05. Currencies; Currency Equivalents .

(a) Currencies Generally . At any time, any reference in the definition of the term “Agreed Foreign Currency” or in any other provision of this Agreement to the Currency of any particular nation means the lawful currency of such nation at such time whether or not the name of such Currency is the same as it was on the date hereof. Except as provided in Section 2.10(b) and the last sentence of Section 2.17(a) , for purposes of determining (i) whether the amount of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit under the Multicurrency Commitments, together with all other Borrowings and Letters of Credit under the Multicurrency Commitments then outstanding or to be borrowed at the same time as such Borrowing, would exceed the aggregate amount of the Multicurrency Commitments, (ii) the aggregate unutilized amount of the Multicurrency Commitments, (iii) the Revolving Credit Exposure, (iv) the Multicurrency LC Exposure, (v) the Covered Debt Amount and (vi) the Borrowing Base or the Value or the fair market value of any Investment, the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit that is denominated in any Foreign Currency or the Value or the fair market value of any Investment that is denominated in any Foreign Currency shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the Foreign Currency of such Borrowing, Letter of Credit or Investment, as the case may be, determined as of the date of such Borrowing or Letter of Credit (determined in accordance with the last sentence of the definition of the term “Interest Period”) or the date of the valuation of such Investment, as the case may be. Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing or Loan an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Borrowing or Loan is denominated in a Foreign Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Foreign Currency Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest 1,000 units of such Foreign Currency). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any basket in Sections 6.03(g) or 6.04(f) of this Agreement, in no event shall the Borrower or any Obligor be deemed to not be in compliance with any such basket solely as a result of a change in exchange rates.

(b) Special Provisions Relating to Euro . Each obligation hereunder of any party hereto that is denominated in the National Currency of a state that is not a Participating Member State on the date hereof shall, effective from the date on which such state becomes a Participating Member State, be redenominated in Euro in accordance with the legislation of the European Union applicable to the European Monetary Union; provided that, if and to the extent that any such legislation provides that any such obligation of any such party payable within such Participating Member State by crediting an account of the creditor can be paid by the debtor either in Euros or such National Currency, such party shall be entitled to pay or repay such amount either in Euros or in such National Currency. If the basis of accrual of interest or fees expressed in this Agreement with respect to an Agreed Foreign Currency of any country that becomes a Participating Member State after the date on which such currency becomes an Agreed Foreign Currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest or fees in respect of the Euro, such convention or practice shall

 

38


replace such expressed basis effective as of and from the date on which such state becomes a Participating Member State; provided that, with respect to any Borrowing denominated in such currency that is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect at the end of the Interest Period therefor.

Without prejudice to the respective liabilities of the Borrower to the Lenders and the Lenders to the Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement, each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time, in consultation with the Borrower, reasonably specify to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the introduction or changeover to the Euro in any country that becomes a Participating Member State after the date hereof; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the Borrower and the Lenders with prior notice of the proposed change with an explanation of such change in sufficient time to permit the Borrower and the Lenders an opportunity to respond to such proposed change.

ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS

SECTION 2.01. The Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein:

(a) each Dollar Lender severally agrees to make Syndicated Loans in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Lender’s Revolving Dollar Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Dollar Commitment, (ii) the aggregate Revolving Dollar Credit Exposure of all of the Dollar Lenders exceeding the aggregate Dollar Commitments or (iii) the total Covered Debt Amount exceeding the Borrowing Base then in effect; and

(b) each Multicurrency Lender severally agrees to make Syndicated Loans in Dollars and in Agreed Foreign Currencies to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Lender’s Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Multicurrency Commitment, (ii) the aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure of all of the Multicurrency Lenders exceeding the aggregate Multicurrency Commitments or (iii) the total Covered Debt Amount exceeding the Borrowing Base then in effect.

Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Syndicated Loans.

SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings .

(a) Obligations of Lenders . Each Syndicated Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class, Currency and Type made by the applicable Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

 

39


(b) Type of Loans . Subject to Section 2.13 , each Syndicated Borrowing of a Class shall be constituted entirely of ABR Loans or of Eurocurrency Loans of such Class denominated in a single Currency as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each ABR Loan shall be denominated in Dollars. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurocurrency Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Minimum Amounts . Each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000, and each ABR Borrowing (whether Syndicated or Swingline) shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000; provided that a Syndicated ABR Borrowing of a Class may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments of such Class or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement of such Class as contemplated by Section 2.05(f) . Borrowings of more than one Class, Currency and Type may be outstanding at the same time.

(d) Limitations on Interest Periods . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request (or to elect to convert to or continue as a Eurocurrency Borrowing) any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested therefor would end after the Final Maturity Date.

(e) Treatment of Classes . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, with respect to each Syndicated Loan, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit designated in Dollars, the Administrative Agent shall deem the Borrower to have requested that such Syndicated Loan, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit be applied ratably to each of the Dollar Commitments and the Multicurrency Commitments, based upon the percentage of the aggregate Commitments represented by the Dollar Commitments and the Multicurrency Commitments, respectively.

SECTION 2.03. Requests for Syndicated Borrowings .

(a) Notice by the Borrower . To request a Syndicated Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (i) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars, not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (ii) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency, not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, four Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (iii) in the case of a Syndicated ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.

(b) Content of Borrowing Requests . Each telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 :

 

40


(i) whether such Borrowing is to be made under the Dollar Commitments or the Multicurrency Commitments;

(ii) the aggregate amount and Currency of the requested Borrowing;

(iii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iv) in the case of a Syndicated Borrowing denominated in Dollars, whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing;

(v) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period therefor, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period” and permitted under Section 2.02(d) ; and

(vi) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed.

(c) Notice by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders . Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of the amounts of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

(d) Failure to Elect . If no election as to the Class of a Syndicated Borrowing is specified, then the requested Syndicated Borrowing shall be deemed to be under the Multicurrency Commitments. If no election as to the Currency of a Syndicated Borrowing is specified, then the requested Syndicated Borrowing shall be denominated in Dollars. If no election as to the Type of a Syndicated Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be a Eurocurrency Borrowing having an Interest Period of one month and, if an Agreed Foreign Currency has been specified, the requested Syndicated Borrowing shall be a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in such Agreed Foreign Currency and having an Interest Period of one month. If a Eurocurrency Borrowing is requested (x) if no Interest Period is specified, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration, and (y) if no Currency is specified, the Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be denominated in Dollars.

SECTION 2.04. Swingline Loans .

(a) Agreement to Make Swingline Loans . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans under each Commitment to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in Dollars, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans of both Classes exceeding $50,000,000, (ii) the total Revolving Dollar Credit Exposures exceeding the aggregate Dollar Commitments, (iii) the total Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposures exceeding the aggregate Multicurrency Commitments or (iv) the total Covered Debt Amount exceeding the Borrowing Base then in effect; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

 

41


(b) Notice of Swingline Loans by the Borrower . To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on the day of such proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day), the amount of the requested Swingline Loan and whether such Swingline Loan is to be made under the Dollar Commitments or the Multicurrency Commitments. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f) , by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

(c) Participations by Lenders in Swingline Loans . The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time on any Business Day, require the Lenders of the applicable Class to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans of such Class outstanding. Such notice to the Administrative Agent shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which the applicable Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each applicable Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Dollar Percentage or Applicable Multicurrency Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above in this paragraph, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Dollar Percentage or Applicable Multicurrency Percentage, as the case may be, of such Swingline Loan or Loans; provided that no Lender shall be required to purchase a participation in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this Section 2.04(c)  if (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 would not be satisfied in respect of a Borrowing at the time such Swingline Loan was made and (y) the Required Lenders of the respective Class shall have so notified the Swingline Lender in writing and shall not have subsequently determined that the circumstances giving rise to such conditions not being satisfied no longer exist.

Subject to the foregoing, each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph (c)  is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments of the respective Class, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the

 

42


Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

(d) Resignation and Replacement of Swingline Lender . The Swingline Lender may resign and be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the resigning Swingline Lender and the successor Swingline Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such resignation and replacement of the Swingline Lender. In addition to the foregoing, if a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, and if any Default has arisen from a failure of the Borrower to comply with Section 2.19(a) , then the Swingline Lender may, upon prior written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, resign as Swingline Lender, effective at the close of business Atlanta, Georgia time on a date specified in such notice (which date may not be less than five (5) Business Days after the date of such notice). On or after the effective date of any such resignation, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may, by written agreement, appoint a successor Swingline Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such appointment of a successor Swingline Lender. Upon the effectiveness of any resignation of the Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall repay in full all outstanding Swingline Loans together with all accrued interest thereon. From and after the effective date of the appointment of a successor Swingline Lender, (i) the successor Swingline Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Swingline Lender under this Agreement with respect to Swingline Loans to be made thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Swingline Lender” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Swingline Lender, or to such successor and all previous Swingline Lenders, as the context shall require. After the replacement of the Swingline Lender hereunder, the replaced Swingline Lender shall have no obligation to make additional Swingline Loans.

SECTION 2.05. Letters of Credit .

(a) General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, in addition to the Loans provided for in Section 2.01 , the Borrower may request the Issuing Bank to issue, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period and under either the Dollar Commitments or Multicurrency Commitments, Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or (in the case of Letters of Credit under the Multicurrency Commitments) in any Agreed Foreign Currency for its own account in such form as is acceptable to the Issuing Bank in its reasonable determination. Letters of Credit issued hereunder shall constitute utilization of the Commitments up to the aggregate amount available to be drawn thereunder.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal or Extension . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment,

 

43


renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (d)  of this Section), the amount and Currency of such Letter of Credit, whether such Letter of Credit is to be issued under the Dollar Commitments or the Multicurrency Commitments, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(c) Limitations on Amounts . A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the aggregate LC Exposure of the Issuing Bank (determined for these purposes without giving effect to the participations therein of the Lenders pursuant to paragraph (e)  of this Section) shall not exceed $20,000,000, (ii) the total Revolving Dollar Credit Exposures shall not exceed the aggregate Dollar Commitments, (iii) the total Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposures shall not exceed the aggregate Multicurrency Commitments and (iv) the total Covered Debt Amount shall not exceed the Borrowing Base then in effect.

(d) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the date twelve months after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, twelve months after the then-current expiration date of such Letter of Credit, so long as such renewal or extension occurs within three months of such then-current expiration date); provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods. No Letter of Credit may be renewed following the earlier to occur of the Commitment Termination Date and the Termination Date, except to the extent that the relevant Letter of Credit is Cash Collateralized no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Commitment Termination Date or Termination Date, as applicable, or supported by another letter of credit, in each case pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent.

(e) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit of a Class (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) by the Issuing Bank, and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender of such Class, and each Lender of such Class hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Dollar Percentage or Applicable Multicurrency Percentage, as the case may be, of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance

 

44


of a Default or reduction or termination of the applicable Commitments; provided that no Lender shall be required to purchase a participation in a Letter of Credit pursuant to this Section 2.05(e) if (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 would not be satisfied in respect of a Borrowing at the time such Letter of Credit was issued and (y) the Required Lenders of the respective Class shall have so notified the Issuing Bank in writing and shall not have subsequently determined that the circumstances giving rise to such conditions not being satisfied no longer exist.

In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender of a Class hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Dollar Percentage or Applicable Multicurrency Percentage, as the case may be, of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank in respect of Letters of Credit of such Class promptly upon the request of the Issuing Bank at any time from the time of such LC Disbursement until such LC Disbursement is reimbursed by the Borrower or at any time after any reimbursement payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each such payment shall be made in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to the next following paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that the Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

(f) Reimbursement . If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Bank in respect of such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement in Dollars, or in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Agreed Foreign Currency, the Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Bank in such Agreed Foreign Currency, unless the Issuing Bank (at its option) shall have specified in such notice (x) that it will require reimbursement in Dollars and (y) the Dollar Equivalent of such LC Disbursement, (i) not later than 3:00 p.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice of such LC Disbursement, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, or (ii) not later than 1:00 p.m., Atlanta, Georgia time on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time; provided that, if such LC Disbursement is not less than $1,000,000 and is denominated in Dollars, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with a Syndicated ABR Borrowing or a Swingline Loan of the respective Class in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Syndicated ABR Borrowing or Swingline Loan.

If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each applicable Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Dollar Percentage or Applicable Multicurrency Percentage, as the case may be, thereof.

 

45


(g) Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (f)  of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply strictly with the terms of such Letter of Credit, and (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Borrower’s obligations hereunder.

Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit by the Issuing Bank or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that:

(i) the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and may make payment upon presentation of documents that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

(ii) the Issuing Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to decline to accept such documents and to make such payment if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and

(iii) this sentence shall establish the standard of care to be exercised by the Issuing Bank when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof (and the parties hereto hereby waive, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any standard of care inconsistent with the foregoing).

 

46


(h) Disbursement Procedures . The Issuing Bank shall, within a reasonable time following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly after such examination notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the applicable Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

(i) Interim Interest . If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to Syndicated ABR Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement within two Business Days following the date when due pursuant to paragraph (f)  of this Section, then the provisions of Section 2.12(c)  shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e)  of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(j) Resignation and/or Replacement of Issuing Bank . The Issuing Bank may resign and be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the resigning Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such resignation and replacement of the Issuing Bank. Upon the effectiveness of any resignation or replacement of the Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for account of the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.11(b) . From and after the effective date of the appointment of a successor Issuing Bank, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the effective replacement or resignation of the Issuing Bank hereunder, the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(k) Cash Collateralization . If the Borrower shall be required to provide Cash Collateral for LC Exposure pursuant to Section 2.05(d) , Section 2.09(a) , Section 2.10(b) or (c)  or the penultimate paragraph of Article VII , the Borrower shall immediately deposit into a segregated collateral account or accounts (herein, collectively, the “ Letter of Credit Collateral Account ”) in the name and under the dominion and control of the Administrative Agent Cash denominated in the Currency of the Letter of Credit under which such LC Exposure arises in an amount equal to the amount required under Section 2.05(d) , Section 2.09(a) , Section 2.10(b) or (c)  or the penultimate paragraph of Article VII , as applicable. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral in the first instance for the LC Exposure under this Agreement

 

47


and thereafter for the payment of the “Secured Obligations” under and as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement, and for these purposes the Borrower hereby grants a security interest to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account and in any financial assets (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) or other property held therein.

(l) No Obligation to Issue After Certain Events . The Issuing Bank shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if: any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to the Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Bank shall refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date and which the Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it, or the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Issuing Bank applicable to letters of credit generally.

(m) Applicability of ISP and UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the International Standby Practices shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

(n) Conflict with Letter of Credit Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Letter of Credit Document, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

SECTION 2.06. Funding of Borrowings .

(a) Funding by Lenders . Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04 . The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that Syndicated ABR Borrowings made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.

(b) Presumption by the Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share

 

48


available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a)  of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Nothing in this paragraph shall relieve any Lender of its obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder, and this paragraph shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 2.07. Interest Elections .

(a) Elections by the Borrower for Syndicated Borrowings . Subject to Section 2.03(d) , the Loans constituting each Syndicated Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, shall have the Interest Period specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a Borrowing of a different Type or to continue such Borrowing as a Borrowing of the same Type and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, may elect the Interest Period therefor, all as provided in this Section; provided , however , that (i) a Syndicated Borrowing of a Class may only be continued or converted into a Syndicated Borrowing of the same Class, (ii) a Syndicated Borrowing denominated in one Currency may not be continued as, or converted to, a Syndicated Borrowing in a different Currency, (iii) prior to the Commitment Termination Date, no Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency may be continued if, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposures would exceed the aggregate Multicurrency Commitments, and (iv) a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency may not be converted to a Borrowing of a different Type. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders of the respective Class holding the Loans constituting such Borrowing, and the Loans constituting each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Loans, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) Notice of Elections . To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Syndicated Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly (but no later than the close of business on the date of such request) by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.

 

49


(c) Content of Interest Election Requests . Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 :

(i) the Borrowing (including the Class) to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii)  and (iv)  of this paragraph shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether, in the case of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars, the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period therefor after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period” and permitted under Section 2.02(d) .

(d) Notice by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders . Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) Failure to Elect; Events of Default . If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely and complete Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period therefor, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, (i) if such Borrowing is denominated in Dollars, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to a Syndicated Eurocurrency Borrowing of the same Class having an Interest Period of one month, and (ii) if such Borrowing is denominated in a Foreign Currency, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, (i) any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars shall, at the end of the applicable Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Borrowing, be automatically converted to an ABR Borrowing and (ii) any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency shall not have an Interest Period of more than one month’s duration.

SECTION 2.08. Termination, Reduction or Increase of the Commitments .

(a) Scheduled Termination . Unless previously terminated, the Commitments of each Class shall: (i) equal the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Class on the Commitment Termination Date, (ii) thereafter such Commitment shall be reduced automatically as and to the extent of reductions in the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Class, and (iii) terminate on the Final Maturity Date.

 

50


(b) Voluntary Termination or Reduction . The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments of either Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of a Class shall be in an amount that is $10,000,000 (or, if less, the entire amount of the Commitments of such Class) or a larger multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments of either Class if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Syndicated Loans of such Class in accordance with Section 2.10 , the total Revolving Credit Exposures of such Class would exceed the total Commitments of such Class. Any such reduction of the Commitments below the principal amount of the Swingline Loans permitted under Section 2.04(a)(i) and the Letters of Credit permitted under Section 2.05(c)(i) shall result in a dollar-for-dollar reduction of such amounts as applicable.

(c) Notice of Voluntary Termination or Reduction . The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b)  of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the applicable Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments of a Class delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

(d) Effect of Termination or Reduction . Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of a Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of a Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders of such Class in accordance with their respective Commitments.

(e) Increase of the Commitments .

(i) Requests for Increase by Borrower . The Borrower may, at any time, request that the Commitments hereunder of a Class be increased (each such proposed increase being a “ Commitment Increase ”), upon notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders), which notice shall specify each existing Lender (each an “ Increasing Lender ”) and/or each additional lender (each an “ Assuming Lender ”) that shall have agreed to an additional Commitment and the date on which such increase is to be effective (the “ Commitment Increase Date ”), which shall be a Business Day at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) after delivery of such notice and 30 days prior to the Commitment Termination Date; provided that:

(A) the minimum amount of the Commitment of any Assuming Lender, and the minimum amount of the increase of the Commitment of any Increasing Lender, as part of such Commitment Increase shall be $10,000,000 or a larger multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree;

 

51


(B) immediately after giving effect to such Commitment Increase, the total Commitments of all of the Lenders hereunder shall not exceed $1,000,000,000;

(C) each Assuming Lender shall be consented to by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld);

(D) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such Commitment Increase Date or shall result from the proposed Commitment Increase; and

(E) the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any portion of the representations and warranties already subject to a materiality qualifier, true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Commitment Increase Date as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).

(ii) Effectiveness of Commitment Increase by Borrower . An Assuming Lender, if any, shall become a Lender hereunder as of such Commitment Increase Date and the Commitment of the respective Class of any Increasing Lender and such Assuming Lender shall be increased as of such Commitment Increase Date; provided that:

(x) the Administrative Agent shall have received on or prior to 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on such Commitment Increase Date (or on or prior to a time on a date not earlier than three (3) Business Days before such scheduled Commitment Increase Date specified by the Administrative Agent) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Borrower stating that each of the applicable conditions to such Commitment Increase set forth in the foregoing paragraph (i)  has been satisfied; and

(y) each Assuming Lender or Increasing Lender shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on or prior to 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time on such Commitment Increase Date (or on or prior to the time on an earlier date specified by the Administrative Agent in compliance with clause (x) above), an increasing/joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D appropriately completed, and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which such Lender shall, effective as of such Commitment Increase Date, undertake a Commitment or an increase of Commitment in each case of the respective Class, duly executed by such Assuming Lender or Increasing Lender, as applicable, and the Borrower and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent.

 

52


Promptly following satisfaction of such conditions, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of such Class (including any Assuming Lenders) thereof and of the occurrence of the Commitment Increase Date by facsimile transmission or electronic messaging system.

(iii) Recordation into Register . Upon its receipt of an agreement referred to in clause (ii)(y)  above executed by an Assuming Lender or any Increasing Lender, together with the certificate referred to in clause (ii)(x)  above, the Administrative Agent shall, if such agreement has been completed, (x) accept such agreement, (y) record the information contained therein in the Register and (z) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower.

(iv) Adjustments of Borrowings upon Effectiveness of Increase . On the Commitment Increase Date, the Borrower shall (A) prepay the outstanding Loans (if any) of the affected Class in full, (B) simultaneously borrow new Loans of such Class hereunder in an amount equal to such prepayment; provided that with respect to subclauses (A)  and (B) , (x) the prepayment to, and borrowing from, any existing Lender shall be effected by book entry to the extent that any portion of the amount prepaid to such Lender will be subsequently borrowed from such Lender and (y) the existing Lenders, the Increasing Lenders and the Assuming Lenders shall make and receive payments among themselves, in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent, so that, after giving effect thereto, the Loans of such Class are held ratably by the Lenders of such Class in accordance with the respective Commitments of such Class of such Lenders (after giving effect to such Commitment Increase) and (C) pay to the Lenders of such Class the amounts, if any, payable under Section 2.15 as a result of any such prepayment. Concurrently therewith, the Lenders of such Class shall be deemed to have adjusted their participation interests in any outstanding Letters of Credit of such Class so that such interests are held ratably in accordance with their commitments of such Class as so increased.

SECTION 2.09. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .

(a) Repayment . The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay the Loans of each Class as follows:

(i) to the Administrative Agent for account of the Lenders of such Class the outstanding principal amount of the Syndicated Loans of such Class and all other amounts due and owing hereunder and under the other Loan Documents on the Final Maturity Date; and

(ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan of such Class denominated in Dollars, on the earlier of the Commitment Termination Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least ten Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Syndicated Borrowing of such Class is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans of such Class then outstanding.

 

53


In addition, on the Commitment Termination Date, the Borrower shall deposit into the Letter of Credit Collateral Account Cash (denominated in the Currency of the Letter of Credit under which such LC Exposure arises) in an amount equal to 100% of the undrawn face amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding on the close of business on the Commitment Termination Date, such deposit to be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral security for the LC Exposure under this Agreement in respect of the undrawn portion of such Letters of Credit.

(b) Manner of Payment . Prior to any repayment or prepayment of any Borrowings of any Class hereunder, the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings of such Class to be paid and shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such selection not later than the time set forth in Section 2.10(e) prior to the scheduled date of such repayment. If the Borrower fails to make a timely selection of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be repaid or prepaid, such payment shall be applied, first, to pay any outstanding ABR Borrowings of the applicable Class and, second, to other Borrowings of such Class in the order of the remaining duration of their respective Interest Periods (the Borrowing with the shortest remaining Interest Period to be repaid first). Each payment of a Syndicated Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in such Borrowing.

(c) Maintenance of Records by Lenders . Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice records evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts and Currency of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(d) Maintenance of Records by the Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall maintain records in which it shall record (i) the amount and Currency of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and each Interest Period therefor, (ii) the amount and Currency of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender of such Class hereunder and (iii) the amount and Currency of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(e) Effect of Entries . The entries made in the records maintained pursuant to paragraph (c)  or (d)  of this Section shall be prima facie evidence, absent obvious error, of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such records or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(f) Promissory Notes . Any Lender may request that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a Note; in such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a Note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) substantially in the form of Exhibit E . Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04 ) be represented by one or more Notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such Note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

 

54


SECTION 2.10. Prepayment of Loans .

(a) Optional Prepayments . The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty except for payments under Section 2.15 , subject to the requirements of this Section.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments due to Changes in Exchange Rates .

(i) Determination of Amount Outstanding . On each Quarterly Date and, in addition, promptly upon the receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Currency Valuation Notice (as defined below), the Administrative Agent shall determine the aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure. For the purpose of this determination, the outstanding principal amount of any Loan that is denominated in any Foreign Currency shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the amount in the Foreign Currency of such Loan, determined as of such Quarterly Date or, in the case of a Currency Valuation Notice received by the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on a Business Day, on such Business Day or, in the case of a Currency Valuation Notice otherwise received, on the first Business Day after such Currency Valuation Notice is received. Upon making such determination, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Multicurrency Lenders and the Borrower thereof.

(ii) Prepayment . If on the date of such determination the aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure minus the Multicurrency LC Exposure fully Cash Collateralized on such date exceeds 105% of the aggregate amount of the Multicurrency Commitments as then in effect, the Borrower shall, if requested by the Required Multicurrency Lenders (through the Administrative Agent), prepay the Syndicated Multicurrency Loans and Swingline Multicurrency Loans (and/or provide Cash Collateral for Multicurrency LC Exposure as specified in Section 2.05(k) ) within 15 Business Days following the Borrower’s receipt of such request in such amounts as shall be necessary so that after giving effect thereto the aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure does not exceed the Multicurrency Commitments.

For purposes hereof “ Currency Valuation Notice ” means a notice given by the Required Multicurrency Lenders to the Administrative Agent stating that such notice is a “Currency Valuation Notice” and requesting that the Administrative Agent determine the aggregate Revolving Multicurrency Credit Exposure. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to make more than one valuation determination pursuant to Currency Valuation Notices within any rolling three month period.

Any prepayment pursuant to this clause (b)  of this Section shall be applied, first to Swingline Multicurrency Loans outstanding, second , to Syndicated Multicurrency Loans outstanding and third , to Cash Collateralize Multicurrency LC Exposure.

(c) Mandatory Prepayments due to Borrowing Base Deficiency . In the event that at any time any Borrowing Base Deficiency shall exist, the Borrower shall, within five Business Days after delivery of the applicable Borrowing Base Certificate, prepay the Loans (or

 

55


provide Cash Collateral for Letters of Credit as contemplated by Section 2.05(k) ) or reduce Other Covered Indebtedness in such amounts as shall be necessary so that such Borrowing Base Deficiency is cured; provided that (i) the aggregate amount of such prepayment of Loans (and Cash Collateral for Letters of Credit) shall be at least equal to the Revolving Percentage times the aggregate prepayment of the Covered Debt Amount, and (ii) if, within five Business Days after delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate demonstrating such Borrowing Base Deficiency, the Borrower shall present the Lenders with a reasonably feasible plan acceptable to the Required Lenders in their sole discretion to enable such Borrowing Base Deficiency to be cured within 30 Business Days (which 30-Business Day period shall (A) include the five Business Days permitted for delivery of such plan and (B) be subject to extension beyond 30 Business Days with the consent of the Required Lenders in their sole discretion), then such prepayment or reduction shall not be required to be effected immediately but may be effected in accordance with such plan (with such modifications as the Borrower may reasonably determine), so long as such Borrowing Base Deficiency is cured within such 30-Business Day period (or any extended period consented to by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion).

(d) Mandatory Prepayments During Amortization Period . During the period commencing on the date immediately following the Commitment Termination Date and ending on the Final Maturity Date:

(i) Asset Disposition . If the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Financing Subsidiary) Disposes of any property which results in the receipt by such Person of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of $2,000,000 in the aggregate for any single Disposition or series of Dispositions, the Borrower shall prepay an aggregate principal amount of Loans equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to prepay any Loans pursuant to this clause (i)  until the aggregate amount of unpaid Net Cash Proceeds required to be paid under this clause (i)  equals or exceeds $2,000,000 (either for the first time or at any time since the last prepayment of Loans pursuant to this clause (i) ) in which event the Borrower shall prepay an aggregate principal amount of Loans equal to 100% of such unpaid Net Cash Proceeds within five (5) Business Days of such date (such prepayments to be applied as set forth in Section 2.09(b)) .

(ii) Equity Issuance . Upon the sale or issuance by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Financing Subsidiary) of any of its Equity Interests (other than any sales or issuances of Equity Interests to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor), the Borrower shall prepay an aggregate principal amount of Loans equal to 75% of all Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom no later than the fifth Business Day following the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds (such prepayments to be applied as set forth in Section 2.09(b) ).

(iii) Indebtedness . Upon the incurrence or issuance by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Financing Subsidiary) of any Indebtedness, the Borrower shall prepay an aggregate principal amount of Loans equal to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom no later than the fifth Business Day following the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds (such prepayments to be applied as set forth in Section 2.09(b) ).

 

56


(iv) Extraordinary Receipt . Upon any Extraordinary Receipt (which, when taken with all other Extraordinary Receipts received after the Commitment Termination Date, exceeds $5,000,000 in the aggregate) received by or paid to or for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Financing Subsidiary), and not otherwise included in clauses (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  of this Section 2.10(d) , the Borrower shall prepay an aggregate principal amount of Loans equal to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom no later than the fifth Business Day following the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds (such prepayments to be applied as set forth in Section 2.09(b) ).

(v) Return of Capital . If the Borrower shall receive any Return of Capital (other than from any Financing Subsidiary), and is not otherwise included in clauses (i) , (ii), (iii)  or (iv)  of this Section 2.10(d) , the Borrower shall prepay an aggregate principal amount of Loans equal to 90% of such Return of Capital no later than the fifth Business Day following the receipt of such Return of Capital (such prepayments to be applied as set forth in Section 2.09(b) ).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Net Cash Proceeds and Return of Capital required to be applied to the prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.10(d) shall (A) be applied in accordance with Section 8.06 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement, (B) exclude the amounts necessary for the Borrower to make all required dividends and distributions (which shall be no less than the amount estimated in good faith by Borrower under Section 6.05(b) ) to maintain its ability to be subject to Tax as a RIC under Section 852 the Code and its election to be treated as a “business development company” under the Investment Company Act for so long as the Borrower retains such status and to avoid payment by the Borrower of federal excise Taxes imposed by Section 4982 of the Code for so long as the Borrower retains the status of a RIC under the Code, and (C) if the Loans to be prepaid are Eurocurrency Loans, the Borrower may defer such prepayment until the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loans, so long as the Borrower deposits an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds, no later than the fifth Business Day following the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, into a segregated collateral account in the name and under the dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, pending application of such amount to the prepayment of the Loans on the last day of such Interest Period; provided , further , that the Administrative Agent may direct the application of such deposits as set forth in Section 2.09(b) at any time and if the Administrative Agent does so, no amounts will be payable by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.15 .

(e) Notices, Etc . The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars (other than in the case of a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10(d) ), not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency (other than in the case of a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10(d) ), not later than 11:00 a.m., Applicable Time, four Business Days before the date of prepayment, (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Syndicated ABR Borrowing (other than in the case of a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10(d)) , not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment, (iv) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on the date of prepayment, or (v) in the case of any

 

57


prepayment pursuant to Section 2.10(d) , not later than 11:00 a.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that, if (i) a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments of a Class as contemplated by Section 2.08 , then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.08 and (ii) any notice given in connection with Section 2.10(d) may be conditioned on the consummation of the applicable transaction contemplated by such Section and the receipt by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary (other than a Financing Subsidiary) of Net Cash Proceeds. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Syndicated Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the affected Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02 or in the case of a Swingline Loan, as provided in Section 2.04 , except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Syndicated Borrowing of a Class shall be applied ratably to the Loans of such Class included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12 and shall be made in the manner specified in Section 2.09(b) .

SECTION 2.11. Fees .

(a) Commitment Fee . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for account of each Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to 0.375% on the average daily unused amount of the Dollar Commitment and Multicurrency Commitment, as applicable, of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the date such commitment terminates and the Commitment Termination Date. Commitment fees accrued through and including such Quarterly Date shall be payable within five Business Days after each Quarterly Date commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date and on the earlier of the date the Commitments of the respective Class terminate and the Commitment Termination Date. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing commitment fees, the Commitment of any Class of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Syndicated Loans and LC Exposure of such Class of such Lender (and the Swingline Exposure of such Class of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

(b) Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit of each Class, which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin applicable to interest on Eurocurrency Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure of such Class (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment of such Class terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure of such Class, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.25% per annum on the average

 

58


daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including each Quarterly Date shall be payable on the third Business Day following such Quarterly Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees with respect to the Letters of Credit shall be payable on the Termination Date and the Borrower shall pay any such fees that have accrued and that are unpaid on the Termination Date and, in the event any Letters of Credit shall be outstanding that have expiration dates after the Termination Date, the Borrower shall prepay on the Termination Date the full amount of the participation and fronting fees that will accrue on such Letters of Credit subsequent to the Termination Date through but not including the date such outstanding Letters of Credit are scheduled to expire (and, in that connection, the Lenders agree not later than the date two Business Days after the date upon which the last such Letter of Credit shall expire or be terminated to rebate to the Borrower the excess, if any, of the aggregate participation and fronting fees that have been prepaid by the Borrower over the sum of the amount of such fees that ultimately accrue through the date of such expiration or termination and the aggregate amount of all other unpaid obligations hereunder at such time). Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c) Administrative Agent Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d) Payment of Fees . All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in Dollars (or, at the election of the Borrower with respect to any fees payable to the Issuing Bank on account of Letters of Credit issued in any Foreign Currency, in such Foreign Currency) and immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders entitled thereto. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances absent obvious error.

SECTION 2.12. Interest .

(a) ABR Loans . The Loans constituting each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Eurocurrency Loans . The Loans constituting each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the related Interest Period for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin.

 

59


(c) Default Interest . Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if any amount of principal of any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to (A) in the case of principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided above, (B) in the case of any Letter of Credit, 2% plus the fee otherwise applicable to such Letter of Credit as provided in Section 2.11(b)(i) , or (C)  in the case of any fee or other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section and (ii) if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing for any Eurocurrency Loan, at the end of the current applicable Interest Period, interest shall (if requested by the Administrative Agent upon instructions of the Required Lenders) accrue (A) in the case of Dollar Loans, at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin plus 2% per annum and (B) for Loans in any Foreign Currency, at the one month LIBO Rate plus 2% per annum.

(d) Payment of Interest . Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan in the Currency in which such Loan is denominated and, in the case of Syndicated Loans, upon the Termination Date; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c)  of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of a Syndicated ABR Loan prior to the Final Maturity Date), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars prior to the end of the Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Borrowing shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) Computation . All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed (i) by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate and (ii) on Multicurrency Loans denominated in English Pounds Sterling shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.13. Inability to Determine Interest Rates .

(a) If, prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing of a Class (the Currency of such Borrowing herein called the “ Affected Currency ”):

(i) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant interbank market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Affected Currency (including, without limitation, because the Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis) for such Interest Period; or

 

60


(ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Required Lenders of such Class that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Affected Currency for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their respective Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give written notice thereof (or telephonic notice, promptly confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and the affected Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. Until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Syndicated Borrowing to, or the continuation of any Syndicated Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in the Affected Currency shall be ineffective and, if the Affected Currency is Dollars, such Syndicated Borrowing (unless prepaid) shall be continued as, or converted to, a Syndicated ABR Borrowing, (ii) if the Affected Currency is Dollars and any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars, such Borrowing shall be made as a Syndicated ABR Borrowing and (iii) if the Affected Currency is a Foreign Currency, then either, at the Borrower’s election, (A), any Borrowing Request that requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in the Affected Currency shall be ineffective, or (B) the LIBO Rate for such Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be the cost to each Lender to fund its pro rata share of such Eurocurrency Borrowing (from whatever source and using whatever methodologies as such Lender may select in its reasonable discretion), which each Lender shall provide to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall provide to the Borrower, within five (5) Business Days of the Borrower’s request to the Administrative Agent therefor; provided that any rate provided under this clause (B)  shall expire, to the extent the Borrower has not elected to use such rate, on the date that is five (5) Business Days after the delivery by the Administrative Agent thereof.

(b) If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) the circumstances set forth in clause (a)(i) above have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in clause (a)(i) above have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of the Screen Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the Screen Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may, or in the case of the preceding clause (i)  shall, endeavor to agree upon an alternate rate of interest to the Screen Rate that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States at such time, and if an alternate rate of interest is agreed, shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable (but for the avoidance of doubt, such related changes shall not include a reduction of the Applicable Margin). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.02 , such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement so long as the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five (5) Business Days of the date notice of such alternate rate of interest is provided to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that such Required Lenders object to such amendment.

 

61


SECTION 2.14. Increased Costs .

(a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank;

(ii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or

(iii) subject the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b)  through (d)  of the definition of Excluded Taxes, and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, in Dollars, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), by an amount deemed to be material by such Lender or Issuing Bank, then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, in Dollars, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates from Lenders . A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for and the calculation of the amount or amounts in Dollars, necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the

 

62


case may be, as specified in paragraph (a)  or (b)  of this Section shall be promptly delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided , further , that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

SECTION 2.15. Break Funding Payments . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor (including as a result of the occurrence of any Commitment Increase Date or an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Syndicated Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (including, in connection with any Commitment Increase Date, and regardless of whether such notice is permitted to be revocable under Section 2.10(e)  and is revoked in accordance herewith), or (d) the assignment as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18(b)  of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period therefor, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and reasonable expense attributable to such event (excluding loss of anticipated profits). In the case of a Eurocurrency Loan, the loss to any Lender attributable to any such event shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be equal to the excess, if any, of

(i) the amount of interest that such Lender would pay for a deposit equal to the principal amount of such Loan denominated in the Currency of such Loan for the period from the date of such payment, conversion, failure or assignment to the last day of the then current Interest Period for such Loan (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the duration of the Interest Period that would have resulted from such borrowing, conversion or continuation) if the interest rate payable on such deposit were equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Currency for such Interest Period, over

(ii) the amount of interest that such Lender would earn on such principal amount for such period if such Lender were to invest such principal amount for such period at the interest rate that would be bid by such Lender (or an affiliate of such Lender) for deposits denominated in such Currency from other banks in the Eurocurrency market at the commencement of such period.

 

63


Payment under this Section shall be made upon request of a Lender delivered not later than five Business Days following the payment, conversion, or failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay that gives rise to a claim under this Section accompanied by a certificate of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for and the calculation of the amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

SECTION 2.16. Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Taxes from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deduction and withholding applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) or withholding the Administrative Agent, applicable Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . In addition, the Borrower shall pay timely any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or, at the option of the Administrative Agent, timely reimburse it for the payment of any Other Taxes.

(c) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank for and, within 10 Business Days after written demand therefor, pay the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by, or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to, the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 Business Days after written demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable

 

64


to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(f) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register, and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (d) .

(e) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to Section 2.16 , the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(f) Tax Documentation . (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.16(f)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(i) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(A) any Lender that is a “United States person” (as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), duly completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or any successor form certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

 

65


(B) each Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(w) duly completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or any applicable successor form claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(x) duly completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or any successor form certifying that the income receivable pursuant to this Agreement is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States,

(y) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (1) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (I) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (II) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, or (III) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (2) duly completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any applicable successor form) certifying that the Foreign Lender is not a United States Person, or

(z) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, duly completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any applicable successor form), accompanied by Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any applicable successor form), Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any applicable successor form), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or Exhibit F-3, Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any applicable successor form), and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative

 

66


Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) If a payment made to a Lender under this Agreement would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their respective obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.16(f)(ii)(D) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(ii) In addition, each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated forms or certifications promptly upon the obsolescence, expiration or invalidity of any form or certification previously delivered by such Lender; provided such Lender is legally able to do so at the time. Each Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing if such Lender no longer satisfies the legal requirements to provide any previously delivered form or certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. or other taxing authorities for such purpose).

(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, respectively, the amount that the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, respectively, paid over to the Borrower pursuant to this clause (g)  (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, respectively, is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this

 

67


clause (g) , in no event will the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank be required to pay any amount to the Borrower pursuant to this clause (g) , the payment of which would place such Person in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Person would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld, or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank to make available its tax returns or its books or records (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

SECTION 2.17. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment: Sharing of Set-offs .

(a) Payments by the Borrower . The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or under Section 2.14 , 2.15 or 2.16 , or otherwise) or under any other Loan Document (except to the extent otherwise provided therein) prior to 2:00 p.m., Atlanta, Georgia time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Account, except as otherwise expressly provided in the relevant Loan Document and except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and payments pursuant to Sections 2.14 , 2.15 , 2.16 and 9.03 , which shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.

All amounts owing under this Agreement (including commitment fees, payments required under Section 2.14 , and payments required under Section 2.15 relating to any Loan denominated in Dollars, but not including principal of and interest on any Loan denominated in any Foreign Currency or payments relating to any such Loan required under Section 2.15 , which are payable in such Foreign Currency) or under any other Loan Document (except to the extent otherwise provided therein) are payable in Dollars. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise), the unpaid portion of such Loan shall, if such Loan is not denominated in Dollars, automatically be redenominated in Dollars on the due date thereof (or, if such due date is a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor, on the last day of such Interest Period) in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent thereof on the date of such redenomination and such principal shall be payable on demand; and if the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan that is not denominated in Dollars, such interest shall automatically be redenominated in Dollars on the due date therefor (or, if such due date is a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor, on the last day of such Interest Period) in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent thereof on the date of such redenomination and such interest shall be payable on demand.

 

68


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, if, after the making of any Borrowing in any Foreign Currency, currency control or exchange regulations are imposed in the country which issues such currency with the result that the type of currency in which the Borrowing was made (the “ Original Currency ”) no longer exists or the Borrower is not able to make payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders in such Original Currency, then all payments to be made by the Borrower hereunder in such currency shall instead be made when due in Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent (as of the date of repayment) of such payment due, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the Borrower takes all risks of the imposition of any such currency control or exchange regulations.

(b) Application of Insufficient Payments . If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees of a Class then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, to pay interest and fees of such Class then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees of such Class then due to such parties, and (ii) second, to pay principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements of such Class then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements of such Class then due to such parties.

(c) Pro Rata Treatment . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein: (i) each Syndicated Borrowing of a Class shall be made from the Lenders of such Class, each payment of commitment fee under Section 2.11 shall be made for account of the Lenders of the applicable Class, and each termination or reduction of the amount of the Commitments of a Class under Section 2.08 shall be applied to the respective Commitments of the Lenders of such Class, pro rata according to the amounts of their respective Commitments of such Class; (ii) each Syndicated Borrowing of a Class shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders of such Class according to the amounts of their respective Commitments of such Class (in the case of the making of Syndicated Loans) or their respective Loans of such Class that are to be included in such Borrowing (in the case of conversions and continuations of Loans); (iii) each payment or prepayment of principal of Syndicated Loans of a Class by the Borrower shall be made for account of the Lenders of such Class pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of the Syndicated Loans of such Class held by them; and (iv) each payment of interest on Syndicated Loans of a Class by the Borrower shall be made for account of the Lenders of such Class pro rata in accordance with the amounts of interest on such Loans of such Class then due and payable to the respective Lenders.

(d) Sharing of Payments by Lenders . If any Lender of any Class shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Syndicated Loans, or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans, of such Class resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Syndicated Loans, and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, and accrued interest thereon of such Class then due than the proportion received by any other Lender of such Class, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Syndicated Loans,

 

69


and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, of other Lenders of such Class to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders of such Class ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Syndicated Loans, and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, of such Class; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(e) Presumptions of Payment . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent at the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

(f) Certain Deductions by the Administrative Agent . If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c) , 2.05(e) , 2.06(a)  or  (b)  or 2.17(e) , then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

SECTION 2.18. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16 , then, at the request of the Borrower, such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.16 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not

 

70


subject such Lender to any cost or expense not required to be reimbursed by the Borrower and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16 , and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with clause (a) above, or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or is a Non-Consenting Lender (as provided in Section 9.02(d) ), then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04 ), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 2.14 and 2.16 ) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee (which has met the restrictions contained in Section 9.04 and has received the required consents under Section 9.04 ) that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16 , such assignment will result in a reduction or elimination of such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

SECTION 2.19. Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Defaulting Lender Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VII or otherwise) or received by Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender hereunder; third , to Cash Collateralize Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in the manner described in Section 2.09(a) ; fourth , as

 

71


Borrower may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by Administrative Agent and Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize Issuing Bank’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in the manner described in Section 2.09(a) ; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , to the payment of any amounts owing to Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or reimbursement obligations in respect of any LC Disbursement for which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and reimbursement obligations in respect of any LC Disbursement that is owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or reimbursement obligations in respect of any LC Disbursement that is owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the applicable Commitments without giving effect to Section 2.19(a)(iii) . Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.19(a)(i) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(ii) Certain Fees .

(A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b)  for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender); provided that such Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive fees pursuant to Section 2.11(b) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to extent allocable to its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which such Defaulting Lender (but not the Borrower) has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.19(d) .

 

72


(B) With respect to any fees pursuant to Section 2.11(b) not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A)  above, Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iii)  below, (y) pay to Issuing Bank the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(iii) Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure . All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated (effective no later than one (1) Business Day after the Administrative Agent has actual knowledge that such Lender has become a Defaulting Lender) among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Dollar Percentages and Applicable Multicurrency Percentages, as the case may be (in each case calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment), but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless Borrower shall have otherwise notified Administrative Agent at such time, Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. Subject to Section 9.16 , no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

(iv) Cash Collateral; Repayment of Swingline Loans . If the reallocation described in clause (iii)  above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall not later than two (2) Business Days after demand by the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Issuing Bank and/or the Swingline Lender), without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, (x) first, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lender’s Swingline Exposure (which exposure shall be deemed equal to the applicable Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the total outstanding Swingline Exposure (other than Swingline Exposure as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof)) and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.19(d) or (z) make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender in their sole discretion to protect them against the risk of non-payment by such Defaulting Lender.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that such former Defaulting Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or

 

73


take such other actions as Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the applicable Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.19(a)(iii) ), and if Cash Collateral has been posted with respect to such Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will promptly return or release such Cash Collateral to the Borrower, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.

(c) New Swingline Loans/Letters of Credit . So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loans unless it is satisfied that the participations therein will be fully allocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with clause (a)(iii) above and the Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein and (ii) the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that the participations in any existing Letters of Credit as well as the new, extended, renewed or increased Letter of Credit has been or will be fully allocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with clause (a)(iii) above and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein except to the extent such Defaulting Lender’s participation has been or will be fully Cash Collateralized in accordance with Section 2.19(d) .

(d) Cash Collateral . At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, promptly following the written request of Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank (with a copy to Administrative Agent) Borrower shall Cash Collateralize Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 2.19(a)(iii) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.

(i) Grant of Security Interest . Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Issuing Bank, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security for the Defaulting Lenders’ obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of Credit, to be applied pursuant to clause (ii)  below. If at any time Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, Borrower will, promptly upon demand by Administrative Agent, pay or provide to Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender). All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at SunTrust. Borrower shall pay on demand therefor from time to time all reasonable and customary account opening, activity and other administrative fees and charges in connection with the maintenance and disbursement of Cash Collateral.

 

74


(ii) Application . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.19 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of Credit (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

(iii) Termination of Requirement . Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.19 following (i) the elimination or reduction of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender or giving effect to Section 2.19(a)(iii) ) or (ii) the determination by Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.19 , the Person providing Cash Collateral and Issuing Bank may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure; provided , further , that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by Borrower, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to the security interest granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

SECTION 2.20. Reallocation of Commitments and Loans .

(a) On the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, the Borrower shall (A) prepay the outstanding Loans and (B) simultaneously borrow new Loans in an amount equal to such prepayment; provided that with respect to subclauses (A)  and (B) , (x) the prepayment to, and borrowing from, any Lender with a Commitment under this Agreement prior to the Fourth Amendment Effective Date (each, an “ Existing Lender ”) shall be effected by book entry to the extent that any portion of the amount prepaid to such Lender will be subsequently borrowed from such Lender and (y) the Lenders shall make and receive payments among themselves, in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent, so that, after giving effect thereto, the Loans of each Class are held ratably by the Lenders of such Class in accordance with each Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Commitments and portion of Loans, which, for the purposes of this Agreement and each other Loan Document, will be as set forth opposite such Person’s name on Schedule 1.01(b) . Concurrently therewith, the Existing Lenders of each Class shall be deemed to have adjusted their participation interests in any outstanding Letters of Credit of such Class so that such interests are held ratably in accordance with their Applicable Percentage of Commitments of such Class. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrower shall have no liability to any Lender for any amounts that would otherwise be payable pursuant to Section 2.15 as a result of the prepayment and borrowing on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date contemplated by this Section 2.20(a) .

 

75


(b) Each of the Lenders hereby acknowledges and agrees as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date that (i) no Lender nor the Administrative Agent has made any representations or warranties or assumed any responsibility with respect to (A) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (B) the financial condition of any Obligor or the performance by any Obligor of its obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document; (ii) it has received such information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; and (iii) it has made and continues to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers . Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable.

SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability . The Transactions are within the Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, by all necessary shareholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes, and each of the other Loan Documents when executed and delivered by each Obligor party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

SECTION 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any applicable Governmental Authority, except for (i) such as have been or will be obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or their respective property, (c) will not violate or result in a default in any material respect under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (d) except for the Liens created pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents, will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02 ) on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

76


SECTION 3.04. No Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of the most recent Applicable Financial Statements, there has not been any event, development or circumstance that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.05. Litigation . There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority now pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.

SECTION 3.06. Compliance with Laws and Agreements . Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any contract or other arrangement, the performance of which by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07. Taxes . Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all material Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all material Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which such Person has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.08. ERISA . No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.09. Disclosure . As of the date hereof, the Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information (other than projected financial information, other forward looking information and information of a general economic or general industry nature) furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole (and after giving effect to all updates, modifications and supplements) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

 

77


SECTION 3.10. Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations .

(a) Status as Business Development Company . The Borrower has elected to be regulated as a “business development company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.

(b) Compliance with Investment Company Act . The business and other activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the making of the Loans hereunder, the application of the proceeds and repayment thereof by the Borrower and the consummation of the Transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not result in a violation or breach in any material respect of the provisions of the Investment Company Act or any rules, regulations or orders issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in each case that are applicable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

(c) Investment Policies . The Borrower is in compliance in all respects with the Investment Policies (after giving effect to any Permitted Policy Amendments), except to the extent that the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Use of Credit . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of any extension of credit hereunder will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock.

SECTION 3.11. Material Agreements and Liens .

(a) Material Agreements . Part A of Schedule 3.11 is a complete and correct list, as of the date hereof, of each credit agreement, loan agreement, indenture, purchase agreement, guarantee, letter of credit or other arrangement providing for or otherwise relating to any Indebtedness or any extension of credit (or commitment for any extension of credit) to, or guarantee by, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof, and the aggregate principal or face amount outstanding or that is, or may become, outstanding under each such arrangement is correctly described in Part A of Schedule 3.11 .

(b) Liens . Part B of Schedule 3.11 is a complete and correct list, as of the date hereof, of each Lien securing Indebtedness of any Person outstanding on the date hereof covering any property of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, and the aggregate Indebtedness secured (or that may be secured) by each such Lien and the property covered by each such Lien is correctly described in Part B of Schedule 3.11 .

 

78


SECTION 3.12. Subsidiaries and Investments .

(a) Subsidiaries . Set forth on Schedule 3.12(a) is a list of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries as of the date hereof.

(b) Investments . Set forth on Schedule 3.12(b) is a complete and correct list, as of the date hereof, of all Investments (other than Investments of the types referred to in clauses (b) , (c), (d)  and (g)  of Section 6.04 ) held by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors in any Person on the date hereof and, for each such Investment, (x) the identity of the Person or Persons holding such Investment and (y) the nature of such Investment. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.12 , as of the date hereof, each of the Borrower and any of the Subsidiary Guarantors owns, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created pursuant to this Agreement or the Security Documents and Permitted Liens), all such Investments.

SECTION 3.13. Properties .

(a) Title Generally . Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

(b) Intellectual Property . Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than any Financing Subsidiary) owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than any Financing Subsidiary) does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.14. Affiliate Agreements . As of the date hereof, set forth on Schedule 3.14 is a complete and correct list (and the Borrower has heretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent true and complete copies) of each of the Affiliate Agreements (including schedules and exhibits thereto, and any amendments, supplements or waivers executed and delivered thereunder). As of the date of hereof, each of the Affiliate Agreements is in full force and effect.

SECTION 3.15. Sanctions . None of the Borrower or any Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director or officer of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is currently (i) the subject of any sanctions (collectively, “ Sanctions ”) administered or enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”), the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, Her Majesty’s Treasury or the European Union or (ii) organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country. No Obligor will to its knowledge directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loans or otherwise make available such proceeds (i) to any Person for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person, at the time of such financing (A) subject to, or the subject of, any Sanctions or (B) organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (ii) for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended and any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of

 

79


Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions (collectively, the “ Anti-Corruption Laws ”). The Borrower has implemented policies, procedures and internal controls reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the economic sanctions and trade embargo regulations promulgated by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, Her Majesty’s Treasury or the European Union and Anti- Corruption Laws.

SECTION 3.16. Collateral Documents . The provisions of the Security Documents are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.02 ) on all right, title and interest of the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor in the Collateral described therein. Except for filings and actions completed on or prior to the Effective Date or as contemplated hereby and by the Security Documents, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect such Liens.

SECTION 3.17. EEA Financial Institutions . Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an EEA Financial Institution.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS

SECTION 4.01. Effective Date . The effectiveness of this Agreement and of the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until completion of each of the following conditions precedent (unless a condition shall have been waived in accordance with Section 9.02 ):

(a) Documents . Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and to the extent specified below to each Lender) in form and substance:

(i) Executed Counterparts . From each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or electronic (e.g. pdf) transmission of a signed signature page to this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(ii) Opinion of Counsel to the Borrower . Favorable written opinions (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of: (x) Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, special New York counsel for the Borrower, and (y) Dechert LLP, counsel to the Borrower, each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (and the Borrower hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinions to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent).

(iii) Corporate Documents . Such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, this Agreement or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

 

80


(iv) Officer’s Certificate . A certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in the lettered clauses of the first sentence of Section 4.02 .

(v) Guarantee and Security Agreement . The Guarantee and Security Agreement, duly executed and delivered by each of the parties to the Guarantee and Security Agreement.

(vi) Control Agreement . A control agreement (the “ Custodian Control Agreement ”), duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and State Street Bank and Trust Company.

(vii) Borrowing Base Certificate . A Borrowing Base Certificate showing a calculation of the Borrowing Base as of July 31, 2013.

(b) Liens . The Administrative Agent shall have received results of a recent lien search in each relevant jurisdiction with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, confirming that each financing statement in respect of the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent created pursuant to the Security Documents is otherwise prior to all other financing statements or other interests reflected therein (other than any financing statement or interest in respect of liens permitted under Section 6.02 or Liens to be discharged on or prior to the Effective Date pursuant to documentation satisfactory to the Administrative Agent). All UCC financing statements and similar documents required to be filed in order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (to the extent that such a security interest may be perfected by a filing under the Uniform Commercial Code) shall have been properly filed in each jurisdiction required (or arrangements for such filings acceptable to the Collateral Agent shall have been made).

(c) Consents . The Borrower shall have obtained and delivered to the Administrative Agent certified copies of any consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, or filings if required to be made or obtained by the Borrower and all Subsidiary Guarantors in connection with the Transactions and any transaction being financed with the proceeds of the Loans, and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, filings and orders shall be in full force and effect and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired and no investigation or inquiry by any Governmental Authority regarding the Transactions or any transaction being financed with the proceeds of the Loans shall be ongoing.

(d) Fees and Expenses . The Borrower shall have paid in full to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all fees and expenses related to this Agreement owing on the Effective Date.

(e) Patriot Act . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received, sufficiently in advance of the Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

 

81


(f) Other Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event . The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is additionally subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any portion of any representations and warranties already subject to a materiality qualifier, true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Loan or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, or, as to any such representation or warranty that refers to a specific date, as of such specific date;

(b) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Loan or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(c) either (i) the aggregate Covered Debt Amount (after giving effect to such extension of credit) shall not exceed the Borrowing Base reflected on the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent or (ii) the Borrower shall have delivered an updated Borrowing Base Certificate demonstrating that the Covered Debt Amount (after giving effect to such extension of credit) shall not exceed the Borrowing Base after giving effect to such extension of credit as well as any concurrent acquisitions of Investments or payment of outstanding Loans or Other Covered Indebtedness; and

(d) solely with respect to the initial funding under this Agreement, the sum of (i) the amount of Cash held by the Borrower plus (ii) the Borrower’s Shareholders’ Equity shall be equal to or greater than $550,000,000.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in the preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, the conversion or continuation of a Borrowing as the same or a different Type (without increase in the principal amount thereof) shall not be considered to be the making of a Loan.

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired, been terminated, Cash Collateralized or backstopped and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

82


SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information .

(a) The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(i) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the audited consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently (except as disclosed therein) applied; provided that the requirements set forth in this clause (a)  may be fulfilled by providing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the report of the Borrower to the SEC on Form 10-K for the applicable fiscal year;

(ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (or, in the case of the statements of assets and liabilities, operations, changes in net assets and cash flows, as of the end of) the corresponding period or periods of the previous fiscal year, all certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently (except as disclosed therein) applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; provided that the requirements set forth in this clause (b)  may be fulfilled by providing to the Lenders the report of the Borrower to the SEC on Form 10-Q for the applicable quarterly period;

(iii) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a)  or (b)  of this Section, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether the Borrower has knowledge that a Default has occurred during the applicable period and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 6.01 , 6.02 , 6.04 and 6.07 and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP as applied by (or in the application of GAAP by) the Borrower has occurred since the Effective Date and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect as determined by the Borrower of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

(iv) as soon as available and in any event not later than 20 days after the end of each monthly accounting period (ending on the last day of each calendar month) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (i) a Borrowing Base Certificate as at the last day of such accounting period and (ii) a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 6.07(c) ;

 

83


(v) promptly but no later than five Business Days after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall at any time have knowledge that there is a Borrowing Base Deficiency, a Borrowing Base Certificate as at the date such Person has knowledge of such Borrowing Base Deficiency indicating the amount of the Borrowing Base Deficiency as at the date such Person obtained knowledge of such deficiency and the amount of the Borrowing Base Deficiency as of the date not earlier than one Business Day prior to the date the Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered pursuant to this paragraph;

(vi) promptly upon receipt thereof copies of all significant reports submitted by the Borrower’s independent public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit or review of any type of the financial statements or related internal control systems of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries delivered by such accountants to the management or board of directors of the Borrower;

(vii) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, as the case may be; and

(viii) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request, including without limitation, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer”, anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) and the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s policies and procedures relating thereto.

(b) Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be Public Lenders and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 or otherwise are being distributed through IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform (the “ Platform ”), any document or notice that Borrower has indicated contains Non-Public Information shall not be posted by Administrative Agent on that portion of the Platform designated for such Public Lenders. Borrower agrees to clearly designate all information provided to Administrative Agent by or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which is suitable to make available to Public Lenders. If Borrower has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 contains Non-Public Information, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material Non-Public Information with respect to Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their Securities (as such term is defined in Section 5.13 of this Agreement).

 

84


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the requirements to deliver documents set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) , (ii)  and (vii)  will be fulfilled by filing by the Borrower of the applicable documents for public availability on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval system; provided , that the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents.

SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice upon any Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $15,000,000; and

(d) any other development (excluding matters of a general economic, financial or political nature to the extent that they could not reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate effect on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.03. Existence: Conduct of Business . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 .

SECTION 5.04. Payment of Obligations . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including U.S. federal income Tax and any other material Tax liabilities and material contractual obligations, that, if not paid, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower or on the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

85


SECTION 5.05. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

SECTION 5.06. Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep books of record and account in accordance with GAAP. The Borrower will, and will cause each other Obligor to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties during business hours, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested, in each case, to the extent such inspection or requests for such information are reasonable and such information can be provided or discussed without violation of law, rule, regulation or contract; provided that (i) the Borrower or such Obligor shall be entitled to have its representatives and advisers present during any inspection of its books and records and (ii) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower’s obligation to reimburse any costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with any such inspections shall be limited to one inspection per calendar year.

SECTION 5.07. Compliance with Laws . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations, including the Investment Company Act, and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, conduct its business and other activities in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and any applicable rules, regulations or orders issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. The Borrower will maintain policies, procedures and internal controls reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the economic sanctions and trade embargo regulations promulgated by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, Her Majesty’s Treasury or the European Union and Anti-Corruption Laws.

SECTION 5.08. Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances .

(a) Subsidiary Guarantors . In the event that the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall form or acquire any new Subsidiary (other than a Financing Subsidiary, a Foreign Subsidiary, an Immaterial Subsidiary or a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary) the Borrower will within thirty (30) days thereof cause such new Subsidiary to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” (and, thereby, an “Obligor”) under the Guarantee and Security Agreement pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement and to deliver such proof of corporate or other action, incumbency of officers, opinions of counsel and other documents as is consistent with those delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.01 upon the Effective Date or as the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested.

 

86


(b) Ownership of Subsidiaries . The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take such action from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that each of its Subsidiaries is a wholly owned Subsidiary.

(c) Further Assurances . The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, take such action from time to time as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent to effectuate the purposes and objectives of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, take such action from time to time (including filing appropriate Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and executing and delivering such assignments, security agreements and other instruments) as shall be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent: (i) to create, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders (and any affiliate thereof that is a party to any Hedging Agreement entered into with the Borrower) and the holders of any Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness or Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness, perfected security interests and Liens in the Collateral; provided that any such security interest or Lien shall be subject to the relevant requirements of the Security Documents, (ii) to cause any bank or securities intermediary (within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code) to enter into such arrangements with the Collateral Agent as shall be appropriate in order that the Collateral Agent has “ control ” (within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code) over each bank account or securities account of the Obligors (other than “Excluded Accounts” as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement), and in that connection, the Borrower agrees to cause all cash and other proceeds of Investments received by any Obligor to be promptly deposited into such an account (or otherwise delivered to, or registered in the name of, the Collateral Agent), (iii) in the case of any Investment consisting of a Bank Loan (as defined in Section 5.13 ) that does not constitute all of the credit extended to the underlying borrower under the relevant underlying loan documents and a Financing Subsidiary holds any interest in the loans or other extensions of credit under such loan documents, (x) to cause such Financing Subsidiary to be party to such underlying loan documents as a “lender” having a direct interest (or a participation not acquired from an Obligor) in such underlying loan documents and the extensions of credit thereunder and (y) to ensure that all amounts owing to such Obligor or Financing Subsidiary by the underlying borrower or other obligated party are remitted by such borrower or obligated party directly to separate accounts of such Obligor and such Financing Subsidiary, (iv) in the event that any Obligor is acting as an agent or administrative agent under any loan documents with respect to any Bank Loan that does not constitute all of the credit extended to the underlying borrower under the relevant underlying loan documents, to ensure that all funds held by such Obligor in such capacity as agent or administrative agent is segregated from all other funds of such Obligor and clearly identified as being held in an agency capacity and (v) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to cause the closing sets and all executed amendments, consents, forbearances and other modifications and assignment agreements relating to any Investment and any other documents relating to any Investment requested by the Collateral Agent, in each case, to be held by the Collateral Agent or a custodian pursuant to the terms of a custodian agreement and/or control agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent hereby acknowledges that the Custodian Control Agreement is satisfactory for this purpose); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, this clause (v)  shall not apply to any item of Collateral that is required to be Delivered (as such term is used in and to the extent required under Section 7.01(a) of the Guarantee and Security Agreement).

 

87


SECTION 5.09. Use of Proceeds . The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans only for general corporate purposes of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, including (x) the acquisition and funding (either directly or through one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries) of leveraged loans, mezzanine loans, high-yield securities, convertible securities, preferred stock, common stock and other Investments, (y) the payment of expenses or other liabilities, and (z) the payment of Restricted Payments; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any responsibility as to the use of any of such proceeds. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used in violation of applicable law or, directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying any Margin Stock. Margin Stock shall be purchased by the Obligors only with the proceeds of Indebtedness not directly or indirectly secured by Margin Stock, or with the proceeds of equity capital of the Borrower.

SECTION 5.10. Status of RIC and BDC . The Borrower shall at all times maintain its status as a “business development company” under the Investment Company Act. The Borrower has elected to be treated as a RIC commencing with its taxable year ending December 31, 2013, and will at all times beginning in that taxable year and thereafter continue to be treated as a RIC.

SECTION 5.11. Investment Policies . The Borrower shall at all times be in compliance in all material respects with its Investment Policies (after giving effect to any Permitted Policy Amendments).

SECTION 5.12. Portfolio Valuation and Diversification Etc .

(a) Industry Classification Groups . For purposes of this Agreement, the Borrower shall assign each Portfolio Investment included in the Borrowing Base to an Industry Classification Group. To the extent that any Portfolio Investment included in the Borrowing Base is not correlated with the risks of other Portfolio Investments in an Industry Classification Group, such Portfolio Investment may be assigned by the Borrower to an Industry Classification Group that is more closely correlated to such Portfolio Investment. In the absence of any correlation, the Borrower shall be permitted, upon prior notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, to create up to three additional industry classification groups for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Portfolio Valuation Etc .

(i) Settlement Date Basis . For purposes of this Agreement, all determinations of whether an investment is to be included as a Portfolio Investment shall be determined on a settlement-date basis (meaning that any investment that has been purchased will not be treated as a Portfolio Investment until such purchase has settled, and any Portfolio Investment which has been sold will not be excluded as a Portfolio Investment until such sale has settled); provided that no such investment shall be included as a Portfolio Investment to the extent it has not been paid for in full.

 

88


(ii) Determination of Values . For the purposes of this Agreement and not to be required to be utilized for any other purpose (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower’s financial statements, valuations required under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement (ASC 820) or valuations required under the Investment Company Act), the Borrower will conduct reviews of the value to be assigned to each of its Portfolio Investments included in the Borrowing Base as follows:

(A) Quoted Investments—External Review . With respect to Portfolio Investments (including Cash Equivalents) for which market quotations are readily available, the Borrower shall, not less frequently than once each calendar week, determine the market value of such Portfolio Investments which shall, in each case, be determined in accordance with one of the following methodologies (as selected by the Borrower):

(w) in the case of public and 144A securities, the average of the bid prices as determined by two Approved Dealers (as selected by the Borrower),

(x) in the case of bank loans, the bid price as determined by one Approved Dealer (as selected by the Borrower),

(y) in the case of any Portfolio Investment traded on an exchange, the closing price for such Portfolio Investment most recently posted on such exchange, and

(z) in the case of any other Portfolio Investment, the fair market value thereof as determined by an Approved Pricing Service (as selected by the Borrower).

(B) Unquoted Investments- External Review . With respect to Portfolio Investments included in the Borrowing Base for which market quotations are not readily available, the Borrower shall request one or more Approved Third-Party Appraiser(s) to assist the Board of Directors of the Borrower in determining the fair market value of each such Portfolio Investment (other than any Portfolio Investments that the Administrative Agent has most recently notified the Borrower that it intends to have an Approved Third Party Appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent value), as at the last day of each fiscal quarter; provided that :

(x) except as set forth in clause (z)  below, the Value of any such Portfolio Investment (i.e., a Portfolio Investment for which market quotations are not readily available) acquired during a fiscal quarter shall be deemed to be equal to the cost of such Portfolio Investment until such time as the fair market value of such Portfolio Investment is determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this subclause (B)  as at the last day of such fiscal quarter;

 

89


(y) notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors of the Borrower may, without the assistance of an Approved Third-Party Appraiser, determine the fair market value of such unquoted Portfolio Investments so long as the aggregate Value thereof so determined does not at any time exceed 10% of the aggregate Borrowing Base, except that the fair market value of any Portfolio Investment that has been determined without the assistance of an Approved Third-Party Appraiser as at the last day of any fiscal quarter shall be deemed to be zero as at the last day of the immediately succeeding fiscal quarter (but effective upon the date upon which the Borrowing Base Certificate for such last day is required to be delivered hereunder) if an Approved Third-Party Appraiser has not assisted the Board of Directors of the Borrower in determining the fair market value of such Portfolio Investments, as at such date; and

(z) the Value, at the end of any fiscal quarter, of any such Portfolio Investment (i.e., a Portfolio Investment for which market quotations are not readily available) that was acquired within thirty (30) days of the end of such fiscal quarter (collectively, the “ Market Value Investments ”) shall be deemed to be equal to the cost of such Portfolio Investment.

(C) Internal Review . The Borrower shall conduct internal reviews of all Portfolio Investments at least once each calendar week which shall take into account any events of which any Responsible Officer of the Borrower has knowledge that adversely affect the value of the Portfolio Investments. If the value of any Portfolio Investment as most recently determined by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 5.12(b)(ii)(C) is lower than the value of such Portfolio Investment as most recently determined pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(A)  and (B) , such lower value shall be deemed to be the “Value” of such Portfolio Investment for purposes hereof; provided that the Value of any Portfolio Investment of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be increased by the net unrealized gain as at the date such Value is determined of any Hedging Agreement entered into to hedge risks associated with such Portfolio Investment and reduced by the net unrealized loss as at such date of any such Hedging Agreement (such net unrealized gain or net unrealized loss, on any date, to be equal to the aggregate amount receivable or payable under the related Hedging Agreement if the same were terminated on such date).

(D) Failure to Determine Values . If the Borrower shall fail to determine the value of any Portfolio Investment as at any date pursuant to the requirements of the foregoing subclauses (A) , (B)  or (C) , then the “Value” of such Portfolio Investment as at such date shall be deemed to be zero.

(E) Testing of Values . At least six (6) weeks prior to the end of each fiscal quarter (the last such fiscal quarter is referred to herein as, the “ Testing Quarter ”), the Administrative Agent shall select (and inform the Borrower of) the particular Portfolio Investments included in the Borrowing Base for which market

 

90


quotations are not readily available to be valued by an Approved Third-Party Appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent that collectively have an aggregate Value approximately equal to the Calculation Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, all calculations of value pursuant to this Section 5.12(b)(ii)(E) shall be determined without application of the Advance Rates. The Testing Quarter shall not be required to coincide with the timing of any valuations conducted by the Board of Directors of the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(B) .

(F) Valuation Dispute Resolution . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall at any time have the right to request any Unquoted Investment be independently valued by an Approved Third-Party Appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent. There shall be no limit on the number of such appraisals requested by the Administrative Agent; provided that (i) any appraisal shall be conducted in a manner that is not disruptive to the Borrower’s business and (ii) the values determined by any appraisal shall be treated as confidential information by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and shall be deemed to be “Information” hereunder and subject to Section 9.13 hereof. The reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs of any such valuation shall be at the expense of the Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of its receipt of results from an Approved Third-Party Appraiser of any appraisal and provide a copy of the results and any related reports to the Borrower. If the difference between the Borrower’s valuation pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(B) and the valuation of any Approved Third-Party Appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(E) or (F)  is (1) less than 5% of the Borrower’s value thereof, then the Borrower’s valuation shall be used, (2) between 5% and 20% of the Borrower’s value thereof, then the valuation of such Portfolio Investment shall be the average of the value determined by the Borrower and the value determined by the Approved Third-Party Appraiser selected by the Administrative Agent and (3) greater than 20% of the Borrower’s value thereof, then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall select an additional Approved Third-Party Appraiser and the valuation of such Portfolio Investment shall be the average of the three valuations (with the Administrative Agent’s Approved Third-Party Appraiser’s valuation to be used until the third valuation is obtained).

(iii) Generally Applicable Valuation Provisions .

(A) Each Approved Third-Party Appraiser (whether selected by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) shall apply a recognized valuation methodology that is commonly accepted in the Borrower’s industry for valuing Portfolio Investments of the type being valued and held by the Obligors. Other procedures relating to the valuation will be reasonably agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

 

91


(B) For the avoidance of doubt, subject to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(B)(y) , the value of any Portfolio Investments determined in accordance with any provision of this Section 5.12 shall be the Value of such Portfolio Investment for purposes of this Agreement until a new Value for such Portfolio Investment is subsequently determined in good faith in accordance with this Section 5.12.

(C) The foregoing valuation procedures shall only be required to be used for purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base and shall not be required to be utilized by the Borrower for any other purpose, including, without limitation, the delivery of financial statements or valuations required under ASC820 or the Investment Company Act or otherwise.

(D) The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of its receipt of the final results of any such test promptly upon its receipt thereof and shall provide a copy of such results and the related report to the Borrower promptly upon the Borrower’s request.

(c) RIC Diversification Requirements . The Borrower will, and will cause its Subsidiaries (other than Financing Subsidiaries that are exempt from the Investment Company Act) at all times to, subject to Section 851(d) of the Code and applicable grace periods set forth in the Code, comply with the portfolio diversification requirements set forth in the Code applicable to RIC’s, to the extent applicable.

SECTION 5.13. Calculation of Borrowing Base . For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Borrowing Base ” shall be determined, as at any date of determination, as the sum of the Advance Rates of the Value of each Portfolio Investment (excluding any Cash Collateral held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.05(k) or the last paragraph of Section 2.09(a) ); provided that:

(a) the Advance Rate applicable to that portion of the aggregate Value of the Portfolio Investments in a consolidated group of corporations or other entities (collectively, a “ Consolidated Group ”), in accordance with GAAP, that exceeds 10% of Shareholders’ Equity of the Borrower (which, for purposes of this calculation shall exclude the aggregate amount of investments in, and advances to, Financing Subsidiaries) shall be 50% of the Advance Rate otherwise applicable; provided that, with respect to the Portfolio Investments in a single Consolidated Group designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent such 10% figure shall be increased to 12.5%;

(b) the Advance Rate applicable to that portion of the aggregate Value of the Portfolio Investments of all issuers in a Consolidated Group exceeding 20% of Shareholders’ Equity of the Borrower (which, for purposes of this calculation shall exclude the aggregate amount of investments in, and advances to, Financing Subsidiaries) shall be 0%;

(c) the Advance Rate applicable to that portion of the aggregate Value of the Portfolio Investments in any single Industry Classification Group that exceeds 20% of Shareholders’ Equity of the Borrower (which for purposes of this calculation shall exclude the aggregate amount of investments in, and advances to, Financing Subsidiaries) shall be 0%; provided that, with respect to the Portfolio Investments in a single Industry Classification Group

 

92


from time to time designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent such 20% figure shall be increased to 30% and, accordingly, only to the extent that the Value for such single Industry Classification Group exceeds 30% of the Shareholders’ Equity shall the Advance Rate applicable to such excess Value be 0%;

(d) no Portfolio Investment may be included in the Borrowing Base unless the Collateral Agent maintains a first priority, perfected Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) on such Portfolio Investment and such Portfolio Investment has been Delivered (as such term is used in and to the extent required under Section 7.01(a) of the Guarantee and Security Agreement) to the Collateral Agent, and then only for so long as such Portfolio Investment continues to be Delivered as contemplated therein;

(e) the portion of the Borrowing Base attributable to Performing Non-Cash Pay High Yield Securities, Performing Non-Cash Pay Mezzanine Investments, Equity Interests and Non-Performing Portfolio Investments shall not exceed 20%;

(f) the portion of the Borrowing Base attributable to Equity Interests shall not exceed 10% (it being understood that in no event shall Equity Interests of Financing Subsidiaries be included in the Borrowing Base);

(g) the portion of the Borrowing Base attributable to Non-Performing Portfolio Investments shall not exceed 15% and the portion of the Borrowing Base attributable to Portfolio Investments that were Non-Performing Portfolio Investments at the time such Portfolio Investments were acquired shall not exceed 5%; and

(h) the portion of the Borrowing Base attributable to Portfolio Investments invested outside the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, Germany, France, Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, Switzerland, Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden shall not exceed 5% without the consent of the Administrative Agent.

As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

Advance Rate ” means, as to any Portfolio Investment and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.13(a) , (b)  and (c) , the following percentages with respect to such Portfolio Investment:

 

Portfolio Investment

   Quoted     Unquoted  

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term U.S. Government Securities

     100     0

Long-Term U.S. Government Securities

     95     0

Performing First Lien Bank Loans

     85     75

Performing Unitranche Loans

     80     70

Performing Second Lien Bank Loans

     75     65

Performing Cash Pay High Yield Securities

     70     60

Performing Cash Pay Mezzanine Investments

     65     55

Performing Non-Cash Pay High Yield Securities

     60     50

Performing Non-Cash Pay Mezzanine Investments

     55     45

Non-Performing First Lien Bank Loans

     45     45

 

93


Non-Performing Unitranche Loans

     40     40

Non-Performing Second Lien Bank Loans

     40     35

Non-Performing High Yield Securities

     30     30

Non-Performing Mezzanine Investments

     30     25

Performing Common Equity (and zero cost or penny warrants with performing debt), including Performing Joint Venture Investments

     30     20

Non-Performing Common Equity (and zero cost or penny warrants with non performing debt), including Non-Performing Joint Venture Investments

     0     0

Structured Finance Obligations and Finance Leases

     0     0

Bank Loans ” means debt obligations (including term loans, notes, revolving loans, debtor-in-possession financings, the funded and unfunded portion of revolving credit lines and letter of credit facilities and other similar loans and investments including interim loans and senior subordinated loans) which are generally under a loan or credit facility (whether or not syndicated) or note purchase agreement.

Capital Stock ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1.01 .

Cash ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.01 .

Cash Equivalents ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.01 .

Finance Lease ” means any transaction representing the obligation of a lessee to pay rent or other amounts under a lease which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such lessee under GAAP.

First Lien Bank Loan ” means a Bank Loan that is entitled to the benefit of a first lien and first priority perfected security interest (subject to Liens for “ABL” revolvers and customary encumbrances) on a substantial portion of the assets of the respective borrower and guarantors obligated in respect thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, an Obligor’s investment in the “first-out” portion (as defined in the definition of Unitranche Loan) of a First Lien Bank Loan shall be treated as a First Lien Bank Loan for purposes of determining the applicable Advance Rate for such portion of such Portfolio Investment.

High Yield Securities ” means debt Securities and Preferred Stock, in each case (a) issued by public or private issuers, (b) issued pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereunder) or other exemption to the Securities Act and (c) that are not Cash Equivalents, Mezzanine Investments or Bank Loans.

Long-Term U.S. Government Securities ” means U.S. Government Securities maturing more than one year from the applicable date of determination.

Mezzanine Investments ” means debt Securities (including convertible debt Securities (other than the “in-the-money” equity component thereof)) and Preferred Stock in each case (a) issued by public or private issuers, (b) issued without registration under the Securities Act, (c) not issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereunder), (d) that are not Cash Equivalents and (e) contractually subordinated in right of payment to other debt of the same issuer.

 

94


Non-Performing Common Equity ” means Capital Stock (other than Preferred Stock) and warrants of an issuer having any debt outstanding that is non-Performing.

Non-Performing First Lien Bank Loans ” means First Lien Bank Loans other than Performing First Lien Bank Loans.

Non-Performing High Yield Securities ” means High Yield Securities other than Performing High Yield Securities.

Non-Performing Joint Venture Investment ” means Joint Venture Investments other than Performing Joint Venture Investments.

Non-Performing Mezzanine Investments ” means Mezzanine Investments other than Performing Mezzanine Investments.

Non-Performing Portfolio Investment ” means Portfolio Investments for which the issuer is, at the time of determination, in default of any payment obligations of principal or interest in respect thereof after the expiration of any applicable grace period.

Non-Performing Second Lien Bank Loans ” means Second Lien Bank Loans other than Performing Second Lien Bank Loans.

Non-Performing Unitranche Loans ” means Unitranche Loans other than Performing Unitranche Loans.

Performing ” means (a) with respect to any Portfolio Investment that is debt, the issuer of such Portfolio Investment is, at the time of determination, not in default of any payment obligations in respect thereof after the receipt of any notice and/or expiration of any applicable grace period and (b) with respect to any Portfolio Investment that is Preferred Stock, the issuer of such Portfolio Investment has not failed to meet any scheduled redemption obligations or to pay its latest declared cash dividend, after the expiration of any applicable grace period.

Performing Cash Pay High Yield Securities ” means High Yield Securities (a) as to which, at the time of determination, not less than 2/3rds of the interest (including accretions and “pay-in-kind” interest) for the current monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual period (as applicable) is payable in cash and (b) which are Performing.

Performing Cash Pay Mezzanine Investments ” means Mezzanine Investments (a) as to which, at the time of determination, not less than 2/3rds of the interest (including accretions and “pay-in-kind” interest) for the current monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual period (as applicable) is payable in cash and (b) which are Performing.

Performing Common Equity ” means Capital Stock (other than Preferred Stock) and warrants of an issuer all of whose outstanding debt is Performing.

 

95


Performing First Lien Bank Loans ” means First Lien Bank Loans which are Performing.

Performing Joint Venture Investments ” means Joint Venture Investments which are Performing.

Performing Non-Cash Pay High Yield Securities ” means Performing High Yield Securities other than Performing Cash Pay High Yield Securities.

Performing Non-Cash Pay Mezzanine Investments ” means Performing Mezzanine Investments other than Performing Cash Pay Mezzanine Investments.

Performing Second Lien Bank Loans ” means Second Lien Bank Loans which are Performing.

Preferred Stock ,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of such Person of any class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to any shares (or other interests) of other Capital Stock of such Person, and shall include cumulative preferred, non-cumulative preferred, participating preferred and convertible preferred Capital Stock.

Second Lien Bank Loan ” means a Bank Loan that is entitled to the benefit of a second lien and second priority perfected security interest (subject to customary encumbrances) on specified assets of the respective borrower and guarantors obligated in respect thereof.

Securities ” means common and preferred stock, units and participations, member interests in limited liability companies, partnership interests in partnerships, notes, bonds, debentures, trust receipts and other obligations, instruments or evidences of indebtedness, including debt instruments of public and private issuers and tax-exempt securities (including warrants, rights, put and call options and other options relating thereto, representing rights, or any combination thereof) and other property or interests commonly regarded as securities or any form of interest or participation therein, but not including Bank Loans.

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Short-Term U.S. Government Securities ” means U.S. Government Securities maturing within one year of the applicable date of determination.

Structured Finance Obligation ” means any obligation issued by a special purpose vehicle and secured directly by, referenced to, or representing ownership of, a pool of receivables or other financial assets of any obligor, including collateralized debt obligations and mortgaged-backed securities. For the avoidance of doubt, if an obligation satisfies the definition of “Structured Finance Obligation”, such obligation shall not (a) qualify as any other category of Portfolio Investment and (b) be included in the Borrowing Base.

U.S. Government Securities ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.01 .

 

96


Unitranche Loan ” means the “last-out” portion of a Bank Loan that is a First Lien Bank Loan, a portion of which is, in effect, subject to superpriority rights (the “first-out” portion) of other lenders with respect to such lenders’ right to receive distributions of collateral proceeds following an event of default (such portion, a “last-out” portion). An Obligor’s investment in the last-out portion shall be treated as a Unitranche Loan for purposes of determining the applicable Advance Rate for such Portfolio Investment under this Agreement.

Value ” means, with respect to any Portfolio Investment, the lower of:

(i) the most recent internal market value as determined pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(C)  and

(ii) the most recent external market value as determined pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(ii)(A)  and (B) .

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired, been terminated, Cash Collateralized or backstopped and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness created under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(b) Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness and Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness so long as (i) no Default exists at the time of the incurrence thereof, (ii) at the time of incurrence thereof, the aggregate amount of such Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness and Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness (determined at the time of the incurrence thereof), taken together with other then-outstanding Indebtedness that constitutes senior securities, does not exceed the amount required to comply with the provisions of Section 6.07(b) , and (iii) prior to and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of any Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness, the Covered Debt Amount does not or would not exceed the Borrowing Base then in effect (for clarity, with respect to revolving loan facilities or staged advance loan facilities, “incurrence” shall be deemed to take place only at the time such facility is entered into or the aggregate commitments thereunder are increased or extended);

(c) Other Permitted Indebtedness;

(d) Guarantees of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder;

 

97


(e) Indebtedness of any Obligor owing to any other Obligor or, if such Indebtedness is subject to subordination terms and conditions that are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, any other Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(f) Indebtedness of Financing Subsidiaries;

(g) repurchase obligations arising in the ordinary course of business with respect to U.S. Government Securities;

(h) obligations payable or payments of margin or posting of margin collateral to clearing agencies, brokers, dealers or others in connection with the purchase or sale of securities or other Investments, credit default swaps or other derivative transactions, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness and Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness and Special Permitted Indebtedness constituting Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness) so long as (i) no Default exists at the time of the incurrence thereof, (ii) at the time of incurrence thereof, the aggregate outstanding principal amount (determined at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness) of such Indebtedness does not exceed the greater of (A) $20,000,000 and (B) 5% of Shareholders’ Equity, (iii) the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness (determined at the time of incurrence thereof), taken together with other then-outstanding Indebtedness that constitutes senior securities, does not exceed the amount required to comply with the provisions of Sections 6.07(b) , and (iv) prior to and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Covered Debt Amount does not or would not exceed the Borrowing Base then in effect (for clarity, with respect to revolving loan facilities or staged advance loan facilities, “incurrence” shall be deemed to take place only at the time such facility is entered into or the aggregate commitments thereunder are increased or extended);

(j) obligations (including Guarantees) in respect of Standard Securitization Undertakings;

(k) Permitted SBIC Guarantees and any SBIC Equity Commitment or analogous commitment;

(l) Indebtedness arising under any Designated Swap so long as (i) the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness (determined at the time of incurrence thereof), taken together with other then-outstanding Indebtedness, does not exceed the amount required to comply with the provisions of Sections 6.07(b) , (ii) prior to and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Covered Debt Amount does not or would not exceed the Borrowing Base then in effect and (iii) the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness (determined at the time of incurrence thereof) does not exceed $200,000,000;

(m) Permitted Indebtedness (other than Special Permitted Indebtedness), including, for the avoidance of doubt, the 2022 Notes, constituting Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness so long as (i) no Default exists at the time of the incurrence thereof, (ii) the aggregate amount (determined at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness) of such Indebtedness does not exceed $115,000,000, (iii) at the time of incurrence thereof, the aggregate

 

98


amount of such Indebtedness, taken together with other then-outstanding Indebtedness that constitutes senior securities, does not exceed the amount required to comply with the Asset Coverage Ratio, (iv) prior to and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Covered Debt Amount does not or would not exceed the Borrowing Base then in effect (for clarity, with respect to revolving loan facilities or staged advance loan facilities, “incurrence” shall be deemed to take place only at the time of each borrowing thereunder and not at any time such facility is entered into, the aggregate commitments thereunder are increased or the facility is otherwise modified) and (v) at the time of incurrence thereof, the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness, taken together with other then-outstanding Special Permitted Indebtedness constituting Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness, does not exceed $265,000,000;

(n) Special Permitted Indebtedness constituting Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness so long as (i) no Default exists at the time of the incurrence thereof, (ii) the aggregate amount (determined at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness) of such Indebtedness does not exceed $265,000,000, (iii) at the time of incurrence thereof, the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness, taken together with other then-outstanding Indebtedness that constitutes senior securities, does not exceed the amount required to comply with the Asset Coverage Ratio, (iv) prior to and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Covered Debt Amount does not or would not exceed the Borrowing Base then in effect (for clarity, with respect to revolving loan facilities or staged advance loan facilities, “incurrence” shall be deemed to take place only at the time of each borrowing thereunder and not at any time such facility is entered into, the aggregate commitments thereunder are increased or the facility is otherwise modified) and (v) at the time of incurrence thereof, the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness, taken together with other then-outstanding Permitted Indebtedness constituting Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness, does not exceed $265,000,000; and

(o) other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time.

SECTION 6.02. Liens . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof except:

(a) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor existing on the date hereof and set forth in Part B of Schedule 3.11 ; provided that (i) no such Lien shall extend to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, and (ii) any such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(b) Liens created pursuant to this Agreement (including Section 2.19 ) or any of the Security Documents (including Liens in favor of the Designated Indebtedness Holders (as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement));

(c) for the avoidance of doubt, Liens on the assets of a Financing Subsidiary securing obligations of such Financing Subsidiary;

 

99


(d) Liens on Special Equity Interests included in the Investments of the Borrower but only to the extent securing obligations in the manner provided in the definition of “ Special Equity Interests ” in Section 1.01 ;

(e) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $20,000,000 at any one time outstanding (which may cover Portfolio Investments, but only to the extent released from the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 10.03 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement), so long as at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness permitted under clauses (a) , (b)  and (i)  of Section 6.01 , does not exceed the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the amount required to comply with the provisions of Section 6.07(b) ;

(f) Permitted Liens;

(g) Liens on Equity Interests in any SBIC Subsidiary created in favor of the SBA or its designee and Liens granted by a Passive SPE Subsidiary on Equity Interests in any SPE Subsidiary owned by such Passive SPE Subsidiary in favor of and required by any lender providing third-party financing to such SPE Subsidiary;

(h) Liens securing Hedging Agreements permitted under Section 6.04(c) and not otherwise permitted under clause (b)  above in an aggregate amount (i.e., value of collateral posted) not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time (it being understood that any Cash, Cash Equivalents or other collateral subject to such Liens shall not be required to be subject to any account control agreement hereunder and shall not be included in the Borrowing Base);

(i) Liens securing repurchase obligations arising in the ordinary course of business with respect to U.S. Government Securities; and

(j) Liens securing collateral posted as margin to secure obligations under any Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(l) so long as (i) either (x) the amount by which the Borrowing Base exceeds the Covered Debt Amount immediately prior to the granting of any such Lien under this clause (j)  is not diminished as a result of the granting of such Lien or (y) the Borrowing Base immediately after giving effect to the granting of any such Lien under this clause (j)  is at least 110% of the Covered Debt Amount and (ii) the value of the assets subject to such Liens in the aggregate does not exceed $140,000,000 (it being understood that any Cash, Cash Equivalents or other collateral subject to such Liens shall not be required to be subject to any account control agreement hereunder and shall not be included in the Borrowing Base).

SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution). The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, acquire any business or property from, or Capital Stock of, or be a party to any acquisition of, any Person, except for purchases or acquisitions of Investments and other assets in the normal course of the day-to-day business activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and not in violation of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The

 

100


Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, any part of its assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, but excluding (x) assets (other than Investments) sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business (including to make expenditures of cash in the normal course of the day-to-day business activities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) and (y) subject to the provisions of clauses (d)  and (e)  below, Investments.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section:

(a) any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Borrower may be merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any other Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that if any such transaction shall be between a Subsidiary Guarantor and a wholly owned Subsidiary Guarantor, the wholly owned Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving corporation;

(b) any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Borrower may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any wholly owned Subsidiary Guarantor of the Borrower;

(c) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (including by way of consolidation or merger) (i) to the Borrower or any wholly owned Subsidiary Guarantor of the Borrower or (ii) so long as such transaction results in an Obligor receiving the proceeds of such disposition, to any other Person, provided that in the case of this clause (ii) if such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor or holds any Portfolio Investments, the Borrower would not have been prohibited from disposing of any such Portfolio Investments to such other Person under any other term of this Agreement;

(d) the Obligors may sell, transfer or otherwise Dispose of Investments (other than to a Financing Subsidiary) so long as after giving effect to such sale, transfer or other disposition (and any concurrent acquisitions of Investments or payment of outstanding Loans or Other Covered Indebtedness) either (x) the Covered Debt Amount does not exceed the Borrowing Base or (y) if such sale, transfer or other disposition is made pursuant to, and in accordance with, a plan submitted and accepted in accordance with clause (e)  of Article VII or if the Administrative Agent otherwise consents in writing, the amount by which the Covered Debt Amount exceeds the Borrowing Base is reduced thereby;

(e) the Obligors may sell, transfer or otherwise Dispose of Investments to a Financing Subsidiary so long as (i) after giving effect to such sale, transfer or other disposition (and any concurrent acquisitions of Investments or payment of outstanding Loans or Other Covered Indebtedness) the Covered Debt Amount does not exceed the Borrowing Base and the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer to such effect and (ii) either (x) the amount by which the Borrowing Base exceeds the Covered Debt Amount immediately prior to such release is not diminished as a result of such release or (y) the Borrowing Base immediately after giving effect to such release is at least 110% of the Covered Debt Amount;

(f) the Borrower may merge or consolidate with (or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of) any other Person so long as (i) the Borrower is the continuing or surviving entity in such transaction and (ii) at the time thereof and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred or be continuing;

 

101


(g) the Borrower and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of equipment or other property or assets that do not consist of Investments so long as the aggregate amount of all such sales, leases, transfer and dispositions does not exceed $5,000,000 in any fiscal year; and

(h) the Obligors may transfer assets to a Financing Subsidiary for the sole purpose of facilitating the transfer of assets from one Financing Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary that was a Financing Subsidiary immediately prior to such disposition) to another Financing Subsidiary, directly or indirectly through such Obligor (such assets, the “ Transferred Assets ”), provided that (i) no Default exists or is continuing at such time, (ii) the Covered Debt Amount shall not exceed the Borrowing Base at such time and (iii) the Transferred Assets were transferred to such Obligor by the transferor Financing Subsidiary on the same Business Day that such assets are transferred by such Obligor to the transferee Financing Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.04. Investments . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, acquire, make or enter into, or hold, any Investments except:

(a) operating deposit accounts with banks;

(b) Investments by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors;

(c) Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s financial planning and not for speculative purposes;

(d) Investments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the extent such Investments are permitted under the Investment Company Act (if applicable) and in compliance in all material respects with the Borrower’s Investment Policies, in each case as in effect as of the date such Investments are acquired; provided that no Obligor shall be permitted to make an Investment in a Joint Venture Investment that is a Non-Performing Joint Venture Investment under this Section 6.04 unless, after giving effect to such Investment, the Covered Debt Amount does not exceed the Borrowing Base;

(e) Investments in Financing Subsidiaries and Investments in the form of Designated Swaps, determined at the time any such Investment is made (or, if earlier, committed to be made), so long as, (i) after giving effect to such Investment, the Covered Debt Amount does not exceed the Borrowing Base and (ii) the sum of (x) all Investments under this clause (e)  that occur after the Commitment Termination Date and (y) all Investments under clause (f)  below that occur after the Commitment Termination Date, shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate;

(f) additional Investments, determined at the time any such Investment is made (or, if earlier, committed to be made), up to but not exceeding $15,000,000 in the aggregate made after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date; provided that the sum of (x) all Investments under this clause (f)  that occur after the Commitment Termination Date and (y) all Investments under clause (e)  above that occur after the Commitment Termination Date, shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

102


(g) Investments in Cash and Cash Equivalents;

(h) Investments described on Schedule 3.12(b) ;

(i) for the avoidance of doubt, Investments by a Financing Subsidiary; and

(j) Investments in the form of Guarantees permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 .

For purposes of clauses (e) and (f)  of this Section, the aggregate amount of an Investment at any time shall be deemed to be equal to (A) the aggregate amount of cash, together with the aggregate fair market value of property, loaned, advanced (including posted as margin under any Designated Swap), contributed, transferred or otherwise invested that gives rise to such Investment minus (B) the aggregate amount of the Return of Capital and dividends, distributions or other payments received in cash in respect of such Investment and the values (valued in accordance with Section 5.12(b) ) of other Investments received in respect of such Investment; provided that in no event shall the aggregate amount of such Investment be deemed to be less than zero; the amount of an Investment shall not in any event be reduced by reason of any write-off of such Investment nor increased by any increase in the amount of earnings retained in the Person in which such Investment is made that have not been dividended, distributed or otherwise paid out.

SECTION 6.05. Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that the Borrower may declare and pay:

(a) dividends with respect to the Capital Stock of the Borrower payable solely in additional shares of the Borrower’s common stock;

(b) dividends and distributions in either case in cash or other property (excluding for this purpose the Borrower’s common stock) in any taxable year of the Borrower in amounts not to exceed the amount that is determined in good faith by the Borrower to be required to (i) maintain the status of the Borrower as a RIC, or (ii) avoid federal income and excise taxes imposed by Section 4982 of the Code in any case for such taxable year or other relevant period;

(c) dividends and distributions in each case in cash or other property (excluding for this purpose the Borrower’s common stock) in addition to the dividends and distributions permitted under the foregoing clauses (a)  and (b) , so long as on the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto:

(i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; and

(ii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made (after the Effective Date) during any taxable year of the Borrower ending after the Effective Date

 

103


under this clause (c)  shall not exceed the amount (not less than zero) equal to (x) an amount equal to 15% of the taxable income of the Borrower for such taxable year determined under section 852(b)(2) of the Code, but without regard to subparagraphs (A) , (B)  or (D)  thereof, minus (y) the amount, if any, by which dividends and distributions made during such taxable year pursuant to the foregoing clause (b)  (whether in respect of such taxable year or the previous taxable year) based upon the Borrower’s estimate of taxable income exceeded the actual amounts specified in subclauses (i)  and (ii)  of such foregoing clause (b)  for such taxable year; and

(d) other Restricted Payments so long as (i) on the date of such other Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto (x) the Covered Debt Amount does not exceed 90% of the Borrowing Base and (y) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) on the date of such other Restricted Payment the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a Borrowing Base Certificate as at such date demonstrating compliance with subclause (x)  after giving effect to such Restricted Payment. For purposes of preparing such Borrowing Base Certificate, (A) the fair market value of Portfolio Investments for which market quotations are readily available shall be the most recent quotation available for such Portfolio Investment and (B) the fair market value of Portfolio Investments for which market quotations are not readily available shall be the Value set forth in the Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(iv) ; provided that the Borrower shall reduce the Value of any Portfolio Investment referred to in this subclause (B)  to the extent necessary to take into account any events of which the Borrower has knowledge that adversely affect the value of such Portfolio Investment.

Nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit the payment of Restricted Payments by any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or to any other Subsidiary Guarantor.

SECTION 6.06. Certain Restrictions on Subsidiaries . The Borrower will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than Financing Subsidiaries) to enter into or suffer to exist any indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement (other than the Loan Documents) that prohibits or restrains, in each case in any material respect, or imposes materially adverse conditions upon, the incurrence or payment of Indebtedness, the declaration or payment of dividends, the making of loans, advances, guarantees or Investments or the sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of property to the Borrower by any Subsidiary; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (i) indentures, agreements, instruments or other arrangements pertaining to other Indebtedness permitted hereby (provided that such restrictions would not adversely affect the exercise of rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the Security Documents or restrict any Subsidiary in any manner from performing its obligations under the Loan Documents) and (ii) indentures, agreements, instruments or other arrangements pertaining to any lease, sale or other disposition of any asset permitted by this Agreement or any Lien permitted by this Agreement on such asset so long as the applicable restrictions only apply to the assets subject to such lease, sale, other disposition or Lien.

 

104


SECTION 6.07. Certain Financial Covenants .

(a) Minimum Shareholders’ Equity . The Borrower will not permit Shareholders’ Equity at the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be less than $500,000,000 plus 25% of the net proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, other than proceeds of sales of Equity Interests by and among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

(b) Asset Coverage Ratio . The Borrower will not permit the Asset Coverage Ratio at the last day of any fiscal quarter to be less than 2.00 to 1 at any time.

(c) Liquidity Test . The Borrower will calculate and report to the Administrative Agent no less frequently than with the monthly Borrowing Base Certificate and will not permit the aggregate Value of the Portfolio Investments that are Cash (excluding Cash Collateral for outstanding Letters of Credit) or that can be converted to Cash in fewer than 10 Business Days without more than a 5% change in price, to be less than 10% of the Covered Debt Amount, for more than 30 consecutive Business Days during any period when the Adjusted Covered Debt Balance is greater than 90% of the Adjusted Borrowing Base.

SECTION 6.08. Transactions with Affiliates . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any transactions with any of its Affiliates, even if otherwise permitted under this Agreement, except

(a) transactions at prices and on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary (other than a SBIC Subsidiary) than in good faith is believed could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties,

(b) transactions between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate,

(c) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.05 ,

(d) the transactions provided in the Affiliate Agreements (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified so long as (x) in the aggregate, payments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not materially increased, or (y) such amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification is not materially adverse to the Lenders),

(e) transactions described on Schedule 6.08 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified by notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent so long as (x) in the aggregate, payments by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not materially increased, or (y) such amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification is not materially adverse to the Lenders),

(f) any Investment that results in the creation of an Affiliate,

(g) transactions between or among the Obligors and any SBIC Subsidiary or any “downstream affiliate” (as such term is used under the rules promulgated under the Investment Company Act) company of an Obligor at prices and on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Obligors than in good faith is believed could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties,

 

105


(h) the payment of reasonable fees to, and indemnities and director’s and officer’s insurance provided for the benefit of, directors, managers and officers of the Investment Adviser, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business,

(i) the Borrower may issue and sell Equity Interests to its Affiliates,

(j) transactions with Goldman, Sachs & Co. or its Affiliates in accordance with clause (a)  above whereby Goldman, Sachs & Co. or its Affiliates may act as a placement agent or an underwriter in any securities offering of the Borrower or its Affiliates,

(k) transactions with one or more Affiliates permitted by an exemptive order granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, and

(l) transactions between a Subsidiary that is not an Obligor and an Affiliate thereof that is not an Obligor.

SECTION 6.09. Lines of Business . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, engage to any material extent in any business other than in accordance with its Investment Policies. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to amend or modify the Investment Policies (other than a Permitted Policy Amendment).

SECTION 6.10. No Further Negative Pledge . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, enter into any agreement, instrument, deed or lease which prohibits or limits the ability of any Obligor to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its properties, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or which requires the grant of any security for an obligation if security is granted for another obligation, except the following:

(a) this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and documents with respect to Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(b) or (i) ;

(b) documents creating Liens permitted by Section 6.02 (including with respect to the Designated Indebtedness Obligations or Designated Indebtedness Holders under (and, in each case, as defined in) the Security Documents) prohibiting further Liens on the assets encumbered thereby;

(c) customary restrictions contained in leases not subject to a waiver;

(d) for the avoidance of doubt, any such document, agreement or instrument that imposes customary restrictions on any Equity Interest; and

(e) any other document that does not restrict in any manner (directly or indirectly) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents on any Collateral securing the “Secured Obligations” under and as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement and does not require the direct or indirect granting of any Lien securing any Indebtedness or other obligation (other than such “Secured Obligations”) by virtue of the granting of Liens on or pledge of property of any Obligor to secure the Loans or any Hedging Agreement.

 

106


SECTION 6.11. Modifications of Longer-Term Indebtedness Documents . The Borrower will not consent to any modification, supplement or waiver of:

(a) any of the provisions of any agreement, instrument or other document evidencing or relating to any Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness or Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness that would result in such Indebtedness not meeting the requirements of the definition of “Secured Longer-Term Secured Indebtedness” and “Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness”, as applicable, set forth in Section 1.01 of this Agreement, unless (i) in the case of Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness, such Indebtedness would have been permitted to be incurred as Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness at the time of such modification, supplement or waiver and the Borrower so designates such Indebtedness as “Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness” (whereupon such Indebtedness shall be deemed to constitute “Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness” for all purposes of this Agreement) and (ii) in the case of Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness, such Indebtedness would have been permitted to be incurred as Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness at the time of such modification, supplement or waiver and the Borrower so designates such Indebtedness as “Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness” (whereupon such Indebtedness shall be deemed to constitute “Unsecured Shorter-Term Indebtedness” for all purposes of this Agreement); or

(b) any of the Affiliate Agreements, unless such modification, supplement or waiver is not materially less favorable to the Borrower than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, in each case, without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent (with the approval of the Required Lenders) or permitted pursuant to Section 6.08 .

SECTION 6.12. Payments of Longer-Term Indebtedness . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, or set apart any money for a sinking, defeasance or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of or make any voluntary payment or prepayment of the principal of or interest on, or any other amount owing in respect of, any Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness or Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness (other than the refinancing of Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness or Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness with Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 ), except for:

(a) regularly scheduled payments, prepayments or redemptions of principal and interest in respect thereof required pursuant to the instruments evidencing such Indebtedness and the payment when due of the types of fees and expenses that are customarily paid in connection with such Indebtedness (it being understood that: (w) the conversion features into Permitted Equity Interests under Permitted Convertible Indebtedness; (x) the triggering of such conversion and/or settlement thereof solely with Permitted Equity Interests; and (y) any cash payment on account of interest or expenses on such Permitted Convertible Indebtedness (or any cash payment on account of fractional shares issued upon conversion provisions of such Permitted Convertible Indebtedness) made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of such triggering and/or settlement thereof shall be permitted under this clause (a) );

 

107


(b) so long as no Default shall exist or be continuing, any payment that, if treated as a Restricted Payment for purposes of Section 6.05(d) , would be permitted to be made pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section 6.05(d) ; and

(c) voluntary payments or prepayments of Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness and/or Permitted Indebtedness, so long as both before and after giving effect to such voluntary payment or prepayment (i) the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.07 and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or be continuing.

SECTION 6.13. Accounting Changes . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any change in (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted under GAAP or required by law or rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority, or (b) its fiscal year.

SECTION 6.14. SBIC Guarantee . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, cause or permit the occurrence of any event or condition that would result in any recourse to any Obligor under any Permitted SBIC Guarantee.

SECTION 6.15. Sanctions . No Obligor will, to its knowledge, use any of the funds advanced under this Agreement directly or indirectly in any way (including but not limited to engaging in prohibited business activities with Persons named on any sanctions lists issued by any of the following bodies) that would breach or contravene any Anti-Corruption Laws, Sanctions, restrictions or embargoes imposed by (a) the United States Department of State, the United Nations, the European Union, or Her Majesty’s Treasury and/or (b) any other Governmental Authority notified in writing by the Administrative Agent (acting on behalf of any Lender) to the Borrower from time to time, in each case under this clause (b)  if and to the extent that (i) any such Governmental Authority has jurisdiction over such Obligor and/or such Sanctions, restrictions or embargoes of any Governmental Authority referred to under this clause (b)  are binding on such Obligor or (ii) upon prior written notice to the Obligors from the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, such Sanctions, restrictions or embargoes of any Governmental Authority referred to under this clause (b) are binding on any Lender or the Issuing Bank.

ARTICLE VII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Borrower shall (i) fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any failure to pay all principal on the Loans in full on the Final Maturity Date) or (ii) fail to deposit any amount into the Letter of Credit Collateral Account as required by Section 2.09(a)  on the Commitment Termination Date;

 

108


(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a)  of this Article) payable under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five or more Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, shall prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made in any material respect;

(d) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in (i)  Section 5.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence), Sections 5.08(a) and (b) , Section 5.09 or in Article VI or any Obligor shall default in the performance of any of its obligations contained in Sections 3 (subject to the cure period specified in clause (b)  above) and 7 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement (other than Section 7.01 thereof) or (ii)  Sections 5.01(a)(v) , (vi)  and (viii)  or 5.02 and such failure in the case of this clause (ii)  shall continue unremedied for a period of five or more Business Days after notice thereof by the Administrative Agent (given at the request of any Lender) to the Borrower; it being acknowledged and agreed that a failure of an Obligor to “Deliver” (as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement) any particular Investment to the extent required by Section 7.01 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement shall result in such Investment not being included in the Borrowing Base but shall not (in and of itself) be, or result in, a Default or an Event of Default;

(e) a Borrowing Base Deficiency shall occur and continue unremedied for a period of five or more Business Days after delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate demonstrating such Borrowing Base Deficiency pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(v) ; provided that it shall not be an Event of Default hereunder if the Borrower shall present the Administrative Agent with a reasonably feasible plan acceptable to the Required Lenders in their sole discretion to enable such Borrowing Base Deficiency to be cured within 30 Business Days (which 30-Business Day period shall include the five Business Days permitted for delivery of such plan), so long as such Borrowing Base Deficiency is cured within such 30-Business Day period;

(f) the Borrower or any Obligor, as applicable, shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a) , (b) , (d) , (e)  or (r)  of this Article) or any other Loan Document and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 or more days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent (given at the request of any Lender) to the Borrower;

(g) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable, taking into account any applicable grace period;

 

109


(h) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or shall continue unremedied for any applicable period of time sufficient to enable or permit the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to any applicable grace period); provided that this clause (h)  shall not apply to (1) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness; or (2) convertible debt that becomes due as a result of a conversion or redemption event, other than to the extent it becomes due or is paid in cash (other than interest, expenses or fractional shares, which may be paid in cash in accordance with conversion provisions of convertible indebtedness) as a result of an “event of default” (as defined in the documents governing such convertible Material Indebtedness); or (3) for the avoidance of doubt, Other Covered Indebtedness to the extent of required prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance triggered by required prepayment of less than all of the Loans and other amounts under this Agreement or other Loan Documents.

(i) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 or more days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(j) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (i)  of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action to authorize or effectuate any of the foregoing;

(k) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(l) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $25,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) or any combination thereof since the Fourth Amendment Effective Date and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to enforce any such judgment;

 

110


(m) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(n) a Change in Control shall occur;

(o) the Borrower shall cease to be managed by the Investment Adviser or an Affiliate thereof;

(p) the Liens created by the Security Documents shall, at any time with respect to Portfolio Investments having an aggregate Value in excess of 5% of the aggregate Value of all Portfolio Investments, not be valid and perfected (to the extent perfection by filing, registration, recordation, possession or control is required herein or in any Security Document) in favor of the Administrative Agent, free and clear of all other Liens (other than Liens permitted under Section 6.02 or under the respective Security Documents) except to the extent that any such loss of perfection results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of the certificates representing the securities pledged under the Loan Documents;

(q) except for expiration in accordance with its terms, any of the Loan Documents shall for whatever reason be terminated or cease to be in full force and effect in any material respect, or the enforceability thereof shall be contested by the Borrower or any other Obligor;

(r) the Obligors shall at any time, without the consent of the Required Lenders fail to comply with the covenant contained in Section 5.11 , and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 or more days after the earlier of notice thereof by the Administrative Agent (given at the request of any Lender) to the Borrower or knowledge thereof by a Financial Officer; or

(s) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall cause or permit the occurrence of any condition or event that would result in any recourse to any Obligor under any Permitted SBIC Guarantee;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (i)  or (j)  of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (i)  or

 

111


(j) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

In the event that the Loans shall be declared, or shall become, due and payable pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph then, upon notice from the Administrative Agent or Lenders with LC Exposure representing more than 50% of the total LC Exposure demanding the deposit of Cash Collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall immediately deposit into the Letter of Credit Collateral Account cash in an amount equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (i)  or (j)  of this Article.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, on the CAM Exchange Date, to the extent not otherwise prohibited by law, (a) the Lenders shall automatically and without further act be deemed to have exchanged interests in the Designated Obligations such that, in lieu of the interests of each Lender in the Designated Obligations under each Loan in which it shall participate as of such date, such Lender shall own an interest equal to such Lender’s CAM Percentage in the Designated Obligations under each of the Loans and (b) simultaneously with the deemed exchange of interests pursuant to clause (a)  above, the interests in the Designated Obligations to be received in such deemed exchange shall, automatically and with no further action required, be converted into the Dollar Equivalent of such amount (as of the Business Day immediately prior to the CAM Exchange Date) and on and after such date all amounts accruing and owed to the Lenders in respect of such Designated Obligations shall accrue and be payable in Dollars at the rate otherwise applicable hereunder. Each Lender, each Person acquiring a participation from any Lender as contemplated by Section 9.04 and the Borrower hereby consents and agrees to the CAM Exchange. The Borrower and the Lenders agree from time to time to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent all such promissory notes and other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to evidence and confirm the respective interests and obligations of the Lenders after giving effect to the CAM Exchange, and each Lender agrees to surrender any promissory notes originally received by it in connection with its Loans hereunder to the Administrative Agent against delivery of any promissory notes so executed and delivered; provided that the failure of the Borrower to execute or deliver or of any Lender to accept any such promissory note, instrument or document shall not affect the validity or effectiveness of the CAM Exchange. As a result of the CAM Exchange, on and after the CAM Exchange Date, each payment received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document in respect of the Designated Obligations shall (except as otherwise expressly stated in this Agreement with respect to fees or Defaulting Lenders) be distributed to the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective CAM Percentages (to be redetermined as of each such date of payment).

 

112


ARTICLE VIII

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

SECTION 8.01. Appointment of the Administrative Agent . Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent as its agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

SECTION 8.02. Capacity as Lender . The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

SECTION 8.03. Limitation of Duties; Exculpation . The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders, and (c) except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable to any Lender or the Issuing Bank for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders or in the absence of its own fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein or therein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

113


SECTION 8.04. Reliance . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it and in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

SECTION 8.05. Sub-Agents . The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a count of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

SECTION 8.06. Resignation; Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may resign by providing not less than thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld (or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in consultation with the Borrower), to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nonetheless become effective at the end of such thirty (30) days period and (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and (2) the Required Lenders shall perform the duties of the Administrative Agent (and all payments and communications provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly) until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above in this paragraph. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

114


Any resignation by SunTrust as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, (b) the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit.

SECTION 8.07. Reliance by Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall have no duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement or any Assignment and Assumption and funding any Loan shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be approved by the Administrative Agent, Required Lenders or Lenders.

SECTION 8.08. Modifications to Loan Documents . Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.13(b) or Section 9.02(b)  or (c)  of this Agreement or the Security Documents with respect to this Agreement, the Administrative Agent may, with the prior consent of the Required Lenders (but not otherwise), consent to any modification, supplement or waiver under any of the Loan Documents; provided that, without the prior consent of each Lender, the Administrative Agent shall not (except as provided herein or in the Security Documents) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or otherwise terminate all or substantially all of the Liens under any Security Document providing for collateral security, agree to additional obligations being secured by all or substantially all of such collateral security, or alter the relative priorities of the obligations entitled to the benefits of the Liens created under the Security Documents with respect to all or substantially all of the Collateral, except that no such consent shall be required, and the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized, (v) to release any Subsidiary Guarantor from

 

115


its guarantee obligations to the extent it may be released in accordance with Section 10.03 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement, (w) to release any Lien covering property that is the subject of either a Disposition of property permitted hereunder or a Disposition to which the Required Lenders have consented, (x) for the avoidance of doubt, execute and deliver agreements, instruments and other documents reasonably requested by the Borrower to implement collateral sharing with respect to Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness and Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness, (y) following the (i) cancellation, expiration or termination of any commitment to extend credit or issue Letters of Credit under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) final payment in full of all principal of and interest on each Loan, any LC Disbursements, any fees and any other amounts then due and owing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (iii) termination of this Agreement, to release all Liens and guarantees by Obligors, and (z) to allocate the Liens created under the Security Documents to any Designated Indebtedness Obligations or Hedging Agreement Obligations (as such terms are defined in the Guarantee and Security agreement) in accordance with the Guarantee and Security Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01. Notices; Electronic Communications .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

 

  (i) if to the Borrower, to it at:

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

Attention: Jonathan Lamm

Telecopy Number: (212) 428-3889

 

  (ii) if to the Administrative Agent or Swingline Lender, to it at:

SunTrust Bank

3333 Peachtree Road, 7th Floor

Atlanta, Georgia 30326

Attention: Doug Kennedy

Telecopy Number: (404) 739-7390

with a copy to:

SunTrust Bank

Agency Services

303 Peachtree Street, N. E./ 25th Floor

Atlanta, Georgia 30308 Attention: Wanda Gregory

Telecopy Number: (404) 658-4906

 

116


  (iii) if to the Issuing Bank, to it at:

SunTrust Bank

303 Peachtree Street, N. E./ 25th Floor

Atlanta, Georgia 30308

Attention: Wanda Gregory

Telecopy Number: (404) 658-4906

(iv) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt. Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in paragraph (b)  below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b) .

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.06 if such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(i) Notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i)  of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

Each party hereto understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the fraud, willful misconduct or gross

 

117


negligence of Administrative Agent, any Lender or their respective Related Parties, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Platform and any electronic communications media approved by the Administrative Agent as provided herein are provided “as is” and “as available”. None of the Administrative Agent or its Related Parties warrant the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of such media or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Platform and such media. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects is made by the Administrative Agent and any of its Related Parties in connection with the Platform or the electronic communications media approved by the Administrative Agent as provided for herein.

(c) Private Side Information Contacts . Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to information that is not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain Non-Public Information with respect to the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or their Securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws. In the event that any Public Lender has determined for itself to not access any information disclosed through the Platform or otherwise, such Public Lender acknowledges that (i) other Lenders may have availed themselves of such information and (ii) neither Borrower nor Administrative Agent has any responsibility for such Public Lender’s decision to limit the scope of the information it has obtained in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(d) Documents to be Delivered under Sections 5.01 . For so long as an Intralinks™ or equivalent website is available to each of the Lenders hereunder, the Borrower may satisfy its obligation to deliver documents to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under Sections 5.01 by delivering one hard copy thereof to the Administrative Agent and either an electronic copy or a notice identifying the website where such information is located for posting by the Administrative Agent on Intralinks™ or such equivalent website; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility to maintain access to Intralinks™ or an equivalent website.

SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments .

(a) No Deemed Waivers Remedies Cumulative . No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b)  of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall

 

118


be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan, Swingline Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Amendments to this Agreement . Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall:

(i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender,

(ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon (other than with respect to the election of or the failure to elect the default rate in accordance with Section 2.12(c) or as specifically contemplated herein), or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby,

(iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby,

(iv) change Section 2.17(b) , (c)  or (d)  in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, or

(v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of the term “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

provided further that (x) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, and (y) the consent of Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) holding not less than two-thirds of the Revolving Credit Exposure and unused Commitments (other than of Defaulting Lenders) will be required (A) for any adverse change (from the Lenders’ perspective) affecting the provisions of this Agreement relating to the determination of the Borrowing Base (excluding changes to the provisions of Section 5.12(b)(ii)(E) and (F) , but including changes to the provisions of Sections 5.12(b)(i) , (ii)(A) , (ii)(B) , (ii)(C) and (ii)(D) and the definitions set forth in Section 5.13 ), and (B)  for any release of any material portion of the Collateral other than for fair value or as otherwise permitted hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.

 

119


Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no waiver or modification of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Lenders of any Class in a manner that does not affect all Classes equally shall be effective against the Lenders of such Class unless the Required Lenders of such Class shall have concurred with such waiver or modification.

(c) Amendments to Security Documents . No Security Document nor any provision thereof may be waived, amended or modified, nor may the Liens thereof be spread to secure any additional obligations (including any increase in Loans hereunder, but excluding (x) any such increase pursuant to a Commitment Increase under Section 2.08(e) or (y) any Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness or Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness) except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower, and by the Collateral Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that, (i) without the written consent of each Lender, no such agreement shall release all or substantially all of the Obligors from their respective obligations under the Security Documents (ii) without the written consent of each Lender, no such agreement shall amend or waive Section 8.06 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement and (iii) without the written consent of each Lender, no such agreement shall release all or substantially all of the collateral security or otherwise terminate all or substantially all of the Liens under the Security Documents, alter the relative priorities of the obligations entitled to the Liens created under the Security Documents (except in connection with securing additional obligations equally and ratably with the Loans and other obligations hereunder, including any Secured Longer-Term Indebtedness or Secured Shorter-Term Indebtedness) with respect to all or substantially all of the collateral security provided thereby, or release all or substantially all of the guarantors under the Guarantee and Security Agreement from their guarantee obligations thereunder, except that no such consent shall be required, and the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized (and so agrees with the Borrower) to direct the Collateral Agent under the Guarantee and Security Agreement, (x) to release any Lien covering property (and to release any such guarantor) that is the subject of either a Disposition of property permitted hereunder or a Disposition to which the Required Lenders have consented, (y) to release any Lien and/or guarantee obligation in accordance with Section 10.03 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement, and (z) to release all Liens and guarantees of Obligors upon the termination of this Agreement (including in connection with a complete refinancing).

(d) Replacement of Non-Consenting Lender . If, in connection with any proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination to any of the provisions of this Agreement as contemplated by this Section 9.02 , the consent of the Required Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more Lenders (each a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) whose consent is required for such proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination is not obtained, then (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) the Borrower shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to replace each such Non-Consenting Lender or Lenders with one or more replacement Lenders pursuant to Section 2.18(b) so long as at the time of such replacement, each such replacement Lender consents to the proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination.

 

120


SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and their Affiliates, including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, (iii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any Lender, including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of one outside counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender as well as one outside counsel for the Lenders and additional counsel should any conflict of interest arise, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect thereof and (iv) and all documented costs, expenses, taxes, assessments and other charges reasonably incurred in connection with any filing, registration, recording or perfection of any security interest contemplated by any Security Document or any other document referred to therein.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of one outside counsel for all Indemnitees (and, if reasonably necessary, of one local counsel in any relevant jurisdiction for all Indemnitees) unless, in the reasonable opinion of an Indemnitee, representation of all Indemnitees by such counsel would be inappropriate due to the existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest) (collectively, “ Losses ”) in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding or hearing commenced or threatened by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity), whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations and laws, statutes, rules or regulations relating to environmental, occupational safety and health or land use matters), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise and related expenses or disbursements of any kind, including the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for any Indemnitee as specified above, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other

 

121


transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan, Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit) or (iii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and whether brought by the Borrower or a third party and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such Losses are (A) determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee or its Related Parties, (B) result from the settlement of any such claim, investigation, litigation or other proceedings described in clause (iii)  above unless the Borrower has consented to such settlement (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided that nothing in this clause (B)  shall restrict the right of any person to settle any claim for which it has waived its right of indemnity by the Borrower) or (C) result from disputes solely among Indemnitees and not involving any act or omission of an Obligor or any of Affiliate thereof (other than any dispute against the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such). Paragraph (b)  of this Section shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

The Borrower shall not be liable to any Indemnitee for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive Losses arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of proceeds thereof, asserted by an Indemnitee against the Borrower or any other Obligor; provided that the foregoing limitation shall not be deemed to impair or affect the obligations of the Borrower under the preceding provisions of this subsection with respect to Losses not expressly described in the foregoing limitation.

(c) Reimbursement by Lenders . To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a)  or (b)  of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed Loss was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.

(d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent caused by the fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee or its Related Parties, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

 

122


(e) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns .

(a) Assignments Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders .

(i) Assignments Generally . Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (ii)  below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (other than natural persons, any Defaulting Lender or Persons listed in the Prohibited Assignees and Participants Side Letter) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans and LC Exposure at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender with credit ratings at least as good as the assigning Lender, or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; provided , further , that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall have objected thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten Business Days after having received notice thereof; and

(B) the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank: provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank shall be required for an assignment by a Lender to an Affiliate of such Lender.

 

123


(ii) Certain Conditions to Assignments . Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans and LC Exposure of a Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans and LC Exposure of such Class of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than U.S. $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent; provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B) each partial assignment of any Class of Commitments or Loans and LC Exposure shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of such Class of Commitments, Loans and LC Exposure;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, together with a processing and recordation fee of U.S. $3,500 (which fee shall not be payable in connection with an assignment to a Lender or to an Affiliate of a Lender), for which the Borrower and the Guarantors shall not be obligated;

(D) the assignee, if it shall not already be a Lender of the applicable Class, shall deliver to (x) the Administrative Agent, an Administrative Questionnaire, and (y) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, any tax forms or certifications required by Section 2.16 ; and

(E) any assignment by a Multicurrency Lender shall (unless the Borrower otherwise consents in writing) be made only to an assignee that has agreed to make Loans pursuant to its Multicurrency Commitment and receive payments in the Agreed Foreign Currencies for which Loans may be made at the time of such proposed assignment.

(iii) Effectiveness of Assignments . Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (c)  of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14 , 2.15 , 2.16 and 9.03 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of

 

124


this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (f)  of this Section. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions set forth in Section 9.04(b)(ii) or otherwise, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of Borrower and Administrative Agent, the Applicable Percentage of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender and each Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full Applicable Percentage of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

(c) Maintenance of Registers by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in New York City a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Registers ” and each individually, a “ Register ”). The entries in the Registers shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Registers pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Registers shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Acceptance of Assignments by Administrative Agent . Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b)  of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b)  of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(e) Special Purposes Vehicles . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “ SPC ”) owned or administered by such Granting Lender, identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the

 

125


option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment to make any Loan by any SPC, (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof, (iii) the rights of any such SPC shall be derivative of the rights of the Granting Lender, and such SPC shall be subject to all of the restrictions upon the Granting Lender herein contained, and (iv) no SPC shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14 (or any other increased costs protection provision), 2.15 or 2.16 . Each SPC shall be conclusively presumed to have made arrangements with its Granting Lender for the exercise of voting and other rights hereunder in a manner which is acceptable to the SPC, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower, and each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Obligors shall be entitled to rely upon and deal solely with the Granting Lender with respect to Loans made by or through its SPC. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by the Granting Lender.

Each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding senior indebtedness of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or similar proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, in respect of claims arising out of this Agreement; provided that the Granting Lender for each SPC hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any Losses arising out of their inability to institute any such proceeding against its SPC. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section, any SPC may (i) without the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to its Granting Lender or to any financial institutions providing liquidity and/or credit facilities to or for the account of such SPC to fund the Loans made by such SPC or to support the securities (if any) issued by such SPC to fund such Loans (but nothing contained herein shall be construed in derogation of the obligation of the Granting Lender to make Loans hereunder); provided that neither the consent of the SPC or of any such assignee shall be required for amendments or waivers hereunder except for those amendments or waivers for which the consent of participants is required under paragraph (f)  below, and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis (in the same manner described in Section 9.13(b) ) any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of a surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(f) Participations . Any Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to it); provided that (i) the consent of the Borrower shall not be required so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged, (iii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iv) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank

 

126


and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (v) no Person listed in the Prohibited Assignees and Participants Side Letter may be a Participant. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b)  that directly affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (g)  of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14 , 2.15 and 2.16 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b)  of this Section; provided that (A) such Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.18 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section and (B) such Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.14 , 2.15 or 2.16 , with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation; provided , further , that no Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation granted to such Participant and such Participant shall have complied with the requirements of Section 2.16 as if such Participant is a Lender. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(d)  as though it were a Lender hereunder. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any other information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any person except to the extent that such disclosures are necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(g) Limitations on Rights of Participants . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14 , 2.15 or 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with paragraphs (f)  and (h)  of Section 2.16 as though it were a Lender and in the case of a Participant claiming exemption for

 

127


portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, the applicable Lender shall provide the Borrower with satisfactory evidence that the participation is in registered form and shall permit the Borrower to review such register as reasonably needed for the Borrower to comply with its obligations under applicable laws and regulations.

(h) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any such pledge or assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank or any other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender, and this Section 9.04  shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(i) No Assignments to the Borrower or Affiliates . Anything in this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, no Lender may assign or participate any interest in any Loan or LC Exposure held by it hereunder to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries without the prior consent of each Lender.

SECTION 9.05. Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14 , 2.15 , 2.16 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination, Cash Collateralization or backstop of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution .

(a) Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract between and among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and

 

128


inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopy or electronically (e.g. pdf) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

SECTION 9.07. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time (with the prior consent of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders), to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.17(d) and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the amounts owing to such Defaulting Lender hereunder as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. Each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

129


(b) Submission to Jurisdiction . The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Waiver of Venue . The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b)  of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Service of Process . Each party to this Agreement (i) irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 and (ii) agrees that service as provided in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01 is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over such party in any proceeding in any court and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS. THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 9.11. Judgment Currency . This is an international loan transaction in which the specification of Dollars or any Foreign Currency, as the case may be (the “ Specified Currency ”), and payment in New York City or the country of the Specified Currency, as the case may be (the “ Specified Place ”), is of the essence, and the Specified Currency shall be the currency of account in all events relating to Loans denominated in the Specified Currency. The payment obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement shall not be

 

130


discharged or satisfied by an amount paid in another currency or in another place, whether pursuant to a judgment or otherwise, to the extent that the amount so paid on conversion to the Specified Currency and transfer to the Specified Place under normal banking procedures does not yield the amount of the Specified Currency at the Specified Place due hereunder. If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in the Specified Currency into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”), the rate of exchange that shall be applied shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the Specified Currency with the Second Currency on the Business Day next preceding the day on which such judgment is rendered. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in this Section called an “ Entitled Person ”) shall, notwithstanding the rate of exchange actually applied in rendering such judgment be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Entitled Person of any sum adjudged to be due hereunder in the Second Currency such Entitled Person may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase and transfer to the Specified Place the Specified Currency with the amount of the Second Currency so adjudged to be due; and the Borrower hereby, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, agrees to indemnify such Entitled Person against, and to pay such Entitled Person on demand, in the Specified Currency, the amount (if any) by which the sum originally due to such Entitled Person in the Specified Currency hereunder exceeds the amount of the Specified Currency so purchased and transferred.

SECTION 9.12. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.13. Treatment of Certain Information; No Fiduciary Duty; Confidentiality .

(a) Treatment of Certain Information . The Borrower acknowledges that from time to time financial advisory, investment banking and other services may be offered or provided to the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries (in connection with this Agreement or otherwise) by any Lender or by one or more subsidiaries or affiliates of such Lender and the Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender to share any information delivered to such Lender by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, or in connection with the decision of such Lender to enter into this Agreement, to any such subsidiary or affiliate, it being understood that any such subsidiary or affiliate receiving such information shall be bound by the provisions of paragraph (b)  of this Section as if it were a Lender hereunder. Such authorization shall survive the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. Each Lender shall use all information delivered to such Lender by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement, or in connection with the decision of such Lender to enter into this Agreement, in connection with providing services to the Borrower. The Administrative Agent, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lenders”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, their stockholders and/or their affiliates. The Borrower, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries, agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to

 

131


create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, its stockholders or its affiliates, on the other. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries each acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any of their stockholders or affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, their stockholders or their affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (y) each Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, their management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries each acknowledge and agree that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisers to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries each agree that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

(b) Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisers and other representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority), (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) to any other party hereto, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vi) other than to any Person listed in the Prohibited Assignees and Participants Side Letter, subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (x) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (y) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisers) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, in each case in this clause (vi) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, with the prior written consent of the Borrower as to the assignee, Participant, prospective assignee or Participant or actual or prospective counterparty, (vii) with the written consent of the Borrower, (viii) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower, or (ix) on a confidential basis to (x) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the credit facilities provided hereunder or (y) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the credit facilities provided hereunder.

 

132


For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, in the case of Information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof, such Information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. The provisions of this Section 9.13 shall survive and remain in full force and effect for twenty-four months following the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.14. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and each other Obligor, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and each other Obligor and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and each other Obligor in accordance with said Act.

SECTION 9.15. Lender Information Reporting . The Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Borrower not later than one Business Day after the last day of each calendar month, a report summarizing in reasonable detail the amount of interest, fees and (if any) other expenses under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents accrued for the month then ended (and noting amounts paid / unpaid); provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent to deliver this report shall not excuse the Borrower from paying interest, fees and (if any) other expenses in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 9.16. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

133


(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

SECTION 9.17. Certain ERISA Matters .

(a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the later of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto and the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, to, and (y) covenants, from such date to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, each Joint Lead Arranger, and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Obligor, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments,

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to and covers such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

 

134


(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender with respect to the Loan Documents.

(b) In addition, unless sub-clause (i)  in the immediately preceding clause (a)  is true with respect to a Lender or such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv)  in the immediately preceding clause (a) , such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the later of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto and the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, to, and (y) covenants, from such date to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, each Joint Lead Arranger, and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Obligor, that:

(i) none of the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers, or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto),

(ii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is independent (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-21) and is a bank, an insurance carrier, an investment adviser, a broker-dealer or other person that holds, or has under management or control, total assets of at least $50 million, in each case as described in 29 CFR § 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i)(A)-(E),

(iii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies (including in respect of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement)),

(iv) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement is a fiduciary under ERISA or the Code, or both, with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transactions hereunder, and

(v) no fee or other compensation is being paid directly to the Administrative Agent, any Joint Lead Arranger or any their respective Affiliates for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement.

 

135


(c) The Administrative Agent and each Joint Lead Arranger hereby inform the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

 

136


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC.

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

SUNTRUST BANK, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender, Issuing Bank and a Lender

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

137

Exhibit 14.1

C ODE OF E THICS

 

For: GSAM – GST – GSVIT – GST II – GSAM BDCs – Closed-End Funds – ETF Trust

Effective Date: December 11, 2017

Revision History

While affirming their confidence in the integrity and good faith of all of its officers and trustees, 1 Goldman Sachs Trust, Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust, Goldman Sachs Trust II, Goldman Sachs ETF Trust (together, the “Trusts”), Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. and other business development companies advised by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (together, the “GSAM BDCs”), and the Goldman Sachs Closed-End Funds (the “Closed-End Funds” and together with the Trusts and GSAM BDCs, the “Registrants”) recognize that the knowledge of present or future portfolio transactions and, in certain instances, the power to influence portfolio transactions which may be possessed by certain of its officers and trustees could place such individuals, if they engage in personal securities transactions, in a position where their personal interest may conflict with that of the Registrants. In view of the foregoing and of the provisions of Rule 17j-1(b)(1) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), the Registrants have adopted this Code of Ethics to specify and prohibit certain types of personal securities transactions deemed to create conflicts of interest and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures.

This Code is divided into five parts. The first part contains provisions applicable to Access Persons (as defined below) of the Registrants who are also Access Persons of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“GS&Co.”), Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”) or Goldman Sachs Asset Management International (“GSAMI”) or GS Investment Strategies, LLC (“GSIS”) (each of GSAM,GSAMI, GSIS or their advisory affiliates, each referred to herein as an Adviser” and together, as the “Advisers”); the second contains certain general provisions; the third pertains to trustees who are not “interested persons” of an Adviser or the Registrants; the fourth pertains to “interested trustees” who are Access Persons of one of the Registrants but not Access Persons of an Adviser; and the fifth contains record-keeping and other provisions. Each Adviser imposes stringent reporting requirements and restrictions on the personal securities transactions of its Access Persons. The Registrants have determined that the high standards of ethics in the area of personal investing which have been established by each Adviser may, without change, be appropriately applied by the Registrants to those Access Persons of the Registrants who are also Access Persons of the Advisers. Such persons may have frequent opportunities for knowledge of and, in some cases, influence over, Registrant portfolio transactions. In the experience of the

 

1  

For purposes of this Code, “board of trustees” shall refer to any Board of Trustees, Board of Directors or Board of Managers of a Registrant, as applicable. Furthermore, “trustee” shall refer to director, trustee or manager, as applicable.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 1            


Registrants, interested trustees who are not Access Persons of an Adviser and trustees who are not “interested persons” have comparatively less current knowledge and considerably less influence over specific purchases and sales of securities by the Registrants. Therefore, this Code contains separate provisions applicable to such trustees.

Definitions .

As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

 

(1)

“Access Person” with respect to the Registrants means any trustee and officer of a Registrant. “Access Person” with respect to GS&Co. means (because GS&Co. serves as distributor or placement agent, as applicable, of Goldman Sachs Trust, Goldman Sachs Trust II, Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust, and privately traded GSAM BDCs and unlisted Closed-End Funds and is primarily engaged in a business other than advising registered investment companies or other advisory clients) only those directors, officers and general partners of GS&Co. who, in the ordinary course of business, make, participate in or obtain information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities (as defined below) by Goldman Sachs Trust, Goldman Sachs Trust II, Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust, or privately traded GSAM BDCs and unlisted Closed-End Funds or whose functions or duties in the ordinary course of business relate to the making of any recommendations to any such Registrant regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities. “Access Person” with respect to GSAM, GSAMI, and GSIS means any director, officer, general partner or Advisory Person of GSAM, GSAMI, and GSIS.

 

 

(2)

“Advisory Person” means: (i) any employee of GSAM, GSAMI, GSIS or their affiliates, (and any director, officer, general partner or employee of any company in a control relationship to a Registrant, GSAM, GSAMI, GSIS or their advisory affiliates) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of a Covered Security by the Registrant, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (ii) any natural person in a control relationship to a Registrant, GSAM, GSAMI, GSIS or their affiliates who obtains information concerning recommendations made on behalf of the Registrant with regard to the purchase or sale of a Covered Security.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 2            


 

(3)

“Automatic Investment Plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

 

(4)

“Beneficial ownership” of a security shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

 

(5)

“Control” has the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act. Section 2(a)(9) generally provides that “control” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.

 

 

(6)

“Covered Security” has the meaning set forth in the Advisers’ Code of Ethics for the Access Persons covered by that Code of Ethics. Otherwise, “Covered Security” means a security as defined in Section 2(a) (36) of the Investment Company Act, except that it does not include:

 

 

(i)

direct obligations of the Government of the United States; (ii) banker’s acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments (any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is in one of the two highest rating categories of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization), including repurchase agreements; (iii) shares of registered open-end investment companies; and (iv)qualified tuition programs established pursuant to Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“529 Plans”), including interests in pre-paid tuition 529 plans and college savings 529 plans.

 

 

(7)

“Disinterested Trustee” means a trustee of a Registrant who is not an “interested person” of the Registrant within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 3            


 

(8)

“Purchase or sale of a Covered Security” includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security or any security that is exchangeable for or convertible into another security.

 

 

(9)

“Review Officer” means the officer of a Registrant or an Adviser designated from time to time to receive and review reports of purchases and sales by Access Persons. The term “Alternative Review Officer” means the officer of the Registrant or an Adviser designated from time to time to receive and review reports of purchases and sales by the Review Officer, and who shall act in all respects in the manner prescribed herein for the Review Officer. It is recognized that a different Review Officer and Alternative Review Officer may be designated with respect to a Registrant and each of the Advisers.

 

 

(10)

A security is “being considered for purchase or sale” by a Registrant when a recommendation to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated and, with respect to the person making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation.

 

 

(11)

A security is “held or to be acquired” if within the most recent 15 days it (i) is or has been held by a Registrant, or (ii) is being or has been considered by an Adviser for purchase by the Registrant, and (iii) includes any option to purchase or sell and any security convertible into or exchangeable for a security described in (i) or (ii).

 

I.

RULES APPLICABLE TO ACCESS PERSONS OF A REGISTRANT WHO ARE ALSO ACCESS PERSONS OF THE ADVISERS

 

 

A.

Incorporation of Code of Ethics of the Advisers and GS&Co .

 

 

(1)

The provisions of the Code of Ethics of the Advisers and GS&Co. are hereby incorporated herein by reference as the Registrants’ Code of Ethics applicable to Access Persons of the Registrants who are also Access Persons of any of the Advisers or of GS&Co., as applicable, except as provided in Section I-B hereof.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 4            


 

(2)

A violation of the Code of Ethics of the Advisers and GS&Co. shall constitute a violation of this Code.

 

 

B.

Reports .

 

 

(1)

Access Persons of the Advisers and GS& Co. shall file the initial holdings report, annual holdings report and quarterly transaction reports required under the Code of Ethics of the Advisers and GS&Co. with the Review Officer, and the Review Officer shall submit his or her initial holdings report, annual holdings report and quarterly transaction reports with respect to his or her personal securities holdings and transactions to the Alternative Review Officer.

 

 

(2)

With respect to Access Persons of the Advisers and GS&Co., to the extent provided in the Code of Ethics of the Advisers and GS&Co., quarterly transaction reports shall be deemed made with respect to any account where such persons have made provision for transmittal of daily trading information regarding the account to be delivered to the designated Review Officer for his or her review.

 

 

(3)

A report filed with the Review Officer (or, in the case of a report of the Review Officer, with the Alternative Review Officer) shall be deemed to be filed with the Registrants.

 

II.

GENERAL

 

 

A.

Legal Requirements . Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act provides, among other things, that it is unlawful for any affiliated person of a Registrant, including, among others, interested and Disinterested Trustees, to engage in any act, practice or course of business in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such affiliated person of any security held or to be acquired by a Registrant in contravention of such rules and regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) may adopt to define and prescribe means reasonably necessary to prevent such acts, practices or courses of business as are fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative. Pursuant to Section 17(j), the Commission has adopted Rule 17j-1 which provides, among other things, that it is unlawful for any affiliated person of a Registrant in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such person of a Covered Security held or to be acquired by the Registrant:

 

 

(1)

To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Registrant;

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 5            


 

(2)

To make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Registrant or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statement made to the Registrant, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

 

(3)

To engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Registrant; or

 

 

(4)

To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Registrant.

 

 

B.

Statement of Policy . It is the policy of each Registrant that no Access Person shall engage in any act, practice or course of conduct that would violate the provisions of Rule 17j-1. The fundamental position of each Registrant is, and has been, that each Access Person shall place at all times the interests of the Registrant and its shareholders first in conducting personal securities transactions. Accordingly, personal securities transactions by Access Persons of the Registrant must be conducted in a manner consistent with this Code and so as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an Access Person’s position of trust and responsibility. Further, Access Persons should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions with or relationship to each relevant Registrant.

Without limiting in any manner the fiduciary duty owed by Access Persons to each relevant Registrant or the provisions of this Code, it should be noted that each Registrant considers it proper that purchases and sales be made by its Access Persons in the marketplace of securities owned by the Registrant; provided, however, that such personal securities transactions comply with the spirit of, and the specific restrictions and limitations set forth in, this Code. In making personal investment decisions with respect to any security, extreme care must be exercised by Access Persons to ensure that the prohibitions of this Code are not violated. It bears emphasis that technical compliance with the procedures, prohibitions and limitations of this Code will not automatically insulate from scrutiny personal securities transactions which show a pattern of abuse by an Access Person of his or her fiduciary duty to one or more Registrants.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 6            


 

C.

Exempted Transactions .

The Statement of Policy set forth above shall be deemed not to be violated by and the prohibitions of Section III-A or IV-A of this Code shall not apply to:

 

 

(1)

Purchases or sales of securities effected for, or held in, any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control;

 

 

(2)

Purchases or sales of securities which are not eligible for purchase or sale by the Registrant;

 

 

(3)

Purchases or sales of securities which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or the Registrant;

 

 

(4)

Purchases or sales of securities which are part of an Automatic Investment Plan provided that no adjustment is made by the Access Person to the rate at which securities are purchased or sold, as the case may be, under such a plan during any period in which the security is being considered for purchase or sale by the Registrant;

 

 

(5)

Purchases of securities effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired;

 

 

(6)

Tenders of securities pursuant to tender offers which are expressly conditioned on the tender offer’s acquisition of all of the securities of the same class;

 

 

(7)

Purchases or sales of publicly-traded shares of companies that have a market capitalization in excess of $5 billion;

 

 

(8)

Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”) signature approved de minimis per day purchases or sales ($50,000 or less) of publicly traded shares of companies that have a 10-day average daily trading volume of at least $1 million, subject to the following additional parameters:

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 7            


 

(a)

Access Persons must submit a current (same day) printout of a Yahoo Finance, Bridge or Bloomberg (or similar service) screen with the minimum 10-day average daily trading volume information indicated;

 

 

(b)

No Access Person (together with related accounts) may own more than  1 2 of 1% of the outstanding securities of an issuer;

 

 

(c)

Multiple trades of up to $50,000 on different days are permitted so long as each day the trade is approved; and

 

 

(d)

A security purchased pursuant to this exemption must be held for a minimum of 360 days prior to sale unless it appears on the Adviser’s “$5 billion” Self Pre-Clearance Securities List or normal pre-clearance pursuant to Article VI of the Adviser’s Code of Ethics is obtained, in which case the security must be held for at least 30 days prior to sale.

 

 

(9)

Purchases or sales of securities with respect to which neither an Access Person, nor any member of his or her immediate family as defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act, has any direct or indirect influence, control or prior knowledge, which purchases or sales are effected for, or held in, a “blind account.” For this purpose, a “blind account” is an account over which an investment adviser exercises full investment discretion (subject to account guidelines) and does not consult with or seek the approval of the Access Person, or any member of his or her immediate family, with respect to such purchases and sales.

 

 

(10)

Other purchases or sales which only remotely potentially impact the interest of the Registrant because the securities transaction involves a small number of shares of an issuer with a large market capitalization and high average daily trading volume or would otherwise be very unlikely to affect a highly institutional market; and

 

 

(11)

Purchases or sales of securities previously approved by an individual appointed from time to time by the President for this purpose, which approval shall be confirmed in writing and shall be based upon a determination that such transaction did not violate the purpose or spirit of this Code.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 8            


III.

RULES APPLICABLE TO DISINTERESTED TRUSTEES

 

 

A.

Prohibited Purchases and Sales . While the scope of actions which may violate the Statement of Policy set forth in Section II-B cannot be exactly defined, such actions would always include at least the following prohibited activities. No Disinterested Trustee shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Covered Security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership if such trustee, at the time of the transaction, knows or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee of a Registrant, should have known that:

 

 

(1)

during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the contemplated transaction by the trustee, the Covered Security was or will be considered for purchase or sale by the Registrant;

 

 

(2)

during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the contemplated transaction by the trustee, the Covered Security was or will be purchased or sold by the Registrant; or

 

 

(3)

with respect to the GSAM BDCs, during the 6 month period immediately preceding or after the date of the contemplated transaction by the trustee, the Covered Security will be considered for purchase or matured, was repaid, or disposed of by the Registrant.

provided that, because monitoring the publication of the portfolio holdings of series of Goldman Sachs ETF Trust is not construed to be within the ordinary course of fulfilling the duties of a trustee, the publication or availability of such portfolio holdings shall not be construed to impart actual or constructive knowledge of such series’ portfolio transactions on a trustee.

 

 

B.

Reporting

 

 

(1)

Every Disinterested Trustee shall file with the Review Officer or his or her designee a report containing the information described below in Section III-B(2) of this Code with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which such Disinterested Trustee has, or by reason of such transaction acquires or disposes of, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership, whether or not one of the exemptions listed in Section II-C applies; provided , however , that a

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 9            


 

  

Disinterested Trustee shall not be required to file a report: (a) unless such trustee, at the time of the transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee of a Registrant, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction by the Trustee: (i) such Covered Security was or would be purchased or sold by the Registrant; or (ii) such Covered Security was being considered for purchase or sale by the Registrant or an Adviser for a portfolio of the Registrant (see proviso in Section III-A regarding publication of portfolio holdings of series of Goldman Sachs ETF Trust); (b) unless, with respect to Disinterested Trustees of a GSAM BDC, such trustee, at the time of the transaction, knew or in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee of the relevant Registrant, should have known, that during the 6-month period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction by the Trustee (i) such Covered Security was or would be purchased, was held, matured, was repaid or disposed of by the Registrant; or (c) with respect to transactions effected for any account over which such person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Disinterested Trustee may, at his or her option, report the information described in Section III-B(2) with respect to any one or more transactions in any Covered Security in which such person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires or disposes of, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership.

 

 

(2)

Quarterly Transaction and New Account Reports . Every report shall be made not later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report related was effected, and shall contain the following information:

 

 

(a)

The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the class and number of shares, and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

 

 

(b)

The nature of the transaction ( i.e. , purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

 

(c)

The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 10            


 

(d)

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected;

 

 

(e)

The date that the report is submitted; and

 

 

(f)

With respect to any account established by a Disinterested Trustee in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Disinterested Trustee or Director:

 

 

(i)

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Disinterested Trustee established the account;

 

 

(ii)

The date the account was established; and

 

 

(iii)

The date that the report was submitted by the Disinterested Trustee.

 

 

(3)

Every report concerning a purchase or sale prohibited under Section III-A hereof with respect to which the reporting person relies upon one of the exemptions provided in Section II-C shall contain a brief statement of the exemption relied upon and the circumstances of the transaction.

 

 

(4)

Any such report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that (a) he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security to which the report relates (a “Subject Security”) or (b) he or she knew or should have known that, within the 15-day period described in Section III-B(1) above, a Subject Security was or would be purchased or sold, or considered for purchase or sale, by the Registrant or with respect to Disinterested Trustees of a GSAM BDC, he or she knew or should have known that, within the 6-month period described in Section III-B(1), a Subject Security will be purchased, held or has matured or was repaid or disposed of by the Registrant.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 11            


IV.

RULES APPLICABLE TO INTERESTED TRUSTEES WHO ARE NOT ACCESS PERSONS OF THE ADVISERS

 

 

A.

Prohibited Purchases and Sales .

While the scope of actions which may violate the Statement of Policy set forth in Section II-B cannot be exactly defined, such actions would always include at least the following prohibited activities.

 

 

(1)

No interested trustee who is not an Access Person of an Adviser (“Section IV Reporting Person”) shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Covered Security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and which to his or her actual knowledge at the time of such purchase or sale the Covered Security:

 

 

(a)

is being considered for purchase or sale by the Registrant; or

 

 

(b)

is being purchased or sold by an investment company.a Registrant; or

 

 

(c)

with respect to the GSAM BDCs, during the 6-month period immediately preceding the date of the contemplated transaction by the trustee, the Covered Security matured, was repaid, or disposed of by the Registrant.

 

 

(2)

No Section IV Reporting Person shall reveal to any other person (except in the normal course of his or her duties on behalf of a Registrant) any information regarding securities transactions by an investment company or consideration by an investment company or the Adviser of any such securities transaction.

 

 

(3)

No Section IV Reporting Person shall engage in, or permit anyone within his or her control to engage in, any act, practice or course of conduct which would operate as a fraud or deceit upon, or constitute a manipulative practice with respect to a Registrant or any issuer of any Covered Security owned by an investment company.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 12            


 

B.

Reporting .

 

 

(1)

Every Section IV Reporting Person shall report to the Review Officer the information (a) described in Section IV-B(3) of this Code with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which such Section IV Reporting Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires or disposes of, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security or (b) described in Section IV-B(4) and IV-B(5) of this Code with respect to securities holdings beneficially owned by each Section IV Reporting Person.

 

 

(2)

Notwithstanding Section IV-B(1) of this Code, Section IV Reporting Persons need not make a quarterly transaction report where the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by a Registrant or an Adviser in the time period prescribed in Section IV-B(3).

 

 

(3)

Quarterly Transaction Reports. Unless quarterly transaction reports are deemed to have been made under Section IV-B(2) of this Code, every quarterly transaction report shall be made not later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected, and shall contain the following information:

 

 

(a)

The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the class and number of shares, and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

 

 

(b)

The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

 

(c)

The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;

 

 

(d)

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected;

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 13            


 

(e)

The date that the report was submitted by a Section IV Reporting Person; and

 

 

(f)

With respect to any account established by the Section IV Reporting Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Section IV Reporting Person:

 

 

(i)

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Section IV Reporting Person established the account;

 

 

(ii)

The date the account was established; and

 

 

(iii)

The date that the report was submitted by the Section IV Reporting Person.

 

 

(4)

Initial Holdings Reports. No later than 10 days after becoming a Section IV Reporting Person, each Section IV Reporting Person must submit a report containing the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before becoming a Section IV Reporting Person):

 

 

(a)

The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Section IV Reporting Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became a Section IV Reporting Person;

 

 

(b)

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Section IV Reporting Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Section IV Reporting Person as of the date the person became a Section IV Reporting Person; and

 

 

(c)

The date that the report is submitted by the Section IV Reporting Person.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 14            


 

(5)

Annual Holdings Reports. Between January 1 st and January 30 th of each calendar year, every Section IV Reporting Person shall submit the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted):

 

 

(a)

The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Section IV Reporting Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

 

(b)

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Section IV Reporting Person maintains an account in which any Covered Securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Section IV Reporting Person; and

 

 

(c)

The date that the report is submitted by the Section IV Reporting Person.

 

 

(6)

These reporting requirements shall apply whether or not one of the exemptions listed in Section II-C applies except that an Section IV Reporting Person shall not be required to make a report with respect to securities transactions effected for, and any Covered Securities held in, any account over which such Section IV Reporting Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control. Every report concerning a securities transaction with respect to which the reporting person relies upon one of the exemptions provided in Section II-C shall contain a brief statement of the exemption relied upon and the circumstances of the transaction.

 

 

(7)

Any such report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that (a) he or she has or had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security to which the report relates (a “Subject Security”) or (b) he or she knew or should have known that the Subject Security was being purchased or sold, or considered for purchase or sale, by an investment company on the same day.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 15            


V.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

A.

Approval of Code of Ethics and Amendments to the Code of Ethics . The board of trustees, including a majority of the Disinterested Trustees, shall approve this Code of Ethics, and any material amendments to this Code of Ethics on behalf of the Registrant that it oversees. Such approval must be based on a determination that this Code of Ethics contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons of the relevant Registrant from engaging in any conduct prohibited under this Code of Ethics and under Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act. Before approving any material amendments to this Code, each board must receive certification from the relevant Registrant that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating this Code.

 

 

B.

Annual Certification of Compliance . Each Access Person shall certify to the Review Officer annually that he or she (i) has read and understands this Code of Ethics and any procedures that are adopted by the Registrants related to this Code and recognizes that he or she is subject thereto, (ii) has complied with the requirements of this Code of Ethics and such procedures and (iii) has disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions and beneficial holdings in Covered Securities required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of this Code of Ethics and any related procedures.

 

 

C.

Review of Reports .

 

 

(1)

The Review Officer or his or her designee shall compare the reported personal securities transactions of each Access Person with completed and contemplated portfolio transactions of the Registrants to determine whether any transactions that violate this Code may have occurred (a “Reviewable Transaction”). In the case of reports of personal securities transactions of the Review Officer, the Alternative Review Officer shall perform such comparison. Before making any determination that a violation has been committed by any Access Person, the Review Officer (or Alternative Review Officer, as the case may be) shall provide such Access Person an opportunity to supply additional explanatory material for the purposes of demonstrating that such transactions did not violate this Code.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 16            


 

(2)

With respect to Disinterested Trustees, if the Review Officer determines that a Reviewable Transaction may have occurred, he or she shall submit the report and pertinent information concerning completed or contemplated portfolio transactions of the Registrant to counsel for the Disinterested Trustees. Such counsel shall determine whether a violation of this Code may have occurred, taking into account all the exemptions provided under Section II-C. Before making any determination that a violation has been committed by a Disinterested Trustee, such counsel shall give the Disinterested Trustee an opportunity to supply additional information regarding the transaction in question.

 

 

(3)

With respect to Access Persons who are not Disinterested Trustees, if the Review Officer determines that a Reviewable Transaction may have occurred, he or she shall submit his or her written determination, together with the confidential quarterly report and any additional explanatory material provided by the Access Person, to the President of each Registrant (or any Vice President of such Registrant if the actions of the President are at issue), who shall make an independent determination of whether a violation of this Code has occurred.

 

 

D.

Board Reports . On an annual basis, the Review Officer shall prepare for the board of trustees and the board of trustees shall consider:

 

 

(1)

A report which describes any issues arising under this Code or any related procedures adopted by the Registrants, including without limitation information about material violations of this Code or any related procedures and sanctions imposed in response to material violations. An Alternative Review Officer shall prepare reports with respect to compliance by the Review Officer.

 

 

(2)

A report identifying any recommended changes to existing restrictions or procedures based upon the Registrant’s experience under this Code, evolving industry practices and developments in applicable laws or regulations; and

 

 

(3)

A report certifying to the board of trustees that the Registrant has adopted procedures that are reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating this Code of Ethics.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 17            


 

E.

Sanctions .

 

 

(1)

With respect to Disinterested Trustees, if counsel for the Disinterested Trustees determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, counsel shall so advise the President of each relevant Registrant and a committee consisting of the Disinterested Trustees, other than the Disinterested Trustee whose transaction is under consideration, and shall provide the committee with the report, the record of pertinent actual or contemplated portfolio transactions of the Registrant and any additional material supplied by such Disinterested Trustee. The committee, at its option, shall either impose such sanction(s) as it deems appropriate or refer the matter to the board of trustees, which shall impose sanction(s) the board deems appropriate.

 

 

(2)

With respect to Access Persons who are not Disinterested Trustees, if the President (or a Vice President, as the case may be) finds that a violation of this Code has occurred, he or she shall impose such sanctions as he or she deems appropriate and shall report the violation and the sanction(s) imposed to the board of trustees of the relevant Registrant.

 

 

(3)

Sanctions for violation of this Code include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: removal or suspension from office, termination of employment, a letter of censure and/or restitution to each effected Registrant of an amount equal to the advantage that the offending person gained by reason of such violation. In addition, as part of any sanction, the Access Person may be required to reverse the trade(s) at issue and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss from the trade. It is noted that violations of this Code by an Access Person may also result in criminal prosecution or civil action.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 18            


 

F.

Amendments to Code of Ethics of the Advisers and GS&Co . Any material amendment to the Code of Ethics of the Advisers and GS&Co. shall be deemed an amendment to Section I-A of this Code and must be approved by the board of trustees of each Registrant 2 no later than six months after the adoption of the material change. Before approving any material amendments to the Code of Ethics of the Advisers and GS&Co., the board must receive a certification from the Advisers and GS&Co. that they have adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code of Ethics of the Advisers and GS&Co.

 

 

G.

Records . Each Registrant shall maintain records in the manner and to the extent set forth below, which records may be maintained electronically or on microfilm or similar medium under the conditions described in Rule 31a-2(f)(1) and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act and shall be available for examination by representatives of the Commission.

 

 

(1)

A copy of this Code and any other code which is, or at any time within the past five years has been, in effect shall be preserved for a period of not less than five years in an easily accessible place;

 

 

(2)

A record of any violation of this Code and of any action taken as a result of such violation shall be preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 

 

2  

Board approval of material amendments to a principal underwriter’s Code of Ethics is required by Rule 17j-1(c)(1) under the Investment Company Act. However, because the Closed-End Funds and GSAM BDCs do not have continuous relationships with a principal underwriter or placement agent, as applicable, the boards of those Registrants are only required to approve material amendments to such person’s Code of Ethics made during the existence of a principal underwriting or placement agency relationship. GS&Co. (which serves as placement agent for unlisted Closed-End Funds and privately traded GSAM BDCs and from time to time serves as principal underwriter to certain listed Closed-End Funds and publicly traded GSAM BDCs) and the Advisers (one or more of which advise each of the Closed-End Funds and GSAM BDCs) are subject to the same Code of Ethics. Accordingly, in practice, the boards of the Closed-End Funds and GSAM BDCs will nevertheless review and approve material amendments to the Code of Ethics of GS&Co., on an ongoing basis (as provided in Section V.F.) in fulfilling their responsibility to review and approve material amendments to the Code of Ethics of the Advisers. GS&Co. does not serve as principal underwriter to Goldman Sachs ETF Trust.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 19            


 

(3)

A copy of each initial holdings report, annual holdings report and quarterly transaction report made by an Access Person pursuant to this Code (including any information provided under Section IV-B(2)) shall be preserved for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place;

 

 

(4)

A list of all persons who are, or within the past five years have been, required to make initial holdings, annual holdings or quarterly transaction reports pursuant to this Code shall be maintained in an easily accessible place;

 

 

(5)

A list of all persons, currently or within the past five years who are or were responsible for reviewing initial holdings, annual holdings or quarterly transaction reports shall be maintained in an easily accessible place; and

 

 

(6)

A copy of each report required by Section V-D of this Code must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which it was made, the first two years in an easily accessible plan.

 

 

H.

Confidentiality . All reports of securities transactions, holdings reports and any other information filed with a Registrant pursuant to this Code shall be treated as confidential, except that reports of securities transactions hereunder will be made available to the Commission or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent required by law or regulation or to the extent the Registrant considers necessary or advisable in cooperating with an investigation or inquiry by the Commission or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization.

 

 

I.

Interpretation of Provisions . The board of trustees may from time to time adopt such interpretations of this Code as it deems appropriate.

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 20            


 

J.

Exceptions to the Code . Although exceptions to this Code will rarely, if ever, be granted, a designated officer of a Registrant, after consultation with the Review Officer, may make exceptions on a case by case basis, from any of the provisions of this Code upon a determination that the conduct at issue involves a negligible opportunity for abuse or otherwise merits an exception from this Code. All such exceptions must be received in writing by the person requesting the exception before becoming effective. The Review Officer shall report any exception to the board of trustees of the Registrant at the next regularly scheduled board meeting.

 

 

K.

Identification of Access Persons . The Review Officer shall identify all persons who are considered to be “Access Persons” and shall inform such persons of their respective duties and provide them with copies of this Code and any related procedures adopted by the Registrants.

Revision History

 

 

 

December 11, 2017 (Addition of GST, GSVIT, Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 LLC, Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (A) LLC, Goldman Sachs Private Markets Fund 2018 (B) LLC, and GSAM BDCs, clarification of certain defined terms, board approval requirements, and exempted transactions)

 

 

 

April 28, 2017 (GS&Co. Legal name change)

 

 

 

April 16, 2015 (Addition of Goldman Sachs ETF Trust)

 

 

 

August 14, 2014 (Addition of Goldman Sachs MLP and Energy Renaissance Fund)

 

 

 

October 17, 2013 (Addition of Goldman Sachs MLP Income Opportunities Fund)

 

 

 

April 16, 2013 (Initial Approval)

 

 

December 11, 2017

   Page 21            

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

UNDER SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Brendan McGovern, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 22, 2018

 

/s/ Brendan McGovern

Brendan McGovern

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

137

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

UNDER SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Jonathan Lamm, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  (a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 22, 2018

 

/s/ Jonathan Lamm

Jonathan Lamm

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

138

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to

18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. (the “Company”) for the annual period ended December 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Brendan McGovern, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Jonathan Lamm, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of his knowledge:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 22, 2018

 

/s/ Brendan McGovern

Brendan McGovern

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: February 22, 2018

 

/s/ Jonathan Lamm

Jonathan Lamm

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

139